Page 1

Routledge

View any

product

online using the urls below each listing

Built Environment New Titles and Key Backlist 2010

www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com


www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Welcome to Routledge

Built Environment New Titles and Key Backlist 2010

Page 1, 47 Page 4, 51 Page 15, 97 Page 56, 94, 121 Page 36, 85, 140 Page 38, 53, 135 Page 42, 115, 124

contents Textbooks

Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Structural Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Concrete. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Building and Construction . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Geotechnical Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . 121

Civil Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Acoustics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Professional Professional Architecture. . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Architecture History and Theory. . . . . . . 63 Sustainable Built Environment. . . . . . . . . 76

Construction Management. . . . . . . . . . 134 Spon Price Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 IHS BRE Press . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 Order Form. . . . . . . . . . . . Back of Catalog

Urban Design. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

Page 34, 43, 111, 117, 139

Considering books for course use? Books marked with are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. To obtain your copy visit the URL listed beneath the title in the catalog and select your choice of print or electronic copy. Visit www.routledge.com or in the US you can call 1-800-634-7064. Books marked with are available as electronic inspection copies only.

The Easy Way to Order

Contacts uk and rest of world

us, canada and latin america

Marketing:

Marketing:

Victoria Johnston – Senior Marketing Executive

Chris Hardin – Associate Marketing Manager

Email: victoria.johnston@tandf.co.uk

Email: christopher.hardin@taylorandfrancis.com

Samantha Whyte – Marketing Coordinator

Fredrick Brantley – Marketing Assistant

Email: samantha.whyte@tandf.co.uk

Email: fredrick.brantley@taylorandfrancis.com

Editorial:

Editorial:

Alex Hollingsworth – Publisher

Wendy Fuller – Editor: Architecture

Email: alex.hollingsworth@tandf.co.uk

Email: wendy.fuller@taylorandfrancis.com

Fran Ford – Commissioning Editor: Architecture Email: fran.ford@tandf.co.uk

Georgina Johnson Cook – Assistant Editor: Architecture Email: georgina.johnson@tandf.co.uk

Tony Moore – Senior Editor: Civil Engineering Email: tony.moore@tandf.co.uk

Simon Bates – Editor: Civil Engineering Asia Pacific Email: simon.bates@tandf.com.sg

Brian Guerin – Associate Editor: Building & Construction Email: brian.guerin@tandf.co.uk

Ordering online is fast and efficient, simply follow the on-screen instructions. Alternatively, you can call, fax, or see order form at the back of this catalog. UK and Rest of World Call: +44 (0)1235 400524 Fax: +44 (0)20 7017 6699 US, Canada and Latin America Call: 1-800-634-7064 Fax: 1-800-248-4724

eBooks Over 20,000 of our titles are available as eBooks – available to browse at: www.ebookstore.tandf.co.uk.

eUpdates Register your email address at www.tandf.co.uk/eupdates to receive information on books, journals and other news within your area of interest.

Trade Customers’ Representatives, Agents and Distribution For a complete list, visit: www.routledge.com/representatives.


arc hi te ctur e te x tbook s : Design

Architecture Textbooks

BESTSELLER

Design

Analysing Architecture

3rd Edition Simon Unwin, University of Dundee, UK

Will Alsop The Noise Tom Porter

The design process of Will Alsop acts as a conduit for the dreams and aspirations of others. Moving from public consultation to the privacy of his painting studio – here ideas are born in the liquidity of paint, the serendipity of collage and the flourish of line, resulting in the avant-garde and vibrant designs that Alsop is particularly well known for. Whether the world approves of these designs or not, does not devalue the creative and artistic process which produces so rich, varied, challenging and inspirational outcomes. Focusing on the refreshing process of design with which Will Alsop engages, Tom Porter reveals and traces the process, from public consultation to private studio, from paint to line to model, and in doing so uncovers a treasure trove of ideas for transforming the process of architectural design.

Whether a working architect or a student embarking on the first steps towards creating your own design process, this book offers an insight and example into how engaging with the public, before painting the way into architecture, can offer the most stimulating solutions. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Genesis: Tabula Rasa 2. Consultation: Vox Pop 3. Origination: The Noise 4. Experimentation: Painting Sessions 5. Collaboration: Double Acts 6. Big Architecture: Urban Design 7. Diversity: Street Creatures 8. Contemplation: Doing Nothing (Nothing Doing) 9. Reflection: Sound Bites 10. Conclusion. Bibliography. Index

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549615

NEW

2nd Edition

Twenty Buildings Every Architect Should Understand

Understanding Architecture Through Drawing

Simon Unwin, University of Dundee, UK

Brian Edwards, Royal Danish Academy of Fine Arts, School of Architecture, Denmark

Have you ever wondered how the ideas behind the world’s greatest architectural designs came about? What process does an architect go through to dream up buildings which become world-renowned for their excellence?

This third edition includes a new section discussing the ways analysing examples cultivates a capacity for design. Original chapters have been expanded, new case studies added, and the format rearranged for additional clarity. The bibliography of recommended supplementary reading has also been extended. In Analysing Architecture, Simon Unwin clearly identifies the key elements of architecture and conceptual themes apparent in buildings and relevant to other works of architecture such as gardens and cities. He describes ideas for use in the active process of design. Breaking down the grammar of architecture into themes and ’moves’, Unwin exposes its underlying patterns to reveal the organizational strategies that lie beneath the superficial appearances of buildings.

September 2010: 246 x 189: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-54961-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84768-8

Clear and accessible, Analysing Architecture opens a fresh way to understanding architecture. It offers a unique ’notebook’ of architectural strategies to present an engaging introduction to elements and concepts in architectural design. Beautifully illustrated throughout with the author’s original drawings, examples are drawn from across the world and many periods of architectural history (from prehistoric times to the recent past) to illustrate analytical themes and to show how drawing can be used to study architecture. Since its first edition appeared in 1997, Analysing Architecture has established itself internationally as one of the key texts in architectural education.

New

This second edition is fully revised and updated and includes new chapters on sustainability, history and archaeology, designing through drawing and drawing in architectural practice.

Selected Contents: Preface to the Third Edition 1. Introduction 2. How Analysis Helps Design 3. Architecture as Identification of Place 4. Basic Elements of Architecture 5. Modifying Elements of Architecture 6. Elements Doing More than One Thing 7. Using Things That Are There 8. Primitive Place Types 9. Architecture as Making Frames 10. Temples and Cottages 11. Geometries of Being 12. Ideal Geometry 13. Space and Structure 14. Parallel Walls 15. Stratification 16. Transition, Heirarchy, Heart 17. Postscript. Case Studies – Iron Age House, The Royal Villa in Knossos, Crete – Llainfadyn, The Tempietto in Rome, Fitzwilliam College Chapel, The Schminke House, Merrist Wood, The Vanna Venturi House, The Woodland Chapel, Terragni’s Casa del Fascio, Como, Italy – Le Corbusier’s Villa Savoye, Poissy – House VI Designed by Peter Eisenma. Bibliography. Index

This book reveals the secrets behind these buildings. The author asks you to ‘read’ the building and understand its starting point by analysing its final form. Through the gradual revelations made by an understanding of the thinking behind the form, you learn a unique methodology which can be used every time you look at any building.

By combining design theory with practical lessons in drawing, Understanding Architecture Through Drawing encourages the use of the sketchbook as a creative and critical tool. The book is highly illustrated and is an essential manual on freehand drawing techniques for students of architecture, landscape architecture, town and country planning and urban design.

Selected Contents: Introduction. La Casa Del Ojo De Agua. Neuendorf House. Barcelona Pavillion. Truss Wall House. Endless House. Farnsworth House. La Congiunta. Le Cabanon. Esherick House. Maison A Bordeaux. Il Danteum. Fallingwater. Villa Savoye. Kempsey Guest Studio. Condominium One. Sea Ranch. Villa E.1027. Church of St Peter. Klippan. Villa Busk. Villa Mairea. Thermal Baths. Vals. Endword. Acknowledgements. Index

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Guiding Principles Part 2: Techniques Part 3: Case Studies of Drawing Part 4: The Way Forward. Bibliography. Index

2nd Edition

2008: 220 x 220: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44413-2: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-44414-9: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88243-6

An Introduction to Architecture and Architectural Theory

March 2010: 276 x 219: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55251-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55252-3: £16.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84939-2

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415444149

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552523

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

2009: 276 x 219: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-48927-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48928-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88090-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489287

Understanding Architecture Hazel Conway and Rowan Roenisch 2004: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-32058-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32059-7: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-23823-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415320597

1


a rchit ect ure tex tbook s: Design

2

NEW

NEW

NEW

Development and Design of Heritage Sensitive Sites

Procuring Innovative Architecture

Decoding Theoryspeak

Strategies for Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas

Leon van Schaik, RMIT, Australia and Geoffrey London, University of Western Australia

Kenneth Williamson, Hurd Rolland Partnership, UK

The first book to provide readers with the skills to assess development potential from a holistic standpoint. Until now, architectural books on conservation matters have focused on preservation at a strategic level and restoration at a technical level. This book offers the architect, developer or planner the rules and tools needed to gauge development prospects in an objective and comprehensive manner.

• the latest legislation relating to heritage in the UK • insight into local planning authorities and government advisory boards • basic strategies for approaching developments • an understanding of the options available for developing a heritage site • illustrative case studies to highlight strategy successes. This book is a one-stop-shop for any professional or student working in, or learning about, development in heritage environments. Junw]e 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48643-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48644-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84843-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486446

BESTSELLER

Rethinking Architecture A Reader in Cultural Theory

Neil Leach 1997: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-12825-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-12826-1: £31.99

Enn Ots, Florida A&M University, USA

The case studies in this book describe how clients’ promotion of innovative communities of practice has led to important collections of architectural works. The book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of their approaches. Architects and clients will understand what to look for as they construct their careers and their portfolios with innovation as a goal.

Written by an experienced expert in the field it provides the reader with:

An Illustrated Guide to Architectural Theory Existentialism; Urbanism; Aporia; Deontic; Tabula Rasa; Hyperspace; Heterotopia; Metareality; Structuralism What does it all mean? The unique language used in architectural theory, in either speech or writing, can appear daunting and confusing, particularly to new architectural students. • Definitions of over 200 terms

It is taken for granted nowadays that supporting innovative architecture benefits society. In countries as diverse as Austria, Australia, England, Japan, and the Netherlands, retailers, institutions, local and regional government, and transport authorities have established substantial bodies of work by new and emerging architects. This books looks at what their goals are and how they have achieved them. Is it possible to promote sustainable communities of innovative practice through such patronage? Can innovation be ‘kick-started’ by importing visionary works?

• Clearly cross-referenced

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Asia and Australasia 1. Introduction 2. RMIT procures 3. RMIT philosophy 4. RMIT Ginger Groups 5. Artpolis 6. Malaysia 7. Singapore Part 2: Europe 8. Introduction 9. Barcelona 10. Ticino 11. Belgium 12. Graz and Ljubljana 13. London Part 3: USA 14. Introduction 15. Colombus Indiana 16. Los Angeles – Dirty Realism 17. University of Cincinnati 18. Ivy League Disney Land Part 4: Western Australia Case Study 19. Introduction 20. Office of Government Architect (OGA) 21. OGA 22. Processes 23. Evaluation by Small and Medium Firms 24. Evaluation by Large Firms 25. Evaluation by Developer and Bureaucrats 26. Evaluation Seminars in London and Perth Compared 27. Do’s and Don’ts Part 5: WA: Curating the City 28. Deep Urban Knowledge. Conclusion

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778305

May 2010: 246 x 189: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42941-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42942-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85452-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429429

An Architecture Notebook

Simon Unwin 2000: 280 x 220: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-22873-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-22874-9: £29.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415128261

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415228749

• Illustrated throughout Decoding Theoryspeak provides an accessible guide to the specialized language of contemporary design for the next generation of thinkers, architects and design leaders. An essential pocket-sized resource for students and practitioners alike. September 2010: 216 x 138: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77829-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77830-5: £19.99

Overlooking the Visual Demystifying the Art of Design Kathryn Moore, University of Central England in Birmingham, UK

Making tangible connections between theory and practice, ideas and form, this book encourages debate about the artistic, conceptual, and cultural significance of the way things look. What are the metaphysical concepts at the heart of design education, theory, and philosophy? Why do we assume that design is impossible to teach?

This book challenges the traditional foundations of perception and takes an imaginative, radical approach, setting itself apart from the traditions of analytical philosophy, evolutionary psychology, and phenomenology which underpin much of current design theory and discourse. The new definition of perception produces startling consequences for conceptions of language, intelligence, meaning, the senses, emotions, and subjectivity. This is an innovative, fresh view on design and how we can improve it for both practitioners and students in the architecture and design fields as well as philosophers. Selected Contents: Foreword Paul Shepheard. Preface 1. Introduction 2. The Sensory Interface and Other Myths and Legends 3. Teaching the Unknowable 4. Aesthetics: The Truth, The Whole Truth and Universal Truth 5. Objectivity Without Neutrality 6. Studied Ignorance 7. Seeing is Believing 8. Theory into Practice. Bibliography 2009: 216 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-30869-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30870-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-16765-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415308700

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e te x tbook s : Design

2nd Edition

NEW

NEW

Colour for Architecture Today

Innovations in Hospital Architecture

Stadium Worlds

Stephen Verderber, Clemson University, USA

Edited by Sybille Frank and Silke Steets, both at Darmstadt University of Technology, Germany

Edited by Tom Porter, Montana State University, USA and Byron Mikellides, Oxford Brookes University, UK Foreword by Terry Farrell

Combining real examples from practice with colour theory, this book will help you to fully understand the role and impact of colour in our urban spaces. Contributions from leading architects Will Alsop, Legorreta and Legorreta, John Outram, Sauerbruch Hutton and Neuterlings Riedijk accompany those from artists Alain Bony and Yann KersalÈ, and from colour researchers such as Kristina Enberg and Anders HÂrd, who developed the Natural Colour System. Topics include: • how and why we see colour • methodologies in the documentation of traditional colours • the development of new urban palettes • recent colour psychology research • the effect of light levels on human behavior • dramatic colour effects achievable with light • guidelines for future deployment of colour in the built environment. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Why and How We See Colour Part 2: Colour Mapping: Colour at the City Scale Part 3: The NCS (Natural Color System) and Research Applications Part 4: Architects and Colour at the Building Scale Part 5: Colour Psychology and Colour Aesthetics Part 6: Into the Light 2008: 238 x 224: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43814-8: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-43815-5: £30.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438155

This indispensable reference book captures key recent developments in the rapidly evolving field of sustainable hospital architecture. Today’s architects must provide hospitals which enable high quality care for diverse patient populations in carbon neutral care settings, and this book succinctly considers what needs to be done in order to meet that challenge. This book includes twenty-eight case studies of built and unbuilt hospitals from around the world. These are grouped into five types – autonomous community based hospitals, children’s hospitals, rehabilitation and elderly care centres and hospitals, regional medical centre campuses, and visionary (unbuilt) projects. Beautifully and extensively illustrated with many photographs, diagrams, and floor plans, this is essential reading for all architects, planners, engineers, product manufacturers, clients, healthcare providers, and government agencies involved in the present and future of sustainable healthcare environments. Selected Contents: Part 1: Background 1. Introduction 2. Architecture for Health – A Brief History of Sustainability 3. The Evolving Role of Site, Landscape, and Nature 4. The Evolving Patient Room and PCU 5. The Evolving Role of Memory, Place, and Sustainability 6. Prognostications Part 2: Design 7. Designing for Hospital–Based Care Part 3: Case Studies March 2010: 276 x 219: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-77795-7: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85575-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777957

NEW

Towards Creative Learning Spaces Re-thinking the Architecture of Post-Compulsory Education Jos Boys, British School of Art and Design, Moscow, Russia

This book offers new ways of investigating relationships between learning and the spaces in which it takes place. It suggests that we need to understand more about the distinctiveness of teaching and learning in post-compulsory education, and what it is that matters about the design of its spaces. Starting from contemporary educational and architectural theories, it suggests alternative conceptual frameworks and methods that can help map the social and spatial practices of education in universities and colleges; so as to enhance the architecture of post-compulsory education.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Why Re-think Learning Spaces? Part 1: Reviewing our Frames 2. Learning Spaces from an Architectural Perspective 3. Learning Spaces from an Educationalist Perspective 4. Learning Spaces from an Estates Planning Perspective Part 2: Mapping the Terrain 5. Getting Beneath the Surface: Re-thinking Relationships Between Learning and Space 6. On the Ground: Searching for the Student Experience 7. Shaping Learning: (Re)designing the Institution Part 3: Shifting the Boundaries 8. Learning as a Transitional Space 9. Hybrid Spaces and the Impact of New Technologies 10. Creative Learning Spaces: Towards the Porous University?

Football, Space and the Built Environment

Series: Architext

Analyzing football as a cultural practice, this book investigates the connection between the sport and its built environment. Four thematic sections bring together an international multi-disciplinary range of perspectives with particular focus on the stadium.

Examples from architectural design, media studies and archaeology are used while studying advertising, economics, migration, fandom, local identities, emotions, gender, and the sociology of space. Texts and case-studies build up this useful book for lecturers and researchers in sociology, cultural studies, geography, architecture, sport, and environment. Selected Contents: Introduction: Football, Space and the Built Environment Part 1: The Politics of Representation and Design 1. The New European Stadium 2. ’Show Yourself to the People!: Ancient Stadia, Politics and Society 3. Challenging the Stadium: Watching Sport Events in Public Part 2: Architecture and Media 4. The Stadium as a Cash Machine 5. The Mirror Stage in the Stadium: Media Spaces of Television and Architecture 6. Killing Sports Fields: The Amahora Stadium Complex in Kigali, Rwanda Part 3: When Global Flows Meet Local Cultures 7. Global Players and the Stadium: Migration and Borders in Professional Football 8. Going to the Match: The Transformation of the Match-day Routine at Manchester City FC 9. ’Come Home’: The Stadium, Locality and the Community at FC United of Manchester Part 4: Gender and Space 10. Sport, Football and Masculine Identity: The Stadium as a Window onto Gender Construction 11. Producting Gender-normative Spaces in U.S. Women’s Professional Soccer 12. Football Under Cover in Tehran’s Ararat Stadium Part 5: Emotions and the Body 13. Emotions in Sports Stadia 14. Heroes, Myths and Magic Moments: Religious Elements on the Sacred Ground 15. ‘Beckhamania’: Promoting Post-modern Celebrities Beyond the Stadium 16. Conclusion: The Stadium – Lense and Refuge June 2010: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-54903-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54904-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84856-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549042

Archispeak An Illustrated Guide to Architectural Terms

Tom Porter 2004: 216 x 138: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-30011-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30012-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64315-0

November 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57062-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57064-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570640

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415300124

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

3


a rchit ect ure tex tbook s: Design

4

NEW

NEW

NEW

Materials and Meaning in Contemporary Japanese Architecture

2nd Edition

The Architect’s Portfolio

Tradition and Today

Alastair Blyth and John Worthington, DEGW, London, UK

Dana Buntrock, University of California, USA

In this beautiful and perceptive book, Dana Buntrock examines, for the first time, how tradition is incorporated into contemporary Japanese architecture. Looking at the work of five architects – Fumihiko Maki, Terunobu Fujimori, Ryoji Suzuki, Kengo Kuma, and Jun Aoki – Buntrock reveals the aims influencing many wonderful works barely known in the West; the sensual side of Japanese architecture borne out of approaches often less concerned with professionalism than with people and place. The buildings described in this book illustrate an architecture that embraces uniqueness, expressing unusual stories in the rough outlines of rammed earth and rust, and demonstrating new paths opening up for architectural practice today. For some, these examples will offer new insight into expressions of tradition in Japanese architecture; for others, this book offers inspiration for their own efforts to assert the unique heritage of other regions around the world. Compelling, insightful, and groundbreaking, this book is essential for everyone studying Japanese architecture and anyone trying to invoke narrative and tradition in contemporary design. Selected Contents: Part 1: Black Blood Red to Palest Pink 1. Neolithic Daddy 2. Lamune Hot Springs 3. Kengo Kuma: From PoMo to Paulownia 4. Murai Museum: Subtle Setting for a Shabby Studio 5. Outlandish Amateur, Polished Professional: Comparing the Approaches of Terunobu Fujimori and Kengo Kuma Part 2: Radical Reds 6. Looking Back at Japan’s Radical Reds: Team Zoo Part 3: Reluctant Regionalists 7. Remaking the Landscape of Kotohira Shrine 8. Fumihiko Maki, Ancient Izumo and Oku 9. Jun Aoki’s Aomori Museum of Art 10. Reluctant Reds Conclusion: The Red School: From Deepest Red to Palest Shades of Pink

Managing the Brief For Better Design

Briefing is not just presenting a set of documents to the design team; it is a process of developing a deep understanding about client needs. This book provides both inspiration to clients and a framework for practitioners. The coverage extends beyond new build, covering briefing for services and fit-outs. Written by an experienced and well-known team of authors, this new edition clearly explains how important the briefing process is to both the construction industry, in delivering well-designed buildings, and to their clients in achieving them. The text is illustrated by excellent examples of effective practice, drawn from DEGW experience, as well as five model briefs and invaluable process charts. Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction. Part 1: Briefing Explained 1. The Nature of Briefing 2. Articulating the Briefing Process 3. Identifying Needs 4. Reflecting on Growth and Change 5. Communicating Expectations 6. Learning from Experience 7. Managing the Process Part 2: Learning from Experience 8. Perspectives on Briefing 8.1. Briefing for a Portfolio 8.2. Briefing for Continuous Building 8.3. Briefing through Visualisation 8.4. Briefing for Adaptability 8.5. Briefing with Innovation in Mind 8.6. Briefing for the Future 8.7. Briefing for the Changing Workplace 8.8. Briefing for the Global Organisation 8.9. Briefing through Design 9. Model Briefs – Urban Brief. Strategic Brief. Functional Brief. Fit-Out Brief. Operational Brief Part 3: The Process in Practice 10. Process Primer 11. Design Brief Management. Further Reading May 2010: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-46030-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46031-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85737-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460316

Planning, Design, Production Andreas Luescher, Bowling Green State University, USA

The creation of a successful portfolio is a vital skill needed by architectural students and professionals alike. In a highly competitive global market the accomplished representation of the architect’s work must be able to turn opportunities into triumphs.

This book offers a fresh step-by-step approach to achieving a reflective, attractive, and successful representation of one’s work. Structured in four stages it takes the reader through each step needed in the creation of a successful portfolio, from understanding yourself and your market, to planning, designing, and producing it. Illustrated throughout in full colour, the book includes case study portfolios from the US, UK, Europe, and Asia which demonstrate the steps in the process for both practitioners and students, from sketch trials to full-colour stage lay-outs. These contributions come from architects all over the world, providing terrific insight into current practices and inspiration and ideas. Selected Contents: Part 1: Contextualize It 1.1. Portfolio as Autobiography 1.2. Portfolio as Portable Museum 1.3. Case Studies Part 2: Plan It, Select It 2.1. Understanding Yourself 2.2. Identifying your Audience 2.3. Conserving Work 2.4. Selecting Work: Building the Theme for the Portfolio 2.5. Case Studies Part 3: Design It, Produce It 3.1. Mock-ups and Dummies 3.2. From General to Specific 3.3. Full-Scale Design 3.4. Designing for Reception 3.5. Learning from Others 3.6. Techniques and Stylistic Effects 3.7. Copy/Text 3.8. Typography 3.9. The Cover: Interesting Entrance 3.10. Paper 3.11. Binding 3.12. The Squint Test 3.13. Case Studies Part 4: Send It, Present It, Market It 4.1. Networking 4.2. Informational Interviewing 4.3. Gauging Success of a Portfolio 4.4. Case Studies. Postscript. Types of portfolio July 2010: 246 x 189: 192pp Pb: 978-0-415-77901-2: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779012

February 2010: 276 x 219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77890-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77891-6: £34.99

NEW

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778916

Built from Below: British Architecture and the Vernacular Edited by Peter Guillery, English Heritage, UK

Doorway

This book extends the concept of British vernacular architecture beyond its traditional base of pre-modern domestic and industrial architecture to embrace other buildings such as places of worship, villas, hospitals, suburban semis and post-war mass housing. Engaging with wider issues of social and cultural history, this book is of use to anyone with an interest in architectural history.

Simon Unwin

Doorway is a stimulus to thinking about what can be done with architecture. The notebook style offers an example to student architects of how they might keep their own architecture notebooks.

2007: 276 x 219: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-45880-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45881-8: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458818

Presented in an essentially chronological sequence, from the medieval to the post-war, diverse fresh viewpoints in the chapters of this book reinforce understanding of how building design emerges not just from individual agency, that is architects, but also from the collective traditions of society. Selected Contents: 1.Introduction 2. Vernacular Approaches to Salvation: Pre-Reformation Parochial Churches in England 3. Following the Geometrical Design Path from Ely to Jamestown, Virginia 4. The Villa: Ideal Type or Vernacular Variant? 5. The York Retreat, ’A vernacular of Equality’ 6. Self-Conscious Regionalism: Dan Gibson and the Arts and Crafts House in the Lake District 7. Tudoresque 8. ’The Hollow Victory’ and the Quest for the Vernacular: J.M. Richards and ’The Functional Tradition’ 9. A Modernist Vernacular? The Hidden Diversity of Post-War Council Housing 10. From the Longhouse to the Live/Work Unit: Parallel Histories and Absent Narratives August 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56532-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56533-2: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565332

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


architecture te x tbook s : Construction, Structures, and Materials

NEW

The Universe of Design Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning Jean-Pierre Protzen, University of California, Berkeley, USA and David J. Harris

This book examines the theoretical foundations of the processes of planning and design.

When people – alone or in groups – want to solve problems or improve their situation, they make plans. Horst Rittel studied this process of making plans and he developed theories – including his notion of ’wicked problems’ – that are used in many fields today. From product design, architecture and planning – where Rittel’s work was originally developed – to governmental agencies, business schools and software design, Rittel’s ideas are being used. This book collects previously unavailable work of Rittel’s within the framework of a discussion of Rittel’s theories and philosophical influences. Selected Contents: Prologue Part 1: Foundations 1.1. Reflections On The Scientific And Political Significance Of Decision Theory 1.2. Science and Design Seminars: Introduction 1.3. Seminar 1: Modes of Innovation 1.4. Seminar 2: Images and Message 1.5. Seminar 3: Communications 1.6. Seminar 4: Establishing Order 1.7. Seminar 5: Measuring Values and Images 1.8. Seminar 6: Environments 1.9. Seminar 7: Design 1.10. Seminar 8: Models of and for Design 1.11. Seminar 9: Models of and for Design 2 1.12. Seminar 10: Conclusion Part 2: Wicked Problems 2.1. On the Planning Crisis Part 3: Design Reasoning 3.1. Structure and Usefulness of Planning Information Systems 3.2. Issues As Elements Of Information Systems 3.3. The Reasoning of Designers Part 4: Consequences of Design 4.1. Technological Change and Urban Structure 4.2. Pathologies of Planning. Epilogue May 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77988-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77989-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85158-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779890

Rethinking Technology A Reader in Architectural Theory Edited by William W. Braham and Jonathan A. Hale

This essential reference for all students of architecture, design, and the built environment provides a convenient single source for all the key texts in the recent literature on architecture and technology. The book contains over fifty carefully selected essays, manifestoes, reflections and theories by architects and architectural writers from 1900 to 2004.

Construction, Structures, and Materials

NEW

Forthcoming in 2011

Matthew Wells, Techniker, UK

2nd Edition

Engineers A History of Engineering and Structural Design

The Structural Basis of Architecture Bjorn N. Sandaker, Oslo School of Architecture, Oslo, Norway, Arne P. Eggen, Oslo School of Architecture, Oslo, Norway and Mark R. Cruvellier, Cornell University, New York, USA This is a book about structures that shows students how to ’see’ structures as integral to architecture, and how knowledge of structures is the basis for understanding both the mechanical and conceptual aspects inherent to the art of building. Analyzing the structural principles behind many of the best known works of architecture from past and present alike, this book places the subject within a contemporary context. The subject matter is approached in a qualitative and discursive manner, and is illustrated by many photographs of architectural projects and structural behaviour diagrams. This new edition is revised and updated throughout, includes worked-out examples, and is perfect as either an introductory structures course text or as a designer’s sourcebook for inspiration. Selected Contents: 1. Structuring Space 2. Statics 3. Loads in an Architectural Context 4. Materials 5. The Tension Rod 6. The Beam and the Slab 7. The Column and the Wall 8. The Truss and the Space Frame 9. The Frame and Lateral Stability 10. The Cable and the Membrane 11. The Arch and the Vault 12. The Dome and the Shell February 2011: : 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-41545-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41547-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415477

New

The Art of Structures Aurelio Muttoni, Structural Concrete Laboratory, EPFL, Switzerland

This book describes the complete panorama of supporting structures and their function by describing how loads are sustained and transmitted to the ground. With a minimum of mathematics, the reader is guided through the analysis of some of the world’s most famous designs and structures from a civilengineering perspective. An intuitive approach is taken - the basics of equilibrium analysis are explained by visualizing the internal forces of specific structures with the aid of simple graphical tools. Ideal for anyone who needs an intuitive and practical approach to the design and appropriate sizing of load-bearing structures.

2006: 246 x 174: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-34653-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34654-2: £27.99

November 2010: : 280pp Pb: 978-0-415-61029-2: £34.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415346542

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415610292

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

This innovative new book presents the vast historical sweep of engineering innovation and technological change to describe and illustrate engineering design and what conditions, events, cultural climates, and personalities have brought it to its present state.

Matthew Wells covers topics based on an examination of paradigm shifts, the contribution of individuals, important structures, and influential disasters to show approaches to the modern concept of structure. By demonstrating the historical context of engineering, Wells has created a guide to design like no other, inspirational for both students and practitioners working in the fields of architecture and engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Prehistory and Ancient Times 2. Rome and the East (220 BC–533 AD) 3. Byzantium and the European Dark Ages (476–1000) 4. Light (1000–1600) 5. Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) 6. Enlightenment (1580–1789) 7. Encyclopaedia (1750–1860) 8. The American Reconstruction (1860–1890) 9. Classical Analysis and Reinforced Concrete (1890–1920) 10. Flight and the World Wars (1900–1950) 11. Early Contemporaries (1945–1960) 12. The Continual Present (1950–2000) March 2010: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-32525-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32526-4: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-35818-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415325264

4th Edition

Dictionary of Architectural and Building Technology Edited by Henry Cowan and Peter Smith ’This dictionary – like it’s predecessors – is an excellent practical reference tool that deserves a place in any architectural or construction library.’ – William J. Mitchell, Architectural Science Review 2004: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-31233-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31234-9: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-78638-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415312349

Building Structures From Concepts to Design Malcolm Millais 2005: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-33622-8: £84.99 Pb: 978-0-415-33623-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00507-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415336236

5


a rchit ect ure tex tbook s: Construction, Structures, and Materials

6

2nd Edition

Technologies of Architecture Series

Refurbishment and Upgrading of Buildings David Highfield and Christopher Gorse, both at Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

A detailed guide to the technical aspects of refurbishing and upgrading buildings, providing solutions to a range of problems, challenges and issues with technical drawings and case-studies. Essential purchase for all construction professionals engaged in this kind of work and students of construction, surveying and architecture.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Why Refurbishment? 2. Upgrading the Fire-Resistance of Existing Elements 3. Upgrading Internal Surfaces 4. Upgrading the Thermal Performance of Existing Elements 5. Upgrading the Acoustic Performance of Existing Elements 6. Preventing Moisture and Dampness Within Buildings 7. Introduction of New Floors and Access Between Levels 8. Timber Decay and Remedial Treatments 9. Strengthening of Existing Timber Floors 10. Heavy-Lifting Systems 11. Underpinning Systems 12. Strengthening Existing Walls 13. FaÁade Retention. Index of Products and Systems 2009: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44123-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44124-7: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87916-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441247

4th Edition

Cladding of Buildings Alan J. Brookes and Maarten Meijs, both at Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands

This key text addresses the topic of lightweight claddings in buildings and is a useful guide and reference resource.

Written by well-known specialists in the field, this fourth edition of an established text has been revised throughout to incorporate the latest environmental issues, the use of wood and terracotta in cladding, and use of new materials, particularly the new moulded materials. Two new chapters cover wood and terracotta in cladding. The main types of cladding systems are described in detail and methods of production, performance characteristics, applications and methods of assembly are explained clearly. Illustrated throughout with photographs and numerous line drawings, this is an essential overview of the subject for both the student and the practising architect. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Precast Concrete Cladding 2. Terracotta and Brick Slips 3. Glass-Reinforced Polyester 4. Glass-Fibre-Reinforced Cement 5. Formed Metal Including Profiled Metal 6. Sheet Metal, Composite Metal Panels and Rain Screens 7. Curtain Walling: Glazing Systems 8. Timber Cladding 2008: 220 x 220: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38386-8: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-38387-5: £42.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09978-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415383875

Technologies of Architecture is an introductory textbook series providing a coherent framework to the architectural design process in a practical and applied way. This series forms an essential suite of books for students of architectural technology, architecture, building surveying, and construction. Forthcoming in 2012

Practice, Management and Responsibility John Hickey This addition to the Technologies of Architecture series provides the business aspects of the architectural design process. A useful and informative text for students, Practice, Management and Responsibility also provides a useful reference for practitioners. January 2012: 246 x 189: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-46190-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46191-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461917

History, Performance and Conservation Barry Bridgwood Consultant Architectural Technologist, UK and Lindsay Lennie, College of Estate Management, UK

Ideal for students of architectural technology, this volume of the Technologies of Architecture series covers the technologies available and the processes necessary for the conservation of existing buildings and environments.

This book provides, in a single text, the tools for students to be able to evaluate such buildings, as well as an extensive understanding of the mechanisms which cause their deterioration and knowledge of the technologies available to correct their status. The ever higher standards set for buildings, especially in energy conservation contexts, demand that practitioners appreciate how the performance of existing structures can be enhanced, which is also covered. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Early Architectural History Part 3: The Renaissance to the Twentieth Century Part 4: Vernacular Architecture Part 5: Materials & Performance Part 6: Conservation Philosophy, Historical Context & Legislation Part 7: Conservation in Practice Part 8: Overview 2008: 246 x 189: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-43419-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43420-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88715-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434201

Environment, Technology and Sustainability Hocine Bougdah, University College for the Creative Arts at Canterbury, UK and Stephen Sharples, University of Sheffield, UK Series Edited by Joan Zunde

Looking particularly at sustainable building, a holistic view is taken, so that the influence of any one set of choices on other areas – such as the trade-off of daylighting against thermal insulation, or the balance needed between heating and ventilation – are not overlooked. The authors discuss available technologies for establishing a suitable microclimate within buildings, for managing the transmission of sound and for minimizing the exploitation of scarce energy and of other resources. Using the perspective of a designer who needs a sound scientific basis for arriving at the optimum outcome, this valuably informative volume is ideal for architectural technology students, as well as first and second year architecture students. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Buildings and Climate Design Part 2: Buildings and Low Energy Design Part 3: Energy Systems and Services in Buildings Part 4: Buildings and Lighting Design Part 5: Acoustic Design and the Aural Environment Part 6: Sustainable Building Design Part 7: Case Studies 2009: 246 x 189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40378-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40379-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87840-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415403795

Integrated Strategies in Architecture Joan Zunde and Hocine Bougdah A thorough introduction to the concepts and technologies underlying the building design process enabling students to develop a holistic understanding of the process, the purpose of buildings and the specialisms and technologies involved. 2006: 246 x 189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-36083-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36084-5: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79942-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415360845

Materials, Specification and Detailing Foundations of Building Design Norman Wienand This volume provides a detailed and holistic description of the development process, illustrated with case studies. The author encourages students to become environmentally responsible designers. 2007: 246 x 189: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-40358-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40359-7: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94017-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415403597

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e te x tbook s : Green Architecture

Green Architecture

NEW

Dictionary of Ecodesign An Illustrated Reference

NEW

Sustainable Buildings in Practice What the Users Think

Edited by Ken Yeang, Llewelyn Davies Yeang, UK and Lillian Woo

George Baird, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand

Current assessment methods of sustainable buildings do not adequately account for the users’ needs. Given that over the life of a building, total salary costs far outweigh both operating costs and combined capital and rental costs, the occupants’ needs are not something which should be sensibly ignored.

This book presents an unbiased evaluation of thirty of the most cutting-edge, sustainable buildings in the world, in terms of the users’ perceived comfort, health and productivity. The author has visited the buildings, interviewed the design teams and examined the findings of a sixty-question standardized user questionnaire. The book provides: • thirty case studies covering mixed-mode, passive and environmentally sustainable commercial and institutional buildings; • detailed insights into the principles underlying the design of sustainable buildings worldwide, over several climatic zones and eleven countries, together with clear explanations and illustrations of innovative design practice; • a discussion of common issues and the lessons that may be learnt from a study of the performance of sustainable buildings in practice, from the point of view of the people who use them. This important book will be of great benefit to architects and engineers, facility managers of commercial and institutional buildings, as well as developers and researchers, academics and students in these fields. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Overview of the Buildings and their Performance Part 1: Buildings in Cold – Temperate Climates Part 2: Buildings in Medium – Temperate Climates Part 3: Buildings in Warm – Temperate Climates Part 4: Buildings in Hot – Humid Climates January 2010: 276 x 219: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-39932-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86545-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415399326

3rd Edition

Environmental Design An Introduction for Architects and Engineers

Edited by Randall Thomas

The first guide to the terminology of sustainable design. Written by an internationally renowned expert in the field, this illustrated dictionary provides over 1500 definitions and explanations of ecodesign terms.

Providing a unique resource for the practitioner and student, this book leaves the reader free to ’dip’ in and out of the book allowing for ’bite-sized’ learning at their own convenience. It is an essential reference for all architects, engineers, planners and environmentalists involved in designing and planning projects and schemes in the built environment. Selected Contents: Preface, Abbreviations, A-Z terms March 2010: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-45899-3: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-9780415 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458993

Eco-Urbanity Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments Edited by Darko Radovic, University of Melbourne, Australia

There is need for change in our currently unsustainable cities. Carefully outlining paths towards better, sustainable ways of urban living, this book proposes a radical change in the ways we conceive and live our urban environments.

Precedents in Zero-Energy Design Architecture and Passive Design in the 2007 Solar Decathlon Michael Zaretsky, University of Cincinnati, USA

‘Michael Zaretsky’s Precedents in Zero-Energy Design is such an important book... it will help readers recognize that design comes before technology – and renewable energy systems alone can’t solve the problems we face‘ – John D. Quale, University of Virginia, USA The world is currently facing an environmental crisis and as anyone interested in sustainable or zero-energy design knows the design and building industries have the potential to significantly reduce greenhouse gas emissions across the globe. The Solar Decathlon is an international event in which universities from around the world compete in the design and construction of a one-bedroom, zero-energy house. This book provides an in-depth, yet accessible analysis of the architecture and passive design strategies of the houses in the 2007 Solar Decathlon. These houses are the result of thousands of hours of research and development from twenty universities around the world. Students, educators, practitioners and researchers of architecture, design and engineering will find this an informative and inspirational book. It examines the relationship between design and environmental principles and provides invaluable insight into some of the most innovative, off-the-grid and zero-energy houses in the world. Selected Contents: Foreword by John Quale. Introduction Part 1: Drawings and Diagrams Part 2: Comparisons Part 3: Analysis. Conclusion. Endnotes. Image. Citations. Bibliography. Appendix 2009: Special: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-77874-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77875-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86587-3

Bringing together diverse cultural and disciplinary views on urban sustainability, eighteen leading academics and practitioners in sustainable architecture and urbanism explore global concerns of sustainability and urbanity.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778756

This broad range of issues are clearly articulated and linked to concrete places and projects, merging research and cutting-edge design investigations to promote environmentally and culturally sensitive urban futures.

Environmental Design in Context

Selected Contents: Introduction: Towards a Theory of Eco-Urbanity Darko Radovic Part 1: The Compact City, Strategies and Success Stories Part 2: Other Cultures, Approaches and Strategies Part 3: Other Scales and Sensibilities 2009: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-47277-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47278-4: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472784

2005: 246 x 189: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-36333-4: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-36334-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01366-3

The Environments of Architecture Randall Thomas and Trevor Garnham

This well-illustrated ’think piece’ provides a much needed and topical philosophical introduction to the place of environmental design in architecture. Written by highly respected authors, this is an excellent guide for practitioners, students and academics.

2007: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36088-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36089-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79940-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415360890

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363341

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

7


a rchit ect ure tex tbook s: Green Architecture

8

Sustainable Urban Design

NEW

BestSeller

An Environmental Approach

New Directions in Sustainable Design

The ZEDbook

Edited by Randall Thomas and Adam Ritchie

By the end of the twenty-first century it is thought that three-quarters of the world’s population will be urban; our future is in cities. Making these cities healthy, vibrant and sustainable is an exceptional challenge which this book addresses. It sets out some of the basic principles of the design of our future cities and, through a series of carefully-selected case studies from leading designers’ experience, illustrates how these ideas can be put into practice. Building on the first edition’s original format of design guidance and case studies, this new edition updates the ideas and techniques resulting from further research and practice by the contributors. This book emphasises the enormous progress made towards exciting new designs that integrate good design with resource efficiency. Selected Contents: Introduction Adam Ritchie and Randall Thomas Part 1: The Toolkit 1. Urban Planning and Design Patrick Clark 2. Transportation Robert Thorne, William Filmer-Sankey and Anthony Alexander 3. Landscape and Nature in the City Chritina von Borcke 4. Building Design Randall Thomas and Adam Ritchie 5. Energy and Information Randall Thomas and Adam Ritchie 6. Materials Sarah Royse 7. Water Randall Thomas and Adam Ritchie 8. Waste and Resource Adam Ritchie Summary Adam Ritchie Part 2: Case Studies 11. Coopers Road Estate Regeneraiton, Southwark, London David Turrent 12. Parkmount: Streetscape and Solar Design Richard Partington 13. Coin Street Housing: The Architecture of Engagement Graham Haworth 14. Sustainable Design in an Urban Context: Three Case Studies Alan Short 15. BEDzed: Beddington Zero-Fossil Energy Development Bill Dunster 16. Bo01 and Flagghusen: Ecological City Districts in Malmo, Sweden Eva Dalman and Cecilia von Sceele 17. Stonebridge: Negotiating between Traditional and Modernist Models of City Housing Chris Watson 18. ’Made in Stockwell’ and Deptford Wharves Katie Tonkinson and Adam Ritchie 19. Millennium Water: Vancouver’s Olympic Village, Canada Rachel Moscovich 2009: 276 x 219: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-44782-9: £29.99 Hb: 978-0-415-44781-2: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447829

Solutions for a Shrinking World

Edited by Adrian Parr and Michael Zaretsky, both at University of Cincinnati, USA This book brings together new and emerging perspectives on sustainability. Combining a series of well know authors in contemporary philosophy with established practitioners of sustainable design, it develops a coherent theoretical framework for how a philosophy of sustainability might engage with the growing practice of sustainable design.

Bill Dunster, Craig Simmons and Bobby Gilbert

By producing a pragmatic materialism, whereby theory is broached as a practical discourse, the authors argue that theory has material effects and describe a new way to approach sustainable design, so as to equip the next generation of designers with the necessary conceptual tools in thinking sustainably. Selected Contents: Foreword Part 1: Principles 1. Letter to the Profession of Architecture 2. Art, Politics, and Climate Change 3. Interview with Janet Laurence on Public Art and Ecology 4. The Brunel Lecture Part 2: Ecologies 5. Ecological Modernism and the Making of a New Working Class: Living in a “Cradle-to-Cradle” Master Plan 6. Back to the Garden: An Ecological History of the Atlantic Yards 7. Building Recombinant Ecologies: Triangulating Policy, Models, and Design 8. Ecologies, Assemblages, and the Patchwork City Part 3: Resiliences 9. Design From the Ground Up 10. Constructive Dialogue: Community Building as a Tool of Social Change 11. Interview with Durganand Balsavar of Artes-Human Development Center 12. The Politics Of The Southeast Asian Smog Crises: A Classic Case of Rentier Capitalism at Work? 13. Designing Resilience: Sustainable Design from a Complex Systems Approach Part 4: Techniques 14. Technique is the Architecture of Sustainability 15. How is LEED Faring After Five Years in Use? 16. LEED After Ten Years 17. Interview with Christof Jantzen of Behnisch Architects 18. Reinventing the Wheels Part 5: Concepts 19. The Sustainability of Concepts: Knowledge and Human Interests 20. Undoing the Subject: The Makings of a Sustainable Life 21. Cultural Symbolizations of a Sustainable Future September 2010: 246 x 189: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78036-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78037-7: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84301-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780377

View Inside Routledge Books

Did you know that many of our books now have “View Inside” functionality that allows you to browse online content before making any purchasing decisions?

Winner RIBA Pre of siden Award fo ts r Research 2008

Though few now doubt the severity of the environmental problems faced by humanity there is still resistance from businesses, developers, architects, planners and government when it comes to making the step changes necessary to make our lifestyles sustainable.

Based on the experience gained from their involvement in the pioneering Beddington Zero Emission Development (or BedZED) in London, and subsequent innovative schemes, The ZEDbook authors present a bold, coherent and refreshing vision of a low carbon future. In three comprehensive sections, The ZEDbook leads the reader from basic ZEDliving principles through building physics and architectural design details to a carefully selected array of informative case studies. The ZEDbook is a must-have purchase for anyone wanting to make communities and the built environment more sustainable. 2007: 276 x 219: 276pp Pb: 978-0-415-39199-3: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415391993

The Green Braid Towards an Architecture of Ecology, Economy and Equity Edited by Kim Tanzer and Rafael Longoria Series: The ACSA Architectural Education Series

This volume presents the discipline’s best thinking on sustainability in written, drawn, and built form, drawing on over fifteen years of peer-reviewed essays and national design awards published by the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture (ACSA).

The Green Braid places sustainability at the centre of excellent architectural design. No other volume addresses sustainability within the context of architectural history, theory, pedagogy and design, making this book an ideal source for architects in framing their practices, and therefore their architectural production, in a sustainable manner. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Green Braid: Networked Ways of Knowing Part 2: Meta-Discourses in Pedagogy and Practice Part 3: Phenomena and Technology Part 4: Building Practices Part 5: Settlement Patterns Part 6: The Shared Realm 2007: 246 x 189: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-41499-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41500-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96488-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415002

For more information visit www.routledge.com.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e te x tbook s : Digital Architecture

Digital Architecture NEW

Elements of Parametric Design Robert Woodbury, Simon Fraser University, Canada Driven by new computer and digital fabrication tools, the architectural designs that are being built are pushing boundaries of form, customization and construction. Pushed by practices wanting and needing to produce novelty, computer-aided design systems are increasingly parametric – that is, they represent designs that change with their input data. Such systems give more control and capability to designers, but require much more comprehensive understanding if they are to be used effectively.

BESTSELLER

NEW

Manufacturing Material Effects

Programming Architecture

Rethinking Design and Making in Architecture

Paul Coates, University of East London, UK

Edited by Branko Kolarevic, University of Calgary, Canada and Kevin Klinger, Ball State University, USA

Mastering these ideas requires skill as designer, mathematician, and computer scientist. This book teaches what new knowledge and skills designers need to master the parametric and how they can learn and use it. It demonstrates clearly how using patterns to think about and work with parametric modeling helps designers master the new complexity of the design systems. Selected Contents: Introduction. Parametric Architecture. What is Parametric Modeling? How Designers use Parametric Modeling. The Necessity and Craft of Programming. Geometry. Where Will We Go? What is a Design Pattern? Patterns for Parametric Design. Examples of Parametric Design April 2010: 246 x 189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77986-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77987-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779876

Designers are becoming more directly involved in the fabrication process from the earliest stages of design. This book showcases the design and research work by some of the leading designers, makers and thinkers today.

This highly illustrated text brings together a wealth of information and numerous examples from practice which will appeal to both students and practitioners. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Retooling Architecture 3. Ambient and Augmented Architectures: Parametric Pedagogies in the Electrified Studio 4. The Craft Of Digital Making 5. Architect / Robot / Fabricator/ Craft-worker 6. OMAterial 7. Different Differences 8. Opportunistic Architecture 9. Translucencies 10. The Possibility of (an) Architecture 11. Computation and Materiality 12. Integral Formation and Materialization: Computational Form and Material Gestalt 13. Towards a Digital Materiality 14. Material Practices 15. Associative Design in Fabrication 16. Custom CAD/CAM: Pushing the Boundaries of CNC Fabrication 17. Cut to Fit 18. Material Effects: A Fabricator’s Viewpoint 19. Interdisciplinary Relationships: Innovation Through Collaboration 20. Collaborations 21. Material Experiments in Design and Build Projects 22. Thinking Versus Making: Remediating Design Practice in the Age of Digital Representation 2008: 260 x2 55: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77574-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77575-5: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775755

Paul Coates, a pioneer of CAAD, demonstrates algorithmic thinking through projects and student work collated through his years of teaching students of computing and design. The book takes a detailed and practical look at what the techniques and philosophy of coding entail, and gives the reader many ’glimpses under the hood’ in the form of code snippets and examples of algorithms. This is essential reading for student and professional architects and designers interested in how the development of computers has influenced the way we think about, and design for, the built environment. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Falling Between Two Stools 2. Rethinking Representation 3. In the Beginning was the Word 4. The Mystery of the Machine that Invents Itself 5. Evolving the Text – Being even Lazier 6. The Text of the Vernacular. Epilogue. Glossary January 2010: 246 x 189: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-45187-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45188-8: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451888

Architecture in the Digital Age Design and Manufacturing

Emergent Technologies and Design

Edited by Branko Kolarevic 2003: 260 x 255: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-27820-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38141-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-63456-1

Towards a Biological Paradigm for Architecture Michael Hensel, Achim Menges and Michael Weinstock all at Architectural Association, UK

Programming Architecture is a simple and concise introduction to the history of computing and computational design, explaining the basics of algorithmic thinking and the use of the computer as a tool for design and architecture.

Emergence – the process by which new and coherent structures, patterns and properties ‘emerge’ from within complex systems Traditional architecture starts from the premise that architectural structures are singular and fixed, and however well integrated are separate from their environment and context. Emergence requires that the opposite is true – that those structures are complex energy and material systems that have a lifespan, exist as part of an environment of other active systems, and develop in an evolutionary way. This book, based on the authors’ internationally renowned Emergent Technologies and Design course at the Architectural Association in London, introduces a new approach to the practice of architecture. The authors use essays and projects to demonstrate the interrelationship of concepts such as emergence and self-organisation with the latest technologies in design, manufacturing and construction.

With projects from their course, and critiques and commentary from some of the world’s leading design theorists and practitioners, the authors of Emergent Technologies and Design have introduced a radical new way of understanding the way in which architecture is conceived, designed and produced.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415381413

Performative Architecture Beyond Instrumentality

Edited by Branko Kolarevic and Ali Malkawi 2004: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-70083-2: £37.99

Selected Contents: Part 1: Theoretical Framework 1. Evolution and Computation 2. Material Systems, Computational Morphogenesis and Performative Capacity 3. Material Systems and Environmental Dynamics Feedback Part 2: Research 4. Fibres 5. Textiles 6. Nets 7. Lattices 8. Branches 9. Cells 10. Mass Components 11. Casts 12. Aggregates January 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49343-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49344-4: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493444

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700832

9


a rchit ect ure tex tbook s: Digital Architecture

10

Autogenic Structures Edited by Evan Douglis, Pratt Institute School of Architecture, USA

Autogenic Structures offers an alternative vision for the future of architecture, a timely and invaluable contribution to the debate concerning emergent surfaces and the next generation of building membranes in this era of extreme computational control. Areas covered include: • the future relationship between structure and ornament • the value of mass customization for the next generation of modular building components • the role of smart materials in creating a sustainable universe. Critical essays are combined with cutting-edge work to form an inspiring manual of varied digital and analog techniques. Highly illustrated with over three hundred photographs, illustrations, and drawings, Autogenic Structures is for anyone curious to learn about a visionary approach to the development of architecture. 2008: 230 x2 30: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77689-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77690-5: £25.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776905

The Possibility of (an) Architecture Collected Essays by Mark Goulthorpe, dECOi Architects Mark Goulthorpe, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA

Articulating a radical agenda for the rethinking of the basic precepts of the construction industry in light of digital technologies, this book explores the profound shift that is underway in all aspects of architectural process. Essays and lectures from the last fifteen years discuss these changes in relation to dECOi Architects, created in 1991 as a forward-looking architectural practice. This excellent collection is relevant to architectural professionals, academics and students and also to practitioners in many related creative fields who are similarly engaged in trying to comprehend the significance of the import of digital media. Selected Contents: Foreword John McMorrough Introduction 1. Devotio Moderna 2. Hystera Protera 3. Le Bloc Fracture 4. The Inscrutable House 5. The Active Insert: Notes on Technic Praxis 6. Cut Idea: William Forsythe and an Architecture of Disappearance 7. Post Card to Parent 8. Misericord to a Grotesque Reification 9. Technological Latency 10. Gaudi’s Hanging Presence 11. From Autoplastic to Alloplastic Tendency 12. Notes on Digital Nesting 13. The Digital Surrational 14. Praxis Interview: Precise Indeterminancy 15. Rabbit K(not) Borroro 16. Sinthome: Plastik Conditional 17. Epilogue 2008: 217 x 155: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77494-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77495-6: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86599-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774956

Complimentary Exam Copy

History and Theory NEW

The Sacred In-Between The Mediating Roles of Architecture Thomas Barrie, North Carolina State University, USA

The sacred place was, and still is, an intermediate zone created in the belief that it has the ability to co-join the religious aspirants to their gods. An essential means of understanding this sacred architecture is through the recognition of its role as an ‘in-between’ place. Establishing the contexts, approaches and understandings of architecture through the lens of the mediating roles often performed by sacred architecture, this book offers the reader an extraordinary insight into the forces behind these extraordinary buildings. Written by a well-known expert in the field, the book draws on a unique range of cases, reflecting on these inspiring places, their continuing ontological significance and the lessons they can offer today. Fascinating reading for anyone interested in sacred architecture.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Middle Ground of Interpretation: Phenomenology, Hermeneutics and the Sensory Experience of Architecture 3. Practices of Connection: Applications of Transcendentalist and Buddhist Philosophies 4. Meditating Elements: Symbolism, Religion and the In-between 5. Symbolic Engagements: The Media of Architecture 6. Earth and Sky: Place and Primordial Architecture 7. The Sacred Path and Place: Spatial Sequences and Symbolic Narratives 8. Ordering the World: The Symbolism of Proportion and Geometry 9. Perfected Worlds: Cosmograms and Connections 10. Conclusion 11. Closing Thoughts: Personal Experiences of Place February 2010: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77963-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77964-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779647

Drawing/Thinking Confronting an Electronic Age Edited by Marc Treib, University of California at Berkeley, USA

Highly illustrated, the book brings together authors from the fields of architecture, landscape architecture and art and demonstrates that designing through drawing is fundamentally different from designing on a screen.

NEW

The Humanities in Architectural Design A Contemporary and Historical Perspective Edited by Soumyen Bandyopadhyay, Nottingham Trent University, UK, Jane Lomholt, Nicholas Temple and Renée Tobe, all at University of Lincoln, UK

Offering an in-depth consideration of the impact which humanities have had on the processes of architecture and design, this book asks how we can restore the traditional dialogue between intellectual enquiry in the humanities and design creativity.

Written by leading academics in the fields of history, theory and philosophy of design, these essays draw profound meanings from cultural practices and beliefs. These are as diverse as the designs they inspire and include religious, mythic, poetic, political, and philosophical references. This timely and important book is not a benign reflection on humanities’ role in architectural design but a direct response to the increased marginalization of humanities in a technology driven world. The prioritization of technology leaves critical questions unanswered about the relationships between information and knowledge, transcription and translation, and how emerging technologies can usefully contribute to a deeper understanding of our design culture. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Freedom in the Shadow of Uncertainty 1. The Responsibility of Design 2. Inhumanities: Ethics in Architectural Praxis 3. Cultivating Architects: The Humanities in Architectural Education 4. The Architect as Humanist 5. Migration, Emancipation and Architecture Part 2: Spectre of Technology 6. Fantasies of the End of Technology 7. Le Corbusier and the Modern Modality of Representation 8. Humanist Machines: Daniel Libeskind’s ’Three Lessons of Architecture’ 9. Draw Like a Builder: Build Like a Writer 10. The Word Made Flesh: In the Name of the Surveyor, the Nomad, and the Lunatic Part 3: Measures of Awareness 11. Creative Inspirations or Intellectual Impasses? 12. Leon Battista Alberti and Lineamentis 13. Renaissance Visual Thinking: Architectural Representation as a Medium of True Form 14. Neoplatonism at the Accademia di San Luca in Rome 15. Who’s on First? Part 4: The Challenges of Instrumental Knowledge 16. Architcture as a Humanistic Discipline 17. Communicating Vessels: Andre Breton and his Atelier in Paris 18. L’histoire assassinée: Manfredo Tafuri 19. Nature Choreographed 20. Birth of Modernity out of the Spirit of Music February 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55113-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55114-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85944-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551144

Selected Contents: 1. Paper or Plastic? Drawing Conclusions 2. Thoughts on the Immediacy of Drawing 3. There’s No Way to Make a Drawing – There’s Only Drawing 4. From Concept to Object: The Artistic Practice of Drawing 5. Drawing and the Feel of Sight 6. More than Wiggling the Wrist (or the Mouse) 7. Architects, Drawings and Modes of Conception 8. Telling Untold Stories 9. Thinking on Paper 10. Observations: Life Drawings; Digital Translations 11. Paint and Pixels 12. Graphite and Pixels 2008: 252 x 198: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77560-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77561-8: £30.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775618

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc hi te ctur e te x tbook s : History and Theory

Forthcoming in 2011

Writing Urbanism

The Evolution of Designs

The Religious Imagination in Modern and Contemporary Architecture

A Design Reader

Biological Analogy in Architecture and the Applied Arts

A Reader

Edited by Douglas Kelbaugh and Kit McCullough, both at University of Michigan, USA Series: The ACSA Architectural Education Series

Edited by Renata Hejduk, Arizona State University, USA and Jim Williamson, Cornell University, USA This anthology collects, substaniates, and demonstrates the importance of the religious imagination within Western modern and contemporary architecture. The essays written expressly for the anthology take a critical look at the relationship between religion and architecture in the twentieth century, as well as giving a brief look at the pre-history of the modern movement and its relationship to religion and architecture. These are grounded by and help to explicate the reprinted essays that are culled from the last one hundred years. This is an important introduction to the religious imagination in architectural thought of the last one hundred years, and to the interdisciplinary discourse that examines how different disciplines express abstract concepts such as faith, spirit, God and knowledge. It makes essential reading for any architect, aspiring or practising, delving deeper into the meaning of architectural practice. January 2011: 254 x 190: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-78080-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78081-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780810

NEW

Third World Modernism Architecture, Development and Identity Edited by Duanfang Lu, University of Sydney, Australia

This set of essays brings together studies that challenge interpretations of the development of modernist architecture in Third World countries during the Cold War. The topics look at modernism’s part in the transnational development of building technologies and the construction of national and cultural identity. Architectural modernism is far more than another instance of Western expansionist aspirations; it has been developed in cross-cultural spaces and variously localized into nation-building programs and social welfare projects. The first volume to address countries right across the developing world, this book has a key place in the historiography of modern architecture, dealing with non-Western traditions. Selected Contents: Introduction: Architecture, Development, and Identity Part 1: Entangled Knowledges Part 2: Modernism and its Discontents Part 3: Interrogating Identity Epilogue Nezar AlSayyad October 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-56457-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56458-8: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564588

Philip Steadman, University College London, UK

Urban design continues to grow as an increasingly important and expanding field of study, research and professional endeavour. Distinguished by its broad scope and comprehensiveness on the subject of urban design, this new collection combines selected essays from both practitioners and academia.

Writing Urbanism is the ideal volume for both students, architects, and urban designers. Selected Contents: Foreword. Preface Part 1: Urban Process 1. Introduction 2. Observations 3. Preservation, Re-Use and Sustainability 4. Community Part 2: Urban Form 5. Introduction 6. Everyday Urbanism, Landscape Urbanism, and Infrastructure 7. New Urbanism 8. Post Urbanism Part 3: Urban Society 10. Introduction 11. The Public Realm 12. Globalism and Local Identity 13. Technology 2008: 246 x 189: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-77438-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77439-0: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92702-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774390

Nordic Architects Write

The Evolution of Designs tells the history of the many analogies that have been made, since the end of the eighteenth century, between the evolution of organisms and the human production of artefacts – especially buildings.

Selected Contents: Introduction. The Organic Analogy. The Classificatory Analogy: Building Types and Natural Species. The Anatomical Analogy: Engineering Structure and the Animal Skeleton. The Darwinian Analogy: Trial and Error in the Evolution of Organisms and Artefacts. The Evolution of Decoration. Tools as Organs or as Extensions of the Physical Body. How to Speed up Craft Evolution. Design as Process of Growth. Biotechnics: Plants and Animals as Inventors. Hierarchical Strcuture and the Adaptive Process. The Consequences of the Biological Fallacy: Functional Determinism. What Remains of the Analogy? Afterword 2008: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44752-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44753-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93427-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447539

To Scale

A Documentary Anthology

One Hundred Urban Plans

Edited by Michael Asgaard Andersen, Royal Danish Academy of Fine Arts, Denmark

Eric Jenkins

This anthology gathers together for the first time the most influential architectural texts from the Nordic countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden, many of the texts appear for the first time in English.

These texts were written between 1920 and 2007 by architects who lived and worked in the Nordic countries. The book is structured in sections by country with supportive introductions by regional experts. The reader can seek out common themes of space, place, materials, etc across nations or approach the material chronologically. Selected Contents: Foreword: Northern Lights Steven Holl (with David van der Leer) Introduction: Considering Architectural Writings Michael Asgaard Andersen Part 1: Denmark Christoffer Harlang, Poul Henningsen, Kay Fisker, Steen Eiler Rasmussen, Erik Christian Sørensen, Jørn Utzon, Arne Jacobsen, Tegnestuen Vandkunsten, Henning Larsen and Boje Lundgaard Part 2: Finland Anni Vartola, Eliel Saarinen, Alvar Aalto, Nils Erik Wickberg, Aulis Blomstedt, Osmo Lappo, Reima Pietilä, Kirmo Mikkola, Markku Komonen and Juhani Pallasmaa Part 3: Norway Elisabeth Tostrup, Johan Ellefsen, PAGON, Knut Knutsen, Christian Norberg-Schulz, Wenche Selmer, Kjell Lund, Håkon Vigsnæ and Jan Olav Jensen Part 4: Sweden Johan Mårtelius, Uno Åhrén, Erik Gunnar Asplund, Nils Ahrbom. Leif Reinius. Peter Celsing. Ralph Erskine, ELLT, Stefan Alenius, Jan Angbjär Magnus Silfverhielm and Johan Celsing Epilogue: Between Arrangement and Subtle Rebellion Wilfried Wang 2008: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-46351-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46352-2: £30.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463522

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

To Scale is a collection of plans of urban spaces drawn at the same scale providing a single and accurate resource of urban plans for architects, urban designers, planners and teachers, and students.

The book contains one hundred figure-ground plans from seventy-eight cities around the world, describing an identical area (half a kilometer square) for each urban space. Accompanying each plan are photographs, diagrams and text that illustrate essential aspects of the plan or urban space for the designer. This compilation is an excellent resource helping to visualize, compare and reconceptualize urban design for students wanting to understand the lessons of existing cities and the making of urban spaces. Selected Contents: Introduction. Amsterdam. Arras. Athens. Baltimore. Barcelona. Bath. Beijing. Bergen. Berlin. Bern. Bologna. Bordeaux. Boston. Brasilia. Bruges. Buenos Aires. Cairo. Ceske Budejovice. Chandigar. Chicago. Cincinnati. Cleveland. Copenhagen. Cuzco. Denver. Detroit. Dresden. Dublin. Dubrovnik. Edinburgh. Florence. Genoa. Indianapolis. Isfahan. Istanbul. Jerusalem. Krakow. Lisbon. London. Los Angeles. Lucca. Madrid. Mexico City. Milan. Montreal. Moscow. Nancy. New Haven. New Orleans. New York. Oslo. Paris. Philadelphia. Portland. Prague. Rome. Saint Petersburg. Salamanca. Salzburg. San Francisco. Santiago. Savannah. Seattle. Seville. Siena. Stockholm. Tallinn. Telc. Tokyo. Tokyo. Torino. Trieste. Tunis. Vancouver. Venezia. Verona. Vienna. Vigevana. Washington 2007: 250 x 250: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95400-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95401-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954013

11


a rchit ect ure tex tbook s: History and Theory

12

2nd Edition

NEW

NEW

Practice

Kenzo Tange and the Metabolist Movement

Bauhaus Dream-house

Urban Utopias of Modern Japan

Katerina Rüedi-Ray, Bowling Green State University, USA

Architecture, Technique and Representation Stan Allen, Princeton University, USA

Conversant in contemporary theory and architectural history, Stan Allen argues that concepts in architecture are not imported from other disciplines, but emerge through the materials and procedures of architectural practice itself. Drawing on his own experience as a working architect, he examines the ways in which the tools available to the architect affect the design and production of buildings. This second edition includes revised essays together with previously unpublished work. Allen’s seminal piece on Field Conditions is included in this reworked, revised and redesigned volume. A compelling read for student and practitioner alike.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Practice vs. Project Part 1: Drawings 1. Constructing with Lines: On Projection 2. Notations and Diagrams: Mapping the Intangible 3. Terminal Velocities: The Computer in the Design Studio Part 2: Buildings 4. Mies’ Theater of Effects 5. The Guggenheim Refigured 6. Le Corbusier and Modernist Movement Part 3: Cities and Landscapes 7. Urbanisms in the Plural 8. The Thick 2-D: Mat-Building in the Contemporary City 9. From Object to Field: Field Conditions in Architecture and Urbanism 2008: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77624-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77625-7: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776257

New

The Universe of Design Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning Jean-Pierre Protzen, University of California, Berkeley, USA and David J. Harris

This book examines the theoretical foundations of the processes of planning and design.

When people – alone or in groups – want to solve problems or improve their situation, they make plans. Horst Rittel studied this process of making plans and he developed theories – including his notion of ’wicked problems’ – that are used in many fields today. From product design, architecture and planning – where Rittel’s work was originally developed – to governmental agencies, business schools and software design, Rittel’s ideas are being used. This book collects previously unavailable work of Rittel’s within the framework of a discussion of Rittel’s theories and philosophical influences. April 2010: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-77988-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77989-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85158-6

Zhongjie Lin, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA

Metabolism, the Japanese architectural avant-garde movement of the 1960s, profoundly influenced contemporary architecture and urbanism. This book focuses on the Metabolists’ utopian concept of the city and investigates the design and political implications of their visionary planning in the postwar society. At the root of the group’s urban utopias was a particular biotechical notion of the city as an organic process. It stood in opposition to the Modernist view of city design and led to such radical design concepts as marine civilization and artificial terrains, which embodied the metabolists’ ideals of social change. Tracing the evolution of Metabolism from its inception at the 1960 World Design Conference to its spectacular swansong at the Osaka World Exposition in 1970, this book situates Metabolism in the context of Japan’s mass urban reconstruction, economic miracle, and socio-political reorientation. This new study will interest architectural and urban historians, architects and all those interested in avant-garde design and Japanese architecture. Selected Contents: Foreword by Arata Isozaki Introduction: City as Process 1. Metabolism 1960 2. Metabolist Utopias 3. The Myth of Tokyo Bay 4. Structure and Symbol 5. Expo ’70 and the Disillusion of the Metabolist Utopias 6. Epilogue: Re-accessing the Future of the Past February 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77659-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77660-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86030-4

Modernity and Globalization

Series: Architext

A highly original and innovative study that brings critical social theory to bear on the ideas of architectural and design education at the Bauhaus – tracing the spread and influence of these ideas worldwide.

Developed in post WWI Germany, the principles of Bauhaus architecture and design were transferred by some of its leading figures to architecture schools at Harvard, Chicago, and the IIT. Yet in the postwar era, they also became increasingly influential in architecture schools in Western and Central Europe, Japan, South America, Africa, and the Middle East. This book provides a critical examination of the profound social, cultural and spatial consequences of these developments and the erasure of class, race, gender, and culture which the ‘modernization’ of design embodied. Written to appeal to an extensive readership, not only in the fields of architectural and design education, but in architectural history and in critical pedagogy more generally, it is also for teachers and students in German art and cultural history and the many architects worldwide who continue to be fascinated by the ideas of the Bauhaus. Selected Contents: Introduction Prologue 1. Tracing-house 2. Dream-house Part 1: Weimar Republic, 1919–1933 3. Charnel-house 4. Ware-house Part 2: Europe and Beyond, 1919–1968 5. Club-house 6. School-house. Conclusion: House-of-the-Father April 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47581-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47582-2: £27.50

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776608

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475822

Bauhaus Construct Fashioning Identity, Discourse and Modernism Edited by Jeffrey Saletnik and Robin Schuldenfrei

Reconsidering the status and meaning of Bauhaus objects in relation to the multiple re-tellings of the school’s history, this volume positions art objects of the Bauhaus within the theoretical, artistic, historical, and cultural concerns in which they were produced and received. Contributions from leading scholars writing in the field today – including Frederic J. Schwartz, Magdalena Droste, and Alina Payne – offer an entirely new treatment of the Bauhaus. Issues such as art and design pedagogy, the practice of photography, copyright law, and critical theory are discussed. Through a strong thematic structure, new archival research and innovative methodologies, the questions and subsequent conclusions presented here re-examine the history of the Bauhaus and its continuing legacy. Essential reading for anyone studying the Bauhaus, modern art and design. Selected Contents: Introduction Jeffrey Saletnik and Robin Schuldenfrei Part 1: Agents Part 2: Transference Part 3: Object Identity. Coda Alina Payne

2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77835-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77836-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86867-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778367

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779890

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc hi te ctur e te x tbook s : History and Theory

On Architecture

Thinkers for Architects Series

Fred Rush, University of Notre Dame, USA Series: Thinking in Action

Drawing on examples from architects classic and contemporary such as Le Corbusier and Frank Lloyd Wright, and exploring the significance of buildings in relation to film and music and philosophers such as Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty, Rush argues that philosophical reflection on building can tell us something important about the human condition.

Selected Contents: Building or Architecture? Building in History and Philosophy. Modern Building and After. Building and Other Arts. Buildings and Bodies. Buildings and More Buildings. Building and the Dead 2008: 197 x 127: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39618-9: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39619-6: £12.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415396196

NEW

Quality Out of Control Standards for Measuring Architecture Edited by Allison Dutoit, Juliet Odgers and Adam Sharr, all at Cardiff University, UK

Formerly grounded in values of craftsmanship, in the skilled making of products, ‘quality’ is now associated with the management of administrative or technical processes. Its appreciation, once based in the exercise of individual judgement and taste, is now often founded on supposedly objective systems of evaluation.

Practitioners of design are under pressure to quantify ‘quality’, but it is questionable whether it is possible or even desirable to do so. With contributions from eminent architects and architectural critics, this book is for architects, academics, students and anyone interested in what architectural quality is, and how it may be achieved. Selected Contents: Foreword Richard Weston Introduction Part 1: Appreciation 1. Landscapes of Experience 2. Even Pavements in Verona are Marble: John Ruskin, Adrian Stokes and the Stones of Verona 3. Taste Part 2: Production 4. Designing in Quality 5. Assessing Design Quality in Architectural Education 6. Leslie Martin and the Science of Architectural Form 7. Ugly Little Angels Revisited 8. Passion and Control: Lewerentz and a Mortar Joint Part 3: Belief 9. Necessary Qualifications: Design Before, During, and After Construction 10. Simplicity and Belief 11. Stirlingís Worth: The Quality of the Florey Building Part 4: Measure 12. Water and the Historicity of Perception: The New Royal Baths at Bath 13. The Qualia of Architectural Experience: On Sullivan, Szarowski, Autobiographies and Ideas 14. The Architectís Signature as a Sign of Quality 15. Quality beyond Measure: Architecture in the Lacanian Account of Culture. Afterword

NEW

Bourdieu for Architects Helena Webster, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Forthcoming in 2011

Derrida for Architects Richard Coyne, University of Edinburgh, UK Series: Thinkers for Architects Looking afresh at the implications of Jacques Derrida’s thinking for architecture, this book simplifies his ideas in a clear, concise way. Derrida‘s treatment of key philosophical texts has been labelled as ’deconstruction,’ a term that resonates with architecture. Although his main focus is language, his thinking has been applied by architectural theorists widely. As well as a review of Derrida’s interaction with architecture, this book is also a careful consideration of the implications of his thinking, particularly on the way architecture is practiced. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Senses 3. Metaphor 4. Economics 5. Institutions 6. Derrida on Architecture March 2011: 216 x 138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-59178-2: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59179-9: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415591799

Pierre Bourdieu is arguably one of the twentieth century’s greatest socio-philosophical thinkers and his writings have much to offer anyone interested in the ways that people value, consume and produce architecture. Bourdieu spent much of his life attempting to understand cultural consumption and production through detailed empirical research that included studies of dwellings, art, museums, photography, and aesthetics. This book introduces the architectural reader to Bourdieu’s key writings on culture and outlines the ways in which they offer powerful practical tools and novel conceptual frameworks for understanding architectural value, taste, and practice.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Social Construction of Space 3. The Anatomy of Taste 4. Towards a Theory of Cultural Practice 5. Fields of Cultural Production 6. Cultural Practice, Reflexivity and Political Action. Further Reading July 2010: 216 x 138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-49614-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49615-5: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496155

NEW

Benjamin for Architects Brian Elliott, University of Oregon, USA

Walter Benjamin has become a decisive reference point for a whole range of critical disciplines, as he constructed a unique and provocative synthesis of aesthetics, politics and philosophy.

Examining Benjamin’s contributions to cultural criticism in relation to the works of Max Ernst, Adolf Loos, Le Corbusier and Sigfried Giedion, this book also situates Benjamin’s work within more recent developments in architecture and urbanism. This is a concise, coherent account of the relevance of Walter Benjamin’s writings to architects, locating Benjamin’s critical work within the context of contemporary architecture and urbanism. Selected Contents: 1. Metropolitanism and Method 2. Radicalism and Revolution 3. Modernism and Memory 4. Utopia 5. Participation December 2010: 216 x 138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-55814-3: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55815-0: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558150

January 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55365-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55366-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86184-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553667

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

NEW

Bhabha for Architects Felipe Hernandez, University of Liverpool, UK

The work of Homi K. Bhabha has permeated into numerous publications which use postcolonial discourse as a means to analyze architectural practices in previously colonized contexts, particularly in Africa, Asia, the Middle-East, South-East Asia, and Latin America. Bhabha’s use of the concept of ‘space’ has made his work highly appealing to architects and architectural theorists.

This introductory book, specifically for architects, focuses on Bhabha’s seminal book The Location of Culture and reveals how his work contributes to architectural theory and the study of contemporary architectures in general, not only in colonial and postcolonial contexts. Selected Contents: Foreword by Homi Bhabha Introduction: Homi Bhabha, Postcolonial Discourse and Architecture 1. Translation 2. Ambivalence 3. Hybridity 4. The Third Space 5. The Pedagogical and the Performative January 2010: 216 x 138: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-47745-1: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47746-8: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477468

13


a rchitecture textbooks: History and Theory • Interiors • Landscape Architecture

14

Heidegger for Architects Adam Sharr

The first introduction to Heidegger’s philosophy written specifically for architects and students of architecture familiarizes readers with significant texts and helps to decodes terms.

2007: 216 x 138: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-41515-6: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41517-0: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415170

Irigaray for Architects Peg Rawes Series: Thinkers for Architects

Written specifically for architects, this short book introduces practitioners and students to Irigaray’s work, enabling them to understand the value of historically informed cross- and interdisciplinary modes of architectural practice.

Interiors

Landscape Architecture

On Altering Architecture

Rethinking Landscape

Fred Scott

A Critical Reader

Bringing together interior design and architectural theory, this exciting text looks at the common practices of building alteration, reconsidering established ideas and methods, to initiate the creation of a theory of the interior or interventional design.

Fred Scott examines in-depth case studies of interventional design from architectural history across the world – examples discussed are taken from the States, Europe and Japan. Scott expands and builds on the ideas of Viollet-le-Duc, structuralism and other thoughts to layout criteria for an art of intervention and change. The book draws on the philosophy of conservation, preservation and restoration, as well as exploring related social and political issues. Selected Contents: 1. Unchanging Architecture and the Case for Alteration 2. The Literate and the Vernacular 3. Restoration, Preservation and Alteration 4. Parody and Other Views 5. Parallels to Alteration 6. Degrees of Alteration 7. Stripping Back 8. The Process of Intervention 9. Prohibitions and Difficulties 10. Some Resolutions 11. The Wider Context 12. Unfinished 2007: 216 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-31751-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31752-8: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-59059-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415317528

2007: 216 x 138: 128pp Hb: 978-0-415-43132-3: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43133-0: £15.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415431330

Cafes and Bars The Architecture of Public Display Edited by Christoph Grafe and Franziska Bollerey

2007: 246 x 189: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36327-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36328-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01363-2

Andrew Ballantyne This is the first concise text to explore the collaboration between Deleuze and Guattari specifically for architects and architecture students. Deleuze and Guattari’s work has influenced the design work of architects as diverse as Greg Lynn and David Chipperfield, and is regularly cited by avant-gardist architects and students.

’The unexamined life is not worth living’ – Socrates In this carefully selected collection of readings and commentary Ian H. Thompson expertly guides you through the aesthetic, social, cultural and environmental foundations of our thinking about landscape, and explores the key writings which shaped the field in its emergence and maturity.

Rethinking Landscape provokes thought and discussion. It does not provide answers, and will not conclude with an infallible theory of landscape – there is of course no such thing. But with a range of readings from Vitruvius to Jellicoe, from Burke to Berlin to Berleant, from the study of the Picturesque to Phenomenology, every reader will find something here to set them thinking; and thinking is the root of all invention. Selected Contents: Part 1: Pluralism 1. Is the Truth Out There? 2. Trivalent Design Part 2: Aesthetics 3. Rationalism 4. Empiricism 5. The Picturesque 6. Biological Theories 7. Use and Beauty 8. Functionalism 9. Landscape as Art Part 3: The Social Mission 9. Landscape and Power 10. The Failed Vision of Modernism 11. The Amelioration of the City 12. Participation and Collaboration Part 4: Ecology 13. Meanings and Metaphors in Ecology 14. Varieties of Environmental Ethics 15. The Ecological Approach and Landscape Ecology 16. Sustainability Part 5: Some other Perspectives 17. Phenomenology and the Experience of Landscape 18. The Genius Loci Part 6: Conclusions and Suggestions 19. Pulling it all Together. Further Reading 2008: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42463-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42464-6: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415424646

Series: Interior Architecture

Deleuze & Guattari for Architects

Ian H. Thompson, The University of Newcastle, UK

On Landscapes Susan Herrington, University of British Columbia, Canada Series: Thinking in Action

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363280

Boutiques and Other Retail Spaces The Architecture of Seduction

Drawing on examples from a wide range of landscapes from around the world and throughout history, Susan Herrington considers the ways landscapes can affect our emotions, our imaginations, and our understanding of the passage of time.

Edited by David Vernet and Leontine de Wit

2007: 216 x 138: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-42115-7: £70.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42116-4: £15.99

Series: Interior Architecture 2007: 246 x 189: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36321-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36322-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01359-5

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421164

2008: 197 x 127: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-99124-7: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99125-4: £12.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415991254

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363228

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan n i n g t e x t book s : Introduction to Planning

The Dynamic Landscape Design, Ecology and Management of Naturalistic Urban Planting Edited by Nigel Dunnett and James Hitchmough, both at University of Sheffield, UK With contributions from people at the forefront of developments in this field, in both Europe and North America, The Dynamic Landscape provides a valuable synthesis of current thinking. 2008: 239 x 225: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-43810-0: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438100

Planning Textbooks Introduction to Planning NEW

Grotton Revisited Planning in Crisis? Steve Ankers, David Kaiserman and Chris Shepley

Representing Landscape Architecture

The original authors of The Grotton Papers have come together once more to offer an experienced and surprisingly unjaundiced look at the way the British planning system works. Their comprehensive survey allows real lessons to be learned from what Grotton has – and just as importantly hasn’t – done since they were last in town.

Edited by Marc Treib Written by a team of renowned practitioners and academics, this book offers a broad investigation of how the designed landscape is and has been represented: for design study, for criticism and even for its realization. 2007: 250 x 220: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-70042-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70043-6: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41281-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700436

’Loved it , I almost had to be resuscitated – Grotton Revisited will immediately become the standard text on Planning Practice in every planning school in the UK and far beyond. The fact that it will cause every planning student in the land to abandon their courses, for alternative vocations in investment banking or alternative therapies, is unfortunate’ – Professor Sir Peter Hall, Bartlett Professor of Planning and Regeneration, University College London, UK

Grotton Revisited is without doubt the finest (and indeed the only) satirical book on this vitally important subject. It is suitable for planners of all ages and abilities, and will be essential reading for anyone who has ever had contact with the planning system, or thinks they may know someone who has. First class entertainment and education for professionals and general readers alike. Selected Contents: Message from the President of the Royal Town Planning Institute 1. Planning in Crisis 2. The County of Grotton and the Five Districts of Which it is Comprised of 3. The Development Plan in Crisis 4. Development Management in Crisis: A Case Study from Dunromin 5. Regeneration in Crisis 6. The Countryside in Crisis 7. Transport in Crisis 8. The Environment in Crisis, or What’s Posterity Ever Done for Me? 9. Management in Crisis The Grotton Advertiser: A Special Supplement to Mark the 31st Anniversary of the 1979 ”Planning in Crisis” Conference Appendices 1. Notes for Delegates to the ”Planning in Crisis” Conference 2010 2. An Invitation to the Secretary of State to Address the Conference 3. An Important Decision Relating to a Planning Appeal 4. An Extract from the Grotton Design Guide 5. An Appeal on Behalf of the Patrick Abercrombie Home for Distressed Planners by Alexander Quibble. CB Index June 2010: 276 x 219: 224pp: 100 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-54646-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54647-8: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415546478

2nd Edition

FORTHCOMING IN 2012

Planning in the USA

15th Edition

Policies, Issues and Processes

Town and Country Planning in the UK

J. Barry Cullingworth, University of Delaware, USA and Roger W. Caves, San Diego State University, USA

Discussing land use, urban planning, and environmental protection policies, this fully illustrated book explains the nature of the planning process. It explains how issues are identified, defined and approached, and is a key text for both academics and professionals alike.

2008: 246 x 189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77420-8: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77421-5: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89094-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415247894

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

J. Barry Cullingworth Vincent Nadin, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands January 2011: 250 x 250: pp Hb: 978-0-415-49227-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49228-7: £31.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492287

15


p lanning tex tbook s: Urban Planning and Design

16

Urban Planning and Design

Forthcoming in 2011

NEW

Sunburnt Cities

The Fundamentalist City

The Great Recession, Depopulation and Urban Planning in the American Sunbelt

Religion and Urbanism in the New Global Order

New

Justin B Hollander, Tufts University, USA

The Exposed City

In recent years there has been a growing focus on urban and environmental studies and the skills and techniques to address the wider challenges of how to create sustainable communities. Central to that demand is the increasing urgency of addressing the issue of urban decline, and the response has almost always been to pursue growth policies to attempt to reverse that decline. The track record of growth policies has been mixed at best.

Edited by Nezar AlSayyad and Mejgan Massoumi, both at University of California, Berkley, USA

Mapping the Urban Invisibles Nadia Amoroso, University of Toronto, Canada

Examining representations of the city not usually visible to the naked eye, The Exposed City takes textual urban data and transforms it into architectural visions. Criminal activities, population densities, transportation patterns, public surveillance, cell phone usage, air quality readings and other spatial statistics all become new maps of the city. The ‘unseen’ elements of the city are exposed in innovative maps throughout the book, which are complimented by interviews with Winy Mass and James Corner, in addition to sections by Richard Saul Wurman, the SENSEAble City Lab group and one of the founders of Google Earth. Selected Contents: Foreword Richard Saul Wurman Part 1: Essays 1. Map or Drawing? The Visual Expressions of Hugh Ferriss 2. Graphic Integrity of the Urban Complexity – Lynch, Wurman and Tufte 3. The DATAscapes: the Works of MVRDV 4. The Map-Art: Creative Measures in Landscape Mapping, the Works of James Corner Part 2: Drawings: The Map-Landscape 5.1 The Creative Map 5.2 The Map-Landscapes Afterword March 2010: 246 x 189: 200pp: 92 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-55179-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55180-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551809

NEW

Smartcities and Eco-Warriors C.J. Lim and Ed Liu both at University College London, UK

Reframing the way people think about urban green space and the evolution of cities, C.J. Lim and Ed Liu explores how urban planning and design solutions can reintegrate agricultural practices and cultivated land within urban environments. Developed through international case studies, this is an innovative response to contemporary problems from one of the worldís leading urban design and architectural thinkers. It resonates with all those concerned about cities, agriculture, energy conservation and sustainable global development.

Until the first decade of the twenty-first century decline was assumed to be an issue only for former industrial cities – the so-called Rust Belt. But the sudden reversal in growth in the major cities of the American Sunbelt has shown that urban decline can be a much wider issue. Justin Hollander’s research into urban decline in both the Sun and Rust Belts draws lessons planners and policy makers that can be applied universally. Hollander addresses the reasons and statistics behind these ’shrinking cities’ with a positive outlook, arguing that growth for growth’s sake is not beneficial for communities, suggesting instead that urban development could be achieved through shrinkage. Case studies on Phoenix, Flint, Orlando and Fresno support the argument, and Hollander delves into the numbers, literature and individual lives affected and how they have changed in response to the declining regions. Written to suit a wide range of courses focused on contemporary urban studies, this text forms a base for all study on shrinking cities for both professionals and students in urban design, planning, public administration and sociology. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Perspectives on Growth and Decline 3. When People Leave – The Ruins of Urban Neighborhoods 4. Lessons From a Declining City: Flint, Michigan after 40 Years of Population Loss 5. A New Model for Neighborhood Change in Shrinking Cities 6. Unfamiliar Patterns in the Sun – What Postal Workers Already Know 7. Facing Change in the Central Valley: A Declining Fresno 8. Endless Growth in the Desert? The Fall of Phoenix 9. Abandonment Outside the Magic Kingdom: What Went Wrong in Orlando 10. Conclusion January 2011: 246 x 174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59211-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59212-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83438-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571241

A unique text looking at the ways in which religion can, and does, affect the development of cities, and indeed conversely how cities affect religion. It addresses the effects of Hinduism, Christianity, Judaism, and Islam upon the urban landscape and intertwine, this with a refusal to see the religious influences on city development as divorced from the country’s’ socio-political and economic forces. Focusing on both current and historical processes, the commentaries from around the world offer insightful discussion on how the urban environment can additionally facilitate global fundamentalism. Selected Contents: Introduction Part I: Fundamentalism: Between City and Nation 1. The Fundamentalist City? Nezar AlSayyad 2. American National Identity, the Rise of the Modern City, and the Birth of Protestant Fundamentalism Rhys Williams 3. Why in the City? Explaining Urban Fundamentalism Inger Furseth 4. The Civility of Inegalitarian Citizenships James Holston Part II: Fundamentalisms and Urbanism 5. On Religion and Space: Lessons from Hezbollahís Suburbs in Beirut Mona Harb 6. Peshawar: The Frontier City of “Talibanistan” Mejgan Massoumi 7. Producing and Contesting the Communalized City: Hindutva Politics, Urban Space, and Citizenship in Ahmedabad, India Renu Desai Part III: Identity, Tradition, and Fundamentalisms 8. Hamas in Gaza Refugee Camps: The Construction of Trapped Spaces for the Survival of Fundamentalism Francesca Giovannini 9. Abrahamís Urban Footsteps: Political Geography and Religious Radicalism in Israel/ Palestine Oren Yiftachel and Batya Roded 10. Post-Secular Urbanisms: Situating Delhi within the Rhetorical Landscape of Hindutva Mrinalini Rajagopalan 11. Debating Fundamentalisms in the Global City: Christian and Muslim Migrants in London John Eade 12. Conclusion September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 30 lines drawings, 20 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77935-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77936-4: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779364

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415592123

Making the Metropolitan Landscape Standing Firm on Middle Ground Edited by Jacqueline Tatom and Jennifer Stauber, Trivers Associates, St. Louis, USA

The American landscape is an extremely complex terrain born from a history of collective and individual experiences. These created environments, which all may be called metropolitan landscapes, constantly challenge students and professionals in the fields of architecture, design and planning to consider new ways of making lively public places. This book brings together varied voices in urban design theory and practice to explore new ways of understanding place and our position in it.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Urban Utopias and the Smartcity 3. Six Manifestos for the Smartcity 4. Excavating the Concrete Jungle: A Pictorial Essay 5. A Lexicon of the Smartcity Neology February 2010: 276 x 219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57122-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57124-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85032-9

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Towards a Metropolitan Landscape: Interpreting American Part 2: Towards a Metropolitan Urbanism – Democratic Aspirations, American Pragmatism and Design Practice Part 3: Making the Metropolitan Landscape: Action Through Part 4: Programs for a Metropolitan Landscape

2009: 246 x 174: 256pp: 92 halftones, 14 colour halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77410-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77411-6: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87204-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774116

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


p lan n i n g t e x t book s : Urban Planning and Design

New

Insurgent Public Space Guerrilla Urbanism and the Remaking of the Contemporary Cities Edited by Jeffrey Hou, University of Washington, USA

In cities around the world, individuals and groups are reclaiming and creating urban sites, temporary spaces and informal gathering places. These ‘insurgent public spaces’ challenge conventional views of how urban areas are defined and used, and how they can transform the city environment.

With nearly twenty illustrated case studies, this volume shows how instances of insurgent public space occur across the world. Examples range from community gardening in Seattle and Los Angeles, street dancing in Beijing, to the transformation of parking spaces into temporary parks in San Francisco. Selected Contents: 1. (Not) Your Everyday Public Space Part 1: Appropriating 2. Dancing in the Streets of Beijing: Improvised Uses within the Urban System 3. Latino Urbanism in Los Angeles: A Model for Urban Improvisation and Reinvention 4. Taking Place: Rebar‘s Absurd Tactics in Generous Urbanism Part 2: Reclaiming 5. experimentcity: Culturing + Publicizing Sustainable Development of Berlinís Freir‰ume 6. Re-City, Tokyo: Putting ‘Publicness‘ into the Urban Building Stocks 7. Claiming Residual Spaces in the Heterogeneous City Part 3: Pluralizing 8. Claiming Latino Space: Building Cultural Capacity in the Public Realm 9. ‘Night Market‘ in Seattle: Community Eventscape and the Remaking of Public Space 10. Making Places of Fusion and Resistance: the Experiences of Immigrant Women in Taiwanese Townships 11. How Outsiders Find Home in the City: Chung Shan in Taipei Part 4: Transgressing 12. Machizukuri House and Its Expanding Networks: Making New Public Realm in Private Homes 13. Niwaroju: Private Gardens Serving the Public Realm 14. Farmhouses as Urban/Rural Public Space Part 5: Uncovering 15. Urban Archives: Public Memories of Everyday Places 16. Funny It Doesn’t Look Like Insurgent Space: the San Francisco Bureau of Urban Secrets and the Practice of History as a Public Art 17. Mapping the Space of Desire: Brothel as a City Landmark 18. Spatial Limbo: Re-inscribing Landscapes in Temporal Suspension Part 6: Contesting 19. Public Space Activism, Toronto and Vancouver: Using the Banner of Public Space to Build Capacity and Activate Change 20. Urban Agriculture in the Making of Insurgent Spaces in Los Angeles and Seattle 21. When Overwhelming Needs Meets Underwhelming Prospects: Sustaining Community Open Space Activism in East St. Louis April 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp: 3 tables, 117 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77965-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77966-1: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779661

Routledge Urban Reader Series Forthcoming in 2011

City Reader Edited by Richard T. LeGates and Frederic Stout Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series The fifth edition of the highly successful The City Reader juxtaposes the best classic and contemporary writings on the city. It contains fifty-seven selections including seventeen new selections by Elijah Anderson, Robert Bruegmann, Michael Dear, Jan Gehl, Harvey Molotch, Clarence Perry, Daphne Spain, Nigel Taylor, Samuel Bass Warner, and others –five of which have been newly written exclusively for The City Reader. Classic writings from Ebenezer Howard, Ernest W. Burgess, LeCorbusier, Lewis Mumford, Jane Jacobs, and Louis Wirth, meet the best contemporary writings of Sir Peter Hall, Manuel Castells, David Harvey, Kenneth Jackson and others. The City Reader fifth edition has been extensively updated and expanded to reflect the latest thinking in each of the disciplinary areas included and in topical areas such as sustainable urban development, climate change, globalization, and the impact of technology on cities. The plate sections have been extensively revised and expanded and a new plate section on global cities has been added. The anthology features general and section introductions and introductions to the selected articles. New to the fifth edition is a bibliography of 100 top books about cities. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Evolution of Cities Part 2: Urban Culture and Society Part 3: Urban Space Part 4: Urban Politics, Governance and Economics Part 5: Urban Planning History and Visions Part 6: Urban Planning Thoery and Practice Part 7: Perspectives on Urban Design Part 8: Cities in a Global Society January 2011: 246 x 189: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-55664-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55665-1: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556651

The Global Cities Reader Edited by Neil Brenner and Roger Keil Fifty generous selections – including contributions from John Friedmann, Michael Peter Smith, Saskia Sassen, Peter Taylor, Manuel Castells and Anthony King – explore the inter-relationships between cities and globalization. 2005: 246 x 189: 456pp 66 Illustrations, 27 line drawings, 11 tables, 39 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-32344-4: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32345-1: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415323451

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

The Urban and Regional Planning Reader Edited by Eugénie Birch, University of Pennsylvania, USA

The Urban and Regional Planning Reader draws together the very best of classic and contemporary writings to illuminate the planning of cities and metropolitan areas. Forty-seven generous selections include contributions from Lewis Mumford, Jane Jacobs, Ian McHarg, Paul Davidoff, Charles Harr, Susan Fainstein and Charles J. Hoch through to Timothy Beatley; Jonathan Barnett, Alex Garvin, Tom Daniels, Andres Duany and Barbara Faga.The variety and wide selection of readings offers one of the most innovative amalgamations of planning research and practice. 2008: 246 x 189: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-31997-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31998-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-62640-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415319980

The Urban Design Reader Edited by Michael Angelo Larice, University of Pennsylvania, USA and Elizabeth Macdonald, University of California, Berkeley, USA

This Reader draws together the best classic and contemporary writings to illuminate the theory and practice of urban design. The selections include contributions from Howard, Le Corbusier, Hall and Jacobs through to Davis, Hayden and Gilham.

2006: 246 x 189: 560pp 65 Illustrations, 65 line drawings, 13 tables, 18 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-33386-3: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33387-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415333870

17


p lanning tex tbook s: Urban Planning and Design

18

NEW

Cities and Design

NEW

Distributed Urbanism

Paul L. Knox, Virginia Tech, USA

5th Edition

Cities After Google Earth

Series: Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City

Urban and Regional Planning

Edited by Gretchen Wilkins, RMIT University, School of Architecture and Design, Australia Exploring the increasingly decentralized systems through which cities are organized and produced, Distributed Urbanism highlights the architectural practices that are emerging in response. Contemporary urbanism is shaped by remote, distributed mechanisms such as information technologies, (i.e. Google Earth) and external networks, many of which are physically remote from the cities they shape. Consisting of a collection of case studies on global cities including Rotterdam, Tokyo, Barcelona, Detroit, Hong Kong, Dubai, Beijing, and Mumbai, Distributed Urbanism draws on these cities in relation to current events, urban schemes and demographic data. Selected Contents: Foreword. Acknowledgements. Introduction. 1. The City You Can’t See on Google Earth 2. Rural Urbanism: Thriving Under the Radar – Beijing’s Villages in the City 3. Rotterdam 1979–2007: From Ideology to Market Communism and Beyond 4. MegaHouse 5. Borderland/Borderama/Detroit 6. Rubble in the Sand 7. Density of Emptiness 8. Antisepsis 9. From Losing Site to Finding Ground 10. Resurrecting Cities: Instant Urban Planning 11. Productive Residue: The Casting of Alternative Public Space 12. Bubble Cities: Airports, Islands and Nomads. Bibliography. Index May 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp 8 colour line drawings, 1 table, 100 colour halftones Hb: 978-0-415-56231-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56232-4: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562324

To Scale One Hundred Urban Plans

Cities, initially a product of the manufacturing era, have been thoroughly remade in the image of consumer society. Competitive spending among affluent households has intensified the importance of style and design at every scale and design professions have grown in size and importance, reflecting distinctive geographies and locating disproportionately in cities most intimately connected with global systems of key business services. Meanwhile, many observers still believe good design can make positive contributions to people’s lives. Cities and Design explores the complex relationships between design and urban environments. It traces the intellectual roots of urban design, presents a critical appraisal of the imprint and effectiveness of design professions in shaping urban environments, examines the role of design in the material culture of contemporary cities, and explores the complex linkages among designers, producers and distributors in contemporary cities. This book offers a perspective on the economic and cultural context of design in contemporary cities, presenting cities themselves as settings for design, design services and the ‘affect’ associated with design. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Cities, Design and Urban Life 2. Design, Designers and the Resurgent Metropolis Part 2: The Intentional City 3. Better by Design? Historical Antecedents 4. The City Redesigned: Modernity, Effeciency and Equity 5. Design for New Sensibilities Part 3: Designer Cities 6. Design and Affect in Urban Spaces 7. Design Services and The City 8. Conclusion: Towards Liveability and Sustainability June 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-49288-1: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49289-8: £22.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492898

Eric Jenkins To Scale is a collection of plans of urban spaces drawn at the same scale providing a single and accurate resource of urban plans for architects, urban designers, planners and teachers, and students. The book contains one hundred figure-ground plans from seventy-eight cities around the world, describing an identical area (half a kilometer square) for each urban space. Accompanying each plan are photographs, diagrams and text that illustrate essential aspects of the plan or urban space for the designer. This compilation is an excellent resource helping to visualize, compare and reconceptualize urban design for students wanting to understand the lessons of existing cities and the making of urban spaces. Selected Contents: Introduction. Amsterdam. Arras. Athens. Baltimore. Barcelona. Bath. Beijing. Bergen. Berlin. Bern. Bologna. Bordeaux. Boston. Brasília. Bruges. Buenos Aires. Cairo. Ceske Budejovice. Chandigar. Chicago. Cincinnati. Cleveland. Copenhagen. Cuzco. Denver. Detroit. Dresden. Dublin. Dubrovnik. Edinburgh. Florence. Genoa. Indianapolis. Isfahan. Istanbul. Jerusalem. Krakow. Lisbon. London. Los Angeles. Lucca. Madrid. Mexico City. Milan. Montreal. Moscow. Nancy. New Haven. New Orleans. New York. Oslo. Paris. Philadelphia. Portland. Prague. Rome. Saint Petersburg. Salamanca. Salzburg. San Francisco. Santiago. Savannah. Seattle. Seville. Siena. Stockholm. Tallinn. Telc. Tokyo. Tokyo. Torino. Trieste. Tunis. Vancouver. Venezia. Verona. Vienna. Vigevana. Washington

Urban Design and the British Urban Renaissance Edited by John Punter, Cardiff University, UK Are Britain’s cities attractive places in which to live, work and play? Asking that question, this is a critical review of how the design dimension of the Urban Renaissance strategy was developed and applied, based on expert academic assessments of progress in Britain’s thirteen largest cities. The case studies are preceded by a dissection of New Labourís renaissance agenda, and concluded by a synthesis of achievements and failings. Exploring the implications of this strategy for the future of urban planning and design, this is a must-read for students, practitioners of these subjects and for all those who wish to improve the quality of the British urban environment.

This extensively revised edition follows the successful format of previous editions: • an introduction on the establishment of planning as part of the public health reforms of the late nineteenth century and goes on to look at the insights of the great figures who influenced the early planning movement, leading up to the creation of the post-war planning machine • national and regional planning, and planning for cities and city regions, in the UK, from 1945 to 2010, is then considered. Specific reference is made to the most important British developments in recent times, including the Single Regeneration Budget, English Partnerships, the devolution of Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, the establishment of the Mayor of London and the dominant urban sustainability paradigm • planning in Western Europe, since 1945, now incorporating new material on EU-wide issues, as well as updated country specific sections • planning in the United States, since 1945, now discussing the continuing trends of urban dispersal and social polarisation, as well as initiatives in land use planning and transportation policies • finally the book looks at the nature of the planning process at the start of the twenty-first century, reflecting briefly on shifts in planning paradigms since the 1960s and going on to discuss the main issues of the 1990s and 2000s, including sustainability and social exclusion and looking forward to the twenty-first century. September 2010: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-56652-0: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56654-4: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566544

Selected Contents: Part 1: The English ’The Core Cities:’ An Introduction Part 2: London and Thames Gateway: An Introduction Part 3: The Celtic Capitals: An Introduction Part 4: Wales: An Introduction Part 5: Northern Ireland: An Introduction

2007: 250 x 250: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95400-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95401-3: £29.99

2009: 246 x 189: 392pp 46 line drawings, 5 tables, 66 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-44304-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44303-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86920-8

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954013

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443036

Complimentary Exam Copy

Peter Hall and Mark Tewdwr-Jones This is the fifth edition of the classic text for students of urban and regional planning. It gives a historical overview of the developments and changes in the theory and practice of planning, throughout the entire twentieth century.

e-Inspection

Urban Design Futures Edited by Malcolm Moor and Jon Rowland

’The urban design primer of the year ... This is a book covering the richness of the urban design debate with ideas ranging from the inspiring to the absolutely barmy – It is a vital introductory read for students of urban design and a valuable pot pourri of the current urban design debate.’ – Green Places 2006: 238x225mm: 216pp: 71 halftones, 70 colour halftones Hb: 978-0-415-31877-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31878-5: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-60172-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415318785

New in Paperback Companion Website


p lan n i n g t e x t book s : Planning and Communities

New

New

Whose Public Space?

Cities, Politics & Power

International Case Studies in Urban Design and Development

Simon Parker, University of York, UK

Edited by Ali Madanipour, University of Newcastle, UK

Public open spaces have changed from being embedded in the social fabric of the city to being part of fragmented urban environments. Can accessible spaces, created through inclusive processes, buck this trend? Ali Madanipour provides some answers to this question, using international case studies to analyze the process of urban design and development. Crossing cultural divides, this critical analysis explores the development, management and use of public space, with all its tensions and conflicts. It is written for students, scholars and practitioners in urban design, planning, architecture, and urban geography. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1. Changing Nature of Public Space in City Centres 2. Less Public Than Before? Public Space Improvement in Newcastle City Centre 3. Youth Participation and Revanchist Regimes: Redeveloping Old Eldon Square, Newcastle upon Tyne 4. Can Public Space Improvement Revive the City Centre? The Case of Taichung, Taiwan 5. Change in the Public Spaces of Traditional Cities: Zaria, Nigeria Part 2. Public Space and Everyday Life in Urban Neighborhoods 6. Marginal Public Spaces in Europe 7. Gating the Streets: The Changing Shape of Public Spaces in South Africa 8. Public Spaces within Modern Residential Areas in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia 9. The Design and Development of Public Open Spaces in an Iranian New Town 10. Making Public Space in Low Income Neighborhoods in Mexico 11. Co-Production of Public Space: Redefinition of Social Meaning, the Case of Nord-Pas de Calais, France 12. Whose Public Space? January 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp: 8 tables, 86 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-55385-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55386-5: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553865

Britain’s New Towns Garden Cities to Sustainable Communities

Series: Routledge Critical Introductions to Urbanism and the City

Traditionally, the study of ‘power in the city’ was confined to the institutions of urban government and the actors involved in contesting and making political decisions in and for metropolitan societies. Increasingly, however, attention has turned to the function of the city not only as a centre of urban governance but as a major economic, social, cultural and strategic force in its own right.

Cities, Politics and Power combines this traditional concern with how the cities in which we live are organised and run with a broader focus on cities and urban regions as multiple sites and agents of power. This book is divided into five sections, with a short introduction outlining the argument and organisation of the text. Part two charts the development of the urban polity and considers the ways in which coercion and force continue to be used to segregate, oppress and annihilate urban populations. Part three critically examines the key collective actors and processes that compete for and organise political power within cities, and how urban governance operates and interacts with lesser and greater scales of government and networks of power. Part four then explores the ways in which ‘the political’ is constituted by urban inhabitants, and how social identity, information and communication networks, and the natural and built environment all comprise intersecting fields of urban power. The conclusion calls for a broader theoretical and thematic approach to the study of urban politics. This book extensively uses comparative and historical case studies, providing broad coverage of politics and urban movements in both the Global North and the Global South, with a particular focus on the UK, USA, Canada, Latin America and China. It is written in an accessible and lucid style and provides suggestions for further reading at the end each chapter. October 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36579-6: £65.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36580-2: £21.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415365802

Anthony Alexander

The New Towns Programme of 1946 to 1970 was one of the most substantial periods of urban development in Britain. The New Towns have often been described as a social experiment; so what has this experiment proved? This book covers the story of how these towns came to be built, how they aged, and the challenges and opportunities they now face as they begin phases of renewal. The new approaches in design throughout their past development reflect changes in society throughout the latter half of the twentieth century. These changes are now at the heart of the challenge of sustainable development.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The New Towns in a New Light Part 1: Planning the New Towns 2. A Bit of a Bombshell 3. The Early New Towns 4. The Later New Towns 5. The Origin of the New Towns Concept Part 2: Building the New Towns 6. The Formulation of the New Towns Programme 7. Principles of New Town Design 8. A Leap into the Unknown Part 3: Living in the New Towns 9. Criticisms of the New Towns 10. How the New Towns Grew Old 11. New Towns in the Age of Sustainable Communities 2009: 276 x 219: 208pp 3 Illustrations, 20 line drawings, 3 tables, 134 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-47512-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47513-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87565-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475136

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Planning and Communities New

The Gentrification Reader Edited by Loretta Lees, King’s College London, UK, Tom Slater, University of Edinburgh, UK and Elvin Wyly, University of British Columbia, Canada

Gentrification remains a subject of heated debate in the public realm as well as scholarly and policy circles. This Reader brings together the classic writings and contemporary literature that has helped to define the field, changed the direction of how it is studied, and illustrated the points of conflict and consensus that are distinctive of gentrification research. Covering everything from the theories of gentrification through to analysis of state-led policies and community resistance to those polices, this is an unparalleled collection of influential writings on a contentious contemporary issue. With insightful commentary from the editors, who are themselves internationally renowned experts in the field, this is essential reading for students of urban planning, geography, urban studies, sociology, and housing studies.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Defining Gentrification Part 2: Stage Models of Gentrification Part 3: Explaining/ Theorizing Gentrification Part 4: Gentrification and Displacement Part 5: Geographies of Gentrification Part 6: Gentrification and Urban Policy Part 7: Resisting Gentrification February 2010: 246 x 189: 624pp 23 lines drawings, 60 tables, 31 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-54839-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54840-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548403

BESTSELLER

Gentrification Loretta Lees, Elvin Wyly and Tom Slater

Gentrification presents major theoretical ideas and concepts with case studies, and summaries of the ideas in the book as well as offering ideas for future research. Written for upper-level undergraduates in geography, sociology, and planning.

2007: 6 x 9: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-95036-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95037-4: £23.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415950374

19


p lanning tex tbook s: Planning and Communities

20

New

Intimate Metropolis

Becoming Places

The Gentrification Debates

Urban Subjects in the Modern City

Urbanism / Architecture / Identity / Power

A Reader

Edited by Vittoria Di Palma, Columbia University, USA, Diana Periton, Mackintosh School of Architecture, Glasgow School of Art, UK and Marina Lathouri, Architectural Association School of Architecture, London, UK

Kim Dovey, Melbourne University, Australia

Japonica Brown-Saracino, Loyola University, USA Series: The Metropolis and Modern Life

Uniquely well suited for teaching, this innovative text-reader strengthens students’ critical thinking skills, sparks classroom discussion, and also provides a comprehensive and accessible understanding of gentrification.

Selected Contents: 1. What is Gentrification? Definitions and Key Concepts 2. How, Where and When Does Gentrification Occur? 3. Who Are Gentrifiers and Why Do They Engage in Gentrification? 4. What are the Outcomes and Consequences of Gentrification? February 2010: 7-3/8 x 9-1/4: 400pp: 20 tables Hb: 978-0-415-80164-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80165-2: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415801652

Intimate Metropolis explores connections between the modern city, its architecture, and its citizens, by questioning traditional conceptualizations of public and private. Providing authoritative new perspectives on individual citizenship as it relates to both public and private space, in-depth case studies of major European, American, and other world cities and written by an international set of contributors, this volume is key reading for all students of architecture. 2008: 234 x 156: 288pp: 2 tables, 91 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-41506-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41507-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89005-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415071

Heterotopia and the City Public Space in a Postcivil Society

New

Planning with Complexity An Introduction to Collaborative Rationality for Public Policy Judith E. Innes, University of California, Berkeley, USA and David E. Booher, Center for Collaborative Policy, California State University, Sacramento, USA

Analyzing emerging practices of collaboration in planning and public policy to overcome the challenges complexity, fragmentation and uncertainty, the authors present a new theory of collaborative rationality, to help make sense of the new practices. They enquire in detail into how collaborative rationality works, the theories that inform it, and the potential and pitfalls for democracy in the twenty-first century.

Selected Contents: 1. Thinking Differently for an Age of Complexity 2. How Can Theory Improve Practice? 3. Stories From the Field 4. The Praxis of Collaboration 5. Dialogue as a Community of Inquiry 6. Knowledge Into Action: The Role of Dialogue 7. Using Local Knowledge for Justice and Resilience 8. Beyond Collaboration: Democratic Governance for a Resilient Society January 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp: 1 line drawing, 3 tables Hb: 978-0-415-77931-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77932-6: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779326

Edited by Michiel Dehaene, Eindhoven University of Technology, the Netherlands and Lieven De Cauter, Katholiek Universitat, Leuven, Belgium Heterotopia, literally meaning ‘other place’, is a rich concept in urban design that describes a space that is on the margins of ordered or civil society, and one that possesses multiple, fragmented or even incompatible meanings. The term has had an impact on architectural and urban theory since it was coined by Foucault in the late 1960s but it has remained a source of confusion and debate since. Heterotopia and the City seeks to clarify this concept and investigates the heterotopias which exist throughout our contemporary world: in museums, theme parks, malls, holiday resorts, gated communities, wellness hotels and festival markets. With theoretical contributions on the concept of heterotopia, including a new translation of Foucault’s influential 1967 text, Of Other Space and essays by well-known scholars, the book comprises a series of critical case studies, from Beaubourg to Bilbao, which probe a range of (post)urban transformations and which redirect the debate on the privatization of public space. Wastelands and terrains vagues are studied in detail in a section on urban activism and transgression and the reader gets a glimpse of the extremes of our dualized, postcivil condition through case studies on Jakarta, Dubai, and Kinshasa. Heterotopia and the City provides a collective effort to reposition heterotopia as a crucial concept for contemporary urban theory. The book will be of interest to all those wishing to understand the city in the emerging postcivil society and post-historical era. Planners, architects, cultural theorists, urbanists and academics will find this a valuable contribution to current critical argument.

About the practices and politics of place and identity formation – the slippery ways in which who we are becomes wrapped up with where we are – this book exposes the relations of place to power. It links everyday aspects of place experience to the social theories of Deleuze and Bourdieu in a very readable manner. This is a book that takes the social critique of built form another step through detailed fieldwork and analysis in particular case studies. Selected Contents: Part 1: Ideas 1. Making Sense of Place 2. Place as Assemblage 3. Silent Complicities 4. Limits of Critical Architecture Part 2: Places 5. Slippery Characters: Defending and Creating Place Identities (with Ian Woodcock and Stephen Wood) 6. Becoming Prosperous: Informal Urbanism in Yogyakarta (with Wiryono Rhajo) 7. Urbanising Architecture: Koolhaas and Spatial Segmentarity 8. Open Court: Transparency and Legitimation in the Courthouse 9. Safety Becomes Danger: Drug-Use in Public Space (with John Fitzgerald) 10. New Orders: Monas and Merdeka Square (with Eka Permanasari) 11. Urban Slippage: Smooth and Striated Streetscapes in Bangkok (with Kasama Polakit) 2009: 246 x 174: 216pp: 17 line drawings, 39 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-41636-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41637-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-203-87500-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415416375

Planning the Night-time City Marion Roberts and Adam Eldridge, both at University of Westminster, UK

This book draws on international case study research to explain how changing approaches to evening and night-time activities have been conceptualized in planning practice in the UK. It explains how these ideas have been subverted by the entertainment industry to the point that some micro-districts in certain regenerated and creative cities have now been dubbed ‘no-go’ areas.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Cities at Night 3. Visions of the Night-Time City 4. Party Cities 5. Binge Drinking Britain? 6. Regulating Consumption 7. Regulating Licensing 8. Planning and Managing the Night-Time City 9. Consumers 10. Night-Time Cities, Night-Time Futures 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp: 8 linedrawings, 5 tables, 6 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-43617-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43618-2: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436182

Selected Contents: Part 1: Heterotopology: ‘A Science in the Making’ Part 2: Heterotopia Revisited Part 3: The Mall as Agora: The Agora as Mall Part 4: Dwelling in a Postcivil Society Part 5: Terrains Vagues: Transgression and Urban Activism Part 6: Heterotopia in the Splintering Metropolis Part 7: Heterotopia After the Polis 2008: 234 x 156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-42288-8: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415422888

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan n i n g t e x t book s : Sustainable Planning

Sustainable Planning

An Introduction to Community Development

New

Edited by Rhonda Phillips, Arizona State University, USA and Robert H. Pittman, University of Central Arkansas, USA

Shaping Neighbourhoods

2nd Edition

Comprehensive and practical, this textbook enables students to connect academic study and professional know-how, and demonstrates how to best plan the rebuilding, revitalization, and development of communities utilizing a wide variety of economic and strategic tools. Features include; chapter outlines, text boxes, key words, and references. 2008: 246 x 189: 392pp 11 line drawings, 29 tables, 4 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77384-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77385-0: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88693-9

For Local Health and Global Sustainability Hugh Barton, Marcus Grant and Richard Guise, all at University of the West of England, UK

With many new case studies and a wealth of new research, this new edition outlines the principles for planning healthy and sustainable neighbourhoods and towns, putting the topical issues of climate change and obesity at the centre of its concern.

Whether you are a student faced with a local planning project; a planner, urban designer, or developer involved in new development; a health authority concerned with promoting physical activity; or a community group wanting to improve your neighbourhood; this book is for you.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773850

Searching for the Just City Debates in Urban Theory and Practice Edited by Peter Marcuse, James Connolly, Johannes Novy, Ingrid Olivo, Cuz Potter and Justin Steil, all at Columbia University, USA Series: Questioning Cities If today’s cities are full of injustices, what would a ’Just City’ look like? Contributors to this volume including David Harvey, Peter Marcuse and Susan Fainstein define the concept, examining it from multiple angles in addition to questioning it and suggesting alternatives. Selected Contents: Introduction James Connolly and Justin Steil Section 1: Why Justice? Theoretical Foundations of the Just City Debate 1. Planning and the Just City Susan S. Fainstein 2. The Right to the Just City David Harvey with Cuz Potter 3. Discursive Planning: Social Justice as Discourse Frank Fischer 4. Justice and the Spatial Imagination Mustafa Dikeç Section 2: What are the Limits of the Just City? Expanding the Debate 5. From Justice Planning to Commons Planning Peter Marcuse 6. As Just as it Gets? The European City in the Just City Discourse Johannes Novy and Margit Mayer 7. Urban Justice and Recognition: Affirmation and Hostility in Beer Sheva Oren Yiftachel, Ravit Goldhaber, and Roy Nuriel 8. On Globalization, Competition and Economic Justice in Cities James DeFilippis Section 3: How Do We Realize Just Cities? From Debate to Action 9. Keeping Counterpublics Alive in Planning Laura Wolf-Powers 10. Can The Just City Be Built From Below? Brownfields, Planning and Power in the South Bronx Justin Steil and James Connolly 11. Just City: A Utopia Still Possible? (Erminia Maricato with Cuz Potter) 12.Race in New Orleans Since Katrina J. Phillip Thompson. Conclusion Johannes Novy and Cuz Potter

Selected Contents: 1. Orientation and Principles 2. A Neighbourhood Planning Process 3. Providing for Local Need 4. Working with Natural Systems 5. Urban Design Synthesis 6. Neighbourhood Checklists January 2010: 276 x 219: 344pp: 214 colour Illustrations Hb: 978-0-415-49548-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49549-3: £35.00

New

Pragmatic Sustainability Theoretical and Practical Tools Edited by Steven A. Moore, University of Texas at Austin, USA

Is sustainable development a challenge we can overcome? Currently the tools for waging this battle are grand plans that focus on techno-scientific and market-based strategies. The authors gathered here – leading thinkers from architecture, business, economics, engineering, history, philosophy, planning, science, and technology – are skeptical of this singular approach. Instead of a technological fix they advocate a practical and pluralist approach to environmental and social change, demanding constant adaptation to changing conditions. This engaging and inspirational collection steps outside disciplinary boundaries. With questions at the end of each chapter, it encourages students at all levels to think more broadly and provides an essential understanding of how we might meet the challenge of sustainability.

Lynn Staeheli and Donald Mitchell

Selected Contents: Introduction: Pragmatic Sustainability Part 1: The Struggle to Define Terms 1. Sustainability: What It Is and What It Is Not 2. Equity: The Forgotten E in Sustainable Development 3. Sustainable Development: Complexity and the Problem of Balance 4. In Search of Green Knowledge: A Cognitive Approach to Sustainable Development Part 2: Technological Cultures 5. Resistance and Renewal in the Hudson River Valley 6. Engineering Sustainable Technologies 7. Beyond Japonisme: Critical Pragmatism and Japanese Urbanism Part 3: Sustainability and Place 8. The Moral Journey of Environmentalism from Wilderness to Place 9. Regionalism, Place, Specificity, and Sustainable Design 10. Natural Allies: Historic Preservation and Sustainable Design Part 4: Sustainability and Cities 11. Planning for Sustainability 12. Full Circle? Public Responsibility versus Privatization of Water Supplies in the United States Part 5: Civil Society, Industry, and Regulation 13. A Political Economy of Sustainability: Alternative Pathways and Industrial Innovation 14. Bringing Corporate Stakeholders to the Table in Collaborative Ecosystem Management 15. Incommensurable Paradigms: Values and the Environment

2007: 6 x 9: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-95522-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95523-2: £23.99

January 2010: 246 x 189: 312pp: 25 line drawings, 12 tables Hb: 978-0-415-77937-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77938-8: £19.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415955232

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779388

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495493

The Community Development Reader James DeFilippis and Susan Saegert 2007: 7 x 10: 360pp: 17 tables Hb: 978-0-415-95428-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95429-7: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954297

The People’s Property? Power, Politics, and the Public

2009: 234 x 156: 288pp 15 Illustrations, 4 line drawings, 4 tables, 11 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77613-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87883-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776134

FREE P&P Online! Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com and receive FREE postage & packaging* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

21


p lanning tex tbook s: Sustainable Planning

22

Eco-Urbanity

NEW

Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments

2nd Edition

Edited by Darko Radovic, University of Melbourne, Australia

Land and Limits

Bringing together diverse cultural and disciplinary views on urban sustainability, eighteen leading academics and practitioners in sustainable architecture and urbanism explore global concerns of sustainability and urbanity.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Towards a Theory of Eco-Urbanity Part 1: The Compact City, Strategies and Success Stories 1. Eco-Urbanity: The Framework of an Idea 2. The Barcelona Agenda: Reuse, Compactness and Green 3. From Industrial Cities to Eco-Urbanity – The Melbourne Case Study 4. The Sustainable City as a Fine-Grained City 5. From the Compact City to the Defragmented City: Another Route Towards Sustainable Urban Form? Part 2: Other Cultures, Approaches and Strategies 6. Designing for Shrinkage: Fibercity 2050, Tokyo 7. Excavating the Lost Commons: Creating Green Spaces and Water Corridors for Eco-Urban Infrastructure 8. Continuity and Departure: A Case Study of Singapore’s Nankin Street 9. The Cultural Challenge for Sustainable Cities: Coping with Sprawl in Bangkok and Melbourne 10. Geometries of Life and Formlessness: The Theoretical Legacies of Historical Beijing 11. Eco-City? Eco-Urbanity? Part 3: Other Scales and Sensibilities 12. Eco-Urbanism: An Israeli Perspective 13. Bringing Back Nature and Re-Invigorating the City Centre 14. Sustainable Design Towards a Positive Spiral 15. Creating a Cemetery: Architecture that Sustains Cultural Forms 16. Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments 2009: 246 x 174: 264pp 32 line drawings, 2 colour line drawings, 4 tables, 102 halftones, 103 colour halftones Hb: 978-0-415-47277-7: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472777

Interpreting Sustainability in the Planning Process Susan Owens, University of Cambridge, UK and Richard Cowell, Cardiff University, UK Series: RTPI Library ’A refreshingly critical and theoretically sophisticated analysis of sustainable development in practice...the book should be read widely and deeply by politicians, developers and academics alike’ – Environmental Values In the decade since the book was first conceived, environmental imperatives have risen up the political agenda and land use conflicts have intensified. In a rigorous discussion of concepts, policy instruments, and contemporary planning dilemmas, the authors challenge prevailing assumptions about planning for sustainability. Selected Contents: 1. Foreword 2. Introduction 3. Old Conflicts and New Ideas 4. Rhetoric, Policy and Practice: Sustainable Development as a Planning Issue 5. Interpreting Sustainability 6. Defining and Defending: Approaches to Planning for Sustainability 7. Moving Targets: Planning for an Integrated Transport Policy 8. Planning for Biodiversity: Ethics, Policies and Practice 9. Distributing Development: Sustainability and Equity in Minerals Planning 10. Conclusions and Reflections June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp: 3 tables Pb: 978-0-415-48571-5: £29.99

Implementing Sustainability Experiences from New Zealand Caroline Miller, Massey University, New Zealand; Series: RTPI Library New Zealand’s Resource Management Act was hailed as a radical new approach to planning. This book examines the lessons that can be learned from this groundbreaking legislation. It offers a practitioner’s insight into the RMA, those strategies and techniques that have proved successful, and spells out the lessons that can be applied to planning systems of other countries.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction – Setting the Scene 2. Implementing Sustainablity by Legislation – Institutions and Processes 3. Integrated Management and Regional Planning – Water, Air and Land 4. Urban Planning and the Built Environment 5. Energy and Infrastructure 6. Tangata Whenua and the Resource Management Act 7. The Profession, the Politicians and the Public 8. Conclusions – The Lessons from New Zealand October 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 10 line drawings, 15 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-49550-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49551-6: £29.99

VOLUME 1

Sustainable Urban Development The Framework and Protocols for Environmental Assessment Stephen Curwell, Mark Deakin and Martin Symes 2005: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32214-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32215-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-29991-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322157

VOLUME 2

Sustainable Urban Development The Environmental Assessment Methods Mark Deakin, Gordon Mitchell, Peter Nijkamp and Ron Vreeker 2007: 234 x 156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-32216-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32217-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41703-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322171

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485715

Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development Adrian Pitts, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Hanwen Liao, University of Greenwich, London, UK

VOLUME 3

Sustainable Urban Development The Toolkit for Assessment

This book explains how a modern Olympic games can successfully develop a more sustainable design approach by learning from the lessons of the past and by taking account of the latest developments. It offers an assessment tool that can be tailored to individual circumstance – a tool which emerges from the analysis of previous summer games host cities and from techniques in environmental analysis and assessment.

Edited by Ron Vreeker, Free University, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Mark Deakin, Napier University, Edinburgh, UK and Stephen Curwell, University of Salford, UK

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Olympic Development Scenario 1. Introduction 2. Olympic History and its Urban Context Part 2: Olympic Design and Development: Past and Present 3. Urban Development 4. Sports Venue Design and Development 5. Olympic Village Design and Development 6. The Olympic Impact on Host Cities Part 3: Evaluating Olympic Urban Development for Sustainability 7. Infrastructural Requirements to Stage the Modern Games 8. Sustainable Olympic Urban Development 9. Proposed Evaluation Framework for the Olympic City 10. The London 2012 Olympics 11. Conclusions and Recommendations

Sustainable Urban Development

NEW

Sustainable Urban Development Series

2009: 246 x 189: 248pp 53 line drawings, 21 tables, 20 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46761-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46762-9: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467629

2008: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-32218-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32219-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88678-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322195

VOLUME 4 Changing Professional Practice Edited by Ian Cooper, Eclipse Research Consultants, UK and Martin Symes, University of the West of England, UK This fourth volume explores how the professions responsible for enhancing the built environment’s sustainability seek to deliver this new agenda, offering multi-perspective case studies and discussion to argue for a rethinking of the role of the urban development professional. 2008: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-43821-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43822-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89218-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438223

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495516

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan n i n g t e x t book s : Planning History

2nd Edition

Sustainable Urban Development Reader Edited by Stephen M. Wheeler, University of California, Davis, USA and Timothy Beatley, University of Virginia, USA Series: Routledge Urban Reader

’A comprehensive and intellectually rich compendium of the state-of-the-art knowledge on sustainable urban development. The scholarly, judicious choice of topics and contributors, and the sequencing of the readings are admirable. A carefully crafted synthesis of the major themes associated with sustainable urban development.’ – Journal of the American Planning Association 2008: 246 x 189: 512pp 93 Illustrations, 28 line drawing, 65 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-45381-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45382-0: £32.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453820

NEW

Water and the City Risk, Resilience and Planning for a Sustainable Future Iain White, University of Manchester, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment

Filling a gap in the literature of water and the city, Iain White tackles droughts, flooding, and the supply of water in this welcome addition to the series. Comprehensive and thought-provoking, it is an ideal text for all geography and planning students.

Selected Contents: Section 1: The Past, Present and Future Context 1. Nature, Climate and Hazard 2. Drivers for Change Section 2: The Problems of Water in the City 3. Too Much Water in the City 4. Too Little Water in the City Section 3: Towards A Conceptual Framework 5. Risk, Resilience and Spatial Planning 6. Principles of Intervention Section 4: Planning for a Sustainable Future 7. Hazard and Resilience in the City 8. Exposure and Resilience in the City 9. Vulnerability and Resilience in the City 10. Towards a more Sustainable City. Bibliography July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp: 17 lines drawings, 6 half tones Hb: 978-0-415-55332-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55333-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553339

Planning History When Modern Was Green Life and Work of Landscape Architect Leberecht Migge David H. Haney, School of Architecture, University of Kent, UK

Today, contemporary landscape design is increasingly drawing from ideas of sustainability and ecological stability. Not in fact new, the foundations of this approach stem from early twentieth century Germany, where architects and planners were already beginning to use the design concepts which are now referred to as ’green’.

This ecological school of thought was driven by modernist landscape architect Leberecht Migge (1881-1935). Working with significant modernist architects of the age – including Martin Elsaesser, Ernst May, Bruno Taut, and Martin Wagner – Migge was responsible for some of the most important housing and planning projects of the age; the mass housing settlements, or Groß Siedlungen, of Frankfurt Main and Berlin. Using ’biotechnic’ principles to integrally link dwelling and garden, Migge was able to recycle household waste to grow foodstuffs through the use of innovative infrastructure and open space planning. Also a skilled park and garden designer, he drew together green and architectural elements in his ’garden-architectonic’ approach. David H. Haney’s book is the first to fully document Leberecht Migge’s life and work. Using Migge as a starting point, Haney addresses conceptual and theoretical aspects of German ecological design, challenging conventional assumptions about modernism and ecological design history. With 200 illustrations and photographs, When Modern Was Green is ideal for students and academics interested in modernism, landscape history and higher level German studies.

Forthcoming in 2011

Patrick Geddes and Town Planning A Critical View Noah Hysler-Rubin, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and Bezalel Academy of Art and Design, Jerusalem, Isreal Patrick Geddes is considered a forefather of the modern urban planning movement. Patrick Geddes and Town Planning studies the various, and even opposing ways, in which Geddes has been interpreted up to this day, providing a new reading of his life, writing and plans. Relying on Geddes’ extensive writings, the book also provides scholars of planning and related subjects, for the first time, a much needed, long overdue model of his urban theory. Rebutting earlier appreciations of Geddes’ sensitive planning, the scheme is presented as a formative and a deterministic paradigm in which City and Society became the subjects of a mutual transformation towards predefined ‘ideal’ city and ‘civilized’ society. Current perspectives in Geography and Postcolonialism are used to examine the practice of this theory through Geddes’ greatly celebrated – yet hardly studied - work in India and in Palestine. Studying Geddes’ plans for such different cities as Edinburgh, Calcutta and Tel-Aviv, the book suggests a critical reading of Geddes’ colonial work, offering a valuable contribution towards the concretisation of the theoretical frameworks and to local historians as well. Geddes’ scrutiny is finally presented as a case study for Town Planning as a whole. Tying together for the first time key concepts in cultural geography and colonial urbanism, the book proposes a more vigorous historiography, exposing hidden narratives and past agendas still dominating the disciplinary discourse. Written by a cultural geographer and a town planner, this book offers a rounded, full-length analysis of Geddes’ vision and its material manifestation, functioning also as a much needed critical tool to evaluate Modern Town Planning as an academic and practical discipline. January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57866-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57867-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578677

March 2010: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-56138-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56139-6: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561396

To-Morrow A Peaceful Path to Real Reform E. Howard, Sir Peter Hall, University Collage London, UK, Dennis Hardy and Colin Ward Foreword by David Lock, Town and Country Planning Association, UK

Ebenezer Howard’s To-Morrow is deservedly the most famous publication in the history of town planning. Originally published in 1898 and repeatedly thereafter, it sparked the garden city movement across the world, and fundamentally changed the terms of debate in urban planning.

This new paperback facsimile of the original version of Howard’s work includes a detailed commentary by three leading commentators and reproduces in full colour all the material subsequently left out and lost to posterity. This is an invaluable insight into the originality and breadth of Howard’s vision, and demonstrates the full extent of his inspiration of future generations of town planners. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Town-Country Magnet 2. The Revenue of Garden City, and How it is Obtained – The Agricultural Estate 3. The Revenue of Garden City – Town Estate 4. The Revenue of Garden City – General Observations on its Expenditure 5. Further Details of Expenditure on Garden City 6. Administration 7. Semi-Municipal Enterprises – Local Option – Temperance Reform 8. Pro-Municipal Work 9. Administration – A Bird’s Eye View 10. Some Difficulties Considered 11. A Unique Combination of Proposals 12. The Path Followed Up 13. Social Cities 14. The Future of London Appendix - Water-Supply 2009: 276 x 219: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-56193-8: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561938

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

23


p lanning tex tbook s: Planning History

24

Planning, History and Environment Series New 2nd Edition

Olympic Cities City Agendas, Planning, and the World’s Games, 1896 - 2016 Edited by John R. Gold, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Margaret M. Gold, London Metropolitan University, UK The first edition of Olympic Cities provided the first full overview of the changing relationship between cities and the Olympic events since 1896. This substantially revised and enlarged edition builds on the success of its predecessor. Three years on, its coverage takes account of important new scholarship as well as adding reflections on the experience of staging Beijing 2008 and Vancouver 2010, the state of preparations for London 2012, and the plans for the Games scheduled for Sochi in 2014 and Rio de Janeiro 2016.

The first of the book’s three parts provides overviews of the urban legacy of the four component Olympic festivals: the Summer Games; Winter Games; Cultural Olympiads; and the Paralympics. The second part comprises systematic surveys of five key aspects of activity involved in staging the Olympics: finance; place promotion; security; urban regeneration; and tourism. The final part consists of ten chronologically arranged portraits of host cities, from 1936 to 2016, with particular emphasis on the first four Summer Olympic games of the twenty-first century. An Afterword stresses the role and strengthening of the Olympic brand. As controversy over the growing size and expense of the Olympics continues unabated, this book’s incisive and timely assessment of the Games’ development and the complex agendas that host cities attach to the event will be essential reading not only for urban and sports historians, urban geographers, planners and all concerned with understanding the relationship between cities and culture, but for anyone with an interest in the staging of mega-events. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Olympic Festivals 2. From A to B: The Summer Olympics, 1896–2008 3. The Winter Olympics: Driving Urban Change, 1924–2014 4. The Cultural Olympiads: Reviving the Panegyris 5. The Paralympics Part 2: Planning and Management 6. Financing the Games 7. Promoting the Olympic City 8. Olympic Security 9. Urban Regeneration and Renewal 10. Olympic Tourism Part 3: City Portraits 11. Berlin 1936 12. Mexico City 1968 13. Montreal 1976 14. Barcelona 1992 15. Sydney 2000 16. Athens 2004 17. Beijing 2008 18. London 2012 19. Rio de Janeiro 2016 20. Afterword September 2010: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-48657-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48658-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486583

Forthcoming in 2011

New

2nd Edition

Capital Cities in the Aftermath of Empires

Learning from the Japanese City Looking East in Urban Design

Planning in Central and Southeastern Europe

Barrie Shelton, University of Sydney, Australia

To the first-time Western visitor the Japanese city often appears chaotic and baffling – even intimidating. In this new edition, Barrie Shelton develops his earlier interpretation of why Japanese cities look the way they do, contrasting Japanese and Western ways of thinking about space. Placing less emphasis on the correlation, or ‘meeting’, between Japanese urban form and recent Western-generated urban design theory, he looks more on Japanese urban design models as worthy of ‘translation’. New illustrations and updated text add much to this highly readable book, while a major case study of Nagoya – a city in which the various components and characteristics highlighted in the book come together – gives an entirely new dimension. April 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-55440-4: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554404

Exploring the urban and planning history of cities across Central and South-eastern Europe against a background of rising nationalism, this book contains fourteen studies of individual cities. Introductory chapters in the book outline the political history of the area and how the developments in the different countries were interconnected.

2009: 246 x 174: 296pp: 71 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-45943-3: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85983-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459433

New

Orienting Istanbul

Forthcoming in 2011

Cultural Capital of Europe?

Urban Coding and Planning Edited by Stephen Marshall, Bartlett School of Planning, University College London, UK Urban codes have a profound influence on urban form, affecting the design and placement of buildings, frontages, public spaces and street layouts. Historically, their use, in conjunction with master plans, has led to some of our best-loved urban environments, while recent advances in coding have been a centre of attention, particularly in Britain and North America. However, neither the role nor the potential of codes is wholly understood. In Urban Coding and Planning, Stephen Marshall and his contributors investigate the nature and scope of coding; its purposes; the kinds of environments it creates; and, perhaps most importantly, its relationship to planning. By examining historical and ongoing traditions of coding from around the world – with chapters describing examples from the United Kingdom, France, India, China, Japan, Australia, South Africa, the United States and Latin America – this book provides lessons for today’s theory and practice of place-making. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Stephen Marshall 2. A Chronicle of Urban Codes in Pre-Industrial London’s Streets and Squares Nick Green 3. The Controlling Urban Code of Enlightenment Scotland Charles K. McKean 4. Learning from the Laws of the Indies Jean-François Lejeune 5. Paradigms for Design: The Vastu Vidya Codes of India Vibhuti Sachdev 6. Prescribing the Ideal City: Building Codes and Planning Principles in Beijing Qinghua Guo 7. Machizukuri and Urban Codes in Historical and Contemporary Kyoto Yoshihiko Baba 8. Coding in the French Planning System: From Building Line to Morphological Zoning Karl Kropf 9. Adelaide’s Urban Design: Pendular Swings in Concepts and Codes Barrie Shelton 10. Coding as ‘Bottom-Up’ Planning: Developing a New African Urbanism Gerald Steyn 11. How Codes Shaped Development in the United States, and Why They Should be Changed Jonathan Barnett 12. Conclusion Stephen Marshall January 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44126-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44127-8: £29.99

Edited by Emily Gunzburger Makas, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA and Tanja Damljanovic Conley, University of Texas at Arlington, USA

Edited by Deniz Göktürk,California University, Berkeley, USA Levent Soysal, Kadir Has University, Istanbul and Ipek Türeli, Brown University, USA Looking at the globalization, urban regeneration, arts events, and cultural spectacles, this book considers a city not until now included in the global city debate. Divided into five parts, each preceded by an editorial introduction, this book is an interdisciplinary study of an iconic city, a city facing conflicting social, political and cultural pressures in its search for a place in Europe and on the world stage in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Paths to Globalization 1. Istanbul into the Twenty-First Century 2. The Soul of a City: Hüzün, Keyif, Longing Part 2: Heritage and Regeneration Debates 3. Challenging the Neoliberal Urban Regime: Regeneration and Resistance in Basibüyük and Tarlabasi 4. Contestations over a Living Heritage Site: The Case of Büyük Valide Han 5. Practices of Neo-Ottomanism: Making Space and Place Virtuous in Istanbul 6. Modelling Citizenship in Turkey’s Miniature Park Part 3: The Mediatized City 7. The Spectator in the Making: Modernity and Cinema in Istanbul 1896–1928 8. Istanbul through Migrants’ Eyes 9. Istanbul Convertible: A Magic Carpet Ride through Genres 10. Sound Bridges: Projecting Polyphony through a European Lens Part 4: Art in the City 11. Optimism Reconsidered: An Interview with Curator Hou Hanru Curator 12. Art in Istanbul: Contemporary Spectacles and History Revisited 13. The Politics of Urban Arts Events: A Comparison of Istanbul and Berlin Part 5: A European Capital? 14. The European Capital of Culture Programme and Istanbul 2010 15. Istanbul 2010 European Capital of Culture: Towards a Participatory Culture? 16. Counting as European: Jews and the Politics of Presence in Istanbul 17. A Roundtable Conversation on 2010 18. Future(s) of the City. Epilogue February 2010: 246 x 174: 320pp: Hb: 978-0-415-58010-6: £XX.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85983-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459433

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441278

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan n i n g t e x t book s : Planning History

Dubai: Behind an Urban Spectacle

NEW

Yasser Elsheshtawy, UAE University, United Arab Emirates

From Vertical to Volumetric

This book explores Dubai’s history from its beginnings as a small fishing village to its place on the world stage today, using historical narratives, travel descriptions, novels and fictional accounts by local writers to bring color to the history of the city’s urban development. With case studies and surveys the author explores the economic and political forces driving Dubai’s urban growth, its changing urbanity and its place within the global city network.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. The Emerging Urbanity of Dubai 2. Arab Cities and Globalization 3. The Other Dubai: A Photo Essay 4. The Illusive History of Dubai 5. The Transformation of Dubai or Towards the Age of Megastructures 6. Spectacular Architecture and Urbanism 7. The Spectacular and the Everyday: Dubai’s Retail Landscape 8. Transient City: Dubai’s Forgotten Urban Spaces 9. Global Dubai or Dubaization 2009: 246 x 174: 304pp: 157 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-44461-3: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86970-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415444613

Lessons in Post-War Reconstruction Case Studies from Lebanon in the Aftermath of the 2006 War Edited by Howayda Al-Harithy, American University of Beirut, Lebanon After the ceasefire, a group of architects and planners from the American University of Beirut formed the Reconstruction Unit to help in the recovery process and in rebuilding the lives of those affected by the 2006 war in Lebanon. Here, a series of case studies documenting the work of the Unit discusses the lessons to be learned from the experiences of Lebanon after the July War, and suggests how those lessons might be applied elsewhere. The cases are diverse in terms of scale, type of intervention, methods, and approaches to the situation on the ground. Critical issues such as community participation, heritage protection, damage assessment and compensation policies, the role of the state, and capacity building are explored and the success and failures assessed. February 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-57105-0: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85152-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571050

Planning Twentieth Century Capital Cities Edited by David Gordon 2006: 246 x 189: 400pp: 150 Illustrations Hb: 978-0-415-28061-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55734-4: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48156-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415557344

The Making of Hong Kong Barrie Shelton, University of Sydney, Australia, Justyna Karakiewicz and Thomas Kvan, both at University of Melbourne, Australia

Planning Latin America’s Capital Cities 1850–1950 Edited by Arturo Almandoz, Universidad Simón Bolivar, Venezuela

This book investigates what the history of Hong Kong’s urban development has to teach other cities as they face environmental challenges, social and demographic change and the need for new models of dense urbanism.

The authors describe how the high-rise intensity of Hong Kong came about; how the forest of towers are in fact vertical culs de sac; and how the city might become truly ‘volumetric’ with mixed activities through multiple levels and 3D movement networks incorporating ‘town cubes’ rather than town squares. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Walled Cities 3. Early Hong Kong: From Settlement to the Mid-twentieth Century 4. Hong Kong Rising – 1950–70 5. Extending Podia, Extruding Towers 6. Emerging Volumetric – Components 7. Conclusion 8. Postscript: Advancing the Volumetric November 2010: 246 x 174: 280pp 70 line drawing, 70 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-48701-6: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487016

Ordinary Places/Extraordinary Events Citizenship, Democracy and Public Space in Latin America Clara Irazábal, University of Southern California, USA 2008: 234 x 156: 264pp: 15 line drawings, 53 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-35452-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00121-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415354523

Planning Europe’s Capital Cities Aspects of Nineteenth-Century Urban Development Thomas Hall, Stockholm University, Sweden

A wide-ranging study of planning in fifteen major European cities, this book includes case studies of development schemes for each city, and general discussion of capital together with city planning. Well illustrated throughout with plans and drawings, it offers useful comparisons between the familiar and less familiar case studies selected. An impressive source book for both historians and practitioners in the fields of planning and architecture.

2009: 246 x 189: 408pp Pb: 978-0-415-55249-3: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552493

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

In this first comprehensive work in English to describe the building of Latin America’s capital cities in the postcolonial period, Arturo Almandoz and his contributors demonstrate how Europe and France in particular shaped their culture, architecture and planning until the United States began to play a part in the 1930s.

2009: 246 x 189: 296pp: 110 Illustraions Pb: 978-0-415-55308-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553087

Planning Middle Eastern Cities An Urban Kaleidoscope Edited by Yasser Elsheshtawy, University, United Arab Emirates

Cities in the Arab world are too diverse and hybrid to be lumped together as a single, arbitrary group. Rather they make up the ’urban kaleidoscope’ of the title, and the diversity of the six case-study cities here supports that contention. The authors, Arab scholars and architects local to the cities they describe, provide an authentic voice with an understanding no outsider could achieve.

2009: 246 x 189: 224pp: 18 line drawings, 59 halftones Pb: 978-0-415-55309-4: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553094

The Evolving Arab City Tradition, Modernity and Urban Development

Winner o IPHS Bo f ok Prize 20 10

Edited by Yasser Elsheshtawy, University, United Arab Emirates This collection reveals the contrasts and similarities between older, traditional Arab cities and the newer oil-stimulated cities of the Gulf in their search for development and a place in the world order. The eight cities which form the core of the book – Rabat, Amman, Beirut, Kuwait, Manama, Doha, Abu Dhabi and Riyadh – provide a unique insight into today’s Middle Eastern city. 2008: 246 x 174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-41156-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411561

25


p lanning tex tbook s: Planning Landscape and Environment

26

Planning Landscape and Environment

Spatial Recall

BESTSELLER

3rd Edition

Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment Edited by Peter Morris and Riki Therivel, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment

Offers a comprehensive coverage of the methods used in environmental impact assessment, which is now firmly established as an obligatory procedure in proposing or launching any development project with possible impacts on the environment.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Methods for Environmental Components 1. Introduction 2. Socio-Economic Impacts 1: Overview and Economic Impacts 3. Socio-Economic Impacts 2: Social Impacts 4. Noise 5. Transport 6. Landscape and Visual 7. Archaeological and Other Material and Cultural Assets 8. Air Quality and Climate 9. Soils, Geology and Geomorphology 10. Water 11. Ecology 12. Coastal Ecology and Geomorphology Part 2: Shared and Integrative Methods 13. Environmental Risk Assessment and Risk Management 14. Geographical Information Systems and EIA 15. Quality of Life Capital 16. Sustainable Development and Sustainability Appraisal. Appendices 2009: 234 x 156: 576pp:41 line drawings, 80 tables Hb: 978-0-415-44174-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44175-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89290-9

Memory in Architecture and Landscape Edited by Marc Treib, University of California at Berkeley, USA Architecture and designed landscapes serve as grand mnemonic devices that record and transmit vital aspects of culture and history. Spatial Recall casts a broad net over the concept of memory and gives a variety of perspectives from twelve internationally noted scholars, practicing designers, and artists such as Juhani Pallasmaa, Adriaan Geuze, Susan Schwartzenberg, Georges Descombes and Esther da Costa Meyer. Beautifully illustrated, Spatial Recall is a comprehensive view of memory in the built environment, how we have read it in the past, and how we can create it in the future. Selected Contents: Yes, Now I Remember: An Introduction Marc Treib Part 1: Body 1. Space, Place, Memory, and Imagination: The Temporal Dimension of Existential Space Juhani Pallasmaa 2. Re-Creating the Past: Notes on the Neurology of Memory Susan Schwartzenberg 3. The Place of Memory Donlyn Lyndon 4. Indelible Marker, Palimpsest, Thin Air Alice Aycock Part 2: Landscapes 5. Rivers, Meanders, and Memory Matt Kondolf 6. Displacements: Canals, Rivers, and Flows Georges Descombes 7. Land, Cows and Pyramids Adriaan Geuze 8. The Mediterranean Cemetery: Landscape as Collective Memory Luigi Latini Part 3: Buildings 9. The Place of Place in Memory Esther da Costa Meyer 10. Remembering Ruins, Ruins Remembering Marc Treib 11. The Memory Industry and Its Discontents: The Death and Life of a Keyword Andrew Shanken 12. Mnemonic Value and Historic Preservation Jorge Otero-Pailos 2009: 234 x 156: 272pp: 140 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77735-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77736-0: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777360

Spatial and Regional Planning Introduction to Rural Planning Nick Gallent, The Bartlett School of Planning, University College London, UK, Meri Juntti, University of East Anglia, UK and Sue Kidd and Dave Shaw, both at University of Liverpool, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series Introduction to Rural Planning provides an overview of rural (spatial) planning for students on planning, geography, and related programmes. It charts the major patterns and processes of rural change affecting the British countryside, its landscape, its communities and its economies in the twentieth century. The authors examine the role of ‘planning’ in shaping rural spaces, not only the statutory ‘comprehensive’ planning that emerged in the post-war period, but also planning and rural programme delivery undertaken by central, regional and local policy agencies. The book is designed to accompany a typical teaching programme in rural planning. 2008: 234 x 156: 384pp: 26 line drawings, 35 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-42996-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42997-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93343-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429979

NEW

Spatial Planning and Climate Change Elizabeth Wilson and Jake Piper, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441759

The effects of climate change on spatial planning are discussed thoroughly in this comprehensive book, which includes information on recent legislation, case studies from the UK and Netherlands, general information on climate change progress and what can be done to reduce the risks from the changing natural environmental.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Perspectives Part 3: Spatial Planning in Practice Part 4: Prospects July 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 20 line drawings, 20 tables, 10 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-49590-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49591-2: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495912

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


pla n n i n g t e x t book s : Spatial and Regional Planning

Conceptions of Space and Place New in Strategic Spatial Planning Dialogues in Urban and Edited by Simin Davoudi, University of Newcastle, UK Regional Planning and Ian Strange, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK Series: RTPI Library Bringing together authors from academia and practice, this book examines spatial planning at different places throughout the British Isles. Six illustrative case studies of practice examine which conceptions of space and place have been articulated, presented and visualized through the production of spatial strategies. Ranging from a large conurbation (London) to regional (Yorkshire and Humber) and national levels, the case studies give a rounded and grounded view of the physical results and the theory behind them. While there is widespread support for re-orienting planning towards space and place, there has been little common understanding about what constitutes ‘spatial planning’, and what conceptions of space and place underpin it. This book addresses these questions and stimulates debate and critical thinking about space and place among academic and professional planners. 2008: 234 x 156: 304pp 9 tables, 6 halftones, 9 colour halftones Hb: 978-0-415-43102-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48666-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88650-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486668

New

European Spatial Planning and Territorial Co-operation Stefanie Dühr, Radboud University, the Netherlands, Claire Colomb, University College London, UK and Vincent Nadin, Delft Technical University, the Netherlands

There is a strong international dimension to spatial planning. European integration strengthens interconnections, development and decision-making across national and regional borders. European Union (EU) policies in areas such as environment, transport, agriculture or regional policy have far-reaching effects on spatial development patterns and planning procedures. Written for students, academics, practitioners and researchers of spatial planning and related disciplines, this book is essential reading for everybody interested in engaging with the European dimension of spatial planning and territorial governance.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introducing the European Dimension to Spatial Planning Part 2: The Spatial Development Context for European Spatial Policy Part 3: Approaches to Understanding the Institutional Framework for European Spatial Policy and the European Integration Process Part 4: The European Spatial Policy Agenda Part 5: EU Spatial Policy: Sectoral Policies and their Impacts on Spatial Development and Spatial Planning Part 6: Towards New Forms of Territorial Governance? February 2010: 246 x 174: 480pp 22 line drawings, 10 colour line drawings, 35 tables Hb: 978-0-415-46773-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46774-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89529-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467742

Volume 4 Edited by Thomas L. Harper, University of Calgary, Canada, Michael Hibbard, University of Oregon, USA, Heloise Costa, Geography Department, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil and Anthony Yeh, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

NEW

Effective Practice in Spatial Planning Janice Morphet, Bartlett School of Architecture, UCL, UK Series: RTPI Library

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning Volume 4 is a selection of some of the best scholarship in urban and regional planning from around the world. The internationally recognized authors of these awardwinning papers take up a range of salient issues from the theory and practice of planning. The topics they address include planning and governance in Zimbabwe, rebuilding after Hurricane Katrina, safety issues in urban spaces, and an analysis of French transportation policies. The breadth of the topics covered in this book will appeal to all those with an interest in urban and regional planning, providing a springboard for further debate and research. The papers focus particularly on how planning institutions can meet contemporary environmental, demographic, economic, and socio-spatial challenges. The Dialogues books are published in association with the Global Planning Education Association Network (GPEAN) and its member planning schools associations. These associations represent 360 planning schools in nearly 50 countries around the globe. They have selected these papers based on regional competitions. December 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59334-2: £90.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593342

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning Volume 3 Edited by Thomas Harper, University of Calgary, Canada, Anthony Gar-On Yeh, University of Hong Kong and Heloisa Costa, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil This is the third book in the series offering a new selection of the best, award winning, urban planning scholarship from each of the world’s planning school associations. 2008: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-77623-3: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89243-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776233

After years of being regarded as regulatory tool, spatial planning is now a key agent in delivering better places for the future. Dealing with the role of spatial planning in major change such as urban extensions or redevelopment, this book asks how it can deliver at the local level.

Setting out the new local governance within which spatial planning now operates and identifying the requirements of successful delivery, this book also provides an introduction to project management approaches to spatial planning. Selected Contents: Preface 1. What is Spatial Planning? 2. The Local Governance Context of English Spatial Planning 3. The English Spatial Planning System 4. The Evidence Base of Spatial Planning 5. Community Involvement in Spatial Planning 6. Making Places – Delivery Through Spatial Planning 7. Taking an Integrated Approach to Local Spatial Delivery 8. Managing Spatial Planning 9. Regional and Sub-regional Spatial Planning 10. Spatial Planning in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland 11. Spatial Planning in Europe, North America and Australia 12. Effective Spatial Planning June 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp: 5 line drawings, 12 tables Hb: 978-0-415-49281-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49282-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492829

NEW

Strategic Spatial Projects Turning Transformative Visions into Strategic Projects Stijn Oosterlynck, K.U. Leuven, Belgium, Jef van den Broek Louis Albrechts, Frank Moulaert, K.U. Leuven, Belgium and Ann Verhetsel, Universiteit Antwerpen, Belgium This book presents four years of case study research and theoretical discussions on strategic spatial projects in Europe and North America. It takes the position that there is an urgent need to develop a mode of planning that is more than just regulatory and administrative; that aims to innovate in spatial as well as social terms.

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning

For academics, researchers and students in planning, urban design, urban studies, human and economic geography, public administration and policy studies.

Volume 2

Selected Contents: 1. Strategic Spatial Planning Through Strategic Projects Part 1: Spatial Transformation Through Social Innovation Part 2: Designing Strategic Projects for Spatial Quality Part 3: Social And Spatial Sustainability in Strategic Projects Part 4: Conclusion

Hb: 978-0-415-40285-9: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415402859

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning Volume 1 Hb: 978-0-415-34693-1: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415346931

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

January 2010: 246 x 189: 654pp Hb: 978-0-415-56683-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56684-1: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566841

27


p lanning tex tbook s: Spatial and Regional Planning

28

Planning and Decentralization

Regional Planning

The New Spatial Planning

Contested Spaces for Public Action in the Global South

John Glasson and Tim Marshall

Territorial Management with Soft Spaces and Fuzzy Boundaries

Edited by Victoria A. Beard, University of California at Irvine, USA, Faranak Miraftab, University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, USA and Christopher Silver, University of Florida, Gainsville, USA

This comprehensive introduction to the concepts and theory of regional planning in the UK. Drawing on examples from throughout the UK is the essential, up-to-date text for students interested in all aspects of this increasingly influential subject.

The first in-depth study of the impact of economic and political decentralization on planning practice in developing economies, this innovative volume, using original case study research by leading experts drawn from diverse fields of inquiry, from planning to urban studies, geography and economics, explores the dramatic transformation that decentralization implies in responsibilities of the local planning and governance structures.

2007: 234 x 156: 336pp 25 line drawings, 23 tables, 32 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-41525-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41526-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93893-5

2008: 234 x 156: 248pp: 20 tables Hb: 978-0-415-41497-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41498-2: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92826-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415414982

Series: Natural and Built Environment

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415262

Regional Planning for Open Space Edited by Arnold van der Valk, Wageningen University, the Netherlands and Terry van Dijk, University of Groningen, the Netherlands Series: RTPI Library

New

Crossing Borders

Reviewing the limitations of various planning options, this book addresses the debate on how to preserve open space in the context of a growing metropolis.

International Exchange and Planning Practices Edited by Patsy Healey, University of Newcastle, UK and Robert Upton, Infrastructure Planning Commission, England Series: RTPI Library Series

Presenting different intellectual perspectives, this collection takes a critical look at the international diffusion of planning ideas and practices, their impacts on planning practices in different contexts, on the challenge of ‘situating’ planning practices, and on the ethical and methodological issues of international exchange in the planning field.

Selected Contents: Preface. 1. Introduction: The Transnational Flow of Knowledge and Expertise in the Planning Field 2. Poverty Truths – The Politics of Knowledge in the New Global Order of Development 3. Transnational Planners in a Post-colonial World 4. Reimagining the American Neighborhood Unit for India 5. Cities in Transition: Spatial Planning in Modern China 6. Urban Sustainability and Compact Cities Ideas in Japan: The Diffusion, Transformation and Deployment of Planning Concepts 7. When Planning Ideas Land: Mahaweli’s People-centered Approach 8. Sustainable Urban Transport Policy Transfer in Central and Eastern Europe 9. Subaltern Speak in a Postcolonial Setting: Diffusing and Contesting Donor-engendered Knowledge in the Water Sector in Zambia 10. Womenís Safety Audits and Walking School Buses: The Diffusion/De-fusion of Two Radical Planning Ideas 11. Institutional Biases in the International Diffusion of Planning Concepts 12. Developmental Planning for Sustainable Urbanisation in Asia 13. A Trans-Pacific Planning Education in Reverse: Reflections of an American with a Chinese Doctorate in Urban Planning and Design 14. Crossing borders: Do Planning Ideas Travel? 15. Similarity or Differences? What to Emphasize Now for Effective Planning Practice February 2010: 234 x 156: 384pp: 25 Illustrations, 8 tables Hb: 978-0-415-55846-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55847-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85708-3

European and American expert authors confront political rhetoric with grounded analysis and conclude that the market needs to be combined with governmental efforts. This book provides practical pieces of insight in how to structure an open space problem, information on what to expect from instruments, and new ideas on alternative approaches. Selected Contents: 1. Rethinking Open Space Planning in Metropolitan Areas 2. Planning and Development of the Fringe Landscapes: On the Outer Side of the Copenhagen ’Fingers’ 3. Threats to Metropolitan Open Space: The Netherlands Economic and Institutional Dimension 4. Development Constraints Reduce Urban Open Space: Actual Conditions and Future Requirements in England 5. Viability of Cross-Subsidy Strategies: A Netherlands Case Study 6. Does Proximity to Open Space Increase the Value of Dwellings? Evidence from Three Dutch Case Studies 7. Government or Market: Competing Ideals in American Metropolitan Regions 8. Maintaining the Working Landscape: The Portland Metro Urban Growth Boundary 9. The Impact of Open Space Preservation Policies: Evidence from the Netherlands and the US 10. Spaces of Engagement for Open Space Advocacy: A Grounded Theory on Local Opposition in the Netherlands 11. Formalisation of ’Open Space’ as ’Public Space’ in Zoning: The Belgian Experience 12. Aesthetic Approaches to Active Urban Landscape Planning: European Exemplars 13. Fl‰chenhaushalt Reconsidered: Alternatives to the German Federal Thirty Hectares Goal 14. Planning Open Spaces: Balancing Markets, State and Communities

Graham Haughton, University of Hull, UK, Philip Allmendinger, University of Cambridge, UK, David Counsell, University College Cork, Ireland and Geoff Vigar, Newcastle University, UK

Using a rich empirical resource base, this book takes a critical look at recent practices to see whether the new spatial planning is having the kinds of impacts its advocates would wish. Contributing to theoretical debates in planning, state restructuring and governance, it also outlines and critiques the contemporary practice of spatial planning. This book will have a place on the shelves of researchers and students interested in urban/regional studies, politics and planning studies. Selected Contents: Preface 1. The New Spatial Planning: Territorial Management and Devolution 2. Rethinking Planning: State Restructuring, Devolution and Spatial Strategies 3. Irish Spatial Planning and the Cork Experience 4. Spatial Planning in Northern Ireland and the Emergent North West Region of Ireland 5. Spatial Planning in a Devolved Scotland 6. The Wales Spatial Plan and Improving Policy Integration 7. English Spatial Planning and Dealing with Growth in the Leeds City Region 8. Congested Governance and the London Thames Gateway 9. A New Spatial Planning? 2009: 234 x 156: 288pp:6 line drawings, 8 tables, 21 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-48335-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48336-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86442-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483360

Built Environment Newsletter Ensure that you’re kept up-to-date with news and information in your area of interest by signing up to our FREE Built Environment Newsletter. Signing up is quick and easy – simply email built_environment@routledge.com highlighting your areas of interest, and start receiving new title information and special offers direct to your inbox today!

2009: 234 x 156: 352pp 20 line drawings, 4 tables, 40 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-48003-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-35938-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480031

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558471

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan n i n g t e x t book s : Property and Real Estate

Property and Real Estate Introducing Property Valuation Michael Blackledge, University of Portsmouth, UK

The book takes a practical rather than purely theoretical approach and demonstrates how the principles can be applied in professional practice with constant reference to the requirements of, and guidance provided by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors.

Further reading is given, along with a full range of worked examples, clear chapter summaries and further questions. Website companion material is also available. Selected Contents: Part 1: Background 1. Economic Context 2. The Property Valuation Profession 3. Investment Part 2: Valuation Mathematics 4. Compounding and Discounting 5. Sinking Funds and Mortgages 6. Capitalisation 7. Alternative Valuation Tables and Formulae Part 3: Valuation Methods 8. Methods of Measurement 9. Rics Valuation Standards (The ’Red Book’) 10. Comparison Method 11. Investment Method 12. Investment Method: Discounted Cash Flow Method 13. Residual Method 14. Profits Method 15. Cost Methods Part 4: Applied Valuations 16. Landlord and Tenant Valuations 2009: 246 x 189: 408pp: 13 line drawings, 29 tables Hb: 978-0-415-43476-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43477-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87617-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434775

2nd Edition

Property Valuation The Five Methods Douglas Scarrett, Retired Director of Estate Management at De Montfort University, UK Completely revised to incorporate recent developments in practice, this second edition of Douglas Scarrettís established text describes the process of valuation of real estate through its five principal methods: comparative, investment, residual, profits, and contractor’s methods. Unlike most existing texts, the book is designed to allow students to read about the methods either chapter-by-chapter or as a whole, thus enabling a deeper understanding of each in its own right as well as how they fit together. Discussing changes in retail practice and the role of accountants in looking at viability of businesses, the book features new case studies, enhanced visual aids, diagrams, and tables to help readers visualize the process. It is essential reading for those studying property valuation, in addition to practitioners who will find useful guidance to underpin their practice. Selected Contents: 1. The Comparative Method 2. The Investment Method 3. The Residual Method 4. The Profits Method 5. The Contractorís Method 2008: 234 x 156: 198pp Hb: 978-0-415-42325-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42326-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96181-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423267

New

3rd Edition

3rd Edition

Urban Planning and Real Estate Development

Property Asset Management Douglas Scarrett, Retired Director of Estate Management at De Montfort University, UK

Property asset management involves both the day to day oversight of rental properties as well as an ability to maximise the potential of the portfolio through forward thinking and practical planning. To be successful in property management, the individuals must be flexible and proactive while having a robust knowledge of technical, financial and legal aspects of the leasing system. These managers can have clients ranging from the individual property owner to large international commercial ventures. In Property Asset Management Doug Scarrett sets out the principles and practice of managing properties for these disparate clients and their varying needs. As well as the basic theory, the book discusses the process of active management, the strategic objectives, performance measurement and the various financial and operational information to enable comprehensive reporting of a high quality. Software screenshots illustrate salient points. This third edition has been extensively rewritten to include developments in property management since the last edition in 1995, especially in the changing nature of the landlord tenant relationship. Scarrett is an experienced academic and professional who has created a practical guide for all those involved in the management of property. It has additionally been written to cater for the needs of RICS accredited and business courses provided by Universities in the UK and overseas. This book also provides readers with an overview of the legal aspects of land ownership and tenancy arrangements. November 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-55610-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55611-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83946-1

John Ratcliffe, Dublin Institute, Ireland, Michael Stubbs, National Trust, UK and Miles Keeping, GVA Grimley, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment This third edition of Urban Planning and Real Estate Development guides students through the procedural and practical aspects of developing land from the point of view of both planner and developer. The planning system is explained, from the increasing emphasis on spatial planning at a regional level down to the detailed perspective of the development control process and the specialist requirements of historic buildings and conservation areas. At the same time the authors explain the entire development process from inception through appraisal, valuation and financing to completion and disposal. Written by a team of authors with many years of academic, professional and research experience, and illustrated throughout with practical case studies, Urban Planning and Real Estate Development is an invaluable textbook for real estate and planning students. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Urban Planning and Real Estate Development: The Context and Theory Part 2: Urban Planning Organization 2. Policy and Implementation of Urban Planning 3. Town Planning Law and Regulation 4. Planning Appeals 5. The Future for Dispute Resolution in Planning 6. Planning Gain, Planning Obligations and the Community Infrastructure Levy Part 3: Urban Planning Issues 7. Specialist Town Planning Controls 8. Sustainable Development and Climate Change 9. Urban Renaissance and Regeneration Part 4: The Real Estate Development Process 10. Sustainability and Property Development 11. The Property Development Process 12. Development Site Appraisal 13. Development Valuation 14. Property Development Finance 15. Marketing for Development Part 5: Real Estate Development Sectors 16. Retail Development 17. Office Development 18. Industrial Development 19. Residential Development 2009: 234 x 156: 696pp: 29 line drawings, 61 tables Hb: 978-0-415-45077-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45078-2: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93572-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450782

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556118

5th Edition

Property Development Sara Wilkinson, University of Melbourne, Australia and Richard Reed, Deakin University, Melbourne, Australia

David Cadman’s Property Development has long been the standard textbook on the commercial property development process in the UK, and with this fifth edition the book is brought completely up to date for a new generation of readers. Accessible to students of all disciplines within the built environment, the book is geared directly towards students of property development at undergraduate or graduate levels. It provides a clear and practical overview of the property development process, together with critical analysis of the key issues faced by property professionals today.

The fifth edition retains the established structure of previous editions, by focusing on land acquisition, development appraisal, finance, planning, construction, market research and promotion. Additionally, reflecting changes in practice, there is also new material on the environmental impacts of property development, with a chapter on Sustainable Property Development, and on the growth of international working in the property sector. Excellent case studies, which are enhanced by discussion questions, illustrate the process at work. This fully revised and updated edition of a classic text for all property development students will also be of interest to early career professionals and those pursuing a professional degree in the industry. Selected Contents: Foreword David Cadman 1. Introduction 2. Land for Development 3. Development Appraisal and Risk 4. Development Finance 5. Planning 6. Construction 7. Market Research 8. Promotion and Selling 9. Sustainable Development 10. International Practice 2008: 234 x 156: 400pp | Hb: 978-0-415-43062-3: £95.00 | Pb: 978-0-415-43063-0: £24.99 | eBook: 978-0-203-93342-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430630

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

29


30

p lanning tex tbook s: Property and Real Estate • Planning and Transport

Planning and Economy Business Networks in Clusters and Industrial Districts

2nd Edition

Understanding Housing Finance Meeting Needs and Making Choices Peter King, De Montfort University, UK

Planning for Place and Plexus

Metropolitan Land Use and Transport

One of the biggest challenges for students of housing is understanding the financial principles which underpin the place of housing in the wider economy. By taking a political economy approach, Peter King’s Understanding Housing Finance makes the basic principles of the subject accessible, without requiring detailed prior knowledge of economics or financial systems.

The Governance of the Global Value Chain Edited by Fiorenza Belussi, University of Padova, Italy and Alessia Sammarra, University of L’Aquila, Italy Series: Regions and Cities How do we define and identify districts and clusters? How do they evolve? How do clusters and districts relate to the global economy? What policy options are available to promote them in east and west economies? This collection of papers from international experts includes theoretical and empirical contributions examining these questions and offering deep insights into the internal/external mechanism of knowledge circulation and learning. 2009: 234 x 156: 448pp 22 Illustrations, 22 line drawings, 91 tables Hb: 978-0-415-45784-2: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87555-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457842

China and Europe The Implications of the Rise of China for European Space Edited by Klaus Kunzmann, Technical University of Dortmund, Germany, Willy A Schmid and Martina Koll-Schretzenmayr, both at ETH, Zurich Series: Regions and Cities China and Europe address the challenges for the cities and regions of Europe that may be the consequences of such development trends. Contributions by policy-makers and academic observers will prepare the ground for debating the dimensions ‘economy’, ‘knowledge and culture’, ‘environment and mobility’, ‘quality of life’, and ‘governance’ of this challenge. 2009: 234 x 156: 304pp 39 Illustrations, 39 line drawings, 7 tables Hb: 978-0-415-55060-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87273-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550604

Planning and Transport

The book explains housing finance by exploring the way in which markets and governments react together. It takes a conceptual approach to consider the advantages and limits of housing markets and why governments intervene. The consequences of intervention are explored in detail using examples of housing subsidy systems and policy mechanisms such as rent control, housing allowances and subsidies to owner occupation. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Housing Finance 2. Need, Choice and Responsibility 3. The Importance of Markets 4. Government Action 5. Influencing Markets 6. Controlling Housing 7. Complexity and Choice 2009: 234 x 156: 192pp: 12 tables Hb: 978-0-415-43294-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43295-5: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88271-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415432955

Urban and Regional Technology Planning Kenneth E. Corey and Mark Wilson Series: Networked Cities As part of the Networked Cities series, Kenneth E. Corey and Mark Wilson explore relational planning in the global knowledge economy proposing models and strategies for the future.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415701419

2007: 234 x 156: 352pp 100 line drawings, 20 tables, 10 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77490-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77491-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93539-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774918

2nd Edition

The Geography of Transport Systems Jean-Paul Rodrigue, Hofstra University, USA, Claude Comtois, University of Montreal, Canada and Brian Slack, Concordia University, Canada The second edition of The Geography of Transport Systems maintains the overall structure of its predecessor, with chapters dealing with specific conceptual dimensions and methodologies, but the contents have been revised and updated. The second edition also offers new topics and approaches that have emerged as critical issues in contemporary transport systems, including security, energy, supply chain management and GIS-T. Relevant case studies have also been included in the second edition to underline real world issues related to transport geography.

Some key points of the second edition:

Planning Practice in the Global Knowledge Economy

2006: 234 x 156: 240pp 6 Illustrations, 3 line drawins, 13 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-70140-2: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70141-9: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79943-7

David M. Levinson and Kevin J. Krizek

• updated and revised conceptual and methodological material to reflect the most current issues in transport geography • a case study for each chapter addressing a real world transportation geography issue • reorganization of the text to improve readability and continuity • updated and improved figures and maps • continuously updated and revised supporting web site. Selected Contents: 1. Transportation and Geography 2. Transportation and the Spatial Structure 3. Transportation and the Economy 4. Transportation Modes 5. Transportation Terminals 6. International Trade and Freight Distribution 7. Urban Transportation 8. Transport, Energy and Environment 9. Transport Planning and Policy 2009: 246 x 174: 368pp 138 Illustrations, 123 line drawings, 16 tables, 15 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-48323-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48324-7: £26.99

Full Table of Contents

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483247

For full table of contents on all titles featured in this catalog, visit: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan n i n g t e x t book s : Housing

NEW

Transport Matters

Transport Policy and Planning in Great Britain

Integrated Approaches to Planning City-Regions

Peter Headicar, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Angela Hull, Heriot-Watt University, UK

Series: Natural and Built Environment

Series: RTPI Library

Addressing the principles of sustainability, spatial planning, integration, governance, and accessibility of transport, this book focuses on the problem of providing efficient and low energy transport systems which serve the needs of everybody.

It explores many of the new arguments, ideas and perceptions of mobility and accessibility in city-regions. Looking at evidence from Denmark, Sweden, The Netherlands, the US, and the UK, it considers the meaning of the key concepts of sustainable accessibility, the spatial planning model, and integrated territorial policies. Selected Contents: Preface 1. Time for Change? The Rationale for Low Energy Transport Provision 2. Understanding Current Patterns of Transport Behavior in Europe 3. Sustainable Accessibility: New Wine in Old Bottles? 4. Institutional Structures for Low Energy Futures: Creating Integrated Approaches 5. Understanding the Institutional Barriers to Change 6. Intervention Instruments for Sustainable Transport Futures 7. Integrated Territorial Planning in Practice: Case Studies 8. Implementing a Sustainable Transport Package May 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp 10 line drawings, 30 tables, 10 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-45422-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45818-4: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458184

Transport in the twenty-first century represents a significant challenge at the global and the local scale. Aided by over sixty clear illustrations, Peter Headicar disentangles this complex, modern issue in five parts, offering critical insights into: • the nature of transport • the evolution of policy and planning

• policy instruments • planning procedures • the contemporary agenda. Distinctive features include the links forged throughout between transport and spatial planning, which are often neglected. Designed as an essential text for transport planning students and as a source of reference for planning practitioners, it also furthers understanding of related fields such as urban and regional planning, geography, environmental studies and public policy. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of Transport Part 2: The Evolution of Transport Policy and Planning Part 3: Public Choices – Ends and Means Part 4: Planning Procedures Part 5: The Contemporary Policy Agenda 2009: 234 x 156: 496pp:69 line drawings, 36 tables Hb: 978-0-415-46986-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46987-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89446-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469876

Housing New

Affluence, Mobility and Second Home Ownership Chris Paris, University of Ulster, UK Series: Housing and Society

Ownership of multiple homes has become increasingly popular throughout the Western world, with the UK and Ireland seeing a particular surge in recent years. Paris addresses the reasons why, and the effects, using case studies from Europe, Australia, America and Asia.

Selected Contents: Forward by NIHE Chairman 1. Introduction: Affluence, Mobility and Second Homes 2. Homes, Second Homes and Many Homes 3. Variations on a Theme: Second Home Ownership in Many Countries 4. Transnational Second Homes 5. Public Policies and Conflicts over Second Homes 6. Conclusions. References September 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp 10 line drawings, 50 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-54891-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54892-2: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548922

The Hidden Millions Homelessness in Developing Countries Graham Tipple and Suzanne Speak, both at University of Newcastle-Upon-Tyne, UK Series: Housing and Society Series

Integrated Transport From Policy to Practice Edited by Moshe Givoni and David Banister, both at University of Oxford, UK

Travel is an essential part of everyday life and today most journeys are multimodal. It is the total travel experience that counts and integrated transport must reduce the inconvenience of transfers between modes. Most research and many publications on transport policy advocate sustainable transport, but the priority given to integration has been negligible. Yet integration is one of the most important means to advance sustainable transport and sustainability more generally. While integrated transport systems are seen to be an ideal, there is a failure to make the transition from policy to practice. The authors argue that the achievement of sustainable transport is still a dream, as an integrated transport policy is a prerequisite for a sustainable transport system. It is only when the two concepts of sustainability and integration operate in the same direction and in a positive way that real progress can be made.

In this book, transportation experts from across the world have addressed the questions about what is integration, why is it so important and why is it so hard to achieve? The book provides an in-depth analysis of these issues and it aims to provide a better understanding of the subject, about what should be strived for, about what is realistic to expect, and about how to move forward? towards a more integrated provision of transport infrastructure, services and management. June 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-54893-9: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548939

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Drawing on local research in nine countries in the global south, this book offers an insight into the lives of homeless people, public perceptions of homelessness, and the policies and interventions which might variously increase or reduce homelessness. Exploring the human context as well as policy and planning, it will challenge preconceptions. Selected Contents: 1. Current Theory on Homelessness 2. Homelessness and International Housing Policy 3. The Continuing Urban Housing Shortfall and Affordability Crisis 4. Defining Homelessness in Developing Countries 5. Accommodation Conditions and Differentiating between Homeless People and those in Inadequate Housing 6. Estimating the Hidden Millions 7. Who are the Hidden Millions? 8. Economic, Social and Cultural Causes 9. Political and Legal Issues 10. Disaster and Conflict 11. Exclusion, Perceptions and Isolation 12. Children and Homelessness 13. Towards Strategic Interventions for Homeless People 2009: 234 x 156: 344pp 10 line drawings, 29 tables, 10 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-42671-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42672-5: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88334-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426725

31


p lanning tex tbook s: Housing

32

Women and Housing

Politics, Planning and Homes in a World City

An International Analysis

Duncan Bowie, London Metropolitan University, UK

Edited by Patricia Kennett, University of Bristol, UK and Kam-Wah Chan, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong

Series: Housing, Planning and Design Series

New

This is an insightful study of spatial planning and housing strategy in London, focusing on the period 2000-2008 and the Mayoralty of Ken Livingstone. Duncan Bowie presents a detailed analysis of the development of Livingstone’s policies and their consequences.

Series: Housing and Society Series

In the context of contemporary economic, political, social and cultural transformations this book brings together contributions from developed and emerging societies in Europe, the USA and East Asia in order to highlight the nature, extent and impact of these changes on the housing opportunities of women.

The collection seeks to contribute to comparative housing debates by highlighting the gendered nature of housing processes, locating these processes within wider structured and institutionalized relations of power, and to show how these socially constructed relationships are culturally contingent, and manifest and transform over time and space. The international contributors draw on a wide range of empirical evidence relating to labour market participation, wealth distribution, family formation and education to demonstrate the complexity and gendered nature of the interlocking arenas of production, reproduction and consumption and the implications for the housing opportunities of women in different social contexts. Worldwide examples are drawn from Australia, China, Great Britain, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan and the USA. December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54895-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54897-7: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548977

Housing and Health in Europe The WHO LARES Project Edited by David Ormandy, University of Warwick, UK Series: Housing and Society Selected Contents: 1. Background and Introduction 2. The Cities 3. The Surveys 4. The Results 5. Scores and Conventions 6. Indoor Air Pollution, Asthma and Allergic Diseases 7. Damp, Mould and Health 8. The Effect of Cold Homes on Health 9. Residential Energy Systems 10. Safety and Fear of Crime 11. Housing and Mental Health 12. Building Quality of Life Related Housing Scores 13. Residential Environmental Quality and Quality of Life 14. The Health Relevance of the Immediate Housing Environment 15. Noise Effects and Morbidity 16. Domestic Accidents 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp: 55 line drawings, 104 tables Hb: 978-0-415-47735-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88523-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477352

Examining the theory and practice of spatial planning at a metropolitan level, Bowie examines the relationships between: • planning, the residential development market and affordable housing • environmental, economic and equity objectives • national, regional and local planning agencies and their policies. It places Livingstone’s Mayoralty within its historical context and looks forward to the different challenges faced by Livingstone’s successors in a radically changed political and economic climate. Clear and engaging, this critical analysis provides a valuable resource for academics and their students as well as planning, housing and development professionals. It is essential reading for anyone interested in politics and social change in a leading ‘world city’ and provides a base for parallel studies of other major metropolitan regions. February 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-48636-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48637-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85557-7

Housing, Markets and Policy Edited by Peter Malpass, University of the West of England, UK and Rob Rowlands, University of Birmingham, UK Series: Housing and Society

This book of specially commissioned essays by distinguished housing scholars addresses the big issues in contemporary debates about housing and housing policy in the UK. Setting out a distinctive and coherent analysis, it steers a course between those accounts that rely on economic theory and analysis and those that emphasize policy.

It is informed by the idea that the 1970s was a pivotal decade in the second half of the twentieth century, and that since that time there has been a profound transformation in the housing system and housing policy in the UK. The contributors describe, analyze and explain aspects of that transformation, as a basis for understanding the present and thinking about the future. The analysis of housing is set within an understanding of the wider changes affecting the economy and the welfare state since the crises of the mid 1970s. Selected Contents: Introduction 2. Housing Policy and the Housing System in the 1970s 3. A Privileged State? 4. The Right to Buy 5. The Evolution of Stock Transfer 6. The Rise (and Rise?) of Housing Associations 7. The Transformation of Private Renting 8. Home Ownership: Where Now? 9. Meeting the Demand for New Housing 10. Competitiveness and Social Exclusion 11. The Sustainable Communities 12. Rediscovering Housing Policy 13. Conclusions and Questions About the Future 2009: 234 x 156: 280pp: 6 line drawings, 7 tables Hb: 978-0-415-47778-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47779-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87281-9

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486378

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477796

New 2nd Edition

Housing Policy in the United States Alex F. Schwartz, New School University, USA The most widely used and most widely referenced book on Housing Policy in the United States has now been substantially revised to examine the turmoil resulting from the collapse of the housing market in 2007 and the related financial crisis. The text covers the impact of the crisis in depth, including policy changes put in place and proposed by the Obama administration. This new edition also includes the latest data on housing trends and program budgets, and an expanded discussion of homelessness.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Trends, Patterns, Problems 3. Housing Finance 4. Taxes and Housing 5. The Low-Income Housing Tax Credit 6. Public Housing 7. Privately Owned Rental Housing Built with Federal Subsidy 8. Vouchers 9. State and Local Housing Policy and the Nonprofit Sector 10. Housing for People with Special Needs 11. Fair Housing and Community Reinvestment 12. Home Ownership and Income Integration 13. Conclusions February 2010: 7 x 10: 384pp 7 line drawings, 67 tables, 7 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-80233-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-80234-5: £26.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415802345

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


buildi n g a n d c on s truction t e x t boo k s : General Building New

Housing Boom and Bust Owner Occupation, Government Regulation and the Credit Crunch Peter King, De Montfort University, UK

Housing bubbles burst, creating economic misery for millions. Explaining how the current crisis in housing markets has arisen, this topical and sharp analysis considers the causes of house price bubbles and the reason for the collapse in markets worldwide. Written for students, it explains the economic cycle of housing, ways in which future booms and busts can be mitigated and how the lessons of this latest housing bubble can finally be learned. Selected Contents: 1. Housing is Not Finance 2. Really Private Finance 3. Lots of Bad Decisions 4. A Political Problem 5. On the Virtue of Benign Neglect 6. Conclusions: A Plea for Sanity February 2010: 216 x 138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55313-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55314-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86176-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553148

The Integration Debate Competing Futures For American Cities Edited by Chester Hartman, Poverty & Race Research Action Council, USA and Gregory Squires, George Washington University, USA Racial integration, and policies intended to achieve greater integration, continue to generate controversy in the United States, with some of the most heated debates taking place among long-standing advocates of racial equality. This book explores both long-standing and emerging controversies over the nation’s ongoing struggles with discrimination and segregation. More urgently, it offers guidance on how these barriers can be overcome to achieve truly balanced and integrated living patterns. Selected Contents: 1. ’Integration Exhaustion, Race Fatigue, and the American Dream’ 2. ’Welcome to the Neighborhood? The Persistence of Discrimination and Segregation’ 3. ’From Segregation to Integration: How Do We Get There?’ 4. ’Creating and Protecting Pro-Integration Programs Under the Fair Housing Act’ 5. ’Achieving Integration Through Private Litigation’ 6. ’Constitutional and Statutory Mandates for Residential Racial Integration and The Validity of Race-Conscious Affirmative Action to Achieve It’ 7. ’Housing Mobility: A Civil Right’ 8. ’Desegregated Schools With Segregated Education’ 9. ’The Effects of Housing Market Discrimination on Earnings Inequality’ 10. ’Racial/ Ethnic Integration and Child Health Disparities’ 11. ’Integration, Segregation, and the Racial Wealth Gap’ 12. ’Two-Tiered Justice: Race, Class, and Crime Policy’ 13. ’Residential Mobility, Neighborhoods and Poverty: Results from the 14. ’The Ghetto Game: Apartheid and the Developer’s Imperative in Post-Industrial American Cities’ 15. ’The Myth of Concentrated Poverty’ 16. ’Integration: Solving the Wrong Problem’ 17. ’The Legacy of Segregation: Smashing Through the Generations’ 2009: 229 x 152: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-99459-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-99460-6: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89046-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415994606

BUILDING AND CONSTRUCTION Textbooks General Building

4th Edition

Understanding the Building Regulations Simon Polley, BRCS (Building Control) Ltd, Chelmsford, UK

’Covers all the requirements of the Building Regulations as we know them today. It is clear and concise in its explanations ... A good book.’ – Clerk of Works Journal

New 2nd Edition

Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations Owen V Griffiths and Alun V Griffiths, both at Total CDM Solutions, UK

Almost 3000 lives have been lost in the UK construction industry over the last twenty-five years, in addition to those seriously injured or made ill. The need to reduce this rate has required tight controls to be introduced throughout the planning and management of construction projects in the UK. The Construction (Design & Management) Regulations 2007 outline the responsibilities and liabilities for the various professionals and agents involved. Straightforward and practical, Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations demonstrates the rationale behind the regs, covers the duties of the five core duty holders (client, CDM coordinator, designer, principal contractor and contractor), explains the importance of the hazard management process on every project and also sets out the consequences of failing to successfully plan, design and manage for safety. Any client, architect, engineer, CDM co-ordinator, project manager, construction professional, or student will find this a simple but thorough and dependable guide and should value the management toolkit and the numerous practical examples of best practice and guidance on how to use the Approved Code of Practice appropriately. This book shows how to unleash the potential of the regulations and add real value to the industry.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Overview of the CDM Regulations 2. The client & CDM 3. The Role of the CDM Co-ordinator 4. Designers & CDM 5. Principal Contractor 6. Contractors 7. Duties Relating to on Site Health & Safety 8. CDM Management Toolkit December 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-55653-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86930-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556538

Fundamental Building Technology Andrew J. Charlett This book works through all the essential stages of building a simple house as a grounding in building technology concepts, techniques and skills.

Praise for previous editions:

’A clear and concise introduction to the Building Regulations and Approved Documents ... Up-to-date well presented and should benefit the student and any person wishing to find out about the Building Regulations and how to make an application to their Local Council.’ – ASI Journal Do you need a concise, jargon-free and compact guide to the UK building regulations? Simon Polley boils down the regulations to their basic features, explaining the core principles behind them. Easy to read and light enough to carry around with you, this is the ideal introduction to a vital part of your remit as a building control officer, architect or surveyor. Updated with the 2008 changes to Parts L and F, revisions to Part B and illustrated with cartoons. 2008: 234 x 156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-45272-4: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93796-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452724

3rd Edition

Understanding Building Failures James Douglas and Bill Ransom This third edition of the classic textbook provides a solid introduction to the study of defects in buildings and, subsequently, to good practice, conservation and repair. With new material, this is an excellent practitioner and student reference book. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Building Pathology 2. Building Diagnostics 3. Deterioration Mechanisms 4. Durability and Service Life of Building Materials 5. Moisture 6. Foundations 7. Floors, Floor Finishes and DPMs 8. Walls and DPCs 9. Cladding 10. Doors and Windows 11. Roofs 12. Services 13. Failure Patterns and Control 14. Summary and Conclusion 2007: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-37082-0: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37083-7: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-03014-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370837

Risk Management in Projects Martin Loosemore, John Raftery, Charles Reilly and David Higgon

2006: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-38623-4: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38624-1: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96609-9

2005: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-26055-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26056-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96370-8

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415386241

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415260565

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

33


b u ild ing an d con structi on tex t book s : General Building

34

New

Forthcoming in 2011

4th Edition

Introduction to Building Procurement

Construction Materials Their Nature and Behaviour Edited by Peter Domone, University College London, UK and John Illston, Retired Engineer, UK

Reviews from previous editions: Comprehensive and entirely appropriate for our students. Recommended reading. – A lecturer in Architectural Technology, London Southbank University A broad-based, yet sufficiently deep materials book to cover most undergraduate materials needs. – A lecturer in Construction Materials, Kingston University

So far in the twenty-first century, there have been many developments in our understanding of materials’ behaviour and in their technology and use. This new edition has been expanded to cover recent developments such as the use of glass as a structural material. It also now examines the contribution that material selection makes to sustainable construction practice, considering the availability of raw materials, production, recycling and reuse, which all contribute to the life cycle assessment of structures. As well as being brought up-to-date with current usage and performance standards, each section now also contains an extra chapter on recycling. This new edition maintains our familiar and accessible format, starting with fundamental principles and continuing with a section on each of the major groups of materials. It gives you a clear and comprehensive perspective on the whole range of materials used in modern construction. A must have for Civil and Structural engineering students, and for students of architecture, surveying or construction on courses which require an understanding of materials. Selected Contents: Part 1: Fundamentals Part 2: Metals and Alloys Part 3: Concrete Part 4: Bituminous Materials Part 5: Masonry: Brickwork and Blockwork Part 6: Glass Part 7: Polymers Part 8: Fibre Composites Part 9: Timber Part 10: Selection, Use and Sustainability Issues

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Traditional Construction for a Sustainable Future

Engineers

As well as cultural background, this book includes a detailed scientific description of traditional building materials and their constituents which draws a sharp contrast with modern petrochemical-based materials. The studies of traditional buildings included reveal the sustainability of features such as natural ventilation and breathing walls, and comparisons with modern construction methods show how they could prevent ’sick building syndrome’. The author argues that maintenance for long life, by contrast with the modern concept of life-cycle costing, is at the nub of sustainability and underlies the contribution traditional building construction can make to tackling climate change.

With chapter summaries and tutorial questions provided throughout the book, the reader will get to grips with the following topics: • the structure of the construction industry • the nature of clients • the historical development of building procurement methods • the roles and responsibilities carried out in any project. Having developed the necessary background knowledge, the reader is then introduced to the more complex aspects of procurement in detail, such as: • methods of paying contractors • standard forms of contract. The concluding chapter discusses emerging procurement trends, and speculates on future developments to bring the reader right up to speed with the modern industry. With its clear layout and highly accessible approach, Introduction to Building Procurement is the perfect introductory text for undergraduate students and professionals starting out on a career in quantity surveying, construction project management or construction commercial management.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465168

Since the spread of classical design and construction amongst the upper echolons of British society in the late seventeenth century, traditional construction methods have largely fallen by the wayside. Centuries later, as the construction industry faces up to its environmental responsibilities, this book explores its rich and ancient tradition to provide tried and trusted solutions to modern day construction problems.

The procurement stage of the building process is critical to the success of any building project, and as such must be understood by everybody entering the industry. Introduction to Building Procurementis designed to familiarize the novice with the principles and methods of building procurement, starting at the most basic level.

• the main procurement routes in use

May 2010: 246 x 189: 584pp Hb: 978-0-415-46515-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46516-8: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92757-1

Carole Ryan, Bournemouth University, UK

Brian Greenhalgh, Quantity Surveying consultant, UK and Graham Squires

A History of Engineering and Structural Design Matthew Wells, Techniker, London, UK

This innovative new book presents the vast historical sweep of engineering innovation and technological change to describe and illustrate engineering design and what conditions, events, cultural climates and personalities have brought it to its present state.

Matthew Wells covers topics based on an examination of paradigm shifts, the contribution of individuals, important structures and influential disasters to show approaches to the modern concept of structure. By demonstrating the historical context of engineering, Wells has created a guide to design like no other, inspirational for both students and practitioners working in the fields of architecture and engineering.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Nature of the Construction Industry 2. Clients of the Construction Industry 3. Historical Development of Building Procurement Systems 4. Roles Carried out in a Construction Project 5. Tendering and Payment 6. Separated Procurement Systems 7. Project Specific Procurement – Overlapping roles 8. Project Specific Procurement – Integrated Roles 9. Long Term Relationships – Partnering 10. Long Term Relationships – Framework agreements 11. Public Sector Projects 12. The Selection of Building Procurement Systems 13. Future Trends January 2011: 246 x 174: 276pp Hb: 978-0-415-48215-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48216-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88506-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482165

Procurement Systems A Cross-Industry Project Management Perspective Derek Walker and Steve Rowlinson

Selected Contents: 1. Prehistory and Ancient Times 2. Rome and the East (220 BC–533 AD) 3. Byzantium and the European Dark Ages (476–1000) 4. Light (1000–1600) 5. Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) 6. Enlightenment (1580–1789) 7. Encyclopaedia (1750–1860) 8. The American Reconstruction (1860–1890) 9. Classical Analysis and Reinforced Concrete (1890–1920) 10. Flight and the World Wars (1900–1950) 11. Early Contemporaries (1945–1960) 12. The Continual Present (1950–2000)

Innovative and novel, this book extends its coverage of the topic well beyond the conventional themes of project solicitation and proposal evaluation. Using extensive experience gathered over five years of teaching postgraduate courses, Derek Walker and Steve Rowlinson build on Procurement Systems: A Guide to Best Practice in Construction to present a comprehensive and coherent volume that is invaluable to the wider project management community.

January 2011: 246 x 174: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-46757-5: £29.99 Hb: 978-0-415-46756-8: £100.00

March 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32525-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32526-4: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-35818-4

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467575

2007: 234 x 156: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-41605-4: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41606-1: £49.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93969-7

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415325264

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415416061

Over 250 original photos, and over fifty bespoke diagrams illustrate the features, techniques, and characteristics of traditional construction that could make such a valuable contribution to the industry today. The inclusion of a close study of how these methods relate to British building regulations makes this book a practical guide for construction professionals, as well as an authoritative resource for students and policy-makers.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


buildin g and c on s truction t e x t book s : General Building

Forthcoming in 2011

Building Performance Simulation for Design and Operation Edited by Jan L. M. Hensen, Technical University of Eindhoven, Netherlands and Roberto Lamberts, Federal University of Santa Catarina, Brazil Effective building performance simulation can reduce the environmental impact of the built environment, improve indoor quality and productivity, and facilitate future innovation and technological progress in construction. It draws on many disciplines, including physics, mathematics, material science, biophysics, human behavioural, environmental and computational sciences. The discipline itself is continuously evolving and maturing, and improvements in model robustness and fidelity are constantly being made. This has sparked a new agenda focusing on the effectiveness of simulation in building life cycle processes. The context itself is also developing due to factors such as global climate change, depletion of fossil fuel stocks, changing occupancy patterns, higher comfort demands, and increasing awareness of the relationship between the indoor environment and health and productivity. Building Performance Simulation for Design and Operation begins with an introduction to the concepts of performance indicators and targets, followed by a discussion on the role of building simulation in performance based building design and operation. This sets the ground for in-depth discussion of performance prediction for energy demand, indoor environmental quality (including thermal, visual, indoor air quality and moisture phenomena), HVAC and renewable system performance, urban level modelling, building operational optimization and automation. This book provides a unique and comprehensive overview of building performance simulation for the complete building life-cycle from conception to demolition. It is primarily intended for advanced students in building services engineering, and in architectural, environmental or mechanical engineering; and will be useful for building and systems designers and operators. January 2011: 246 x 174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-47414-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89161-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474146

Hazards and the Built Environment

Seeing and Touching Structural Concepts

Attaining Built-in Resilience

Tianjian Ji and Adrian Bell, both at University of Manchester, UK

Edited by Lee Bosher, Loughborough University, UK

Presenting seven guiding principles, drawn from a broad range of disciplines and approaches, this book tackles the difficult questions about what can be done to attain built-in resilience. With contributions from many renowned experts and upcoming researchers in the fields concerned, it comprehensively assesses the wide range of issues faced by practitioners.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Need for Built-In Resilience 2. Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Management 3. Construction in Developing Nations: Towards Increased Resilience to Disasters 4. More to Lose: The Case for Prevention, Loans for Strengthening, and One Day ‘Safe Housing’ Insurance – The Case of Central Vietnam 5. Structural Adaptation in India: Learning Lessons from Tradition 6. Developments in Seismic Design and Retrofit of Structures: Modern Technology Built on ‘Ancient Wisdom’ 7. Residential Properties in England and Wales: An Evaluation of Repair Strategies Towards Attaining Flood Resilience 8. Public Attitudes to ‘Community Based’ Small Scale Flood Risk Reduction Measures in England: A Case Study in the Lower Thames Catchment 9. Facing the Future by Designing in Resilience – An Architectural Perspective 10. Community-Based Construction for Disaster Risk Reduction 11. Informal Settlements and Natural Hazard Vulnerability in Rapid Growth Cities 12. The Worm in the Bud: Corruption, Construction and Catastrophe 13. Building Resilience by Focusing on Legal and Contractual Frameworks for Disaster Reconstruction 14. The Implications of the Civil Contingencies Act (CCA) 2004 for Engineers in the UK 15. Security Planning in the Resilient City: Stimulating Integrated Emergency Planning and Management 16. ‘Planning Ahead’: Adapting Settlements Before Disasters Strike 17. Afterword: Integrating Resilience into Construction Practice

The pioneering website www. structuralconcepts.org, by Tianjian Ji and Adrian Bell, goes back to basics and explains in detail the basic principles of structural concepts and how they relate to the real world.

Following on from and expanding upon the website, comes this book. Essential for the civil engineering student, it examines the concepts in closer detail with formulae and technical terminology, while remaining grounded in the website’s practical approach. With hundreds of photographs and diagrams, you are encouraged to visualize each concept in turn and to understand how it applies to everyday life. With its recipe format and straight-forward explanations, this will be your companion through your engineering degree and early years of practice. Selected Contents: Preface. Part 1: Statics 1. Equilibrium 2. Centre of Mass 3. Effect of Different Cross Sections 4. Bending 5. Shear and Torsion 6. Stress Distribution 7. Span and Deflection 8. Direct Force Paths 9. Smaller Internal Forces 10. Buckling 11. Prestress 12. Horizontal Movements of Frame Structures Induced by Vertical Loads Part 2: Dynamics 13. Energy Exchange 14. Pendulum 15. Free Vibration 16. Resonance 17. Damping in Structures 18. Vibration Reduction 19. Human Body Models in Structural Vibration 2008: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39773-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39774-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96079-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415397742

2008: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-42729-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42730-2: £42.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93872-0

Corporate Social Responsibility in the Construction Industry

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415427302

Edited by Michael Murray, University of Strathclyde, UK and Andrew Dainty, Loughborough University, UK

Forthcoming in 2011

Organization Management in Construction Edited by Paul Chinowsky, University of Colorado, Boulder, USA and Anthony Songer, Boise State University, USA Today’s construction environment is changing at an unprecedented pace and executives are facing a diverse set of issues – globalization, economics, workforce demographics, and technology. Moreover the traditional issues of competition and delivery are being challenged by new laws and new industry entrants; and the tasks of project and organization management are being overhauled. This all demands greater leadership from senior management.

Examining the impact of the construction industry on society, this book incorporates expert contributions on government intervention, human and employee rights, community involvement, corruption in the procurement process, and environmental damage.

This book provides a comprehensive overview of the key issues that organization leaders must understand and address. It provides concise summaries by leading international authorities of the ten key strategic management issues, shows how they have emerged, and outlines their potential impact on the construction organization.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Evolution of Corporate Social Responsibility in Construction 3. A Business Case for Developing a CSR Policy 4. The Role of Construction in Developing Countries 5. Community Interaction 6. Corruption in the UK 7. International Corruption 8. Cartels 9. Sustainable Development 10. The Eco-Building Movement 11. UK House-Building 12. Occupational Health and Safety 13. USA 14. South Africa 15. Hong Kong and Asia Pacific 16. Australia

January 2011: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57257-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57261-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85610-9

2008: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-36207-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36208-5: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01233-8

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415572613

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415362085

Construction executives typically reach senior level after many years mastering the art of project management, which has given them very little time or opportunity to learn the concepts and principles of organization leadership – unlike their counterparts in other industries who have been steeped in this.

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

35


b u ild ing an d con structi on tex t book s : General Building

36

Business Organisation for Construction

Finance and Control for Construction

Operations Management for Construction

Chris March, formerly Universities of Salford and Coventry, UK

Chris March, formerly Universities of Salford and Coventry, UK

Chris March, formerly Universities of Salford and Coventry, UK

With a user-friendly style and a strong theoretical base, Business Organisation for Construction provides readers with the tools required to skillfully and successfully operate a business in today’s construction industry.

With a wealth of practical construction industry experience, March provides rich anecdotal evidence to enlighten the theory, as well as illustrations and tables to clarify. Available singly or as part of a set, Business Organisation for Construction is a valuable resource for construction students. Selected Contents: 1. Pioneers of Management Theory 2. Organisations 3. The Legal Establishment of Businesses 4. Strategic Planning 5. Marketing 6. Leadership and Team Building 7. Team or Group Working 8. Human Resources Management 9. Managing Stress 10. Risk Analysis and Management 11. Communications 2009: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37009-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37010-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92802-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370103

Drawing on a wealth of practical experience, both in the construction industry and teaching students, Chris March presents this study of construction management and the major aspects of controlling the building process.

Covering the stages from the client’s initiation, to the final handover of the building, March includes evidence from those currently working in the industry, and covers the key industry requirements: knowing that in today’s market place, those entering the field must be aware of how projects are financed and controlled, and to be able financially run and maintain a building.

Focusing on construction sites and operations which are challenging to run, Chris March explores issues such as the setting up of the site, the deciding of the methodology of construction, and the sequence of work and resourcing. As changing and increasing regulations affect the way sites are managed, he also considers the issues and methods of successful administering, safety, quality and environment. Finally, the contractor’s responsibility to the environment, including relationships with third parties, selection of materials, waste management and sustainability is discussed.

This book is written with a down-to-earth approach, with evidence supporting theories and principles, and is a book that students of construction management and related subjects need if they wish to succeed in the field.

Chris March has a wealth of practical experience in the construction industry, as well as considerable experience of teaching, which he uses to support the theory and principles set out in the book.

Selected Contents: 1. The Main Participators 2. Sources of Finance 3. Valuations and Development Appraisal 4. Introduction to Design Economics 5. Approximate Estimating 6. Whole Life Costing (WLC) and Life Cycle Analysis (LCA) 7. Value Management or Engineering 8. Procurement Methods and Types of Contract 9. Standard Method of Measurement and Bills of Quantities 10. Estimating and Tendering Procedures 11. Bidding Strategy 12. Purchasing 13. Post Control Cost Control 14. Interim Valuations, Claims and Variations 15. Post Contract Cost Systems

Selected Contents: 1. Site Organisation 2. Contract Planning 3. Work Study 4. Health and Safety 5. Waste Management 6. Stock Control and Management 7. Supply Chain Management 8. Quality Management 2009: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37112-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37113-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92803-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415371131

2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37114-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37115-5: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92804-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415371155

Ethics for the Built Environment

New

Responsible Corporate Strategy in Construction and Engineering

Peter Fewings, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK

’Doing the Right Thing?’ Martin Loosemore, University of New South Wales, Australia and Florence Phua, University of Reading, UK

Ideas, concepts, theories and debates in the previously separate areas of corporate performance; corporate social responsibility; corporate strategy and; corporate governance are integrated for the first time in this book, promoting a more liberal and wider debate about CSR. The result is an important and timely examination of a new challenge which faces every firm in the engineering and construction industry, from the very largest transnational corporations, to consultants and to the many thousands of small and medium sized enterprises that employ the vast majority of people in the industry. Contemporary research is integrated with practice throughout this book in a clear and easy-to-follow style. The extensive use of real-life examples ensures that the content is of value to managers who have to deal with the reality of the industry on a day-to-day basis. The case studies of some of the world’s leading firms provide rich qualitative data to support the arguments and are an excellent source of learning and teaching material to the subject of CSR for students.

Selected Contents: 1. Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility 2. Socially Responsible Corporate Governance 3. Strategic Business Ethics 4. Case Studies 5. Conclusions June 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45909-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45910-5: £35.00

This book looks at how people develop their personal values and tries to set up a model for making effective ethical decisions. It exposes areas of weakness that may inhibit better relationships in projects and partnerships and suggests decision making frameworks.

It provides a holistic view of the ethical framework and illustrates good practice by using case studies and questions for resolving dilemmas. It will be invaluable for professional institutions, students, young practitioners in all stages of the development cycle from planning, property management, design, project management and facilities management, contractors and clients. 2008: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-42982-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42983-2: £32.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92690-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459105

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429832

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


buildin g and c on s truction t e x t book s : General Building

New

Environmental Modelling

Risk: An Introduction

Managing Interdisciplinary Projects

An Uncertain Future? Keith Beven, Lancaster University, UK

The Concepts of Risk, Danger and Chance

Ben Ale, Delft University, the Netherlands

A Primer for Architecture, Engineering and Construction Stephen Emmitt, Loughborough University, UK Construction, architecture and engineering projects are complex undertakings, involving a temporary grouping of people and companies, with different agendas and experience, coming together to achieve a project goal. This book investigates the dynamics of the relationships between individuals involved in architecture, engineering and construction projects. It combines a structured theoretical framework, derived from social psychology and mainstream management theory, with case studies and research from the built environment sector. Focusing on how people interact, communicate and work together, it examines how best to manage the interdisciplinary relationships that form and reform during the project life cycle.

• the different concepts and techniques of uncertainty estimation in environmental prediction

The book covers vital areas of project management, whose importance has recently come to be recognised, and will be valuable for students at both undergraduate and graduate level. Practitioners will also find it a useful insight into the social aspect of project management, with implications and applications that apply to all projects in the built environment sector. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Interfaces 2. Communication 3. Trust 4. Discussions 5. Decisions 6. Context 7. Assembly 8. Development 9. Learning 10. Implementation April 2010: 234 x 156: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-48170-0: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48171-7: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88533-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415481717

3rd Edition

Project Management Demystified Geoff Reiss

’For managers who want to understand the key elements of setting up a project and ensuring on-time completion, the book is a straightforward guide and very readable.’ – Lecturer, Norwich City College, UK

Approachable and written in an easy-to-use style, it shows readers how, where and when to use the various project management techniques, demonstrating how to achieve efficient management of human, material and financial resources to make major contributions to projects and be an appreciated and successful project manager. 2007: 234 x 156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-42163-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94572-8

Environmental Modelling: An Uncertain Future? introduces students, scientists and decision makers to:

• the philosophical background to different concepts of uncertainty • the constraint of uncertainties by the collection of observations and data assimilation in real-time forecasting • techniques for decision making under uncertainty. This book will be relevant to environmental modellers, practitioners and decision makers in hydrology, hydraulics, ecology, meteorology and oceanography, geomorphology, geochemistry, soil science, pollutant transport and climate change. A companion website for the book can be found at www.uncertain-future.org.uk. Selected Contents: 1. How to Make Predictions 2. A Philosophical Diversion 3. Simulation with No Historical Data Available 4. Simulation with Historical Data Available 5. Forecasting the Near Future 6. Decision Making When Faced with Uncertainty 7. An Uncertain Future? 2008: 246 x 174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-46302-7: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-45759-0: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457590

Construction Project Management An Integrated Approach Peter Fewings Presenting a new approach to project management in construction and engineering based on the author’s practical experiences. It considers all aspects of project management with particular emphasis on increasing efficiency and communication at all stages while reducing costs, time and risk. 2005: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-35905-4: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35906-1: £32.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00698-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415359061

Communication in Construction Theory and Practice Andrew Dainty, David Moore and Michael Murray 2005: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-32722-0: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-32723-7: £32.00 eBook: 978-0-203-35864-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415327237

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421638

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Investments, global warming and crossing the road – risk is a factor embedded in our everyday lives but do we really understand what it means, how it is quantified and how decisions are made? In six chapters Ben Ale explains the concepts, methods and procedures for risk analysis and in doing so provides an introductory understanding of risk perception, assessment and management.

Aided by over seventy illustrations, the author casts light on the often overlooked basics of this fascinating field, making this an essential text for students at undergraduate and postgraduate level as well as policy and decision-making professionals. Developed from the Safety Science or Risk Science course taught at Delft University, this highly respected author has a lifetime of knowledge and experience in the study of risk. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction. Why We Take Risks. The Essence of Risk. Safety Science. Security and Safety. Technological Risk. Scientific Definition 2. Cause and Consequence. Probability. Systems and Interfaces 3. The System. The Intestines. Using the System. Lifecycle. Mitigation. Quantified Risk Assessment 4. The Development of an Accident. Management of Risk. Unsafe Acts and Unsafe Design 5. Occupational Accidents. Aviation. Human Error Probability. No Data but Still Knowledge 6. Taking Risks. Risk Metrics. Risk Acceptability and Criteria. Cost-Benefit Analysis. Setting Standards. Framing. Nuclear Waste. Discourse. Risky Decisions 2009: 234 x 156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-49089-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49090-0: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87912-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415490900

Implementing IT in Construction James Sommerville and Nigel Craig This practical book draws on direct industrial experience and examines the role of IT within a range of enterprises operating in the construction and property industry. Emphasis is given to the human side of IT and the effects of the implementation of IT systems on them. The functionality of the IT systems is considered, as is the design brief and the operation of the applications. Case reviews of a range of applications are discussed and issues arising from their implementation are explored. 2006: 234 x 156: 214pp Hb: 978-0-415-37051-6: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-37052-3: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-03039-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370523

37


b u ild ing an d con structi on tex t book s : Construction Economics • Construction Law

38

Construction Economics

Learning from Case Studies

Bestseller

Keith Potts, University of Wolverhampton, UK

2nd Edition

Using a combination of worked examples and case studies, this book examines how projects go over-cost, what lessons can be learned from past examples and what approaches have successfully been employed.

Construction Economics A New Approach Danny Myers, University of the West of England and University of Bath, UK

Construction Economics provides students with the principles and concepts of economic theory and relates this to the construction industry, and the new approach views economics as central to government initiatives in sustainable construction.

This updated second edition has been expanded to cover the latest debates on the private finance initiative, value management, off-site manufacture, the credit crunch, the 2008 OFT investigation into contractors colluding, and sustainable construction. Selected Contents: Part A: Effective Use of Resources Part B: Protection and Enhancement of the Environment Part C: Economic Growth that Meets the Needs of Everyone. Glossary 2008: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-46228-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46229-7: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415462297

Economics for the Modern Built Environment Edited by Les Ruddock, University of Salford, UK

Construction Law

Construction Cost Management

Construction economics needs to respond to the new emphasis on sustainable development, on the medium and long-term consequences of construction, on the whole life-cycle, and on the service rendered by buildings. Its focus now extends from design and construction, to the operation, maintenance, refurbishment and demolition of property.

Drawing on the work of the CIB Task Group on Macroeconomics for Construction, this book discusses mesoeconomic and macroeconomic models and methodologies in construction economics and is suited to graduate students and researchers. 2008: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-45424-7: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-45425-4: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93857-7

If you’re studying Surveying or Construction Management, or starting out as a Construction Cost Manager and need to plan or assess construction projects then this is the book for you. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction and Overview 2. Reports and Recommendations 3. Selecting the Consultants and Contractors 4. Pre-Contract Cost Management 5. Cost Management on PFI Projects 6. Contractor’s Estimating and Tendering 7. Value Management 8. Risk Management 9. Whole Life Costing 10. Organisational Methods (Part 1) 11. Organisational Methods (Part 2) 12. Payment Systems and Contract Administration 13. Contractors’ Cost Control and Monitoring Procedures 14. Change Management – Valuing Variations 15. Claims Management 16. The NEC Engineering and Construction Contract 17. FIDIC Standard Forms of International Construction Contract 18. Case Study: Heathrow Terminal 5 2008: 246 x 174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44286-2: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44287-9: £31.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93301-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415442879

Principles of Project and Infrastructure Finance Willie Tan

In contrast to existing scholarship on project finance that tends to be non-technical and is either procedural or relies heavily on case studies, this text book presents a more analytical perspective without a loss of pragmatism.

2007: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-41576-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41577-4: £33.50 eBook: 978-0-203-96250-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415774

New 2nd Edition

Construction Contracts Questions and Answers David Chappell, David Chappell Consultancy Ltd, Wakefield, UK

What they said about the first edition: ’A fascinating concept, full of knowledgeable gems put in the most frank of styles... A book to sample when the time is right and to come back to when another time is right, maybe again and again.’ – David A Simmonds, Building Engineer magazine • Is there a difference between inspecting and supervising?

• What does ‘time-barred’ mean? • Is the contractor entitled to take possession of a section of the work even though it is the contractor’s fault that possession is not practicable? Construction law can be a minefield. Professionals need answers which are pithy and straightforward, as well as legally rigorous. The two hundred questions in the book are real questions, picked from the thousands of telephone enquiries David Chappell has received as a Specialist Adviser to the Royal Institute of British Architects. The material is considerably updated from the first edition – weeded, extended and almost doubled in coverage. The questions range in content from extensions of time, liquidated damages and loss and/or expense to issues of warranties, bonds, novation, practical completion, defects, valuation, certificates and payment, architects’ instructions, adjudication and fees. Brief footnotes and a table of cases are included for those who wish to investigate further. This will be an invaluable reference for architects, project managers, contractors, QSs, employers and others involved in construction. Selected Contents: 1. Tendering 2. Pre-contract Issues 3. Possession of the Site 4.General Contractual Matters 5. Warranties, Bonds and Novation 6. Contractor’s Programme 7. Contract Administration 8. Architects 9. Fees 10. Design 11. Architect’s Instructions 12. Inspection 13. Defects During Progress 14. Defects After Practical Completion 15. Valuation and Payment 16. Certificates 17. Sub-contracts 18. Extensions of Time 19. Liquidated Damages 20. Loss and/or Expense 21. Sectional Completion 22. Practical Completion and Partial Possession 23. Termination 24. Disputes July 2010: 216 x 138: 344pp Pb: 978-0-415-56650-6: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566506

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415454254

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


b u ildin g an d con struction t e x t book s : Building Services and Acoustics

Bestseller 4th Edition

Construction Contracts Law and Management John Murdoch and Will Hughes The fourth edition of this unparalleled text has been thoroughly revised to provide the most up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the legislation, administration and management of construction contracts. Introducing this topic at the core of construction law and management, this book provides students with a one-stop reference on construction contracts. In line with new thinking in construction management research, this fourth edition of an authoritative guide is essential reading for every construction undergraduate and an extremely useful source of reference for practitioners. 2007: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-39368-3: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-39369-0: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96574-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415393690

8th Edition

Understanding JCT Standard Building Contracts David Chappell

Building Services and Acoustics 5th Edition

Building Services Engineering

From Concept to Application Colin Hansen 2005: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-35860-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35861-3: £41.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00481-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415358613

David V. Chadderton Fully revized and updated, the fifth edition of this popular textbook introduces the range of building services within international modern buildings and is now also available with an accompanying lecturers’ manual. 2007: 246 x 174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-41354-1: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-41355-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96299-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415413558

Heat and Mass Transfer in Buildings Keith J. Moss The second edition of this reliable text provides thorough understanding of essential design procedures. Updated and extended, this invaluable guide continues to resource built environment students.

4th Edition

2007: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-40907-0: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40908-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96251-0

Engineering Noise Control

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409087

Theory and Practice Colin Hansen and David Bies, both at University of Adelaide, Australia

This latest edition of David Chappell’s bestselling guide has been completely revised to take into account the contracts which have been introduced since May 2005. 2007: 234 x 156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-41385-5: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96435-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415413855

Noise Control

This fully updated and extended fourth edition explains the foundations upon which vital noise control technology is built. Written by experts in their field, this is an invaluable reference that provides the understanding needed to solve the wide range noise problems encountered by professions.

Selected Contents: 1. Fundamentals and Basic Terminology 2. The Human Ear 3. Instrumentation for Noise Measurement and Analysis 4. Criteria 5. Sources and Outdoor Sound Propagation 6. Sound Power, its Use and Measurement 7. Sound in Enclosed Spaces 8. Partitions, Enclosures and Barriers 9. Muffling Devices 10. Vibration Control 11. Sound Power and Sound Pressure Level Estimation Procedures 12. Practical Numerical Acoustics

2nd Edition

Energy Management in Buildings

Keith Moss 2005: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35391-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35392-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-34902-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415353922

4th Edition

2009: 234 x 156: 768pp Hb: 978-0-415-48706-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48707-8: £37.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87240-6

Design of Electrical Services for Buildings

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487078

Barrie Rigby

Acoustics An Introduction Heinrich Kuttruff The definitive and authoritative introduction to acoustics; from the basic principles, to worked examples of practical applications to the properties of human hearing, Kuttruff provides a solid text for students. 2006: 234 x 156: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-38679-1: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38680-7: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-97089-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415386807

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

2005: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-31082-6: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31083-3: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-45684-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415310833

39


civil engin eeri n g te x tbook s: General Civil Engineering

40

CIVIL ENGINEERING Textbooks

Hazards and the Built Environment

Ethics for the Built Environment

Attaining Built-in Resilience

Peter Fewings, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK

Edited by Lee Bosher, Loughborough University, UK

Presenting seven guiding principles, drawn from a broad range of disciplines and approaches, this book tackles the difficult questions about what can be done to attain built-in resilience. With contributions from many renowned experts and upcoming researchers in the fields concerned, it comprehensively assesses the wide range of issues faced by practitioners.

General Civil Engineering Engineering Modelling and Analysis David Walker, Michael Leonard, Andrew Metcalfe and Martin Lambert, all at University of Adelaide, Australia

Introducing engineering students to numerical analysis and computing, this book covers a range of topics suitable for the first three years of a four year undergraduate engineering degree.

Taking a balanced approach to teaching computing and computer methods at the same time, this book satisfies the need to be able to use computers (using both formal languages such as Fortran and other applications such as Matlab and Microsoft Excel), and the need to be able to solve realistic engineering problems. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Roots of Equations Part 3: Numerical Integration Part 4: Numerical Interpolation Part 5: Systems of Equations Part 6: Ordinary Differential Equations Part 7: Finite Difference Modelling Part 8: Probability and Statistics Part 9: Probability Distributions Part 10: Monte Carlo Method Part 11: Stochastic Modelling Part 12: Optimisation Part 13: Linear Systems and Resonance Part 14: Spectral Analysis 2008: 234 x 156: 440pp Hb: 978-0-415-46961-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46962-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89454-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469623

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Need for Built-In Resilience 2. Mainstreaming Disaster Risk Management 3. Construction in Developing Nations: Towards Increased Resilience to Disasters 4. More to Lose: The Case for Prevention, Loans for Strengthening, and One Day ‘Safe Housing’ Insurance – The Case of Central Vietnam 5. Structural Adaptation in India: Learning Lessons from Tradition 6. Developments in Seismic Design and Retrofit of Structures: Modern Technology Built on ‘Ancient Wisdom’ 7. Residential Properties in England and Wales: An Evaluation of Repair Strategies Towards Attaining Flood Resilience 8. Public Attitudes to ‘Community Based’ Small Scale Flood Risk Reduction Measures in England: A Case Study in the Lower Thames Catchment 9. Facing the Future by Designing in Resilience – An Architectural Perspective 10. Community-Based Construction for Disaster Risk Reduction 11. Informal Settlements and Natural Hazard Vulnerability in Rapid Growth Cities 12. The Worm in the Bud: Corruption, Construction and Catastrophe 13. Building Resilience by Focusing on Legal and Contractual Frameworks for Disaster Reconstruction 14. The Implications of the Civil Contingencies Act (CCA) 2004 for Engineers in the UK 15. Security Planning in the Resilient City: Stimulating Integrated Emergency Planning and Management 16. ‘Planning Ahead’: Adapting Settlements Before Disasters Strike 17. Afterword: Integrating Resilience into Construction Practice 2008: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-42729-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42730-2: £41.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93872-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415427302

This book provides a holistic view of the ethical framework and illustrates good practice by using case studies and questions for resolving dilemmas. It will be invaluable for professional institutions, students, young practitioners in all stages of the development cycle from planning, property management, design, project management and facilities management, contractors and clients.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Principles and Issues Introduction 1. Development of an Ethical Framework 2. Dilemmas and Decision Making 3. Corporate Social Responsibility 4. Professional Codes 5. Human Resource Ethics 6. Health and Safety 7. Planning 8. Sustainability 9. Trust and Relationships 10. Bribery and Corruption 11. Good Faith Part 2: Industry Survey Case Studies 12. Corporate Social Responsibility 13. Partnering 14. Collusion 15. Project Agreements vs. False Employment 16. Health and Safety 17. Planning 18. Training 19. Quality 20. Sustainable Contracting 21. Trust and Relationships 22. Making it Work 2008: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-42982-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42983-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92690-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429832

2nd Edition

Planning and Design of Engineering Systems Graeme Dandy, David Walker, Trevor Daniell and Robert Warner Providing students with a commonsense approach to the solution of engineering problems and packed full with practical case studies, this book is a comprehensive introduction to the scope and nature of engineering. 2007: 234 x 156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-40551-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40552-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96080-6

Forthcoming in 2011

Building Performance Simulation for Design and Operation

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415405522

Edited by Jan L.M. Hensen, Technical University of Eindhoven, Netherlands and Roberto Lamberts, Federal University of Santa Catarina, Brazil This book provides a unique and comprehensive overview of building performance simulation for the complete building life-cycle from conception to demolition. It is primarily intended for advanced students in building services engineering, and in architectural, environmental or mechanical engineering; and will be useful for building and systems designers and operators.

Complimentary Exam Copies Titles marked with this icon are available as complimentary exam copies for lecturers or faculty considering them for course adoption. Visit the URL to obtain your print or electronic copy.

January 2011: 246 x 174: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-47414-6: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89161-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415474146

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


civil e n g i n e e rin g t e x t book s : Management • Structures

Management

Structures

3rd Edition

BESTSELLER

Project Management Demystified

6th Edition

Concrete, Steelwork, Masonry and Timber Designs to British Standards and Eurocodes

Structural Analysis

Chanakya Arya, University College London, UK

Geoff Reiss

A Unified Classical and Matrix Approach

’If you are new or relatively new to project management and you plan to have one book ... this is the one you should have.’ – Martin Barnes, President of the Association of Project Management

Amin Ghali, University of Calgary, Canada, Adam Neville, Consultant Civil Engineer, UK and Tom G. Brown, University of Calgary, Canada

’A user friendly approach ... The linkages with human resources material and financial resources makes for added value.’ – Chris Collins, University of Huddersfield, UK ’For managers who want to understand the key elements of setting up a project and ensuring on-time completion, the book is a straightforward guide and very readable.’ – Lecturer, Norwich City College, UK 2007: 234 x 156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-42163-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94572-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421638

Principles of Project and Infrastructure Finance Willie Tan

In contrast to existing scholarship on project finance that tends to be non-technical and is either procedural or relies heavily on case studies, this text book presents a more analytical perspective without a loss of pragmatism.

BESTSELLER 3rd Edition

Design of Structural Elements

This comprehensive textbook, now in its sixth edition, combines classical and matrix-based methods of structural analysis and develops them concurrently. New solved examples and problems have been added, giving over 140 worked examples and more than 400 problems with answers.

A companion website contains computer programmes that can serve as optional aids in studying and engineering practice. Selected Contents: 1. Structural Analysis Modelling 2. Statically Determinate Structures 3. Introduction to the Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Structures 4. Force Method of Analysis 5. Displacement Method of Analysis 6. Use of Force and Displacement Methods 7. Strain Energy and Virtual Work 8. Determination of Displacements by Virtual Work 9. Important Energy Theorems 10. Displacement of Elastic Structures by Special Methods 11. Application of Force and Fisplacement Methods 12. Influence Lines for Beams, Frames Grids, Arches, and Trusses 13. Effects of Axial Forces on Flexural Stiffness 14. Analysis of Shear-Wall Structures 15. Method of Finite Differences 16. Finite-Element Method 17. Further Development of Finite-Element Method 18. Plastic Analysis of Continuous Beams and Frames 19. Yield-Line and Strip Methods for Slabs 20. Structural Dynamics and Seismic Analysis 21. Computer Analysis of Framed Structures 22. Implementation of Computer Analysis 23. Nonlinear Analysis 24. Structural Reliability Analysis 2009: 246 x 189: 864pp Hb: 978-0-415-77432-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77433-8: £39.99

2007: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-41576-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41577-4: £33.50 eBook: 978-0-203-96250-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415774

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774338

Examples in Structural Analysis William M.C. McKenzie

Built Environment Newsletter Ensure that you’re kept up-to-date with news and information in your area of interest by signing up to our FREE Built Environment Newsletter. Signing up is quick and easy – simply email built_environment@routledge.com highlighting your areas of interest, and start receiving new title information and special offers direct to your inbox today!

With broad scope and an easy-to-follow step-by-step approach, this key text provides students and professionals with a comprehensive and extensive collection of worked examples, setting out how to analyze different types of structure. Selected Contents: 1. Structural Analysis and Design 2. Material and Section Properties 3. Pin-Jointed Frames 4. Beams 5. Rigid-Jointed Frames 6. Buckling Instability 7. Direct Stiffness Method 8. Plastic Analysis. Appendices 2006: 246 x 174: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-37053-0: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37054-7: £41.99 eBook: 978-0-203-03037-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370547

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Now in its third edition this popular textbook provides a concise single volume introduction to the design of structural elements in concrete, steel, timber, masonry and composites. Up to date design principles and guidance are given in line with both British Standards and Eurocodes, current as of late 2007. An accompanying solutions manual is available online.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to Structural Design 1. Philosophy of Design 2. Basic Structural Concepts and Material Properties Part 2: Structural Design to British Standards 3. Design in Reinforced Concrete to BS8110/BS8500 4. Design in Structural Steelwork to BS5950 5. Design in Unreinforced Masonry to BS5628, BS EN771, BS EN845 and BS EN998 6. Design in Timber to BS5268 Part 3: Structural Design to the Eurocodes 7. The Structural Eurocodes: An Introduction 8. Eurocode 2: Design of Concrete Structures 9. Eurocode 3: Design of Steel Structures 10. Eurocode 6: Masonry Design 11. Eurocode 5: Timber Design 2009: 246 x 189: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-46719-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46720-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92650-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467209

BESTSELLER 11th Edition

Reynolds’s Reinforced Concrete Designer’s Handbook Anthony J. Threlfall, James C. Steedman and Charles E. Reynolds This classic and essential work has been thoroughly revised and updated in line with the requirements of new codes and standards which have been introduced in recent years, including the new Eurocode as well as up-to-date British Standards. It provides a general introduction along with details of analysis and design of a wide range of structures and examination of design according to British and then European Codes. Highly illustrated with numerous line diagrams, tables and worked examples, Reynolds’s Reinforced Concrete Designer’s Handbook is a unique resource providing comprehensive guidance that enables the engineer to analyze and design reinforced concrete buildings, bridges, retaining walls, and containment structures. Selected Contents: Part 1: General Information Part 2: Loads, Materials and Structures Part 3: Design to British Codes Part 4: Design to European Codes 2007: 297 x 210: 416pp Hb: 978-0-419-25820-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-419-25830-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08775-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419258308

41


civil engin eeri n g te x tbook s: Structures

42

Seeing and Touching Structural Concepts

Structural and Stress Analysis

Tianjian Ji and Adrian Bell both at University of Manchester, UK

Theories, Tutorials and Examples

The pioneering website www. structuralconcepts.org, by Tianjian Ji and Adrian Bell, goes back to basics and explains in detail the basic principles of structural concepts and how they relate to the real world.

Essential for the civil engineering student, this book examines the concepts in closer detail with formulae and technical terminology, while remaining grounded in the website’s practical approach. With hundreds of photographs and diagrams, you are encouraged to visualize each concept in turn and to understand how it applies to every day life. However much you may come to rely on software packages to do a lot of the technical calculation, it will always be vital to understand what does and doesn’t work and why. With its recipe format and straight-forward explanations, this will be your companion through your engineering degree and early years of practice. Selected Contents: Preface. Part 1: Statics 1. Equilibrium 2. Centre of Mass 3. Effect of Different Cross Sections 4. Bending 5. Shear and Torsion 6. Stress Distribution 7. Span and Deflection 8. Direct Force Paths 9. Smaller Internal Forces 10. Buckling 11. Prestress 12. Horizontal Movements of Frame Structures Induced by Vertical Loads Part 2: Dynamics 13. Energy Exchange 14. Pendulum 15. Free Vibration 16. Resonance 17. Damping in Structures 18. Vibration Reduction 19. Human Body Models in Structural Vibration 2008: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-39773-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39774-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96079-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415397742

New

Jianqiao Ye, University of Leeds, UK Summarizing major concepts and key points, this book tests students’ knowledge of the principal theories in structural and stress analysis. Its main feature is helping students to understand the subject by asking and answering conceptual questions. Each chapter begins with a summary of key issues and relevant formulas. A ‘key points’ review identifies important concepts which are essential for students’ understanding of the chapter. Numerical examples are used to illustrate these concepts and demonstrate the application of the formulas. A short discussion of the problem is provided, before the solution is revealed, to ensure that students know not only how but also why a formula should be used.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Axial Tension and Compression 3. Torsion 4. Shear and Bending Moment 5. Bending Stresses in Symmetric Beams 6. Deflection of Beams Under Bending 7. Complex Stresses 8. Complex Strains and Strain Gauges 9. Theories of Elastic Failure 10. Buckling of Columns 11. Energy Method

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415268431

3rd Edition

Steel Structures Practical Design Studies Hassan Al Nageim and T.J. MacGinley 2005: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-30156-5: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30157-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96597-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415301572

• both hard rock and soft ground conditions • site investigation, parameter selection and design considerations • methods of improving the stability of the ground and lining techniques

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Tunnelling 2. Site Investigation and Laboratory and Field Testing 3. Tunnelling Techniques 4. Tunnelling Design Issues 5. Modelling 6. Monitoring 7. Case Studies 8. Summary of Key Aspects 9. Bibliography

A History of Engineering and Structural Design This innovative new book presents the vast historical sweep of engineering innovation and technological change to describe and illustrate engineering design and what conditions, events, cultural climates and personalities have brought it to its present state.

2004: 234 x 156: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-26842-4: £127.50 Pb: 978-0-415-26843-1: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49702-9

The coverage includes:

Clear, concise and heavily illustrated, this is a vital text for final year undergraduate and MSc students and an invaluable starting point for young professionals.

Engineers

Alan Jennings

Tunnelling provides a robust solution to a variety of engineering challenges. It is a complex process, which requires a firm understanding of the ground conditions as well as structural issues. This book covers the whole range of areas which you need to know in order to embark upon a career in tunnelling. It also includes a number of case studies of real tunnel projects, to demonstrate how the theory applies in practice.

• monitoring of tunnels during construction.

New

From Theory to Practice

• health and safety considerations

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415368797

David Chapman and Nicole Metje, both at University of Birmingham, UK and Alfred Stärk, Beton- und Monierbau GmbH, Austria

• descriptions of the various tunnelling techniques

2008: 246 x 174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-36865-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36879-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02900-8

Matthew Wells, Techniker, London, UK

Structures

Introduction to Tunnel Construction

Matthew Wells covers topics based on an examination of paradigm shifts, the contribution of individuals, important structures and influential disasters to show approaches to the modern concept of structure. By demonstrating the historical context of engineering, Wells has created a guide to design like no other, inspirational for both students and practitioners working in the fields of architecture and engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Prehistory and Ancient Times 2. Rome and the East (220 BC–533 AD) 3. Byzantium and the European Dark Ages (476–1000) 4. Light (1000–1600) 5. Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) 6. Enlightenment (1580–1789) 7. Encyclopaedia (1750–1860) 8. The American Reconstruction (1860–1890) 9. Classical Analysis and Reinforced Concrete (1890–1920) 10. Flight and the World Wars (1900–1950) 11. Early Contemporaries (1945–1960) 12. The Continual Present (1950–2000)

May 2010: 246 x 174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-46841-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46842-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89515-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468428

4th Edition

The Behaviour and Design of Steel Structures to EC3 N.S. Trahair, M.A. Bradford, D.A. Nethercot and L. Gardner This key text for senior undergraduate and graduate students is also an essential reference tool for practising structural engineers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Tension Members 3. Compression Members 4. Local Buckling of Thin Plate Elements 5. In-Plane Bending of Beams 6. Lateral Buckling of Beams 7. Beam-Columns 8. Frames 9. Joints 10. Torsion Members 2007: 234 x 156: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-41865-2: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41866-9: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93593-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415418669

March 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32525-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32526-4: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-35818-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415325264

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


civil e n g i n e e rin g t e x t book s : Geotechnical Engineering

New 4th Edition

Construction Materials Their Nature and Behaviour Edited by Peter Domone, University College London, UK and John Illston, Retired Engineer, UK

So far in the twenty-first century, there have been many developments in our understanding of materials’ behaviour and in their technology and use. This new edition has been expanded to cover recent developments such as the use of glass as a structural material. It also now examines the contribution that material selection makes to sustainable construction practice, considering the availability of raw materials, production, recycling and reuse, which all contribute to the life cycle assessment of structures. As well as being brought up-to-date with current usage and performance standards, each section now also contains an extra chapter on recycling. Covers the following materials: • Metals • Concrete • Ceramics (including bricks and masonry) • Polymers • Fibre Composites • Bituminous Materials • Timber • Glass This new edition maintains our familiar and accessible format, starting with fundamental principles and continuing with a section on each of the major groups of materials. It gives you a clear and comprehensive perspective on the whole range of materials used in modern construction. For anyone who requires an understanding of materials. Selected Contents: Part 1: Fundamentals Part 2: Metals and Alloys Part 3: Concrete Part 4: Bituminous Materials Part 5: Masonry: Brickwork and Blockwork Part 6: Glass Part 7: Polymers Part 8: Fibre Composites Part 9: Timber Part 10: Selection, Use and Sustainability Issues May 2010: 246 x 189: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-46515-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46516-8: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92757-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465168

3rd Edition

Reinforced Concrete Design Theory and Examples

Geotechnical Engineering

In Situ Testing in Geomechanics The Main Tests

Bestseller

Fernando Schnaid, Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil

3rd Edition

Foundations of Engineering Geology

Tony Waltham, Retired from Nottingham Trent University, UK

Now in full colour, the third edition of this well established book provides a readable and highly illustrated overview of the aspects of geology that are most significant to civil engineers.

Sections in the book include those devoted to the main rock types, weathering, ground investigation, rock mass strength, failures of old mines, subsidence on peats and clays, sinkholes on limestone and chalk, water in landslides, slope stabilization and understanding ground conditions. The roles of both natural and man-induced processes are assessed, and this understanding is developed into an appreciation of the geological environments potentially hazardous to civil engineering and construction projects. For each style of difficult ground, available techniques of site investigation and remediation are reviewed and evaluated. Each topic is presented as a double page spread with a careful mix of text and diagrams, with tabulated reference material on parameters such as bearing strength of soils and rocks. This new edition has been comprehensively updated and covers the entire spectrum of topics of interest for both students and practitioners in the field of civil engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Geology 2. Igneous Rocks 3. Surface Processes 4. Sedimentary Rocks 5. Metamorphic Rocks 6. Geological Structures 7. Geological Maps 8. Map Interpretation 9. Tectonics 10. Boundary Hazards 11. Rocks of Britain 12. Rocks of the US 13. Weathering and Soils 14. Floodplains and Alluvium 15. Glacial Deposits 16. Climatic Variants 17. Coastal Processes 18. Groundwater 19. Ground Investigation 20. Desk Study 21. Ground Investigation Boreholes 22. Geophysical Surveys 23. Assessment of Difficult Ground 24. Rock Strength 25. Rock Mass Strength 26. Soil Strength 27. Ground Subsidence 28. Subsidence on Clays 29. Subsidence on Limestone 30. Subsidence Over Old Mines 31. Mining Subsidence 32. Slope Failure and Landslides 33. Water in Landslides 34. Soil Failures and Flowslides 35. Landslide Hazards 36. Slope Stabilization 37. Ground Conditions 38. Rock Excavation 39. Tunnels in Rock 40. Stone and Aggregate. Appendices. Rock Mass Quality Q System. Abbreviations and Notation. Further Reading. Index 2009: 297 x 210: 104pp Hb: 978-0-415-46959-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46960-9: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89453-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469609

Prab Bhatt, T.J. MacGinley and Ban Seng Choo 2005: 234 x 156: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-30795-6: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30796-3: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-40438-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415307963

If you use or need to know how to use any or all of the tests below, then this is the book for you. • Standard Penetration Tests • Cone Penetration Tests • Vane Test • Pressuremeter Tests • Dilatometer Tests

Fernando Schnaid takes each test in turn, showing how and when to use them. The tests are illustrated with nearly 200 figures and photographs, as well as real examples from companies including A.P. van den Berg and Fugro Ltd. Ideal for practising engineers in the fields of Geomechanics and Environmental Engineering, this book solves numerous common problems in site characterization. Also a helpful guide for students coming to the end of their engineering courses and looking to work in this sector. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Standard Penetration Tests (SPT) 3. Piezocone Penetration Test (CPT) 4. Vane Test 5. Pressuremeter Tests 6. Flat Dilatometer Test (DMT) 7. Design Parameters: Guidelines 2008: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-43385-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43386-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93133-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433860

2nd Edition

Geotechnical Engineering Renato Lancellotta, Politecnico di Torino, Italy

Established as a standard textbook for students of geotechnical engineering, this second edition of Geotechnical Engineering provides a solid grounding in the mechanics of soils and soil-structure interaction.

It is suitable for soil mechanics modules on undergraduate civil engineering courses and for use as a core text for specialist graduate geotechnical engineering students. It explores not only the basics but also several advanced aspects of soil behaviour, and outlines principles which underpin more advanced professional work therefore providing a useful reference work for practising engineers. Readers gain a good grasp of applied mechanics, testing and experimentation, and methods for observing real structures. Selected Contents: 1. Nature and Composition of Soils 2. Principles of Continuum Mechanics 3. Constitutive Models 4. The Porous Medium 5. Mechanical Behaviour of Soils 6. Flow in Porous Media 7. In Situ Investigations 8. The Collapse of Soil Structures 9. Performance and Serviceability of Structures 2008: 246 x 174: 520pp Hb: 978-0-415-42003-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42004-4: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420044

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

43


civil engin eeri n g te x tbook s: Geotechnical Engineering

44

Introductory Geotechnical Engineering

Forthcoming in 2011

2nd Edition

Foundations of Geotechnical Engineering

The Mechanics of Soils and Foundations

Ian Jefferson, Matthew Frost, John Greenwood and Gurmel Ghataora

John Atkinson

Hsai-Yang Fang and John L. Daniels

An update of the hugely useful first edition, this textbook explains the theoretical basis of geomechanics for civil engineers and its practical applications.

2006: 246 x 174: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-30401-6: £127.50 Pb: 978-0-415-30402-3: £39.99

This book provides a readable and highly illustrated overview of the main facets of geotechnical engineering. Each topic is presented as a double-page spread with a careful mix of text, tables and diagrams. Foundations of Geotechnical Engineering covers the entire spectrum of topics of interest to both student and practitioner. Key references are listed to direct the reader to further reading. April 2011: 297 x 210: 88pp Hb: 978-0-415-27240-7: £45.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27241-4: £18.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84718-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415272414

Bestseller 3rd Edition

Advanced Soil Mechanics

Selected Contents: Simple Experiments 1. Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering 2. Basic Mechanics 3. Material Behaviour 4. Structure of the Earth 5. Classification 6. Pore Pressure, Effective Stress, Drainage 7. Laboratory Testing 8. Compression and Swelling 9. Critical State Strength 10. Peak States 11. Behaviour before Failure 12. Cam Clay 13. Stiffness 14. Steady State Seepage 15. Consolidation 16. Natural Soils 17. Ground Investigations 18. Soil Parameters for Design 19. Ultimate Stability of Soil Structures Using Bound Methods 20. Limit Equilibrium Method 21. Slope Stability 22. Bearing Capacity and Settlement of Shallow Foundations 23. Piled Foundations 24. Earth Pressure and Stability of Retaining Walls 25. Tunnelling in Soft Ground 26. Behaviour of Unsaturated Soils 27. Centrifuge Modeling 28. Concluding Remarks 2007: 246 x 174: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-36255-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36256-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01288-8 For more information, visit:

Braja M. Das, Emeritus California State University, USA California State University, Sacramento, USA

www.routledge.com/9780415362566

Bestseller

This revised and updated third edition presents a step-by-step guide to all aspects of the subject and addresses a wide range of topics in a logical and extensively illustrated approach, along with examples, problems and extensive equations.

Selected Contents: 1. Soil Aggregate, Plasticity, and Classification 2. Stresses and Strains – Elastic Equilibrium 3. Stresses and Displacements in a Soil Mass 4. Pore Water Pressure Due to Undrained Loading 5. Permeability and Seepage 6. Consolidation 7. Shear Strength of Soils 8. Settlement of Shallow Foundations

An Environmental Perspective

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415304023

An Introduction to Geotechnical Processes John Woodward 2005: 297 x 210: 136pp Hb: 978-0-415-28645-9: £61.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28646-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50488-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415286466

4th Edition

Rock Slope Engineering Duncan C. Wyllie and Chris Mah

7th Edition

2004: 246 x 189: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-28000-6: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28001-3: £47.99

Craig’s Soil Mechanics

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415280013

R.F. Craig Soil Mechanics assembles all the essential elements of an undergraduate course, leading from the properties of soils and basic theory through to practical applications such as retaining structures and foundations. Selected Contents: 1. Basic Characteristics of Soils 2. Seepage 3. Effective Stress 4. Shear Strength 5. Stresses and Displacements 6. Lateral Earth Pressure 7. Consolidation Theory 8. Bearing Capacity 9. Stability of Slopes

2nd Edition

Soil Mechanics Concepts and Applications William Powrie 2004: 246 x 174: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-31155-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31156-4: £35.00

2008: 234 x 156: 600pp Hb: 978-0-415-42026-6: £55.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93584-2

2004: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-32702-2: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32703-9: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49410-3

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420266

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415327039

2nd Edition

7th Edition

Geochemistry, Groundwater and Pollution

Proposals If you have an idea for a new book in the area please contact us using the details found at the front of the catalog. For guidance on how to structure your proposal please visit:

www.routledge.com/info/authors

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415311564

Craig’s Soil Mechanics: Solutions Manual

C.A.J. Appelo and Dieke Postma

R. F. Craig

2005: 246 x 174: 683pp Hb: 978-0-415-36421-8: £69.50 Pb: 978-0-415-36428-7: £27.95

2004: 246 x 174: 96pp Pb: 978-0-415-33294-1: £19.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415364287

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415332941

Problem Solving in Soil Mechanics

Geotechnical Modelling David Muir Wood

A. Aysen

2004: 234 x 156: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-34304-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-419-23730-3: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-47797-7

2004: 246 x 174: 195pp Pb: 978-0-415-38392-9: £27.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415343046

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415383929

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


civil e n g i n e e rin g t e x t book s : Hydraulics and Water

Hydraulics and Water NEW

Hydraulic Modelling – An Introduction Principles, Methods and Applications

New

New

4th Edition

3rd Edition

Hydrology in Practice

Urban Drainage

The late Elizabeth Shaw, Keith Beven and Nick Chappell both at Lancaster University, UK and Rob Lamb, JBA Consulting, UK

David Butler, University of Exeter, UK and John Davies, Coventry University, UK

Pavel Novak, formerly at University of Newcastle-upon-Tyne, UK, Vincent Guinot, University of Montpellier, France, Alan Jeffrey, University of Newcastle, UK and Dominic E. Reeve, University of Plymouth, UK

Modelling forms a vital part of all engineering design, yet many hydraulic engineers are not fully aware of the assumptions they make. These assumptions can have important consequences when choosing the best model to inform design decisions.

Considering the advantages and limitations of both physical and mathematical methods, this book will help you identify the most appropriate form of analysis for the hydraulic engineering application in question. All models require the knowledge of their background, good data and careful interpretation and so this book also provides guidance on the range of accuracy to be expected of the model simulations and how they should be related to the prototype. Applications to models include: • open channel systems • closed conduit flows • storm drainage systems • estuaries • coastal and nearshore structures • hydraulic structures. An invaluable guide for students and professionals.

Hydrology in Practice is an excellent and very successful introductory text for engineering hydrology students who go on to be practitioners in consultancies, the Environment Agency and elsewhere. It has never been superseded by any other text in this respect.

This fourth edition of Hyrodology in Practice while retaining all that is excellent about its predecessor, by Elizabeth Shaw, replaces the material on the Flood Studies Report with an equivalent section on the methods of the Flood Estimation Handbook and its revisions. Other completely revised sections on instrumentation and modelling reflect the many changes that have occurred over recent years. The updated text has taken advantage of the extensive practical experience of the staff of JBA Consulting who use the methods described on a day-to-day basis. The fourth edition will also have a wider appeal outside the UK by including new material on hydrological processes which also relate to courses in geography and environmental science departments. Selected Contents: 1. The Hydrological Cycle, Hydrometeorology and Climate Part 1: Hydrological Measurements 2. Hydrometric Networks and Data-Logging 3. Precipitation 4. Evapotranspiration 5. Infiltration, Moisture and Groundwater 6. Hillslope Runoff Processes 7. River Flow 8. Water Quality Part 2: Hydrological Analysis and Modelling 9. Precipitation Analysis 10. Evapotranspiration Calculations 11. River Flow Analysis 12. Catchment Modelling 13. Flood Routing 14. Groundwater Models Part 3: Applications 15. Flood Mapping 16. Flood Risk Management 17. Water Resources 18. Urban 19. River Basin Management

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Theoretical Background 3. Development of Physical Models 4. Development of Numerical Models 5. Procedure and Tools – Physical Models 6. Procedure and Tools – Mathematical Models 7. Hydrodynamic Modelling of Open Channel Systems 8. Environmental Modelling of Open Channel Systems 9. Hydrodynamic Modelling of Closed Conduit Flows 10. Modelling of Storm Drainage Systems 11. Modelling of Estuaries 12. Modelling of Coastal and offshore Structures and Processes 13. Modelling of Hydraulic Structures

June 2010: 246 x 174: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-37041-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37042-4: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-03023-3

January 2010: 234 x 156: 616pp Hb: 978-0-419-25010-4: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-419-25020-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86162-2

Melvyn Kay

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419250203

4th Edition

Hydraulic Structures P. Novak, A.I.B. Moffat, C. Nalluri and R. Narayanan 2006: 234 x 156: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-38625-8: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38626-5: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96463-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415386265

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370424

2nd Edition

Practical Hydraulics Approaching hydraulics from basic principles, Melvyn Kay demonstrates how these are applied in practice through many illustrations and examples, making a valuable introduction for everyone from farmers, irrigating crops, to fire crews, putting out fires with high-pressure water hoses; doctors, needing to know how blood flows in veins, to car designers, wanting to save fuel by reducing drag. Selected Contents: Part 1:Some Basic Mechanics. Part 2: Hydrostatics: Water at Rest Part 3: Hydrodynamics: When Water Starts to Flow Part 4: Pipes Part 5: Channels Part 6: Waves Part 7: Hydraulic Structures for Channels Part 8: Pumps and Turbines. References and Further Reading 2007: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-35114-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35115-7: £30.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96077-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415351157

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

This book deals comprehensively not only with the design of new systems, but also the analysis and upgrading of existing infrastructure, and the environmental issues involved. Each chapter contains a descriptive overview of the complex issues involved, the basic engineering principles, and analysis for each topic. Extensive examples are used to support and demonstrate the key issues explained in the text. An essential text for undergraduates and postgraduate students, lecturers and researchers in water engineering, environmental engineering, public health engineering and engineering hydrology.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Approaches to Urban Drainage 3. Water Quality 4. Wastewater 5. Rainfall 6. Stormwater 7. System Components and Layout 8. Hydraulics 9. Hydraulic Features 10. Foul Sewers 11. Storm Sewers 11a. Sewer Flooding 12. Combined Sewers and Combined Sewer Overflows 13. Storage 14. Pumped Systems 15. Structural Design and Construction 16. Sediments 17. Operation, Maintenance and Performance 18. Rehabilitation 19. Flow models 20. Quality Models 21. Stormwater Management 22. Low-Income Communities 23. Integrated Management and Control 24. Towards Sustainability August 2010: 234 x 156: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-45525-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45526-8: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84905-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415455268

45


46

civil engin eeri n g te x tbook s: Hydraulics and Water • Environmental Engineering

8th Edition

Mechanics of Fluids John Ward-Smith 2005: 246 x 189: 704pp Hb: 978-0-415-36205-4: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-36206-1: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01232-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415362061

Environmental Engineering

3rd Edition

Air Pollution Measurement, Modelling and Mitigation

Environmental Modelling An Uncertain Future?

Environmental Modelling: An Uncertain Future? introduces students, scientists and decision makers to:

Mechanics of Fluids John Ward-Smith

• the different concepts and techniques of uncertainty estimation in environmental prediction

2005: 246 x 189: 120pp Pb: 978-0-415-36204-7: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01231-4

• the philosophical background to different concepts of uncertainty

Solutions Manual

• the constraint of uncertainties by the collection of observations and data assimilation in real-time forecasting • techniques for decision making under uncertainty.

2nd Edition

Coastal Planning and Management Robert Kay and Jaqueline Alder 2005: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-31772-6: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31773-3: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49936-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415317733

Coastal Engineering Processes, Theory and Design Practice Dominic Reeve, Andrew Chadwick and Christopher Fleming 2004: 246 x 174: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-26840-0: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-26841-7: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64735-6

Keith Beven, Lancaster University, UK

8th Edition

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415362047

Jeremy Colls, University of Nottingham, UK and Abhishek Tiwary, University of Manchester, UK

This book will be relevant to environmental modellers, practitioners and decision makers in hydrology, hydraulics, ecology, meteorology and oceanography, geomorphology, geochemistry, soil science, pollutant transport and climate change. A companion website for the book can be found at www.uncertain-future.org.uk. Selected Contents: 1. How to Make Predictions 2. A Philosophical Diversion 3. Simulation with No Historical Data Available 4. Simulation with Historical Data Available 5. Forecasting the Near Future 6. Decision Making When Faced with Uncertainty 7. An Uncertain Future?

Gives accessible coverage of wide range of topics. Each topic has an historical introduction, covers the generally accepted information, and highlights new developments.

This edition has increased coverage of developing economies such as India and China, where air pollution problems are increasing rapidly. There are also new materials on vegetation and biofuels. Local case studies are referred to demonstrating the application of theory to practice. Selected Contents: 1. Air Pollutants: Sources and Control of Gases 2. Air Pollutants: Particulates 3. Mobile Sources 4. Measurement of Gases and Particles 5. Concentrations and Deposition 6. Meteorology and Modelling 7. Analysis of an Air Quality Data Set 8. Indoor Air Quality 9. Mitigation of Air Pollution: The Role of Vegetation 10. Effects on Plants, Visual Range and Materials 11. Responses of Humans and Other Animals 12. Greenhouse Gases and Climate Change 13. Ozone Depletion and Ultraviolet Radiation 14. Standards and Legislation 2009: 246 x 189: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-47933-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47932-5: £39.99 eBook: 978-203-87196-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415479325

BESTSELLER

2008: 246 x 174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-46302-7: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-45759-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93248-3

2nd Edition

Renewable Energy Resources

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457590

John Twidell and Tony Weir The second edition of this standard text reflects the experience gained as a result of the rapid developments in renewable energy technologies, and will be of use to both students and professionals.

on Follow us

2005: 234 x 156: 624pp Hb: 978-0-419-25320-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-419-25330-3: £37.99 eBook: 978-0-203-47872-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415268417

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419253303

http://twitter.com/tandfbooks

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

PROFESSIONAL ARCHITECTURE

New

Will Alsop The Noise Tom Porter

Housing Design Handbook

A Guide to Good Practice David Levitt

Whether the world approves of these designs or not, does not devalue the creative and artistic process which produces so rich, varied, challenging and inspirational outcomes. Focusing on the refreshing process of design with which Will Alsop engages, Tom Porter reveals and traces the process, from public consultation to private studio, from paint to line to model, and in doing so uncovers a treasure trove of ideas for transforming the process of architectural design.

How well have architects succeeded in building housing and what lessons can be learned from their triumphs and failures?

The Housing Design Handbook will give you a complete understanding of what makes successful housing design. Through the analysis of the work of Levitt Bernstein and a wide range of other UK practices, it illustrates good design principles and accumulates a wealth of knowledge in a readily accessible format for the first time. Written by a recognized authority in the field, the book provides: • a range of cases to illustrate the way that different issues in the design of housing have been approached and with what degree of success • a review of the place of housing as the most significant built form in the urban landscape • an understanding of the importance of achieving a sense of place as the bedrock of social continuity • a discussion of how flexibility might be achieved in order to accommodate future changes in housing need, if wholesale demolition and replacement is to be avoided • more recent examples which explore why certain social groupings are more resistant to design innovation than others and why there has been such an architectural breakthrough in market led, higher density urban living. David Levitt examines the ideas behind the schemes and assesses how successful and sustainable those ideas have proved, making this an essential reference for professionals and students practicing and studying the design and commissioning of housing. Selected Contents: Part 1: Built Form 1. Places That Get Better Over Time 2. Mixing Housing with other Uses 3. Terrace Housing and Layout 4. Flats: Their Configuration in Blocks, and How to Make a Flat the Home of Choice for Family Living 5. Internal Space: Guidance, Standards and Regulation 6. Private Open Space 7. Shared Amenities, Indoor Facilities and Outdoor Spaces 8. Security without Fortification 9. Privacy 10. Dealing with Cars Part 2: Social Issues 11. Mixing Tenures and Flexible Tenures 12. Tenure and Style 13. Designing in Flexibility Part 3: Technical Issues 14. Environmentally Sustainable Planning and Built Form 15. Sustainable Structures 16. Considering ’Cost in Use’ at the Design Stage 17. Design for Sustainability. Glossary. Sources of Further Information. Index 2009: 276 x 219: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-49150-1: £34.99

The design process of Will Alsop acts as a conduit for the dreams and aspirations of others. Moving from public consultation to the privacy of his painting studio – here ideas are born in the liquidity of paint, the serendipity of collage and the flourish of line, resulting in the avant-garde and vibrant designs that Alsop is particularly well known for.

Whether a working architect or a student embarking on the first steps towards creating your own design process, this book offers an insight and example into how engaging with the public, before painting the way into architecture, can offer the most stimulating solutions. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Genesis: Tabula rasa 2. Consultation: Vox pop 3. Origination: The noise 4. Experimentation: Painting sessions 5. Collaboration: Double acts 6. Big Architecture: Urban design 7. Diversity: Street creatures 8. Contemplation: Doing nothing (nothing doing) 9. Reflection: Sound bites 10. Conclusion Bibliography Index September 2010: 246 x 189: 176pp Pb: 978-0-415-54961-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84768-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549615

Accessible Housing Quality, Disability and Design

Innovations in Hospital Architecture

Rob Imrie

Stephen Verderber, Clamson University, USA

This book considers the relationships between disability and housing design with a focus on the role of policy in addressing the housing needs of disabled people, and sets out broader debates about the nature of housing, quality and design.

2005: 246 x 189: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-31891-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31892-1: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-61673-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415318921

Courtyard Housing Past, Present and Future Edited by Brian Edwards, Magda Sibley, Mohammad Hakmi and Peter Land This book demonstrates, through discussions on sustainability and regional identity, and via a series of case studies, that the courtyard housing form has a future as well as a past. 2005: 276 x 219: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-26272-9: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-64672-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415262729

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491501

Innovations in Hospice Architecture

Design Quality in New Housing

Stephen F Verderber and Ben J. Refuerzo

Learning from the Netherlands Matthew Cousins

This book presents an overview of the historical origins of the contemporary hospice and the diversity of interpretations on the basic premise of hospice care, and includes a series of case studies of exemplary hospices.

2008: 276 x 219: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-44769-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44770-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86890-4

2006: 276 x 219: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-32713-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-35859-7

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447706

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415327138

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

This indispensable reference book captures key recent developments in the rapidly evolving field of sustainable hospital architecture. Today’s architects must provide hospitals which enable high quality care for diverse patient populations in carbon neutral care settings, and this book succinctly considers what needs to be done in order to meet that challenge. The contemporary hospital is viewed in the context of global climate change, the planet’s diminishing natural resources and the spiralling cost of operating healthcare facilities. Verderber considers the future of the hospital, and supplies a compendium of 100 planning and design considerations for the building type. The book includes twenty-eight case studies of built and unbuilt hospitals from around the world. These are grouped into five types – autonomous community based hospitals, children’s hospitals, rehabilitation and elderly care centres and hospitals, regional medical centre campuses, and visionary (unbuilt) projects. Beautifully and extensively illustrated with many photographs, diagrams and floor plans, this is essential reading for all architects, planners, engineers, product manufacturers, clients, healthcare providers and government agencies involved in the present and future of sustainable healthcare environments. Selected Contents: Part 1: Background 1. Introduction 2. Architecture for Health – A Brief History of Sustainability 3. The Evolving Role of Site, Landscape, and Nature 4. The Evolving Patient Room and PCU 5. The Evolving Role of Memory, Place, and Sustainability 6. Prognostications Part 2: Design 7. Designing for Hospital-Based Care Part 3: Case Studies March 2010: 276 x 219: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-77795-7: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85575-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777957

47


p ro f essio nal architecture

48

Modern Hospice Design

New

New

The Architecture of Palliative Care

Towards Creative Learning Spaces

Best Tall Buildings 2010

Ken Worpole The hospice has become an iconic building for today’s culture. This book is about what lessons the hospice movement has for new ideas about buildings for healthcare across the world. Selected Contents: 1. The House at the End of Life 2. Be Kind Quickly 3. The Brief is Everything 4. Public Faces and Private Places 5. Everything Gathered in One Room 6. In a Hospice Garden 7. The Evening Land. List of Hospices and Hospitals Visited 2009: 234 x 156: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-45179-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45180-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87810-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451802

New

University Planning and Architecture The Search for Perfection Jonathan Coulson, Director, Turnberry Consulting Ltd, Paul Roberts, Director, Turnberry Consulting Ltd and Isabelle Taylor, Writer and Researcher The environment of a university – what we term a campus – has long been the setting for some of history’s most exciting experiments in the design of the built environment. Christopher Wren at Cambridge, Thomas Jefferson at Virginia, Le Corbusier at Harvard, Louis Kahn at Yale and Norman Foster in Berlin: the calibre of practitioners that have worked for universities is astounding. This book comprehensively documents the worldwide evolution of university design from the Middle Ages to the present day, uncovering the key developments which have shaken the world of campus planning. A series of detailed and highly illustrated case-studies profile universally acclaimed campuses that, through their planning, architecture and landscaping, have succeeded in making positive contributions to the field. Drawing on these examples, the book turns to the strategies behind campus planning in today’s climate. Exploring the importance of themes such as landscape, architecture, place-making and sustainability within university development, the book consolidates the lessons learnt from the rich tradition of campus development to provide a ‘good practice guide’ for anyone concerned with planning environments for higher education September 2010: 276 x 219: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-57110-4: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84635-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571104

Future Office

Re-thinking the Architecture of Post-Compulsory Education Jos Boys, British Higher School of Art and Design, Moscow, Russia

This book offers new ways of investigating relationships between learning and the spaces in which it takes place. It suggests that we need to understand more about the distinctiveness of teaching and learning in post-compulsory education, and what it is that matters about the design of its spaces. Starting from contemporary educational and architectural theories, it suggests alternative conceptual frameworks and methods that can help map the social and spatial practices of education in universities and colleges; so as to enhance the architecture of post-compulsory education. November 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-57062-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57064-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415570640

Space Meets Status Designing Workplace Performance Jacqueline Vischer Foreword by Fritz Steele Showing how worker productivity and stress levels are affected by factors such as lighting, ventilation, temperature, noise and layout, this book demonstrates how the technical aspects of human comfort do not always tally with users’ perceptions and behaviour. With vivid examples and case studies to illustrate how space is a corporate resource rather than simply overhead, Vischer reveals how companies can improve their ability to make design decisions on how best to accommodate their employees in a high quality workspace. Selected Contents: Foreword Fritz Steele 1. Kingdom, Castle, Office: The Space or Place We Work 2. The Organization-Accommodation Relationship: What Is It About Change? 3. Territoriality Examined: Being at Home at Work 4. Comfort and Productivity: Space as a Tool for Work 5. Environmental Improvement: Taking Control 6. The Workspace Transformation Imperative

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415701051

2nd Edition

Developments in IT have challenged traditional concepts of office design. This book examines the implications of this revolution on current urban design and identifies new trends in office design from an international perspective.

New Approaches to Airport Architecture

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415385916

Complimentary Exam Copy

Edited by Antony Wood, Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, USA

The Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat (CTBUH) is the world’s foremost authority on tall buildings. This book is the culmination of the annual awards process in which the CTBUH recognizes outstanding tall buildings from the past year. One winner is chosen from each of four geographical regions (Americas, Asia & Australasia, Europe, and Middle East & Africa) and a further award presents the title of ’Best Tall Building Overall’ to one of the four regional winners. Additionally the CTBUH awards two annual lifetime achievement awards to individuals who have made a significant contribution to the design or technical advancement of tall buildings. The book provides an overview of the winning, finalist and nominee projects (and careers of the Lifetime Achievement winners). Winning and finalist projects are fully profiled with stunning images, as well as detailed drawings and plans, which accompany an in depth account of the buildings’ architectural design, structural design, and any innovations in fields such as program or sustainability. The book also features the official current list of the ’100 Tallest Buildings in the World’ as the CTBUH is the internationally recognized official arbiter of tall building height. Highlighting the best tall building construction from 2010, Best Tall Buildings seeks to represent those projects with the most innovative design and those which strive to advance the profile of the tall building as an integrated sustainable element in cities across the world. This is fascinating and inspiring reading for all those interested in the planning, design and construction of tall buildings. October 2010: 254 x 203: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-59404-2: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594042

2nd Edition

Creating the Productive Workplace Edited by Derek Clements-Croome

2005: 234 x 156: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-70104-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70105-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08777-0

Edited by Christopher Grech and David Walters

2007: 276 x 219: 184pp Hb: 978-0-415-38590-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38591-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08595-0

CTBUH International Award Winning Projects

The Modern Airport Terminal Brian Edwards

A new edition of a classic title, featuring updated and additional material to reflect today’s competitive work environments, contributed by a team of international experts. Essential for anyone involved in the design, management and use of work places, this is a critical multidisciplinary review of the factors affecting productivity, as well a practical solutions manual for common problems and issues. Selected Contents: Part 1: Creativity, Environment and People Part 2: The Economic Case for Productivity Part 3: The Nature of Productivity Part 4: Concentration and Thinking Part 5: Case Studies Part 6: The Future

This book will be a source of inspiration and guiding principles for those who design, commission or manage airport buildings.

2006: 234 x 156: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-35137-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35138-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-69688-0

2005: 276 x 219: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-24812-9: £79.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415351386

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415248129

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

Forthcoming in 2011

Theatre Buildings

Sustainability and the Design of Transport Interchanges

A Design Guide

Brian Edwards The interchange is a new form of transport building which integrates into a single whole various modes of public transport, putting the passenger first (rather than the infrastructure). This book presents design principles for transport interchanges and offers analysis of best practice in the UK and abroad. The author demonstrates how this complex new building type integrates with the city, on the one hand, and with different types of transport on the other. In this integration design in both plan and section are important, as is urban and landscape design. The idea of ‘interchange’ is increasingly relevant as town planners, engineers and architects address the question of sustainable development with its emphasis on energy efficiency, social cohesion, access for the elderly, and urban regeneration. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Concepts, Ideas and Evolution 1. Mobility and the Interchange 2. How the Interchange Evolved Part 2: Design Strategies 3. Strategies for Urban Design 4. Detailed Design Approaches Part 3: Examples from Recent Practice 5. Bus Interchanges 6. Train Interchanges 7. Ferry Interchanges 8. Airport Interchanges Part 4: Conclusions 9. Future Issues Bibliography January 2011: 276 x 219: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-46449-9: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83965-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415464499

Sports Facilities and Technologies Peter Culley and John Pascoe Developers, designers and operators are increasingly needing to create versatile sport and leisure amenities that are of lasting value to local and wider communities. Placing facilities design and operation at the heart of sports development, this book adopts a holistic approach, integrating experience in the field with collective knowledge across many different uses and technologies. Extensive use of case studies from around the world makes this book a definitive reference for practitioners and students in sports and leisure, building design and facilities management. Selected Contents: Part 1: Sports and Facilities 1. Sports Halls 2. Squash Courts 3. Gymnasiums 4. Dance Studios 5. Swimming Pools 6. Ice Rinks 7. Integrated Sports Facilities 8. Sports-led Urban Regeneration 9. Stadiums 10. Indoor Facilities for Outdoor Sports Part 2: Facilities Development 11. Building Regulations 12. Health and Safety 13. Feasibility, Site Selection and Investigation 14. Masterplanning, Transportation and Infrastructure 15. Building Form, Structure and Facades 16. Indoor Sports Surfaces 17. Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning 18. Electrical Installation 19. Facilities Management 20. Continuous Improvement Part 3: Technologies 21. Materials 22. Acoustics 23. Lighting 24. Communications 25. Security and Access Control 26. Stairways, Elevators and Ramps 27. Controls and Automation 28. Sustainability 29. Refurbishment 30. Recycling 2009: 276 x 219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-45868-9: £50.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87602-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458689

Association of British Theatre Technicians Edited by Judith Strong The Association of British Theatre Technicians produced its first guide to the design and planning of theatres in 1972. Revised in 1986, it became the standard reference work for anyone involved in building, refurbishing, or creating a performance space. Theatre Buildings – A Design Guide is its successor. Written and illustrated by a highly experienced team of international theatre designers and practitioners, it retains the practical approach of the original while extending the scope to take account of the development of new technologies, new forms of presentation, changing expectations, and the economic and social pressures which require every part of the theatre to be as productive as possible. The book takes the reader through the whole process of planning and designing a theatre. It looks in detail at each area of the building: front of house, auditorium, backstage, and administrative offices. It gives specific guidance on sightlines, acoustics, stage engineering, lighting, sound and video, auditorium and stage formats. Aspects such as catering, conference and education use are also covered. The information is supplemented by twenty-eight case studies, selected to provide examples which range in size, style and format and to cover new buildings, renovations, conversions, temporary and found space. The studies include Den Norsk, Oslo; The Guthrie Theatre, Minneapolis; The Liceu, Barcelona; Les Bouffes du Nord, Paris; The RSC’s Courtyard Theatre in Stratford on Avon; and the MTC Theatre in Melbourne. All have plans and sections drawn to 1:500 scale. The book contains around 100 high quality full colour images as well as over sixty specially drawn charts and diagrams explaining formats, relationships and technical details. Selected Contents: 1. Preliminary Planning 2. Broad Principles 3. Front of House 4. Auditorium Design 5. The Stage and Stage Machinery 6. Lighting, Sound and Video 7. Back Stage Provision 8. Additional Spaces 9. Restoration, Conversion and Improvement of Existing Buildings June 2010: 276 x 219: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-54894-6: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548946

Dictionary of Ecodesign An Illustrated Reference Ken Yeang and Lillian Woo The first guide to the terminology of sustainable design. Written by an internationally renowned expert in the field, this illustrated dictionary provides over 1500 definitions and explanations of ecodesign terms. Providing a unique resource for the practitioner and student, this book leaves the reader free to ’dip’ in and out of the book allowing for ’bite-sized’ learning at their own convenience. It is an essential reference for all architects, engineers, planners and environmentalists involved in designing and planning projects and schemes in the built environment. March 2010: 246 x 189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-45899-3: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86440-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458993

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Development and Design of Heritage Sensitive Sites Strategies for Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas Kenneth Williamson

The first book to provide readers with the skills to assess development potential from a holistic standpoint. Until now, architectural books on conservation matters have focused on preservation at a strategic level and restoration at a technical level. This book offers the architect, developer or planner the rules and tools needed to gauge development prospects in an objective and comprehensive manner. Written by an experienced expert in the field it provides the reader with: • the latest legislation relating to heritage in the UK • insight into local planning authorities and government advisory boards • basic strategies for approaching developments • an understanding of the options available for developing a heritage site • illustrative case studies to highlight strategy successes. This book is a one-stop-shop for any professional or student working in, or learning about, development in heritage environments. Selected Contents: Part 1: Controlling Principles 1. Planning Hierarchy 2. Listed Buildings 3. Conservation Areas 4. Other Relevant Designations 5. Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas under the Planning Process 6. Listed Building Issues 7. Conservation Area Issues 8. Benefits of Development Part 2: Assessment 9. Historical Background 10. Identification of Heritage Assets 11. Special Interest of a Listed Building 12. Setting of a Listed Building 13. Character and Appearance of a Conservation Area 14. Impact of Development on Heritage Assets 15. Environmental Impact Assessment 16. Benefits of Development Part 3: Case for Consent 17. Heritage Statement 18. Cases for Consent 18. Design Part 4: Case Studies Caltongate, Edinburgh. Notre Dame Campus, Bearsden nr Glasgow. House of Fraser, Glasgow June 2010: 246 x 174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-48643-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48644-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486446

4th Edition

Cladding of Buildings Alan J. Brookes and Maarten Meijs Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Precast Concrete Cladding 2. Terracotta and Brick Slips 3. Glass-Reinforced Polyester 4. Glass-Fibre-Reinforced Cement 5. Formed Metal Including Profiled Metal 6. Sheet Metal, Composite Metal Panels and Rain Screens 7. Curtain Walling: Glazing Systems 8. Timber Cladding 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-38386-8: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-38387-5: £42.00 eBook: 978-0-203-09978-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415383875

49


p ro f essio nal architecture

50

2nd Edition

New

New

Refurbishment and Upgrading of Buildings

Sustainable Buildings in Practice

New Directions in Sustainable Design

David Highfield and Christopher Gorse

What the Users Think

George Baird

Edited by Adrian Parr and Michael Zaretsky, both at University of Cincinnati, USA

A detailed guide to the technical aspects of refurbishing and upgrading buildings, this book provides solutions to a range of problems, challenges and issues and is essential reading for all students studying building refurbishment at all levels. Includes: • existing floor and wall strengthening

• facade retention • introduction of new floors • timber decay problems • fire-resistance • prevention of moisture and damp • upgrading thermal and acoustic performance. This new edition has been fully updated to include new technological information, and covers new areas such as stonework restoration and repair, upgrading of c1960 framed buildings, refurbishment logistics and case-studies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Why Refurbishment? 2. Upgrading the Fire-Resistance of Existing Elements 3. Upgrading Internal Surfaces 4. Upgrading the Thermal Performance of Existing Elements 5. Upgrading the Acoustic Performance of Existing Elements 6. Preventing Moisture and Dampness Within Buildings 7. Introduction of New Floors and Access Between Levels 8. Timber Decay and Remedial Treatments 9. Strengthening of Existing Timber Floors 10. Heavy-Lifting Systems 11. Underpinning Systems 12. Strengthening Existing Walls 13. Façade Retention. Index of Products and Systems 2009: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44123-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44124-7: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441247

Bestseller

The ZEDbook Solutions for a Shrinking World Bill Dunster, Craig Simmons and Bobby Gilbert Explains the principles behind Zero (fossil) Energy Development, and includes methods and case studies to illustrate the application of ZED standards in construction. 2007: 276 x 219: 276pp Pb: 978-0-415-39199-3: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415391993

3rd Edition

Project Management Demystified Geoff Reiss ’If you are new or relatively new to project management and you plan to have one book ... this is the one you should have.’ – Martin Barnes, President of the Association of Project Management 2007: 234 x 156: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-42163-8: £22.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94572-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421638

Complimentary Exam Copy

Current assessment methods of sustainable buildings do not adequately account for the users’ needs. Given that over the life of a building, total salary costs far outweigh both operating costs and combined capital and rental costs, the occupants’ needs are not something which should be sensibly ignored. This book presents an unbiased evaluation of thirty of the most cutting-edge, sustainable buildings in the world, in terms of the users’ perceived comfort, health and productivity. The author has visited the buildings, interviewed the design teams and examined the findings of a sixty-question standardised user questionnaire. The book provides: • thirty case studies covering mixed-mode, passive and environmentally sustainable commercial and institutional buildings • detailed insights into the principles underlying the design of sustainable buildings worldwide, over several climatic zones and 11 countries, together with clear explanations and illustrations of innovative design practice • a discussion of common issues and the lessons that may be learnt from a study of the performance of sustainable buildings in practice, from the point of view of the people who use them. This important book will be of great benefit to architects and engineers, facility managers of commercial and institutional buildings, as well as developers and researchers, academics and students in these fields. January 2010: 276 x 219: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-39932-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86545-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415399326

This book brings together new and emerging perspectives on sustainability. Combining a series of well know authors in contemporary philosophy with established practitioners of sustainable design, it develops a coherent theoretical framework for how a philosophy of sustainability might engage with the growing practice of sustainable design.

Selected Contents: Foreword Part 1: Principles 1. Letter to the Profession of Architecture 2. Art, Politics, and Climate Change 3. Interview with Janet Laurence on Public Art and Ecology 4. The Brunel Lecture Part 2: Ecologies 5. Ecological Modernism and the Making of a New Working Class: Living in a ’Cradle-to-Cradle’ Master Plan 6. Back to the Garden: An ecological history of the Atlantic Yards 7. Building Recombinant Ecologies: Triangulating policy, models, and design 8. Ecologies, Assemblages, and the Patchwork City Part 3: Resiliences 9. Design from the Ground Up 10. Constructive Dialogue: Community building as a tool of social change 11. Interview with Durganand Balsavar of Artes-Human Development Center 12. The Politics Of The Southeast Asian Smog Crises: A classic case of Rentier capitalism at work? 13. Designing Resilience: Sustainable design from a complex systems approach Part 4: Techniques 14. Technique is the Architecture of Sustainability 15. How is LEED Faring After Five Years in Use? 16. LEED After Ten Years 17. Interview with Christof Jantzen of Behnisch Architects 18. Reinventing the Wheels Part 5: Concepts 19. The Sustainability of Concepts: Knowledge and human interests 20. Undoing the Subject: The makings of a sustainable life 21. Cultural Symbolizations of a Sustainable Future August 2010: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-78036-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78037-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84303-1

Bestseller

Strategies for Sustainable Architecture

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780377

Paola Sassi

Climate and Architecture

Provides the reader with a deeper understanding of the design issues involved in delivering sustainable buildings and describes in detail the process of integrating principles into practice. Featuring over 400 illustrations, this highly visual guide will be an invaluable reference. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Site and Ecology 2.1 Compact Cities 2.2 Reducing Transport Impacts 2.3 In Harmony with Nature 2.4 Local Food Production 3. Community and Culture 3.1 Community Participation 3.2 Housing for All 3.3 Training and Employment 3.4 Spaces for the Community 3.5 Promoting Sustainability 4. Health and Well-Being 4.1 Comfort 4.2 Insensible Agents of Disease 4.3 Independence and Identity 4.4 Restorative Environments 5. Materials 5.1 Design for Longevity 5.2 Waste as a Resource 5.3 Avoiding Resources Depletion 5.4 Minimising Manufacturing Impacts 5.5 Materials and Energy 5.6 Waste Minimisation 6. Energy 6.1 Minimising Energy Needs 6.2 Maximising Efficiently 6.3 ’Green’ Energy Sources 7. Water 7.1 Minimising Need and Maximising Efficiency 7.3 Alternative Water Sources 7.3 Reducing the Use of Mains Drains 8. Postscript Appendix 1: Projects Overview Appendix 2: Location Maps Appendix 3: Climate

Edited by Torben Dahl

Drawing on contemporary and historic examples from around the world, this book explores the ways in which climate shapes architecture. Beautifully illustrated and deeply insightful, this critical overview presents new perspectives on the power of climate to shape human habitation.

2009: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-56308-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56309-3: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563093

2006: 276 x 219: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-34142-4: £49.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48010-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415341424

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

The Environments of Architecture

The Environmental Brief

New

Pathways for Green Design

Environmental Design in Context

The Architect’s Portfolio

Richard Hyde, Steve Watson, Wendy Cheshire and Mark Thomson

Planning, Design, Production

’This thoughtful investigation into how to achieve integrated design has a good balance of strategic how-to guidance and detailed information.’ – Technical & Practice

Randall Thomas and Trevor Garnham This well-illustrated ’think piece’ provides a much needed and topical philosophical introduction to the place of environmental design in architecture. Written by highly respected authors, this is an excellent guide for practitioners, students and academics. 2007: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36088-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36089-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79940-6

This book argues that driving building design from an environmental brief gives effective, high-quality results. The authors look at the theoretical issues of environmental briefing, the briefing process, and a series of international case studies.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415360890

2007: 276 x 219: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-29044-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-29045-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96681-5

3rd Edition

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415290456

Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment Edited by Peter Morris and Riki Therivel Series: Natural and Built Environment Series Environmental impact assessment (EIA) is now firmly established as an important and often obligatory part of proposing or launching any development project. Delivering a successful EIA needs not only an understanding of the theory but also a detailed knowledge of the methods for carrying out the processes required. Peter Morris and Riki Therivel bring together the latest advice on best practice from experienced practitioners to ensure an EIA is carried out correctly. This new edition: • explains how an EIA works and how it should be carried out • demonstrates the relationship of the EIA to socio-economic, environmental and ecological systems • includes completely updated legislative and policy contexts • has added explanations of shared and integrative methods including a new chapter on EIA and sustainability. Invaluable to undergraduate and MSc students of EIA in planning, ecology, geography and environment courses, this third edition of Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment is also of great use to planners, EIA practitioners and professionals seeking to update their skills. Selected Contents: Part 1: Methods for Environmental Components 1. Introduction Riki Therivel and Peter Morris 2. Socio-Economic Impacts 1: Overview and Economic Impacts John Glasson 3. Socio-Economic Impacts 2: Social Impacts Andrew Chadwick 4. Noise Riki Therivel 5. Transport Chris Fry and Riki Therivel 6. Landscape and Visual Rebecca Knight 7. Archaeological and Other Material and Cultural Assets Riki Therivel 8. Air Quality and Climate David Walker and Hannah Dalton 9. Soils, Geology and Geomorphology Chris Stapleton, Kevin Hawkins and Martin Hodson 10. Water Sally-Beth Kelday, Andrew Brookes and Peter Morris 11. Ecology Peter Morris and Roy Emberton 12. Coastal Ecology and Geomorphology Ricard Cottle and Sian John Part 2: Shared and Integrative Methods 13. Environmental Risk Assessment and Risk Management Andrew Brookes 14. Geographical Information Systems and EIA Agustin Rodriguez-Bachiller and Graham Wood 15. Quality of Life Capital Riki Therivel 16. Sustainable Development and Sustainability Appraisal Roy Emberton and Riki Therivel. Appendices 2009: 234 x 156: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-44174-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44175-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89290-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441759

Andreas Luescher, Bowling Green State University, USA

3rd Edition

Introduction To Environmental Impact Assessment John Glasson, Riki Therivel and Andrew Chadwick Series: Natural and Built Environment Series An introduction to environmental impact assessment, this text is designed to be used by students of planning, environmental studies and geography. 2005: 234 x 156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-33836-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33837-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02306-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415338370

Procuring Innovative Architecture

The creation of a successful portfolio is a vital skill needed by architectural students and professionals alike. In a highly competitive global market the accomplished representation of the architect’s work must be able to turn opportunities into triumphs.

This book offers a fresh step-by-step approach to achieving a reflective, attractive and successful representation of one’s work. Structured in four stages it takes the reader through each step needed in the creation of a successful portfolio, from understanding yourself and your market, to planning, designing and producing it. Illustrated throughout in full colour, the book includes case study portfolios from the US, UK, Europe and Asia which demonstrate the steps in the process for both practitioners and students, from sketch trials to full-colour stage lay-outs. These contributions come from architects all over the world, providing terrific insight into current practices and inspiration and ideas. This is simply essential reading for anyone putting together an architectural portfolio. Selected Contents: Part 1: Contextualize It 1.1. Portfolio as Autobiography 1.2. Portfolio as Portable Museum 1.3. Case Studies Part 2: Plan It, Select It 2.1. Understanding Yourself 2.2. Identifying your Audience 2.3. Conserving Work 2.4. Selecting Work: Building the Theme for the Portfolio 2.5. Case Studies Part 3: Design It, Produce It 3.1. Mock-ups and Dummies 3.2. From General to Specific 3.3. Full-Scale Design 3.4. Designing for Reception 3.5. Learning from Others 3.6. Techniques and Stylistic Effects 3.7. Copy/Text 3.8. Typography 3.9. The Cover: Interesting Entrance 3.10. Paper 3.11. Binding 3.12. The Squint Test 3.13. Case Studies Part 4: Send It, Present It, Market It 4.1. Networking 4.2. Informational Interviewing 4.3. Gauging Success of a Portfolio 4.4. Case Studies. Postscript. Types of portfolio

Leon van Schaik and Geoffrey London

July 2010: 246 x 189: 200pp Pb: 978-0-415-77901-2: £24.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779012

The case studies in this book describe how clients’ promotion of innovative communities of practice has led to important collections of architectural works. The book provides an assessment of the effectiveness of their approaches. Architects and clients will understand what to look for as they construct their careers and their portfolios with innovation as a goal.

It is taken for granted nowadays that supporting innovative architecture benefits society. In countries as diverse as Austria, Australia, Belgium, England, Japan, South East Asia, Slovenia, Spain, Switzerland and the USA, retailers, institutions, local and regional government and transport authorities have established substantial bodies of work by new and emerging architects. This books looks at what their goals are and how they have achieved them. Is it possible to promote sustainable communities of innovative practice through such patronage? Can innovation be ‘kick-started’ by importing visionary works? May 2010: 246 x 189: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-42941-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42942-9: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429429

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

2nd Edition

Managing the Brief for Better Design Alastair Blyth and John Worthington Briefing is not just presenting a set of documents to the design team; it is a process of developing a deep understanding about client needs. This book provides both inspiration to clients and a framework for practitioners. The coverage extends beyond new build, covering briefing for services and fit-outs. Written by an experienced and well-known team of authors, this new edition clearly explains how important the briefing process is to both the construction industry, in delivering well-designed buildings, and to their clients in achieving them. The text is illustrated by excellent examples of effective practice, drawn from DEGW experience, as well as five model briefs and invaluable process charts. June 2010: 246 x 189: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-46030-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46031-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85737-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415460316

51


p ro f essio nal architecture

52

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Forthcoming in 2011

Practice

Colour for Architecture Today

8th Edition

Architecture, Technique and Representation Stan Allen

Edited by Tom Porter and Byron Mikellides

Conversant in contemporary theory and architectural history, Stan Allen argues that concepts in architecture are not imported from other disciplines, but emerge through the materials and procedures of architectural practice itself. Drawing on his own experience as a working architect, he examines the ways in which the tools available to the architect affect the design and production of buildings. This second edition includes revised essays together with previously unpublished work. Allen’s seminal piece on Field Conditions is included in this reworked, revised and redesigned volume. A compelling read for student and practitioner alike.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Practice vs. Project Part 1: Drawings 1. Constructing with Lines: On Projection 2. Notations and Diagrams: Mapping the Intangible 3. Terminal Velocities: The Computer in the Design Studio Part 2: Buildings 4. Mies’ Theater of Effects 5. The Guggenheim Refigured 6. Le Corbusier and Modernist Movement Part 3: Cities and Landscapes 7. Urbanisms in the Plural 8. The Thick 2-D: Mat-Building in the Contemporary City 9. From Object to Field: Field Conditions in Architecture and Urbanism 2008: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77624-0: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-77625-7: £27.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776257

Engineers A History of Engineering and Structural Design Matthew Wells This innovative new book presents the vast historical sweep of engineering innovation and technological change to describe and illustrate engineering design and what conditions, events, cultural climates and personalities have brought it to its present state. Matthew Wells covers topics based on an examination of paradigm shifts, the contribution of individuals, important structures and influential disasters to show approaches to the modern concept of structure. By demonstrating the historical context of engineering, Wells has created a guide to design like no other, inspirational for both students and practitioners working in the fields of architecture and engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Prehistory and Ancient Times 2. Rome and the East (220 BC–533 AD) 3. Byzantium and the European Dark Ages (476–1000) 4. Light (1000–1600) 5. Galileo Galilei (1564–1642) 6. Enlightenment (1580–1789) 7. Encyclopaedia (1750–1860) 8. The American Reconstruction (1860–1890) 9. Classical Analysis and Reinforced Concrete (1890–1920) 10. Flight and the World Wars (1900–1950) 11. Early Contemporaries (1945–1960) 12. The Continual Present (1950–2000) March 2010: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32525-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32526-4: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-35818-4

Colour for Architecture Today argues for a greater use of colour in our built environment on grounds of both aesthetic appeal and human need; colour plays a vital role in ensuring a widely experienced existence. The authorsí arguments for a wider use of colour are supported by invited contributions from leading architects and designers. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Why and How We See Colour 1. The Colour Currency of Nature 2. Seeing Colours 3. The Dynamics of Colour Part 2: Colour Mapping: Colour at the City Scale 4. Light, Locale and the Color of Cities 5. Italian City Colour Plans (1978–2007) 6. Unity in Diversity at Kirchsteigfeld, Potsdam 7. The Geography of Colour 8. Digital Colour Mapping Part 3: The NCS (Natural Color System) and Research Applications 9. NCS – the Natural Color System for the Denotation of Colour 10. Perceived and Inherent Colour: Comparing the Colour of External Façades with Colour Samples 11. Seven Kinds of Colour 12. Daylight Influence on Indoor Colour Design 13. The Longyearbyen Project: Approach and Method Part 4: Architects and Colour at the Building Scale 14. Color Structure: A Perceptual Techtonic 15. The Globalization of Colour 16. Evoking a Response 17. On Colour and Space 18. Iconic Engineering: Reflections on the Subject of Colour in Architecture, Ornament and City Planning 19. Code, Space and Light 20. The Illusive Façade 21. Colour 22. The Colour of Money (It Doesn’t Matter) Part 5: Colour Psychology and Colour Aesthetics 23. Colour Preference: The Longitudinal Perspective 24. Preferences for Colours on Buildings 25. Colour, Arousal, Hue-Heat and Time Estimation 26. Colour Synaesthesia: Seeing Sound and Hearing Colour 27. Light, Mood and Seasonal Disorders Part 6: Into the Light 28. Being in Colour 29. Architectural Light and Colour as a Source of Inspiration: An Approach to the Use of Colour 30. New 42nd Street, New York 31. The Fisherman of Light 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43814-8: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-43815-5: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438155

2nd Edition

Spon’s Practical Guide to Alterations & Extensions Andrew R. Williams This practical guide to altering or extending property discusses the procedures, the problems and pitfalls of extending or altering property and is invaluable to all those who are trying to ensure that the processes involved are carried out efficiently and cost-effectively. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Householder Developments Part 3: More on Building Control Part 4: Building Construction Part 5: Mainly for Consultants / Conclusion 2008: 234 x 156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-43426-3: £15.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93204-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434263

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415325264

Spon’s Building Regulations Explained London District Surveyors Association and John Stephenson This fully revised, essential reference takes into account all important aspects of building control including new legislation up to 2010, covering major revisions to Parts A, B, C, F, J, L1A, L1B, L2A, L2B and P and revisions to Part E. Each chapter explains in clear terms the appropriate regulation and any other relevant legislation, before explaining the approved document. Publication lists and relevant sources of information are also included, together with annexes devoted to legislation relevant to the construction industry, determinations made by the Secretary of State, and sample check lists. Highly illustrated and taking a practical approach to the subject, this book is ideal for the professional, with special appeal to architects, planners, surveyors, builders, designers, building control professionals including new non-NHBC approved inspectors, and students. April 2011: 297 x 210: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-43067-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88898-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430678

New 2nd Edition

Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations Owen V. Griffiths and Alun V. Griffiths, both at Total CDM Solutions, UK Almost 3000 lives have been lost in the UK construction industry over the last twenty-five years, in addition to those seriously injured or made ill. The need to reduce this rate has required tight controls to be introduced throughout the planning and management of construction projects in the UK. The Construction (Design & Management) Regulations 2007 outline the responsibilities and liabilities for the various professionals and agents involved. Straightforward and practical, Understanding the CDM 2007 Regulations demonstrates the rationale behind the regs, covers the duties of the five core duty holders (client, CDM coordinator, designer, principal contractor and contractor), explains the importance of the hazard management process on every project and also sets out the consequences of failing to successfully plan, design and manage for safety. Any client, architect, engineer, CDM co-ordinator, project manager, construction professional, or student will find this a simple but thorough and dependable guide and should value the management toolkit and the numerous practical examples of best practice and guidance on how to use the Approved Code of Practice appropriately. This book shows how to unleash the potential of the regulations and add real value to the industry. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Overview of the CDM Regulations 2. The client & CDM 3. The Role of the CDM Co-ordinator 4. Designers & CDM 5. Principal Contractor 6. Contractors 7. Duties Relating to on Site Health & Safety 8. CDM Management Toolkit December 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-55653-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86930-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556538

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

4th Edition

4th Edition

New

Understanding the Building Regulations

Construction Contracts

2nd Edition

Law and Management

Construction Contracts

Praise for previous editions:

John Murdoch and Will Hughes

Questions and Answers

’Covers all the requirements of the Building Regulations as we know them today. It is clear and concise in its explanations ... A good book.’ – Clerk of Works Journal

The fourth edition of this unparalleled text has been thoroughly revised to provide the most up-to-date and comprehensive coverage of the legislation, administration and management of construction contracts.

David Chappell, David Chappell Consultancy Ltd, Wakefield, UK

’A clear and concise introduction to the Building Regulations and Approved Documents ... Up-to-date well presented and should benefit the student and any person wishing to find out about the Building Regulations and how to make an application to their Local Council.’ – ASI Journal Simon Polley boils down the regulations to their basic features, explaining the core principles behind them. Easy to read and light enough to carry around with you, this is the ideal introduction to a vital part of your remit as a building control officer, architect or surveyor. Updated with the 2008 changes to Parts L and F and revisions to Part B and illustrated with cartoons. 2008: 234 x 156: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-45272-4: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02326-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415452724

8th Edition

Understanding JCT Standard Building Contracts David Chappell

This eigth edition of David Chappell’s bestselling guide to the most popular form of construction contracts has been completely revised to take into account the new contracts which have been introduced since May 2005. These include: JCT Standard Building Contract (SBC), JCT Intermediate Building Contract (IC) and ‘with contractor’s design’ (ICD), JCT Minor Works Building Contract (MW) and ‘with contractor’s design’ (MWD), and JCT Design and Build Contract (DB) which have replaced the old JCT 98, IFC 98, MW 98, and WCD 98 contracts. Each contract has been restructured and all the clause numbers have changed together with some terminology. Virtually all the clauses have been reworded and updated in line with recent case law. David Chappell avoids legal jargon but writes with authority and precision. Architects, quantity surveyors, contractors and students of these professions will find this a straightforward and practical reference tool arranged by topic. 2007: 234 x 156: 160pp Pb: 978-0-415-41385-5: £20.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96435-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415413855

Introducing this topic at the core of construction law and management, this book provides students with a one-stop reference on construction contracts. Significant new material covers:

’A fascinating concept, full of knowledgeable gems put in the most frank of styles... A book to sample when the time is right and to come back to when another time is right, maybe again and again.’ – David A Simmonds, Building Engineer magazine

• procurement • tendering • developments in dispute settlement • commentary on all key legislation, case law and contract amendments up to July 2007. In line with new thinking in construction management research, this fourth edition of an authoritative guide is essential reading for every construction undergraduate and an extremely useful source of reference for practitioners. Selected Contents: 1. UK Construction Industry Context 2. Roles and Relationships 3. General Contracting 4. Design and Build 5. Management Contracting 6. Construction Management 7. Procurement Methods and Risk Allocation 8. Contract Choice 9. Tendering and Contract Formation 10. Liability in Contract and Tort 11. Contractor’s Obligations 12. Employer’s Obligations 13. Responsibility for Design 14. Time 15. Payment 16. Contractors’ Claims for Loss and Expense 17. Insurance and Bonds 18. Role of the Contract Administrator 19. Sub-Contracts 20. Employer-Selected Sub-Contractors 21. Financial Remedies for Breach of Contract 22. Defective Buildings and Subsequent Owners 23. Suspension and Termination of Contracts 24. Non-Adversarial Dispute Resolution 25. Adversarial Dispute Resolution 2007: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-39368-3: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-39369-0: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96574-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415393690

Elements of Parametric Design Robert Woodbury Driven by new computer and digital fabrication tools, the architectural designs that are being built are pushing boundaries of form, customization and construction. Pushed by practices wanting and needing to produce novelty, computer-aided design systems are increasingly parametric – that is, they represent designs that change with their input data. Such systems give more control and capability to designers, but require much more comprehensive understanding if they are to be used effectively. Mastering these ideas requires skill as designer, mathematician and computer scientist. This book teaches what new knowledge and skills designers need to master the parametric and how they can learn and use it. It demonstrates clearly how using patterns to think about and work with parametric modeling helps designers master the new complexity of the design systems. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is Parametric Modeling? 3. How Designers Work 4. Programming 5. The New Elephant House, Copenhagen 6. Geometry 7. Onur Gun 8. Patterns for Parametric Design 9. Hysterical Space June 2010: 246 x 189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-77986-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77987-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779876

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

What they said about the first edition:

• Is there a difference between inspecting and supervising? • What does ‘time-barred’ mean? • Is the contractor entitled to take possession of a section of the work even though it is the contractor’s fault that possession is not practicable? Construction law can be a minefield. Professionals need answers which are pithy and straightforward, as well as legally rigorous. The two hundred questions in the book are real questions, picked from the thousands of telephone enquiries David Chappell has received as a Specialist Adviser to the Royal Institute of British Architects. The material is considerably updated from the first edition – weeded, extended and almost doubled in coverage. The questions range in content from extensions of time, liquidated damages and loss and/or expense to issues of warranties, bonds, novation, practical completion, defects, valuation, certificates and payment, architects’ instructions, adjudication and fees. Brief footnotes and a table of cases are included for those who wish to investigate further. This will be an invaluable reference for architects, project managers, contractors, QSs, employers and others involved in construction. Selected Contents: 1. Tendering 2. Pre-contract Issues 3. Possession of the Site 4.General Contractual Matters 5. Warranties, Bonds and Novation 6. Contractor’s Programme 7. Contract Administration 8. Architects 9. Fees 10. Design 11. Architect’s Instructions 12. Inspection 13. Defects During Progress 14. Defects After Practical Completion 15. Valuation and Payment 16. Certificates 17. Sub-contracts 18. Extensions of Time 19. Liquidated Damages 20. Loss and/or Expense 21. Sectional Completion 22. Practical Completion and Partial Possession 23. Termination 24. Disputes July 2010: 216 x 138: 344pp Pb: 978-0-415-56650-6: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566506

Digitalia Architecture and the Digital, the Environmental and the Avant-Garde Susannah Hagan In this volume Susannah Hagan boldly discusses the fraught relationship between key dominating areas of architectural discourse – digital design, environmental design, and avant-garde design. 2007: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-39545-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39546-5: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415395465

53


54

p ro f essio nal architecture

New Generation Whole-Life Costing

Effective Press Relations for the Built Environment

Property and Construction Decision-Making Under Uncertainty

A Practical Guide

Dynamic Digital Representations in Architecture

Helen Elias

Visions in Motion

Ian Ellingham and William Fawcett

This practical guide explains to architects, engineers, designers and other consultants how to establish press plans for firms and for individual projects, and how to actively develop reputation by getting work published in the architectural, engineering and construction press.

New Generation Whole-Life Costing presents an innovative approach to decision-making and risk management for construction and real estate. It applies the options-based approach that has revolutionized the management of uncertainty in the business world. Based on government-sponsored research at Cambridge Architectural Research Ltd., the book introduces the idea of ’lifecycle options’. The desirability of whole-life costing is widely accepted, but take-up levels have been low. One problem is that traditional techniques fail to take account of future uncertainty. In contrast, the new options-based approach considers a diversity of possible futures, and favours flexible strategies that incorporate lifecycle options. This approach leads to more cost-effective and sustainable decisions, minimizing the risk of under- or over-investment. This book is structured around realistic case studies that demonstrate the prevalence of lifecycle options. These case studies are backed up by clear presentation of basic principles and mathematical techniques allowing the book to be read either as a stimulating introduction to new concepts, or as a guide to mathematical methods. Selected Contents: 1. The Rationale for Project Evaluation 2. Evaluating Long Term Projects 3. Evaluating Risk Projects 4. Data for Whole-Life Costing 5. Lifecycle Options 6. The Option to Develop 7. The Option to Expand 8. The Option to Switch Use 9. The Option to Reconfigure 10. The Option to Refurbish 11. Options on New Technology 12. Very Long Term Projects 13. Long-Term Budgeting under Uncertainty 14. Self-Assessment Matrix for Whole-Life Evaluation. Where to Find Out More 2006: 246 x 189: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-34657-3: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-34658-0: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-62442-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415346580

Programming.Architecture Paul Coates Programming.Architecture is a simple and concise introduction to the history of computing and computational design, explaining the basics of algorithmic thinking and the use of the computer as a tool for design and architecture. Paul Coates, a pioneer of CAAD, demonstrates algorithmic thinking through projects and student work collated through his years of teaching students of computing and design. The book takes a detailed and practical look at what the techniques and philosophy of coding entail, and gives the reader many ’glimpses under the hood’ in the form of code snippets and examples of algorithms. This is essential reading for student and professional architects and designers interested in how the development of computers has influenced the way we think about, and design for, the built environment. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Falling Between Two Stools 2. Rethinking Representation 3. In the Beginning was the Word 4. The Mystery of the Machine that Invents Itself 5. Evolving the Text – Being even Lazier 6. The Text of the Vernacular. Epilogue. Glossary January 2010: 246 x 189: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-45187-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45188-8: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451888

Complimentary Exam Copy

With quotes, advice and opinions from the industry’s key journalists – including expert image generation and selection advice from Gareth Gardner, photo-journalist and past editor of FX and Features editor of Building Design – Effective Press Relations for the Built Environment, offers practical guidance on topics such as: • how to approach planning a strategy for a project • how to write, seek approval, build a target press list and issue the information to magazines • how to speak to the press • how to manage a crisis and handle bad press. With its hands-on approach and comprehensive publications, architectural photographers and PR consultants listings, this book is an invaluable tool for new starters, or larger firms that want to take a more pro-active role in generating their own publicity, while also helping practices to get the most from their press relations consultant. Selected Contents: 1. The Organized Reputation 2. Target Audiences 3. Teamwork 4. Making Information into News 5. Writing a Press Release 6. Getting the News Out There 7. Image Conscious: Photographs, Drawings and Visualizations as a PR Tool Gareth Gardner 8. Press Response 9. Giving a Press Interview 10. Events for the Press 11. Crisis Management 12. Use a PR Firm or Do it Yourself? 13. Measuring Results 14. Case Studies. Appendix A: Key Construction Industry Press. Appendix B: Key Market Sector Press. Appendix C: Media Planning Guides. Appendix D: Newswire Organisations. Appendix E: Writing a Press Release, Style Tips. Appendix F: Photographers. Appendix G: Press Relations Training Organisations. Appendix H: Public Relations and Strategic Marketing Consultants. Appendix I: Press Cuttings Agencies

Imdat As and Daniel Schodek Graphic communication in architecture has made a dramatic shift from traditional drafting practices to dynamic and hyper-medial representations. This book provides a concise and practical introduction to new ways of architectural representation. It conveys principles and guidelines for producing in-depth dynamic representations for design projects and illustrates them with examples of studio work. Advanced digital media techniques and dynamic representations are introduced as primary emerging modes of architectural representation, with techniques such as 3D modelling, animations, montage, virtual and augmented realities and other digitally based techniques discussed. Selected Contents: Part 1 1. Architectural Representations 2. Vision and Motion 3. Motion Paths in Architecture Part 2 4. Basics of Digital Media 5. Motion-Graphics 6. Synthetic Media Environments Part 3 7. Computer Models in Practice and Education 8. Historical Inquiries 9. Design Inquiries 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-42652-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42653-4: £30.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426534

Architecture in the Digital Age Design and Manufacturing Edited by Branko Kolarevic ’This beautifully produced and illustrated book is an excellent reference book and a unique snapshot of the state of digital technologies in architecture today.’ – Carol Hermann, Nexus Network Journal vol 6 (Autumn 2004)

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415348676

’These mostly first-hand accounts by significant pioneers in the use of digital tools to make real architecture, many given in an easily digestible, almost conversational style, provide the core value of the book. The resulting mix is not a conference proceedings, nor a textbook, nor a manifesto, but a bit of all three.’ – Brian Johnson, International Journal of Architectural Computing

Manufacturing Material Effects

This major reference describes and analyses the recent developments in the architectural application of the latest digital design and fabrication technologies.

2006: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-34866-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34867-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64097-5

Rethinking Design and Making in Architecture Edited by Branko Kolarevic and Kevin Klinger Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Retooling Architecture 3. Ambient and Augmented Architectures: Parametric Pedagogies in the Electrified Studio 4. The Craft Of Digital Making 5. Architect / Robot / Fabricator/ Craft-worker 6. OMAterial 7. Different Differences 8. Opportunistic Architecture 9. Translucencies 10. The Possibility of (an) Architecture 11. Computation and Materiality 12. Integral Formation and Materialization: Computational Form and Material Gestalt 13. Towards a Digital Materiality 14. Material Practices 15. Associative Design in Fabrication 16. Custom CAD/CAM: Pushing the boundaries of CNC fabrication 17. Cut to Fit 18. Material Effects: A Fabricator’s Viewpoint 19. Interdisciplinary Relationships: Innovation Through Collaboration 20. Collaborations 21. Material Experiments in Design and Build Projects 22. Thinking Versus Making: Remediating Design Practice in the Age of Digital Representation 2008: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77574-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77575-5: £35.00

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Digital Morphogenesis 3. Digital Production 4. Information Master Builders 5. Digital Master Builders? 6. Design Worlds and Fabrication Machines 7. Laws of Form 8. Evolution of the Digital Design Process 9. Real as Data 10. Towards a Fully Associative Architecture 11. Between Intuition and Process: Parametric Design and Rapid Prototyping 12. Scott Points: Exploring Principles of Digital Creativity 13. Making Ideas 14. Designing and Manufacturing Performative Architecture 15. Generative Convergences 16. Other Challenges 17. Extensible Computational Design Tools for Exploratory Architecture 18. Building Information Modelling: Current Challenges and Future Directions 19. Is there More to Come? 20. The Construction Industry in an Age of Anxiety 21. Performance-Based Design 22. Challenges Ahead 2005: 320pp Pb: 978-0-415-38141-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-63456-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415381413

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775755

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

Performative Architecture

Innovative Surface Structures

Catalytic Formations

Beyond Instrumentality Edited by Branko Kolarevic and Ali Malkawi

Technologies and Applications

Ali Rahim

Martin Bechthold

At the dawn of the twenty-first century, digital technologies have enabled new techniques for the development of architecture. In Catalytic Formations, Ali Rahim suggests that these digital design techniques have the potential to affect the wider cultural landscape in profound ways. Digital technologies allow architecture to engage in a feedback loop with its context – to absorb influences and produce concrete effects on its users. This book offers both a philosophy and specific techniques for how architects can catalyze cultural advancements. Also included are provocative examples from Rahim’s work at Contemporary Architecture Practice and projects by Zaha Hadid, Greg Lynn, FORM, and other cutting edge architects.

2004: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-70083-2: £37.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700832

Autogenic Structures Edited by Evan Douglis Autogenic Structures offers an alternative vision for the future of architecture, a timely and invaluable contribution to the debate concerning emergent surfaces and the next generation of building membranes in this era of extreme computational control. Areas covered include: • the future relationship between structure and ornament • the value of mass customization for the next generation of modular building components • the role of smart materials in creating a sustainable universe. Critical essays are combined with cutting-edge work to form an inspiring manual of varied digital and analog techniques. Highly illustrated with over 300 photographs, illustrations, and drawings, Autogenic Structures is for anyone curious to learn about a visionary approach to the development of architecture. Selected Contents: Selected Contents: Foreword Claude Parent, Introduction David Ruy, Essays Evan Douglis, Bradley Horn, Peter Zellner, Michael Bell, Chris Perry, Michael Silver, Ed Keller, David Benjamin, Student Projects 2008: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77689-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77690-5: £25.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776905

Abstract Space Beneath the Media Surface Therese Tierney This visually stunning, conceptually rich and imaginative book investigates the cultural connection between new media and architectural imaging. Through a range of material, from theoretical texts to experimental design projects, Tierney explores notions of what the architectural image means today. Within the book’s visually imaginative design framework, Abstract Space engages discourses from architecture, visual and cultural studies to computer science and communications technology to present an in-depth multi-media case study. Tracing a provisional history of the topic, the book also lends a provocative and multivalent understanding to the complex relations affecting the architectural image today. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Architecture and Abstraction: Topologies of New Media 2. Architectural Modes of Seeing: Visual Theory and Cognition 3. Formulating Abstraction: Conceptual Art and the Architectural Object 4. Mapping Absence: Architectural Contingencies 5. Generative Systems: Evolving Computational Strategies 6. Formal Matters: The Virtual as a Generative Concept 7. The Status of the Architectural Image 2007: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41510-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41509-5: £37.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96582-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415095

The book focuses on the recent innovations in computational techniques, material and digital fabrication technology that are revolutionizing the design, analysis and construction of surface structures. Powerful analysis tools now enable the accurate prediction of structural behaviour and manufacturing processes. Material innovations in the area of cementitious and other composites, glass, or smart materials, to just name a few, are challenging architects to find appropriate forms and applications. Digitally supported fabrication technology has taken a quantum leap since the time of the master shell builders forty years ago, unfolding new potential to realize complex structural shapes in new and innovative ways. These innovations are presented in the context of an in-depth introduction to the fundamentals of surface structures providing the necessary knowledge for the successful design of shells and tensile systems in a broad variety of materials. Many of the principles are demonstrated using new material of some of the masterpieces in surface architecture. Selected Contents: Part 1: Surface Architecture 1. Lightweight Design – New Directions 2. The Quest for Thinness Part 2: Membrane Structures 3. Types and Structural Behaviour 4. Form-Finding and Analysis 5. Materials and Fabrication Part 3: Rigid Surfaces 6. Form and Structure 7. From Concepts to Constructs 8. Material and Construction Approaches Part 4: Perspectives 9. Emerging Technologies and Systems 10. Towards a New Architecture of Structural Surfaces 2008: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-41966-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41967-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415419673

The Possibility of (an) Architecture Collected Essays by Mark Goulthorpe, dECOi Architects Mark Goulthorpe Articulating a radical agenda for the rethinking of the basic precepts of the construction industry in light of digital technologies, this book explores the profound shift that is underway in all aspects of architectural process. Essays and lectures from the last fifteen years discuss these changes in relation to dECOi Architects, created in 1991 as a forward-looking architectural practice. This excellent collection is relevant to architectural professionals, academics and students and also to practitioners in many related creative fields who are similarly engaged in trying to comprehend the significance of the import of digital media. Selected Contents: Foreword John McMorrough Introduction 1. Devotio Moderna 2. Hystera Protera 3. Le Bloc Fracture 4. The Inscrutable House 5. The Active Insert: Notes on Technic Praxis 6. Cut Idea: William Forsythe and an Architecture of Disappearance 7. Post Card to Parent 8. Misericord to a Grotesque Reification 9. Technological Latency 10. Gaudi’s Hanging Presence 11. From Autoplastic to Alloplastic Tendency 12. Notes on Digital Nesting 13. The Digital Surrational 14. Praxis Interview: Precise Indeterminancy 15. Rabbit K(not) Borroro 16. Sinthome: Plastik Conditional 17. Epilogue 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77494-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77495-6: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86599-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774956

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Architecture and Digital Design

2005: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-39087-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39089-7: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08638-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415390897

Softspace From a Representation of Form to a Simulation of Space Edited by Sean Lally and Jessica Young This well-illustrated book unites essayists and emerging architectural practices to examine how digital tools are increasingly being used in architectural design, not only to show form, structure and geometries but also to visualize and simulate energies and material qualities such as air, gas, sound, scent and electricity. Softspace takes stock of current advancements in design and research, while drawing on historical and ideological trajectories rooted in the past fifty years. The varied contributors examine the capabilities of such ’energy matters’ to act as catalysts for design innovation today. This well-presented and impressively authored title will provoke architects of all levels to consider the potential for creative and innovative design through the use of digital design tools. Selected Contents: Featuring: Gnu Form. Helene Furjan. The Weather Group. Tornado -NCSA. Ocean North Open Source Architects. Marceyln Gow. MAO Works. Chris Hight. dECOi. Biot(h)ing 2006: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40201-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40202-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96713-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415402026

Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development Adrian Pitts and Hanwen Liao This book explains how modern Olympic games can successfully develop a more sustainable design approach by learning from the lessons of the past and by taking account of the latest developments. 2009: 246 x 189: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-46761-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46762-9: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467629

55


56

p ro f essio nal architecture

Interpretation in Architecture

Forthcoming in 2011

NEW

Design as Way of Thinking

City Design

2nd Edition

Adrian Snodgrass and Richard Coyne

Modernist, Traditional, Green and Systems Perspectives

Shaping Neighbourhoods For Local Health and Global Sustainability

Jonathan Barnett, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Hugh Barton, Marcus Grant and Richard Guise

The world is urbanizing faster than current city design practices can sustain, climate change has introduced a new dynamism into what once appeared to be a stable environment, and – with effective city design more important than ever - there are controversies and uncertainties about the best way to manage unprecedented urban growth and change.

Drawing on cultural theory, phenomenology and concepts from Asian art and philosophy, this book reflects on the role of interpretation in the act of architectural creation, bringing an intellectual and scholarly dimension to real-world architectural design practice. For practising architects as well as academic researchers, these essays consider interpretation from three theoretical standpoints or themes: play, edification and otherness. Focusing on these, the book draws together strands of thought informed by the diverse reflections of hermeneutical scholarship, the uses of digital media and studio teaching and practice. Selected Contents: Introduction: Architecture and Coherence Section 1: Play Architectural Hermeneutics. Playing by the Rules. Creativity as Commonplace Section 2: Edification The Disintegrated Curriculum. Ethics and Practice. Design Assessment. Design Amnesia Section 3: Otherness The Fusion of Horizons. A World of Difference. Myth, Mandala and Metaphor. Translating Tradition. Thinking Through the Gap. Random Thoughts on the Way 2005: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-38448-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38449-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87336-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384490

Architectural Principles in the Age of Cybernetics Christopher Hight A theoretical history of anthropomorphism and proportion in modern architecture, this volume brings into focus the discourse around proportion with current problems of post-humanism in architecture alongside the new possibilities made available through digital technologies. The book examines how the body and its ordering has served as a central site of architectural discourse in recent decades, especially in attempts to reformulate architecture’s relationship to humanism, modernism and technology. Challenging some concepts and categories of architectural history and situates current debates within a broader cultural and technological context, Hight makes complex ideas easily accessible. Extensively illustrated and written without academic jargon for an informed but non-specialized architectural audience, this book elucidates the often obscure debates of avant-garde architectural discourse and design, while demonstrating how these debates have affected everyday places and concepts of architecture. As a result, it will appeal to professional architects, academics and students, combining as it does an insightful introduction to the fundamental issues of architectural history and theory over the past fifty years with entirely new formulations of what that history is and means. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Phenomenal Origin of Architecture 3. The Structural Continuities of Classicism 4. Modulor Residues of History 5. A Mid-Century Renaissance 6. The Schema and the Diagram 7. The Symbolic Strikes Back 8. Measured Response 9. Reflections of the Modulor 10. Measuring Vortices. Appendix 1: Notes on Terminology. Appendix 2: Program of the ’Primo Convegno Internazionale Sulle Proporzioni nelle Arti’ 2007: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-38481-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38482-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08656-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384827

Complimentary Exam Copy

City Design describes the history and current practice of the four most widely accepted approaches to city design: the Modernist city of towers and highways that, beginning in the 1920s, has come to dominate urban development worldwide but is criticized as mechanical and soul-less; the Traditional organization of cities as streets and public places, scorned by the modernists, but being revived today for its human scale; Green city design, whose history can be traced back thousands of years in Asia, but is becoming increasingly important everywhere as sustainability and the preservation of the planet are recognized as basic issues, and finally Systems city design, which includes infrastructure and development regulation but also includes computer aided techniques which give designers new tools for managing the complexity of cities. Jonathan Barnett is a well-known, widely-experienced city design practitioner who also teaches and writes about city design. He writes authoritatively but accessibly about complicated issues of theory and practice, and his approach is objective and inclusive. This is a comprehensive text on city design ideal for planners, landscape architects, urban designers and those who want to understand how to improve cities. Selected Contents: Introduction: Three City Design Challenges 1. Modernist City Design 2. Traditional City Design and the Modern City 3. Green City Design and Climate Change 4. Systems City Design Conclusion: The Fifth Way

With many new case studies and a wealth of new research, this new edition outlines the principles for planning healthy and sustainable neighbourhoods and towns, putting the topical issues of climate change and obesity at the centre of its concern.

This substantially revised and important second edition responds to a changing agenda in government policy and planning practice, putting issues of climate change and obesity at the centre of its concern. This guide ensures you: • understand the underlying principles for planning healthy and sustainable neighbourhoods and towns • plan the collaborative and inclusive processes needed for multi-sectoral cooperation • develop know-how and skills in matching local need with urban form • discover new ways to integrate development with natural systems • design places with character and recognise good urban form • guide communities, and advise developers, in the creation of successful and sustainable places for living. Containing many new case studies and a wealth of new research, this indispensable guide bridges the gulf between theory and practice, between planning authorities, investors and communities, and between different professional perspectives. Whether you are a student faced with a local planning project; a planner, urban designer or developer involved in new development; a health authority concerned with promoting physical activity; or a community group wanting to improve your neighbourhood; this book is for you.

January 2011: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77540-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77541-0: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775410

2nd Edition

Design for Outdoor Recreation Simon Bell Design for Outdoor Recreation takes a detailed look at all aspects of design of facilities needed by visitors to outdoor recreation destinations. The book is a comprehensive manual for planners, designers and managers of recreation taking them through the processes of design and enabling them to find the most appropriate balance between visitor needs and the capacity of the landscape. A range of different aspects are covered including car parking, information signing, hiking, waterside activities, wildlife watching and camping. This second edition incorporates new examples from overseas, including Australia, New Zealand, Japan and Eastern Europe as well as focusing on more current issues such as accessibility and the changing demands for recreational use.

Selected Contents: 1. Orientation and Principles 2. A Neighbourhood Planning Process 3. Providing for Local Need 4. Working with Natural Systems 5. Urban Design Synthesis 6. Neighbourhood Checklists January 2010: 276 x 219: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-49548-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49549-3: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495493

Selected Contents: 1. Recreation planning 2. Design Concepts for Outdoor Recreation 3. The Journey to the Destination 4. Providing Visitor Information 5. Parking the Car 6. Toilet Facilities 7. Picnicking 8. Children’s Play 9. Trails 10. Water-based Recreation 11. Wildlife viewing 12. Design for overnight visitors 13. Interpretation 14. Comprehensive Site Design 2008: 276 x 219: 240pp Pb: 978-0-415-44172-8: £48.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441728

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

Britain’s New Towns

Urban Design Management

Garden Cities to Sustainable Communities

A Guide to Good Practice

Sustainable Urban Design

Anthony Alexander

Edited by Antti Ahlava and Harry Edelman

An Environmental Approach

The New Towns Programme of 1946 to 1970 was one of the most substantial periods of urban development in Britain. The New Towns have often been described as a social experiment; so what has this experiment proved?

This is an introduction to the secrets of Urban Design Management (UDM). The book examines the roles of the players involved in land-use projects and describes good collaborative methods of practice in project-based urban design and planning, putting emphasis on the creative co-operative skills and the wide knowledge of the participants in a working group. The role of the architect is examined in relation to design, planning and project management with particular emphasis on collaboration and negotiation skills. Specific issues considered include:

Edited by Adam Ritchie and Randall Thomas

This book covers the story of how these towns came to be built, how they aged, and the challenges and opportunities they now face as they begin phases of renewal. The new approaches in design throughout their past development reflect changes in society throughout the latter half of the twentieth century. These changes are now at the heart of the challenge of sustainable development. The New Towns provide lessons for social, economic and environmental sustainability. These lessons are of great relevance for the regeneration of twentieth century urbanism and the creation of new urban developments today. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The New Towns in a New Light Part 1: Planning the New Towns 2. A Bit of a Bombshell 3. The Early New Towns 4. The Later New Towns 5. The Origin of the New Towns Concept Part 2: Building the New Towns 6. The Formulation of the New Towns Programme 7. Principles of New Town Design 8. A Leap into the Unknown Part 3: Living in the New Towns 9. Criticisms of the New Towns 10. How the New Towns Grew Old 11. New Towns in the Age of Sustainable Communities 2009: 276 x 219: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47512-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47513-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87565-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475136

Cities Design and Evolution Stephen Marshall Why does modern planning sometimes create urban environments that are less attractive and functional than the ‘organic urbanism’ of traditional cities? Cities Design and Evolution takes up the challenge of this question, investigating ‘how cities are put together’, both in the sense of how the parts are organized in relation to the whole, and how they are created or evolve over time. Cities Design and Evolution offers an engaging and original narrative that interprets planning philosophies from Modernism to New Urbanism, organic theories from Patrick Geddes to Le Corbusier, and evolutionary thinking from Charles Darwin to Richard Dawkins. The book develops a new evolutionary perspective that recognizes both the ‘designed’ and ‘organic’ nature of cities, and provides a rationale and impetus for fresh approaches to urban planning and design. In what is the first book to significantly apply modern evolutionary thinking to urbanism, Cities Design and Evolution promises to stimulate thought, debate and action concerning the nature of cities and future urban planning. The book should appeal to all who are interested in cities, in design and in evolution. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Cities, Planning and Modernism 3. Articulating Urban Order 4. The Social Logic of Urban Order 5. The Kind of Thing a City Is 6. Emergence and Evolution 7. Emergent Urban Order 8. Cities in Evolution 9. Planning, Design and Evolution 10. Conclusions 2008: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-42329-8: £48.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96191-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423298

• the make-up of a good project team • ways to make the project team function together • objectives and benefits of project-orientated planning • the need to take local characteristics into account in project-orientated planning • the preparation required for a co-operative planning process and how initial information can be collected and used • how to define project content, and outlining the project itself • partner-specific strategies. Urban Design Management contains international examples and many diagrams and photographs, making it a useful and accessible guide for all built environment professionals working in the public realm and those studying architecture, urban design and planning at a graduate level. Selected Contents: Foreword Preface Introduction Part 1: The Perfect Match Part 2: Togetherness Part 3: Creating Attractiveness Part 4: Setting Things in their Context Part 5: Starting Slow in order to Go Fast Part 6:Project Tools Part 7: Fitting in a Player’s Strategy Part 8: Urban Design Management 2008: 246 x 189: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-46921-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46922-7: £35.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469227

Experiential Landscape An Approach to People, Place and Space Kevin Thwaites and Ian M. Simkins Incorporating a review of key philosophical and theoretical themes, and offering a socially responsive design vocabulary, Kevin Thwaites and Ian M. Simkins provide the reader with a greater understanding of the human-environment relationship. Selected Contents: The Concept of Experiential Landscape: Revealing Hidden Dimensions of Experience Introduction Part 1: Human-Environment Relations Introduction 1. A Prevailing World View 2. An Alternative World View 3. Landscape as Place Part 2: The Concept of Experiential Landscape Introduction 4. Experiential and Spatial Dimensions 5. The Vocabulary of Experiential Landscape 6. Reading the Experiential Landscape 7. Reflections on Geometry Part 3: The Application of Experiential Landscape Introduction 8. Reading the Experiential Landscape in Residential Settings 9. In Search of the Identity of Kirby Hill 10. Experiential Landscape Analysis and Design in Schools 11. Experiential Landscape in the Calls and Riverside, Leeds 2006: 276 x 219: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-34000-7: £47.99 eBook: 978-0-203-46209-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415340007

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

2nd Edition

By the end of the 21st Century it is thought that three-quarters of the world’s population will be urban; our future is in cities. Making these cities healthy, vibrant and sustainable is an exceptional challenge which this book addresses. It sets out some of the basic principles of the design of our future cities and, through a series of carefully-selected case studies from leading designers’ experience, illustrates how these ideas can be put into practice. Building on the first edition’s original format of design guidance and case studies, this new edition updates the ideas and techniques resulting from further research and practice by the contributors. This book emphasises the enormous progress made towards exciting new designs that integrate good design with resource efficiency. Selected Contents: Introduction (Adam Ritchie & Randall Thomas) Part 1: The Toolkit 1. Urban Planning and design (Patrick Clarke) 2. Transportation (Robert Thorne, William Filmer-Sankey & Anthony Alexander) 3. Landscape and nature in the city (Chritina von Borcke) 4. Building design (Randall Thomas & Adam Ritchie) 5. Energy and information (Randall Thomas & Adam Ritchie) 6. Materials (Sarah Royse) 7. Water (Randall Thomas & Adam Ritchie) 8. Waste and resource (Adam Ritchie) Summary (Adam Ritchie) Part 2: Case Studies 11. Coopers Road Estate Regeneraiton, Southwark, London (David Turrent) 12. Parkmount: Streetscape and solar design (Richard Partington) 13. Coin Street Housing: the architecture of engagement (Graham Haworth) 14. Sustainable design in an urban context: 3 case studies (Alan Short) 15. BEDzed: Beddington zero-fossil energy development (Bill Dunster) 16. Bo01 and Flagghusen: Ecological city districts in Malmo, Sweden (Eva Dalman & Cecilia von Sceele) 17. Stonebridge: Negotiating between traditional and modernist models of city housing (Chris Watson) 18. ’Made in Stockwell’ and Deptford Wharves (Katie Tonkinson & Adam Ritchie) 19. Millennium Water: Vancouver’s Olympic Village, Canada (Rachel Moscovich) 2008: 276 x 219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44781-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44782-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447829

The Dynamic Landscape Design, Ecology and Management of Naturalistic Urban Planting Edited by Nigel Dunnett and James Hitchmough With contributions from people at the forefront of developments in this field, in both Europe and North America, The Dynamic Landscape provides a valuable synthesis of current thinking. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Historical Development of Naturalistic Planting 3. A Contemporary Overview of Naturalistic Planting 4. The Dynamic Nature of Plant Communities 5. A Naturalistic Design Process 6. Herbaceous Plantings 7. Exploring Woodland Design 8. Wetlands and Water Bodies 9. Communicating Naturalistic Plantings: Plans and Specifications 10. The Creative Management of Naturalistic Plantings 11. The Social and Cultural Context of Naturalistic Plantings 2008: 336pp Pb: 978-0-415-43810-0: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438100

57


58

p ro f essio nal architecture

To Scale

Urban Sound Environment

Visions of Sustainability

One Hundred Urban Plans

Jian Kang

Cities and Regions

Eric Jenkins

As the importance of soundscape, acoustic comfort and sound environment design have become widely recognized, Urban Sound Environments is a thoroughly useful book for students and practitioners in a wide range of fields, from urban planning and landscape through to architecture and acoustics.

How big is Moscow’s Red Square in comparison to Tiananmen Square? Why are there fewer public squares in Japan than in Italy? What lessons might be found in the plan of Savannah, Georgia’s historic district? To Scale is a collection of plans of urban spaces drawn at the same scale to help answer these questions by providing a single and accurate resource of urban plans for architects, urban designers, planners and teachers, and students. The book contains one hundred figure-ground plans from seventy-eight cities around the world, describing an identical area (half a kilometer square) for each urban space. Accompanying each plan are photographs, diagrams and text that illustrate essential aspects of the plan or urban space for the designer. This compilation is an excellent resource helping to visualize, compare and reconceptualize urban design for students wanting to understand the lessons of existing cities and the making of urban spaces. Selected Contents: Introduction. Amsterdam. Arras. Athens. Baltimore. Barcelona. Bath. Beijing. Bergen. Berlin. Bern. Bologna. Bordeaux. Boston. Brasília. Bruges. Buenos Aires. Cairo. Ceske Budejovice. Chandigar. Chicago. Cincinnati. Cleveland. Copenhagen. Cuzco. Denver. Detroit. Dresden. Dublin. Dubrovnik. Edinburgh. Florence. Genoa. Indianapolis. Isfahan. Istanbul. Jerusalem. Krakow. Lisbon. London. Los Angeles. Lucca. Madrid. Mexico City. Milan. Montreal. Moscow. Nancy. New Haven. New Orleans. New York. Oslo. Paris. Philadelphia. Portland. Prague. Rome. Saint Petersburg. Salamanca. Salzburg. San Francisco. Santiago. Savannah. Seattle. Seville. Siena. Stockholm. Tallinn. Telc. Tokyo. Tokyo. Torino. Trieste. Tunis. Vancouver. Venezia. Verona. Vienna. Vigevana. Washington 2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95400-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95401-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954013

Representing Landscape Architecture Edited by Marc Treib Written by a team of renowned practitioners and academics, this book offers a broad investigation of how the designed landscape is and has been represented: for design study, for criticism and even for its realization. 2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-70042-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70043-6: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41281-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700436

Urban Design Futures Edited by Malcolm Moor and Jon Rowland ’The urban design primer of the year ... This is a book covering the richness of the urban design debate with ideas ranging from the inspiring to the absolutely barmy – It is a vital introductory read for students of urban design and a valuable pot pourri of the current urban design debate.’ – Green Places 2006: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-31877-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31878-5: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-60172-3

Selected Contents: 1. Fundamentals 2. Urban Sound Evaluation 3. Urban Soundscape 4. Mirco-Scale Acoustic Modelling 5. Macro-Scale Acoustic Modelling 6. Urban Noise Mitigation 7. Sound Environment in Urban Streets and Squares 2006: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-35857-6: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-00478-4

Hildebrand Frey and Paul Yaneske This book examines the sustainability of cities and regions and concludes that currently sustainability is not achievable. By identifying how cities and regions in the past have maintained or lost sustainability and how cities and regions of today might achieve sustainability in the future, it • gives a clear definition, and an understanding of the true meaning, of sustainability • provides a new conceptual framework for the assessment of the sustainability of cities and regions • reveals what options are available for humankind to achieve or loose sustainability

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415358576

• identifies research that will allow the systematic establishment of the appropriate indicators for sustainable development in cities and regions.

Eco-Urbanity

Presenting a framework to guide and direct research in the measures needed to achieve and maintain sustainability, the book will be of considerable help to local authorities and political and government bodies responsible for establishing guidelines for the planning and monitoring of sustainable urban development. It will be of fundamental interest to ecologists, environmentalists, geographers, regional planners and urban designers, both in private practice and academia.

Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments Edited by Darko Radovic

There is need for change in our currently unsustainable cities. Carefully outlining paths towards better, sustainable ways of urban living, this book proposes a radical change in the ways we conceive and live our urban environments.

Bringing together diverse cultural and disciplinary views on urban sustainability, eighteen leading academics and practitioners in sustainable architecture and urbanism explore global concerns of sustainability and urbanity. This broad range of issues are clearly articulated and linked to concrete places and projects, merging research and cutting-edge design investigations to promote environmentally and culturally sensitive urban futures. Selected Contents: Introduction: Towards a Theory of Eco-Urbanity Darko Radovic Part 1: The Compact City, Strategies and Success Stories 1. Eco-Urbanity: The Framework of an Idea Darko Radovic 2. The Barcelona Agenda: Reuse, Compactness and Green Oriol Clos 3. From Industrial Cities to Eco-Urbanity – The Melbourne Case Study Rob Adams 4. The Sustainable City as a Fine-Grained City David Sim 5. From the Compact City to the Defragmented City: Another Route Towards Sustainable Urban Form? Mike Jenks Part 2: Other Cultures, Approaches and Strategies 6. Designing for Shrinkage: Fibercity 2050, Tokyo Ohno Hidetoshi 7. Excavating the Lost Commons: Creating Green Spaces and Water Corridors for Eco-Urban Infrastructure Ishikawa Mikiko 8. Continuity and Departure: A Case Study of Singapore’s Nankin Street Heng Chye Kiang 9. The Cultural Challenge for Sustainable Cities: Coping with Sprawl in Bangkok and Melbourne Sidh Sintusingha 10. Geometries of Life and Formlessness: The Theoretical Legacies of Historical Beijing Zhu Jianfei 11. Eco-City? Eco-Urbanity? Arvind Krishan Part 3: Other Scales and Sensibilities 12. Eco-Urbanism: An Israeli Perspective Arie Rahamimoff 13. Bringing Back Nature and Re-Invigorating the City Centre Kengo Kuma 14. Sustainable Design Towards a Positive Spiral Kodama Yuichiro 15. Creating a Cemetery: Architecture that Sustains Cultural Forms Naito Hiroshi 16. Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments Darko Radovic 2009: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-47277-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47278-4: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472784

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Quest for Sustainable Development 1. United Nations Frameworks for Sustainable Development 2. The EU Debate on Sustainable Development 3. The UK Guidance to Achieve Sustainable Development 4. Best Practice Case Studies 5. ConclusionsDevelopment Part 2: A Scientific Foundation for Sustainable Development 6. Science, Complexity and Sustainability 7. Settlements and Cities in History that correspond to Types 0, 1 and 2 of Sustainability 8. Challenges to Sustainability 9.Availability and Choice of Options 2007: 234 x 156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-42647-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42648-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93492-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426480

European Landscape Architecture Best Practice in Detailing Edited by Ian Thompson, Torben Dam and Jens Balsby Nielsen With projects studied here that have won international and national acclaim, this book examines case studies from all over Europe and explores the relationship between the overall landscape architectural idea for a site and the design of details. Selected Contents: Introduction Denmark The Harbour Park, Islands Brygge, Copenhagen Ireland Smithfield, Dublin. GPO Plaza, O’Connell Street, Dublin France Bay of Somme Motorway Service Station, Normandy Germany Riem Landscape Park, Munich Hungary The Garden of Somogy, Bonnya. Erzsebet Square, Budapest Netherlands Quay on the River IJssel, Doesburg. Portland Neighbourhood Park, Albrandswaard Spain Jardi Botanic de Barcelona Sweden Daniaparken, Malmo United Kingdom The Blue Carpet, Laing Square, Newcastle upon Tyne. The Peace Garden, Sheffield 2007: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-30736-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30737-6: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-62299-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415307376

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415318785

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 1

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 4

Transforming Parks and Protected Areas

The Framework and Protocols for Environmental Assessment

Changing Professional Practice

Policy and Governance in a Changing World

Edited by Ian Cooper and Martin Symes

Edited by Stephen Curwell, Mark Deakin and Martin Symes

Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series

Edited by Kevin S. Hanna, Douglas A. Clark and D. Scott Slocombe

Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series 2005: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32214-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32215-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-29991-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322157

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 2 The Environmental Assessment Methods Edited by Mark Deakin, Gordon Mitchell, Peter Nijkamp and Ron Vreeker Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series 2007: 234 x 156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-32216-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32217-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41703-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322171

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 3 The Toolkit for Assessment Edited by Ron Vreeker, Mark Deakin and Stephen Curwell Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series

This book outlines the BEQUEST toolkit that provides the means by which to link the protocols with the assessment methods currently available to evaluate the sustainability of urban development.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Toolkit 2. The Toolkit for Assessment Part 2: Assessment 3. Scenario Analysis in Spatial Impact Assessment 4. Multi-Criteria Evaluation and Planning Support: Choosing Among Alternative Scenarios 5. Mixed and Compact Land Use Assessments 6. SMARTNET: A System for Multi-Criteria Appraisal of Road Transport Networks 7. The NAR Model of Land Use and Buildings 8. The Building Passport Assessment 9. The European HQE?R Sustainable Neighbourhood Assessment 10. The REGEN Assessment of the Porta Nuova District’s Central Railway Station 11. Assessment Methods Underlying the Planning and Development of Modena City’s CSR Part 3: Evaluating the Sustainability of Urban Development 12. The Search for Sustainable Communities: Ecological Integrity, Equity and the Question of Participation 13. Governing the Sustainable of Urban Development 14. Conclusions

This fourth volume explores how the professions responsible for enhancing the built environment’s sustainability seek to deliver this new agenda, offering multi-perspective case studies and discussion to argue for a rethinking of the role of the urban development professional. Selected Contents: Foreword Colin Fudge. Preface: A European Perspective 1. Introduction Part 1: Changing Processes 2. Sustainable Construction and Policy Learning in Europe 3. Urban Sprawl: Challenges for European Policy Integration and City Governance 4. Decision-Making Processes in Urban Design 5. Sustainable Urban Development and the Professions in the UK 6. Sustainable Communities: Policy, Practice and Professional Development Part 2: Changing Institutions 7. Sustainable Construction and Urbanism in the Netherlands and the Czech Republic 8. Institutional Dynamics and Institutional Barriers to Sustainable Construction in France, Great Britain and the Netherlands 9. Expertise and Methodology in Building Design for Sustainable Development 10. New Professional Leadership in France 11. Sustainable Building in Italy 12. Building Operations and Use 13. Conclusions 2008: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-43821-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43822-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89218-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438223

Spatial Recall Memory in Architecture and Landscape Edited by Marc Treib Architecture and designed landscapes serve as grand mnemonic devices that record and transmit vital aspects of culture and history. Spatial Recall casts a broad net over the concept of memory and gives a variety of perspectives from twelve internationally noted scholars, practicing designers, and artists such as Juhani Pallasmaa, Adriaan Geuze, Susan Schwartzenberg, Georges Descombes and Esther da Costa Meyer. Essays range from broad topics of message and audience to specific ones of landscape production. Beautifully illustrated, Spatial Recall is a comprehensive view of memory in the built environment, how we have read it in the past, and how we can create it in the future.

A rare collection of articles that fuses academic theory, critique of practice and practical knowledge, Transforming Parks and Protected Areas analyzes and critiques the emerging issues in the design and operation of parks and protected areas. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Protected Areas in a Changing World Part 1: The Challenges of Governance 2. Evolution of Contexts for Protected Areas Governance 3. Governance Models for Parks, Recreation, and Tourism 4. Information Technology and the Protection of Biodiversity in Protected Areas Michael 5. Anthropological Contributions to Protected Area Management 6. Steering Governance through Regime Formation at the Landscape Scale: Evaluating Experiences in Canadian Biosphere Reserves Part 2: Critical Perspectives 7. Conflict and Protected Areas Establishment: British Columbia’s Political Parks 8. Deconstructing Ecological Integrity Policy in Canadian National Parks 9. The Science and Management Interface in National Parks 10. Indigenous Peoples and Protected Heritage Areas: Acknowledging Cultural Pluralism 11. Political Ecology Perspectives on Ecotourism to Parks and Protected Areas 12. Summary and Synthesis 2007: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-37423-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96190-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415374231

European Forest Recreation and Tourism A Handbook Edited by Simon Bell, Murray Simpson, Lisa Tyrväinen, Tuija Sievänen and Ulrike Pröbstl In an increasingly urbanised world more and more people are turning to our forests and woodland for recreation and tourism. Planning and providing for this growing demand poses challenges that need to be addressed by managers and designers alike. Based on a study of forest recreation from across Europe, the editors bring together the expertise of more than 80 leading professionals and academics to provide a clear and concise guide to best practice. Case studies and careful research give a detailed insight into the issues that forest recreation raises, from strategic planning to integration into the existing rural economy.

Selected Contents: Yes, Now I Remember: An Introduction Marc Treib Part 1: Body 1. Space, Place, Memory, and Imagination: The Temporal Dimension of Existential Space Juhani Pallasmaa 2. Re-Creating the Past: Notes on the Neurology of Memory Susan Schwartzenberg 3. The Place of Memory Donlyn Lyndon 4. Indelible Marker, Palimpsest, Thin Air Alice Aycock Part 2: Landscapes 5. Rivers, Meanders, and Memory Matt Kondolf 6. Displacements: Canals, Rivers, and Flows Georges Descombes 7. Land, Cows and Pyramids Adriaan Geuze 8. The Mediterranean Cemetery: Landscape as Collective Memory Luigi Latini Part 3: Buildings 9. The Place of Place in Memory Esther da Costa Meyer 10. Remembering Ruins, Ruins Remembering Marc Treib 11. The Memory Industry and Its Discontents: The Death and Life of a Keyword Andrew Shanken 12. Mnemonic Value and Historic Preservation Jorge Otero-Pailos

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Forest Recreation and Nature Tourism in Europe: Context, history, and current Situation Part 1 2. Evaluating the Economic and Social Benefits of Forest Recreation and Nature Tourism 3. Integrating Forest Recreation and Nature Tourism into the Rural Economy 4. Instruments for Developing Recreation and Nature Tourism in Forests Part 2 5. Monitoring of Forest Recreation Demand 6. Assessing and Planning the Supply of Opportunities for Forest Recreation and Nature Tourism Part 3 7. Strategic Planning of Forest Recreation and Nature Tourism 8. The Recreation Planning Process 9. Site Planning and Design for Recreation and Nature Tourism

2008: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-32218-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32219-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88678-6

2009: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77735-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77736-0: £31.99

2008: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44363-0: £55.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87207-9

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322195

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777360

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443630

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Essential reading for tourism planners, landscape designers and countryside managers delivering forest recreation and tourism.

59


60

p ro f essio nal architecture

Designing the Reclaimed Landscape

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Asian Gardens

European Gardens

Alan Berger

History, Beliefs and Design

History, philosophy and design

The first practical yet in-depth exploration of how to reclaim the post-industrial landscape, this volume includes excellent case studies by practitioners and policy makers from around the US, giving first rate practical examples.

Tom Turner

Tom Turner

The gardens made on the fringes of Central Asia in the past 5000 years form a great arc. From the Fertile Crescent, it runs west to Europe and east to China and Japan. Asia’s fringe was a zone of interchange: a vast landscape in which herders encountered farmers and the design of symbolic gardens began. It appears that as they became settlers, nomads retained a love of mobility, hunting and the wild places in which their ancestors had roamed. Central Asian and Indian ideas influenced the garden culture of China, Japan and South East Asia. In West Asia, Aryan settlers made hunting parks known as paradises. They were walled enclosures stocked with exotic plants and animals. In East Asia, great landscape parks were used for similar purposes and had a sacred role. Across Asia, gardens were influenced by religious and other beliefs: polytheist, Hindu, Buddhist, Muslim, Daoist, Shinto and Modernist. Early parks and gardens symbolized wild and civilized nature, sometimes conceived as the realms of the Sky God and the Earth Mother. Asian Gardens: History, Beliefs and Design explores the ways in which designs were guided by beliefs. Tom Turner has been researching and teaching the theory and history of garden design for some forty years. His visits, research, drawings and photographs are brought together in detailed studies of West Asia, South Asia and East Asia. The period covered extends from the earliest gardens to the present. Using maps, diagrams and photographs, the author explores how and why Asian gardens developed their characteristic forms and functions. Treating garden design as a ’word and image’ subject, the account is coherent, comparative and readable. Further details of all the gardens are available on the gardenvisit.com website, which the author edits.

2007: 246 x 174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-77303-4: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93573-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773034

2nd Edition

Landscape and Sustainability Edited by John Benson and Maggie Roe 2007: 246 x 189: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-40443-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96208-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404433

Designing Sustainable Forest Landscapes Simon Bell and Dean Apostol This book is a definitive guide to the design and management of forest landscapes, covering the theory and principles of forest design as well as providing practical guidance on methods and tools in a variety of forest areas. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Key Concepts for Forest Design 1. Planning and Forest Design 2. Landscape Ecology, Conservation Biology, and Ecological Forestry 3. Key Principles of Forest Aesthetics 4. Community Participation in Forest Design Part 2: The Process, Techniques and Implementation of Forest Design 5. The Process of Forest Design 6. Design and Visualization Techniques 7. From Design to Implementation Part 3: Forest Design Application 8. Forest Design and Ecosystem Restoration 9. Design in Managed Natural Forests 10. The Design of Plantation Forests 2007: 246 x 189: 368pp Hb: 978-0-419-25680-9: £55.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93627-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419256809

Selected Contents: 1. Belief and Gardens 2. Polytheist Gardens 3. Islamic Gardens 4. Hindu Gardens 5. Buddhist Gardens 6. Daoist-Buddhist Gardens in China 7. Shinto-Buddhist Gardens in Japan 8. International Modern Gardens in Asia. Afterword. Maps August 2010: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-49687-2: £35.00

Garden design and usage has been a feature of human civilization as far back as Neolithic times, when the first gardens began to be used for residential, horticultural and sacred tasks. Tom Turner follows the entire history of the European garden from its prehistoric roots right up to the present day in this beautifully illustrated book. European Gardens is divided into ten periods of history and garden development, detailing the advancement of land usage for over 10,000 years. Some of the topics covered in this comprehensive book include the Egyptian gardens of the Pharaohs, the castle gardens of medieval times, eclectic gardens of the nineteenth century and abstract gardens of the last 100 years. The geographical scope of this book covers the whole of the European continent, and touches the garden designs of North Africa and the Middle East. Tom Turner is a skilled landscape architect and garden historian, who supports his engaging writing with his own detailed plans and diagrams. European Gardens also features almost 1,000 colour photographs from across the continent allowing the reader to see for themselves how the design and structure of gardens has developed over time. A companion to the Asian Gardens book, published by Routledge in 2010, European Gardens is a development of the original Garden History book from 2004.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Design Philosophy 2. Garden Origins 10,000-1,000 BCE 3. Egyptian Gardens 2,000 BCE- 1000 BCE 4. Classical Gardens 1400 BCE–500 AD 5. Medieval Gardens 600 AD–1500 AD 6. Renaissance Gardens 1350–1650 7. Baroque Gardens 1600–1750 8. Neoclassical and Romantic Gardens 1700–1810 9. Eclectic Gardens 1800–1900 10. Abstract and Post-Abstract Gardens 1900–2000 Notes Picture Credits Index March 2011: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-49684-1: £35.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496872

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496841

Nothingness: Tadao Ando’s Christian Sacred Space Jin Baek

Rem Koolhaas / OMA Roberto Gargiani In this book, the projects, buildings and theories of Koolhaas, as well as the other members of the Office for Metropolitan Architecture, are examined in chronological and thematic sequence, beginning with the period of Koolhaas’ education at the Architectural Association School of Architecture of London in the cultural context of the neo-avant-gardes at the end of the 60s and at the beginning of the 70s. Selected Contents: Part 1: Experimentation of the Paranoiac-Critic Method Part 2: New Sobriety Against the Post-Modern and Contextualism Part 3: The Century of the Merveilles Part 4: S,M,L,XL, 1995. ’Typical Plan’, ’Bigness’, ’Last Apples’, ’Generic City’: Principles for a Theory of Architecture Part 5: Generic Volume, Informal Polyhydric Solids and Functional Diagrams 2008: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46145-0: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461450

Complimentary Exam Copy

Based round an interview with Tadao Ando, this book explores the influence of the Buddhist concept of nothingness on Ando’s Christian architecture, and sheds new light on the cultural significance of the buildings of one of the world’s leading contemporary architects. Specifically, this book situates Ando’s churches, particularly his world-renowned Church of the Light (1989), within the legacy of nothingness expounded by Kitaro Nishida (1870-1945), the father of the Kyoto Philosophical School. Linking Ando’s Christian architecture with a philosophy originating in Mahayana Buddhism illuminates the relationship between the two religious systems, as well as tying Ando’s architecture to the influence of Nishida on post-war Japanese art and culture. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Emptiness and Christianity 1. Emptiness within Christianity 2. Return to Emptiness Part 2: The School of Things (Mono-ha) and its Criticism of Modernity 3. The Emergence of the School of Things and Space Design 4. The School of Things and Anti-Semiotics 5. The School of Things and Nothingness Part 3: Nothingness, Shintai and Christian Theology 6. Kitaro Nishida’s Philosophy of Nothingness 7. Nothingness and Shintai 8. Nothingness and Christian Theology Part 4: Emptiness and the Cross 8. Emptiness and the Demise of Symbols 9. The Cross between Romanticism and Barbarism 10. Emptiness Filled with Situational Appearance 11. Metaphysical Light and Phenomenological Light 12. Dark, Light and Gold Part 5: Emptiness, the Cross and Shintai 13. Shintai and Corporeality of Architectural Elements 14. Body Attuned 15. The Penetrating Light and the Cross in Efficacy 16. Seeing in Emptiness 17. Beyond Solitude 18. The Sublime Conclusion Part 6: Interview with Tadao Ando 2009: 246 x 189: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47853-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47854-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64281-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478540

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


prof e s s i on al arc hit e ct u r e

Beyond Archigram

Le Corbusier and Britain

The Structure of Circulation

An Anthology

Hadas A. Steiner

Edited by Irena Murray and Julian Osley

Beyond Archigram is the first study of the prehistory of digital representation to focus on the magazine Archigram, the magazine published in London irregularly between 1961 and 1970 and the name of the group that created it. Archigram is among the most significant phenomena to emerge in post-war architectural culture. The wired environments first advertised on its pages formulated an architectural vocabulary of metamorphosis and obsolescence that cross-pollinated industrial and digital technology at the same time as complex systems were becoming commercially available.

Introduction by Alan Powers

Through archival, theoretical and visual analysis, Hadas Steiner explores the process through which this model was envisaged and disseminated within an international network of practitioners and shows how the assimilation of Archigram imagery set the course for the visual output of what are now commonplace tools in architectural practice. This book will provide a foundation for further inquiry into the integration of digital technology at every level of design. Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: The Archigram Network 1. The Image of Change 2. Modern Architecture in England 3. City Synthesis Part 2: Bathrooms, Bubbles and Systems 4. Bathrooms 5. Bubbles 6. Systems 7. The Technological Picturesque 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-39476-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39477-2: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415394772

The Humanities in Architectural Design

Le Corbusier (1887-1965) is arguably the most influential architect of the twentieth century. Despite the fact that he designed no permanent buildings in the United Kingdom, more than any other individual he was responsible for shaping British post-war architecture. Le Corbusier and Britain traces the growing awareness of work by this visionary figure in contemporary architecture journals and the popular press. Contributions by such prominent architects and critics as Edwin Lutyens, Herbert Read, Evelyn Waugh, Peter Smithson, Jane Drew, Basil Spence and Christopher Booker are accompanied by 150 illustrations, together with writings and drawings by Le Corbusier himself. Also featuring the most comprehensive bibliography of British writings by and about Le Corbusier ever published, this book is an invaluable addition to the study of architecture. Selected Contents: Introduction by Alan Powers Part 1: 1924–1939: The World of Tomorrow Part 2: 1940-1949: Building Upon the Canon Part 3: 1950–1959: Architecture and Recognition Part 4: 1960–1969: Goodbye to the Giant Part 5: 1970-1987: Rejection and Reappraisal 2008: 276 x 219: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-47994-3: £34.99 Pb: 978-0-415-60865-7: £14.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415479943

Bauhaus Construct Fashioning Identity, Discourse and Modernism

A Contemporary and Historical Perspective

Edited by Jeffrey Saletnik and Robin Schuldenfrei

Edited by Soumyen Bandyopadhyay, Nottingham Trent University, UK, Jane Lomholt, University of Lincoln, UK, Nicholas Temple, University of Lincoln, UK and Renée Tobe, University of East London, UK

Offering an in-depth consideration of the impact which humanities have had on the processes of architecture and design, this book asks how we can restore the traditional dialogue between intellectual enquiry in the humanities and design creativity.

Written by leading academics in the fields of history, theory and philosophy of design, these essays draw profound meanings from cultural practices and beliefs. These are as diverse as the designs they inspire and include religious, mythic, poetic, political, and philosophical references. This timely and important book is not a benign reflection on humanities’ role in architectural design but a direct response to the increased marginalization of humanities in a technology driven world. The prioritization of technology leaves critical questions unanswered about the relationships between information and knowledge, transcription and translation, and how emerging technologies can usefully contribute to a deeper understanding of our design culture. February 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55113-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55114-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85944-5

Reconsidering the status and meaning of Bauhaus objects in relation to the multiple re-tellings of the school’s history, this volume positions art objects of the Bauhaus within the theoretical, artistic, historical, and cultural concerns in which they were produced and received.

Contributions from leading scholars writing in the field today – including Frederic J. Schwartz, Magdalena Droste, and Alina Payne – offer an entirely new treatment of the Bauhaus. Issues such as art and design pedagogy, the practice of photography, copyright law, and critical theory are discussed. Through a strong thematic structure, new archival research and innovative methodologies, the questions and subsequent conclusions presented here re-examine the history of the Bauhaus and its continuing legacy. Essential reading for anyone studying the Bauhaus, modern art and design. Selected Contents: Introduction Jeffrey Saletnik and Robin Schuldenfrei Part 1: Agents Part 2: Transference Part 3: Object Identity. Coda Alina Payne 2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77835-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77836-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86867-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778367

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551144

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Materials and Meaning in Contemporary Japanese Architecture Tradition and Today Dana Buntrock In this beautiful and perceptive book, Dana Buntrock examines, for the first time, how tradition is incorporated into contemporary Japanese architecture. Looking at the work of five architects – Fumihiko Maki, Terunobu Fujimori, Ryoji Suzuki, Kengo Kuma, and Jun Aoki – Buntrock reveals the aims influencing many wonderful works barely known in the West; the sensual side of Japanese architecture borne out of approaches often less concerned with professionalism than with people and place. The buildings described in this book illustrate an architecture that embraces uniqueness, expressing unusual stories in the rough outlines of rammed earth and rust, and demonstrating new paths opening up for architectural practice today. For some, these examples will offer new insight into expressions of tradition in Japanese architecture; for others, this book offers inspiration for their own efforts to assert the unique heritage of other regions around the world. Compelling, insightful and groundbreaking, this book is essential for everyone studying Japanese architecture and anyone trying to invoke narrative and tradition in contemporary design. Selected Contents: Part 1: Black Blood Red to Palest Pink 1. Neolithic Daddy 2. Lamune Hot Springs 3. Kengo Kuma: From PoMo to Paulownia 4. Murai Museum: Subtle Setting for a Shabby Studio 5. Outlandish Amateur, Polished Professional: Comparing the Approaches of Terunobu Fujimori and Kengo Kuma Part 2: Radical Reds 6. Looking Back at Japan’s Radical Reds: Team Zoo Part 3: Reluctant Regionalists 7. Remaking the Landscape of Kotohira Shrine 8. Fumihiko Maki, Ancient Izumo and Oku 9. Jun Aoki’s Aomori Museum of Art 10. Reluctant Reds Conclusion: The Red School: From Deepest Red to Palest Shades of Pink February 2010: 276 x 219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77890-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77891-6: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778916

Disclosing Horizons Architecture, Perspective and Redemptive Space Nicholas Temple 2006: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-41653-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28357-1: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96810-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415283571

Perspective, Projections and Design Technologies of Architectural Representation Edited by Mario Carpo and Frédérique Lemerle 2007: 246 x 189: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-40204-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40206-4: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415402064

61


p ro f essio nal architecture

62

Architecture in Context

The West

Buddhists, Hindus and the Sons of Heaven

From the Advent of Christendom to the Eve of Reformation

Christopher Tadgell

Antiquity

Origins, Classicism and The New Rome Christopher Tadgell

The East

’[The first in] a grand survey of the whole of world architecture.’ – The Times

Lavishly illustrated with over 1,000 colour photographs and 400 drawings, this impressive volume brings to life architectural history in vivid form. Having taught extensively in the field for almost thirty years, author Christopher Tadgell traces the subject from its very beginnings until the time when the traditions that shape today’s environments began to flourish. The first in a series of five books that describe and illustrate the seminal architectural traditions of the world, Tadgell explores key points of interest, including: • man’s earliest settlements in caves and tents • the origins of the Classical tradition in the mountain temples of Sumer

’The East is truly one of those books that change your life and plans. Christopher Tadgell delivers brilliantly in linking context, structures and high ideals, climate and materials, nature and technology. He gives us a powerful but faithful and finely paced compression of complex interlocked traditions. Few historians have related landscape and meaning with such like success. Impressive learning is worn lightly.’ – Sir John Boyd Selected Contents: Part 1: Buddhist and Brahmanical 1.1 The Indian Subcontinent 1.2 South-East Asia Part 2: Heaven’s Empires 2.1 China and its Orbit 2.2 Japan 2007: 924pp Hb: 978-0-415-40752-6: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415407526

• the pyramids of Egypt

Islam

• the ziggurats of Mesopotamia.

From Medina to the Magreb and from the Indes to Istanbul

Progressing through the temples, theatres, palaces and council chambers of ancient Greece and Rome, this book is more than simply a catalogue of buildings; it presents their political, technological, social and cultural contexts, and views architecture not only as the development of form and space, but as an expression of the civilization within which it evolves. Painting a colourful picture of architectural history, the buildings are analyzed and illustrated with photographs and drawings, whilst the societies that produced them are highlighted through a broad selection of artefacts. Antiquity: Origins, Classicism and the New Rome functions equally as a detailed and comprehensive narrative, a collection of the world’s great buildings and as an archive of themes across time and place. Selected Contents: Prologue: Origins Part 1: West Asia and the Eastern Mediterranean 1.1 The Fertile Crescent and the Nile Valley 1.2 The Aegean, Anatolia and the Aryans 1.3 Issues From a Dark Age Part 2: Pre-Columbian America 2.1 Mesoamerica 2.2 The Andean Littoral Part 3: The Classical World 3.1 Hellenic Order 3.2 Macedonians and the East 3.3 Republican Rome and its Mentors 3.4 Augustan Rome and its Empire Part 4: Christianity and Empire 4.1 Rome and New Romes 4.2 Justinian and the Apotheosis of Byzantium. Epilogue: The Last Half Millennium of Byzantium 2007: 876pp Hb: 978-0-415-40750-2: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415407502

Christopher Tadgell

’The greatest value of this fine study lies in its enormous and detailed range, encompassing not only the Islamic heartlands, but traditions as diverse as those of the sultanates of North Africa, the earliest Moslem dynasties of India and the legacy of Tamerlane. A prodigious labour of love.’ – Colin Thubron This book examines the architectural tradition which developed with the religious culture of Islam. Essentially heir to the Roman development of space, it had its source in the ubiquitous courtyard house, while the development of the mosque as both place of worship and the centre of the community, its form a response to the requirements of prayer set out in the Koran, was given a range of forms as the conquests of Islam came up against the traditions of Egypt, Persia, India and China. The tradition developed further in tombs, palaces and fortifications, all of which are described and illustrated here.

Christopher Tadgell

Christopher Tadgell covers the major architectural traditions of the Middle Ages, from the Romanesque architecture of the ninth and tenth centuries, built on the legacy of ancient Rome and including elements from Carolingian, Ottonian, Byzantine and northern European traditions, through to the evolution of the Gothic which heralded new, structurally daring architecture. The book ends with the Italian rediscovery of Classical ideas and ideals and the emergence of the great Renaissance theorists and architects, including Brunelleschi, Alberti, and Bramante. As well as the palazzos, villas and churches of Renaissance Italy, this period saw the building of great chateaux in France, palaces in Germany and the golden-domed cathedrals of Russia. With more than two thousand images, including many plans, The West is a beautiful, single-volume guide to the history of architecture in this period, covering the whole of Europe from Ireland to Russia and placing architectural developments within their political, technological, artistic and intellectual contexts. Selected Contents: Part 1: Renovation of Gravitas 1. Prologue 2. Empire Regained and Relapsed 3. The Centre: Holy Roman Empire 4. The East: Towards the Third Rome 5. The West: Post Carolingian Diversity Part 2: Refraction of Light 6. Introductions to the Gothic Age 7. Light Into Stone: The Gothic Cathedral 8. Secular Building in the Gothic Age Part 3: Revival of Classicism 9. Introduction 10. Cataclysm and Classicism at Large Epilogue: From Medieval Towards Neo-Classical Abroad Conclusion Glossary Further Reading Maps Index 2009: 928pp Hb: 978-0-415-40754-0: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415407540

Forthcoming in 2012

Modernity After Enlightenment Christopher Tadgell January 2012: 960pp Hb: 978-0-415-40756-4: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415407564

The architecture of Islam encompasses a high proportion of the world’s most beautiful buildings. This book covers the whole range in unprecedented breadth and depth. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Dar Al-Islam 1.1 Ascendancy of the Caliphate and the Assertion of Orthodoxy 1.2 Decadence of the Caliphate: Shi’ite Challenge 1.3 Sunni Reaction: Caliphate and Sultanate Part 2: Beyond the Western Pale 2.1. Cordoban Caliphate 2.2. Moroccan Sultanates 2.3. Andalusian Enclaves Part 3: Dar Al-Islam Divided 3.1 The Axis of the Turks 3.2: The Orbit of Iran Part 4: Beyond The Eastern Pale 4.1. Afghans, Turks and Their Delhi Sultanate 4.2. Regional Gravity 4.3. The Mughals: Advent 4.4. The Deccan: The Qutb Shahi and Adil Shahi Sultanates 4.5. The Mughals: Apogee Epilogue: Hindustani Syncretism Glossary. Further Reading. Maps 2008: 674pp Hb: 978-0-415-43609-0: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436090

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e hi s tory and th e o ry

ARCHITECTURE HISTORY AND theory Modern Architecture and the Mediterranean Vernacular Dialogues and Contested Identities Edited by Jean-Francois Lejeune and Michelangelo Sabatino

Bringing to light the debt twentieth-century modernist architects owe to the vernacular building traditions of the Mediterranean region, this book considers architectural practice and discourse from the 1920s to the 1980s. The essays here situate Mediterranean modernism in relation to concepts such as regionalism, nationalism, internationalism, critical regionalism, and postmodernism – an alternative history of the modern architecture and urbanism of a critical period in the twentieth century. Selected Contents: Preface Barry Bergdoll Introduction: North vs South Jean-François Lejeune and Michelangelo Sabatino Part 1: South 1. From Schinkel to Le Corbusier: The Myth of the Mediterranean in Modern Architecture Benedetto Gravagnuolo 2. The Politics of Mediterraneità in Italian Modernist Architecture Michelangelo Sabatino 3. Sert, Coderch, Bohigas, de la Sota, Del Amo: The Modern, the Vernacular and the Mediterranean in Spain Jean-François Lejeune 4. Mediterranean Dialogues: Le Corbusier, Fernand Pouillon, and Roland Simounet Sheila Crane 5. Nature and the People: The Vernacular and The Search for a ’True’ Greek Architecture Ioanna Theocaropoulou 6. The Legacy of an Istanbul Architect: Type, Context, and Urban Identity in the Work of Sedad Eldem Sibel Bozdogan Part 2: North 7. The Anti-Mediterranean in the Literature of Architecture: Paul Schultze-Naumburg’s ’Kulturarbeiten’ Kai K. Gutschow 8. Erich Mendelsohn’s Mediterranean Longings: The European Mediterranean Academy and Beyond Ita Heinze-Greenberg 9. Toward a Cosmopolitan Ethics in Architecture: Bruno Taut’s Translations Out of Germany Esra Akcan 10. Tradition, Color and Surface: Mediterranean Resonances in the Work of Erik Gunnar Asplund Francis E. Lyn 11. Bernard Rudofsky and the Sublimation of the Vernacular Andrea Bocco-Guarneri 12. Between Dogon and Bidonville: CIAM, Team X and the Rediscovery of African Settlements Tom Avermaete 2009: 246 x 174: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-77633-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77634-9: £30.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87190-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776349

Atlas of Vernacular Architecture of the World

Rural and Urban: Architecture Between Two Cultures

Marcel Vellinga, Paul Oliver and Alexander Bridge

Edited by Andrew Ballantyne

’This is an invaluable guide to the global scatter of folk architectural traditions that shape today’s most bracing sustainable designs.’ – The Christian Science Monitor

’The book comprises two parts and is beautifully illustrated and logically set out.’ – Reference Reviews ’The AVAW is an enthralling read, even if your knowledge of the subject is limited.’ – Reference Reviews ’Considering the subject matter and the lack of original research in this field, the book is good value...’– Reference Reviews The first world atlas ever compiled on vernacular architecture, this comprehensive work illustrates the variety and ingenuity of the world’s vernacular building traditions from a multi-disciplinary, cross-cultural and comparative approach, using over sixty world and regional maps. Mapping such diverse aspects as materials and resources, technologies, structural systems, symbolism, forms and service systems on a cross-cultural and comparative basis, the Atlas of Vernacular Architecture of the World reveals the distribution, diversity and relationships of the world’s vernacular building traditions. Indicating geographical patterns, developments, lacunae and anomalies, it gives rise to new insights and understandings, stimulating new hypotheses, questions and research efforts. Augmenting the award-winning Encyclopedia of Vernacular Architecture of the World, the Atlas of Vernacular Architecture of the World constitutes a unique and unparalleled resource for anyone involved in the growing field of vernacular architecture studies, including architects, geographers, art historians, planners, folklorists, conservationists, builders, and anthropologists as well as being of use to all those working in the fields of heritage conservation, architecture, regeneration, energy efficient building, resources management, development and sustainability. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Contexts 1. Nations 2. Topography 3. Water 4. Climate 5. Vegetation 6. Soils 7. Economy 8. Population 9. Language 10. Religion 11. Cultural Areas Part 2: Cultural and Material Aspects 12. Materials and Resources 13. Structural Systems and Technologies 14. Forms, Plans and Types 15. Services and Functions 16. Symbolism and Decoration 17. Development and Sustainability 2008: 276 x 219: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-41151-6: £49.99

Investigating various ways in which the cultures of the town and the countryside interact in architecture, original essays in this book written by an international range of recognized theorists will help all students of architecture and urban design understand how the urban and rural relate.

Taking a broad historical sweep, this collection draws on a symposium of the Society of Architectural Historians of Great Britain. Selected Contents: 1. Rural and Urban Milieux Andrew Ballantyne and Gillian Ince 2. Villeggiatura in the Urban Context of Renaissance Rome: Paul III Farnese’s Villa-Tower on the Campidoglio Antonella De Michelis 3. Rural Urbanism Dana Arnold 4. Anti-Urban Utopia in the German Aufklarung: The Ideology of Friedrich Wilhelm von Erdmannsdorff’s Architecture Marc Brabant 5. Urban Meets Rural: A Study of Three Eighteenth-Century Retreats on the Isle of Wight Stewart Abbott 6. The Picturesque Bourgeois House at the Edges of the Neo-Classical City Philippe Gresset 7. Rural Buildings and the Search of a ‘Regional’ Architecture in Belgium Leen Meganck and Linda van Santvoort 8. Nature and the City in 1920s America: Sunnyside Gardens, Queens, New York Bruce Thomas 9. Rurality as a Locus of Modernity: Romanian Interwar Architecture Carmen Popescu 10. Is the Kibbutz a ‘Radiant Village’?: Le Corbusier and the Zionist Movement Marina Epstein-Pliouchtch and Tzafrir Fainholtz 11. An Unlikely Influence: Le Corbusier and the Garden City Movement Emma Dummett 12. From the ‘Model Village’ to a Satellite town: Reading Change in Temelli through the Transformation of its Residential Landscape Ali Cengizkan and Didem Kilickiran 2009: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-55212-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55213-4: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86547-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552134

Primitive Original Matters in Architecture Edited by Jo Odgers, Flora Samuel and Adam Sharr This innovative, illustrated edited edition brings together a collection of authors to chart the rise, fall and possible futures of the word primitive.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411516

Selected Contents: Part 1: Original Matters Part 2: Negotiating Origins Part 3: Questioning Colonial Constructs Part 4: Urban Myths Part 5: Making Marks Part 6: Primitive Futures?

Vernacular Architecture in the 21st Century

2006: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-38538-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38539-8: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96744-7

Theory, Education and Practice Edited by Lindsay Asquith and Marcel Vellinga These essays from leading experts in the field focus on theory, education and practice in this essential sector of architecture, and help to formulate solutions to the challenges facing the global community today. 2005: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-35781-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35795-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00386-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357951

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415385398

63


a rchit ect ure history and theory

64

New

The City Rehearsed

Built from Below

Object, Architecture, and Print in the Worlds of Hans Vredeman de Vries

British Architecture and the Vernacular Edited by Peter Guillery, The Survey of London, English Heritage, UK

This book extends the concept of British vernacular architecture beyond its traditional base of pre-modern domestic and industrial architecture to embrace other buildings such as places of worship, villas, hospitals, suburban semis and post-war mass housing. Engaging with wider issues of social and cultural history, this book is of use to anyone with an interest in architectural history.

Presented in an essentially chronological sequence, from the medieval to the post-war, diverse fresh viewpoints in the chapters of this book reinforce understanding of how building design emerges not just from individual agency, that is architects, but also from the collective traditions of society. July 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56532-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56533-2: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415565332

François Blondel Architecture, Erudition, and the Scientific Revolution Anthony Gerbino Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture 2009: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-49199-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491990

Landscapes of Taste The Art of Humphry Repton’s Red Books André Rogger Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture In this unique study, Rogger argues that Humphry Repton’s main artistic achievement is provided by the text-image concepts of his ’Red Books’ rather than the finished gardens. 2007: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-41503-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415033

Power and Virtue Architecture and Intellectual Change in England 1660–1730 Shiqiao Li Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture

Christopher Heuer Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture The City Rehearsed offers an entirely new perspective on printed architecture in early modern Europe through the lens of Hans Vredeman de Vries. It probes the geographical encounters of dozens of engravings with contemporary texts on architecture, theatre, urbanism, art collecting, even ethnography. The Netherlandish polymath Hans Vredeman de Vries (1526-1609) devoted his entire career to the production of imaginary architecture. Painter, architect, rhetorician, perspective theorist, festival designer, and draughtsman, Vredeman was active in Antwerp, Amsterdam, and Prague, where he designed a mysterious body of architectural prints, works which by the seventeenth century had influenced buildings from Tallinn to Peru. Including Scenographiae (1560), and Perspective (1604-5), Vredeman’s strange publications were among the most widely-distributed ’Renaissance’ books on building and vision, shipped to England, Spain and even Mexico by 1600. This book, the first sustained study of Vredeman in English, shifts the focus of inquiry to look at the active role his prints played in the life of urban readers outside of a narrowly-defined ’Flemish’ architectural history. This is a study with clear interest for historians of art and the built environment, and one with broader contemporary resonances for changing definitions of ’European’ culture and identity in the present day. Selected Contents: Introduction: Iconoclasm’s Faces Part 1: Performances of Order 1. Unbuilt Architecture in the World of Things 2. Antwerp: The City Rehearsed 3. Guidebooks to Chaos Part 2: Perspective and Exile 4. The Vanishing Self 5. Hidden Terrors: the Perspective (1604-5) Epilogue: Vredeman de Vries and the Modern 2008: 246 x 174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-43306-8: £55.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774635

The Picturesque Architecture, Disgust and Other Irregularities John Macarthur Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture In this fresh and authoritative account John Macarthur presents the eighteenth century idea of the picturesque – when it was a risky term concerned with a refined taste for everyday things, such as the hovels of the labouring poor – in the light of its reception and effects in modern culture. 2007: 246 x 174: 312pp Hb: 978-1-84472-141-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-1-84472-011-8: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781844720118

Grazia Gobbi Sica Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture Scholarly and innovative with visually stunning line drawings and photographs, this volume provides readers with a compelling record of the unbroken pattern of reciprocal use and exchange between the countryside and the walled city of Florence, from the thirteenth century up to the present day. Selected Contents: 1. Origins and Development of the Villa 2. The Ideology of Villa Life in Florentine Culture and Society 3. Typological Research and Renaissance Treatises 4. The Garden: Origin and Development 5. Villas in the Nineteenth Century 6. The Shape of the Landscape 7. The History of the Area 8. Mapping the Area. Villas in the Castello: Sesto Florentino Area. Appendix: Six Villas to Visit

Written by scholars of international stature, Aeolian Winds and the Spirit in Renaissance Architecture presents studies of Renaissance pneumatology exploring the relationship between architecture and the disciplines of art and science.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Chasma Ges: Delphic Pneuma and the Cult of Asklepios 3. ’Study the Warm Winds and the Cold’: Hippocrates and the Renaissance Villa 4. The Role of the Winds in the Architectural Theory from Vitruvius to Scamozzi 5. Making Visible the Invisible: Signs of Aer in Renaissance Treatises 6. Poetry and ’Spirited’ Ancient Sculpture in Renaissance Rome: Pomponio Leto’s Academy to the Sixteenth-Century Sculpture Garden 7. The Winds in the Corners: Giulio Romano, The Elements and the Palazzo Te’s Fall of the Giants 8. The Breath of Cities 2006: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-39803-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39804-6: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96714-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415398046

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415374279

Complimentary Exam Copy

2007: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-77463-5: £95.00

Edited by Barbara Kenda

Architecture History Society

2006: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-37424-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37427-9: £29.99

Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture This book offers the first study of how architectural practice, theory, patronage, and experience became modern with the rise of a mass public and a reconfigured public sphere. Depicting architecture’s passage into a mediatized public culture as an historic turning point, and interrogating it as a symptom of a changing configuration of individual, society, and space, this study will interest readers well beyond the discipline of architectural history.

Academia Eolia Revisited

The Florentine Villa

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443975

Richard Wittman

Aeolian Winds and the Spirit in Renaissance Architecture

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433068

2007: 276 x 219: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-44397-5: £55.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93925-3

Architecture, Print Culture and the Public Sphere in Eighteenth-Century France

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e hi s tory and th e o ry

Drawing/Thinking

Garden History

Overlooking the Visual

Confronting an Electronic Age

Philosophy and Design 2000 BC – 2000 AD

Demystifying the Art of Design

Tom Turner

Making tangible connections between theory and practice, ideas and form, this book encourages debate about the artistic, conceptual, and cultural significance of the way things look. What are the metaphysical concepts at the heart of design education, theory, and philosophy? Why do we assume that design is impossible to teach?

Edited by Marc Treib, University of California, Berkeley, USA This book addresses the question ‘Why draw?’ by examining the various dynamic relationships between media, process, thought and environment. Highly illustrated, the book brings together authors from the fields of architecture, landscape architecture and art and demonstrates that designing through drawing is fundamentally different from designing on a screen. Selected Contents: 1. Paper or Plastic? Drawing Conclusions 2. Thoughts on the Immediacy of Drawing 3. There’s No Way to Make a Drawing – There’s Only Drawing 4. From Concept to Object: The Artistic Practice of Drawing 5. Drawing and the Feel of Sight 6. More than Wiggling the Wrist (or the Mouse) 7. Architects, Drawings and Modes of Conception 8. Telling Untold Stories 9. Thinking on Paper 10. Observations: Life Drawings; Digital Translations 11. Paint and Pixels 12. Graphite and Pixels 2008: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-77560-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77561-8: £30.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775618

Spatial Recall Memory in Architecture and Landscape Edited by Marc Treib

Architecture and designed landscapes serve as grand mnemonic devices that record and transmit vital aspects of culture and history. Spatial Recall casts a broad net over the concept of memory and gives a variety of perspectives from twelve internationally noted scholars, practicing designers, and artists such as Juhani Pallasmaa, Adriaan Geuze, Susan Schwartzenberg, Georges Descombes and Esther da Costa Meyer. Essays range from broad topics of message and audience to specific ones of landscape production. Beautifully illustrated, Spatial Recall is a comprehensive view of memory in the built environment, how we have read it in the past, and how we can create it in the future.

Selected Contents: Yes, Now I Remember: An Introduction Marc Treib Part 1: Body 1. Space, Place, Memory, and Imagination: The Temporal Dimension of Existential Space Juhani Pallasmaa 2. Re-Creating the Past: Notes on the Neurology of Memory Susan Schwartzenberg 3. The Place of Memory Donlyn Lyndon 4. Indelible Marker, Palimpsest, Thin Air Alice Aycock Part 2: Landscapes 5. Rivers, Meanders, and Memory Matt Kondolf 6. Displacements: Canals, Rivers, and Flows Georges Descombes 7. Land, Cows and Pyramids Adriaan Geuze 8. The Mediterranean Cemetery: Landscape as Collective Memory Luigi Latini Part 3: Buildings 9. The Place of Place in Memory Esther da Costa Meyer 10. Remembering Ruins, Ruins Remembering Marc Treib 11. The Memory Industry and Its Discontents: The Death and Life of a Keyword Andrew Shanken 12. Mnemonic Value and Historic Preservation Jorge Otero-Pailos

’The apt choice of quotations will provide an invaluable reference for garden historians and illustrates that garden design is so much more than plants and drawings ... Although this book will not fit in your pocket, put it in your suitcase as an essential reference for serious garden expeditions.’ – Historic Gardens Review

Selected Contents: 1. Design Philosophy 2. Ancient Gardens 2000BC-1000BC 3. Classical Gardens 1400BC600AD 4. West Asian and Islamic Gardens 500BC-1700AD 5. Medieval Gardens 600AD-1500AD 6. Renaissance Gardens 1350-1650 7. Baroque Gardens 1600-1750 8. Neoclassical and Romantic Gardens 1700-1810 9. Eclectic Gardens 1800-1900 10. Abstract and Post-Abstract Gardens 1900-2000 2004: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-31748-1: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31749-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-58933-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415317498

Settings and Stray Paths Writings on Landscapes and Gardens Marc Treib This extensive work brings together a quarter century of the work of Marc Treib, taking in the cultural meaning of the designed landscape, the lives and work of the leading names in the field and a remarkable geographical and temporal range. 2005: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-70046-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70047-4: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700474

The Cultured Landscape Designing the Environment in the 21st Century Edited by Sheila Harvey and Ken Fieldhouse ’An ideal starting point for an understanding of the contemporary debates about the role which public landscapes now play in people’s lives ... the photographs are very helpful, and give a flavour of contemporary design and masterplanning issues.’ – Green Places 2005: 234 x 156: 208pp Hb: 978-0-419-25030-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-419-25040-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64225-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419250401

2009: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77735-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77736-0: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777360

Kathryn Moore

This book challenges the traditional foundations of perception and takes an imaginative, radical approach, setting itself apart from the traditions of analytical philosophy, evolutionary psychology, and phenomenology which underpin much of current design theory and discourse. The new definition of perception produces startling consequences for conceptions of language, intelligence, meaning, the senses, emotions and subjectivity. This is an innovative, fresh view on design and how we can improve it for both practitioners and students in the architecture and design fields as well as philosophers. Selected Contents: Foreword Paul Shepheard Preface 1. Introduction 2. The Sensory Interface and Other Myths and Legends 3. Teaching the Unknowable 4. Aesthetics: The Truth, The Whole Truth and Universal Truth 5. Objectivity Without Neutrality 6. Studied Ignorance 7. Seeing is Believing 8. Theory into Practice. Bibliography 2009: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-30869-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30870-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-16765-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415308700

Dictionary of Ecodesign An Illustrated Reference Ken Yeang and Lillian Woo

The first guide to the terminology of sustainable design. Written by an internationally renowned expert in the field, this illustrated dictionary provides over 1500 definitions and explanations of ecodesign terms.

Providing a unique resource for the practitioner and student, this book leaves the reader free to ’dip’ in and out of the book allowing for ’bite-sized’ learning at their own convenience. It is an essential reference for all architects, engineers, planners and environmentalists involved in designing and planning projects and schemes in the built environment. March 2010: 246 x 189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-45899-3: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86440-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458993

Festival Architecture Edited by Sarah Bonnemaison and Christine Macy Series: The Classical Tradition in Architecture 2007: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-70128-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70129-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79950-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415701297

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

65


66

a rchit ect ure history and theory

The Green Braid

Intimate Metropolis

Towards an Architecture of Ecology, Economy and Equity

Urban Subjects in the Modern City

Edited by Kim Tanzer and Rafael Longoria Series: The ACSA Architectural Education Series This volume presents the discipline’s best thinking on sustainability in written, drawn, and built form, drawing on over fifteen years of peer-reviewed essays and national design awards published by the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture (ACSA). Providing a primer on sustainability, useful to teachers and students alike, the selected essays address a broad range of issues. Combined with design projects that highlight issues holistically, they promote an understanding of the principles of sustainability and further the integration of sustainable methods into architectural projects. Using essays that alternately revise and clarify twentieth century architectural thinking, The Green Braid places sustainability at the centre of excellent architectural design. No other volume addresses sustainability within the context of architectural history, theory, pedagogy and design, making this book an ideal source for architects in framing their practices, and therefore their architectural production, in a sustainable manner. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Green Braid: Networked Ways of Knowing 1. The Green Braid: Networked Ways of Knowing 2. Architecture, Ecology Design and Human Ecology 3. A New Social Contract: Equity and Sustainable Development 4. Economic Sustainability in the PostIndustrial Landscape 5. Models, Lists and the Evolution of Sustainable Architecture Part 2: Meta-Discourses in Pedagogy and Practice 6. Introduction 7. Cyborg Theories and Situated Knowledges: Some Speculations on a Cultural Approach to Technology 8. We Are No[w here]: A Social Critique of Contemporary Theory 9. The Hidden Influence of Historical Scholarship on Design 10. Culture and the Recalibration of First Ring Suburbs 11. Portable Construction Training Center 12. One Week, Eight Hours Part 3: Phenomena and Technology 13. Introduction 14. From l’Air Exact to l’Aérateur: Ventilation and its Evolution in the Architectural Work of Le Corbusier 15. Unhealthy Energy Conservation Practices 16. Good-Bye Willis Carrier 17. The Compass House 18. Scupper Houses or the Dogtrot House and the Shotgun House Reconsidered 19. An Affordable, Sustainable House 20. Phenomenal Surface: Fog House Part 4: Building Practices 21. Introduction 22. Poetic Engineering and Invention: Arthur Troutner, Architect, and the Development of Engineered Lumber 23. Terunobu Fujimori: Working with Japan’s Small Production Facilities 24. Making Smartwrap: From Parts to Pixels 25. Quilting with Glass, Cedar and Fir: A Workshop and Studio in Rossland, BC and Navy Demonstration Project 26. Modernism Redux: a Study in Light, Surface, and Volume 27. Solar Sails: An Installation Part 5: Settlement Patterns 28. Introduction 29. Economy=Ecology: A Scenario for Chicago’s Lake Calumet 30. Sarajevo: Ecological Reconstruction after the ‘Urbicide’ 31. The Suburban Critique at Mid-Century: A Case Study 32. I-10 The Gulf Coast States/Mall Housing 33. Community Redevelopment for a Small Town in Florida and Drifting Urbanism 34. The Role of Infrastructure in the Production of Public Spaces for the City of Miami Part 6: The Shared Realm 35. Introduction 36. Architectural Intervention and the Post-Colonial Era: The Tjibaou Cultural Center in New Caledonia by the Renzo Piano Building Workshop 37. History, Tradition, and Modernity: Urbanism and Cultural Change in Chanderi, India 38. Global Constructions, Or Why Guadalajara wants a Home Depot while Los Angeles Wants Construction Workers 39. A Raptor Enclosure for the Zuni Pueblo 40. Garden of Time; Landscape of Change: Women Suffrage Memorial St. Paul, Minnesota 41. Unmasking Urban Traces 2007: 246 x 189: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-41499-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41500-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96488-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415002

Complimentary Exam Copy

Edited by Vittoria Di Palma, Diana Periton and Marina Lathouri Intimate Metropolis explores connections between the modern city, its architecture, and its citizens, by questioning traditional conceptualizations of public and private. Rather than focusing purely on public spaces-such as streets, cafés, gardens, or department stores-or on the domestic sphere, the book investigates those spaces and practices that engage both the urban and the domestic, the public and the private. The legal, political and administrative frameworks of urban life are seen as constituting private individuals’ sense of self, in a wide range of European and world cities from Amsterdam and Barcelona to London and Chicago. Providing authoritative new perspectives on individual citizenship as it relates to both public and private space, in-depth case studies of major European, American and other world cities and written by an international set of contributors, this volume is key reading for all students of architecture. Selected Contents: Introduction Vittoria Di Palma, Diana Periton, Marina Lathouri 1. Urban Life Diana Periton 2. Heads: Philip-Lorca diCorcia and the Paradox of Urban Portraiture Hugh Campbell 3. A Space for the Imagination: Depicting Women Readers in the Nineteenth-Century City Kathryn Brown 4. ‘So the Flâneur Goes For a Walk In His Room’: Interior, Arcade, Cinema, Metropolis Charles Rice 5. Exhibitionism: John Soane’s ‘Model House’ Helene Furján 6. Private House, Public House: Victor Horta’s Ubiquitous Domesticity Amy Kulper 7. Drawing and Dispute: The Strategies of the Berlin Block Katharina Borsi 8. ‘The Necessity of the Plan’: Visions of Individuality and Collective Intimacies Marina Lathouri 9. City is House and House is City: Aldo van Eyck, Piet Blom, and the Architecture of Homecoming Karin Jaschke 10. Urban Play: Intimate Space and Postwar Subjectivity Roy Kozlovsky 11. Pervasive Intimacy: The Unité d’Habitation and Golden Lane as Instruments of Postwar Domesticity Christopher Hight 12. Zoom: Google Earth and Global Intimacy Vittoria Di Palma 2008: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41506-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41507-1: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415071

Writing Urbanism A Design Reader Edited by Douglas Kelbaugh and Kit McCullough Series: The ACSA Architectural Education Series

Sitte, Hegemann and the Metropolis Modern Civic Art and International Exchanges Edited by Charles Bohl and Jean-François Lejeune These essays, from leading names in the field, weave together the parallels and differences between the past and present of civic art. Offering prospects for the first decades of the twenty-first century, the authors open up a broad international dialogue on civic art, which relates historical practice to the contemporary meaning of civic art and its application to community building within today’s multi-cultural modern cities. The volume brings together the rich perspectives on the thought, practice and influence of leading figures from the great era of civic art that began in the nineteenth century and blossomed in the early twentieth century as documented in the works of Werner Hegemann and his contemporaries and considered fundamental to contemporary practice. Selected Contents: Introduction: Civic Art Then and Now Part 1: Camillo Sitte and the Picturesque: Precedents and Perspectives Part 2: International Exchanges Camillo Sitte Part 3: The Metropolitan Context 2008: 246 x 189: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-42406-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42407-3: £30.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415424073

Nordic Architects Write A Documentary Anthology Edited by Michael Asgaard Andersen

This anthology gathers together for the first time the most influential architectural texts from the Nordic countries: Denmark, Finland, Norway, and Sweden. Many of the texts appear for the first time in English, making them available to a worldwide readership.

These texts were written between 1920 and 2007 by architects who lived and worked in the Nordic countries. The book is structured in sections by country with supportive introductions by regional experts. The reader can seek out common themes of space, place, materials, etc across nations or approach the material chronologically.

Selected Contents: Foreword. Preface Part 1: Urban Process 1. Introduction 2. Observations 3. Preservation, Re-Use and Sustainability 4. Community Part 2: Urban Form 5. Introduction 6. Everyday Urbanism, Landscape Urbanism, and Infrastructure 7. New Urbanism 8. Post Urbanism Part 3: Urban Society 10. Introduction 11. The Public Realm 12. Globalism and Local Identity 13. Technology

Selected Contents: Foreword: Northern Lights Steven Holl (with David van der Leer) Introduction: Considering Architectural Writings Michael Asgaard Andersen Part 1: Denmark Christoffer Harlang. Poul Henningsen. Kay Fisker. Steen Eiler Rasmussen. Erik Christian Sørensen. Jørn Utzon. Arne Jacobsen. Tegnestuen Vandkunsten. Henning Larsen. Boje Lundgaard Part 2: Finland Anni Vartola. Eliel Saarinen. Alvar Aalto. Nils Erik Wickberg. Aulis Blomstedt. Osmo Lappo. Reima Pietilä. Kirmo Mikkola. Markku Komonen. Juhani Pallasmaa Part 3: Norway Elisabeth Tostrup. Johan Ellefsen. PAGON. Knut Knutsen. Christian Norberg-Schulz. Wenche Selmer. Kjell Lund. Håkon Vigsnæs. Jan Olav Jensen Part 4: Sweden Johan Mårtelius. Uno Åhrén. Erik Gunnar Asplund. Nils Ahrbom. Leif Reinius. Peter Celsing. Ralph Erskine. ELLT. Stefan Alenius, Jan Angbjär and Magnus Silfverhielm. Johan Celsing Epilogue: Between Arrangement and Subtle Rebellion Wilfried Wang

2008: 246 x 189: 424pp Hb: 978-0-415-77438-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77439-0: £26.99

2008: 246 x 174: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-46351-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46352-2: £30.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774390

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415463522

Urban design continues to grow as an increasingly important and expanding field of study, research and professional endeavour. Distinguished by its broad scope and comprehensiveness on the subject of urban design, this new collection combines selected essays from both practitioners and academia. Writing Urbanism is the ideal volume for both students, architects and urban designers.

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e hi s tory and th e o ry

P.V. Jensen-Klint

Rem Koolhaas / OMA

Thomas Bo Jensen

Roberto Gargiani

In this book, the projects, buildings and theories of Koolhaas, as well as the other members of the Office for Metropolitan Architecture, are examined in chronological and thematic sequence, beginning with the period of Koolhaas’ education at the Architectural Association School of Architecture of London in the cultural context of the neo-avant-gardes at the end of the 60s and at the beginning of the 70s.

Peder Vilhelm Jensen-Klint (1853-1930) is one of the most important background figures for twentieth century Danish architecture and design. His serious and profoundly reflective approach to his work instilled courage in a new generation of architects that wanted to work in an idiom for their own age, without adding any superfluous decoration from the past.

Selected Contents: Foreword 1. Toward Architecture 2. The Poet, the Educator and the Castigator 3. Introversive Buildings 4. Buildings with Faces 5. Memory’s Knot 6. Captivated by the Idea of the Church 7. The Dream of the Flawless Church 8. The Grundvtig Church 9. Competition Projects 10. Last Work 11. Furniture, Graphics, Stone. Biography. List of Works 2009: 279 x 211: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-55318-6: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553186

Brunelleschi, Lacan, Le Corbusier Architecture, Space and the Construction of Subjectivity Lorens Holm

This well-argued, analytic text provides a greater understanding of spatial issues in the field of architecture. Re-interpreting the fifteenth century demonstration of perspective, Lorens Holm puts it in relation to today’s theories of subjectivity and elaborates for the first time the theoretical link between architecture and psychoanalysis.

Divided into three sections, Brunelleschi, Lacan, Le Corbusier argues that perspective remains the primary and most satisfying way of representing form, because it is the paradigmatic form of spatial consciousness. Well-illustrated with over 100 images, this compelling book is a valuable study of this key aspect of architectural study and practice, making it an essential read for architects in their first year or their fiftieth. Selected Contents: Preface: Facade. Foundation. Introduction: Vision and its Doubles Part 1: Projection and Introjection 1. Two Cartoons: The New Yorkers 2. Brunelleschi and Le Corbusier (Part 1): Photograph and Snapshot 3. Brunelleschi and Le Corbusier (Part 2): Image and Field Part 2: Perspective, the Mirror Stage of Space 4. The Origins of Perspective: Reading Manetti 5. The Origins of Perspective: Brunelleschi’s Mirror 6. Intercession: The Gaze and Voice of Brunelleschi Part 3: Space and its Object 7. Desire Position Opacity and Death in the Visual Field 8. The Parthenon and Le Corbusier. Conclusion: The Death of Space 2009: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41968-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41969-7: £29.99

Selected Contents: Part 1: Experimentation of the Paranoiac-Critic Method Part 2: New Sobriety Against the Post-Modern and Contextualism Part 3: The Century of the Merveilles Part 4: S,M,L,XL, 1995. ’Typical Plan’, ’Bigness’, ’Last Apples’, ’Generic City’: Principles for a Theory of Architecture Part 5: Generic Volume, Informal Polyhydric Solids and Functional Diagrams 2008: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-46145-0: £45.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461450

NEW

The Sacred In-Between: The Mediating Roles of Architecture

Walter Benjamin and Architecture Edited by Gevork Hartoonian Drawing from Walter Benjamin’s ideas, the essays compiled in this book contribute to a critical understanding of contemporary architectural theories. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Gevork Hartoonian 2. Manfredo Tafuri and the Age of Historical Representation Andrew Leach 3. Looking Backward, Looking Forward: Delightful Delays Gevork Hartoonian 4. Porosity at the Edge: Working through Walter Benjamin’s ‘Naples’ Andrew Benjamin 5. From Baldwin’s Paris to Benjamin’s: The Architectonics of Race and Sexuality in Giovanni’s Room Magdalena J. Zaborowska 6. Architecture Under the Gaze of Photography: Benjamin’s Actuality and Consequences Nadir Lahiji 7. The Techno-Aesthetics of Shock: Mario Sironi and the Exhibition of the Fascist Revolution Libero Andreotti 8. Mimesis Neil Leach 9. Daniel Among the Philosophers: The Jewish Museum, Berlin, and Architecture after Auschwitz Terry Smith 10. Portbou and Two Grains of Wheat: In Remembrance of Walter Benjamin Renee Tobe 2009: 246 x 174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-48292-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86592-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415482929

Thomas Barrie, North Carolina State University, USA

Nothingness: Tadao Ando’s Christian Sacred Space

Jin Baek

The sacred place was, and still is, an intermediate zone created in the belief that it has the ability to co-join the religious aspirants to their gods. An essential means of understanding this sacred architecture is through the recognition of its role as an ‘in-between’ place. Establishing the contexts, approaches and understandings of architecture through the lens of the mediating roles often performed by sacred architecture, this book offers the reader an extraordinary insight into the forces behind these extraordinary buildings. Written by an well-known expert in the field, the book draws on a unique range of cases, reflecting on these inspiring places, their continuing ontological significance and the lessons they can offer today. Fascinating reading for anyone interested in sacred architecture.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Middle Ground of Interpretation: Phenomenology, Hermeneutics and the Sensory Experience of Architecture 3. Practices of Connection: Applications of Transcendentalist and Buddhist Philosophies 4. Meditating Elements: Symbolism, Religion and the In-between 5. Symbolic Engagements: The Media of Architecture 6. Earth and Sky: Place and Primordial Architecture 7. The Sacred Path and Place: Spatial Sequences and Symbolic Narratives 8. Ordering the World: The Symbolism of Proportion and Geometry 9. Perfected Worlds: Cosmograms and Connections 10. Conclusion 11. Closing Thoughts: Personal Experiences of Place March 2010: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77963-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77964-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779647

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415419697

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Based round an interview with Tadao Ando, this book explores the influence of the Buddhist concept of nothingness on Ando’s Christian architecture, and sheds new light on the cultural significance of the buildings of one the world’s leading contemporary architects. Specifically, this book situates Ando’s churches, particularly his world-renowned Church of the Light (1989), within the legacy of nothingness expounded by Kitaro Nishida (1870-1945), the father of the Kyoto Philosophical School. Linking Ando’s Christian architecture with a philosophy originating in Mahayana Buddhism illuminates the relationship between the two religious systems, as well as tying Ando’s architecture to the influence of Nishida on post-war Japanese art and culture. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Emptiness and Christianity 1. Emptiness within Christianity 2. Return to Emptiness Part 2: The School of Things (Mono-ha) and its Criticism of Modernity 3. The Emergence of the School of Things and Space Design 4. The School of Things and Anti-Semiotics 5. The School of Things and Nothingness Part 3: Nothingness, Shintai and Christian Theology 6. Kitaro Nishida’s Philosophy of Nothingness 7. Nothingness and Shintai 8. Nothingness and Christian Theology art 4: Emptiness and the Cross 8. Emptiness and the Demise of Symbols 9. The Cross between Romanticism and Barbarism 10. Emptiness Filled with Situational Appearance 11. Metaphysical Light and Phenomenological Light 12. Dark, Light and Gold Part 5: Emptiness, the Cross and Shintai 13. Shintai and Corporeality of Architectural Elements 14. Body Attuned 15. The Penetrating Light and the Cross in Efficacy 16. Seeing in Emptiness 17. Beyond Solitude 18. The Sublime Conclusion Part 6: Interview with Tadao Ando 2009: 246 x 189: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-47853-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47854-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64281-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415478540

67


68

a rchit ect ure history and theory

James Stirling

New

Early Unpublished Writings on Architecture

Third World Modernism

Edited by Mark Crinson

Architecture, Development and Identity

Edited by Paul Jenkins and Leslie Forsyth

James Stirling (1924-1992) was, arguably, the most influential and controversial post-war British architect. Stirling’s reputation is based primarily on such seminal buildings as the Leicester University Engineering Building (1959-63, with James Gowan), at one end of his career, and the Neue Staatsgalerie Stuttgart (1977-83, with Michael Wilford) at the other. Although he denied both labels, his work is seen as central to New Brutalism and Post-Modernism and his buildings attracted commentary and theory from the leading architectural thinkers of the day (including Frampton, Tafuri, Eisenman and Banham). Despite his significance, however, there has been very little recent research or creative re-interpretation of his work.

Edited by Duanfang Lu, University of Sydney, Australia

How can architects best increase their engagement with building users and wider society to provide better architecture?

This fascinating insight into Stirling’s work presents previously unavailable writings by him as well as new research on his early career, including: • ’The Black Notebook’ – the journal he kept in the mid-1950s • the recorded talk he gave to the ’Team 10’ group in 1962, as well as the discussion that followed that talk • three sets of notes for lectures he gave • an interview with Stirling and Gowan • essays by the editor placing the texts in the context of Stirling’s early work and discussing Stirling’s relation to Le Corbusier. Profusely illustrated, with many photographs taken by Stirling himself, this book gives fresh understanding of Stirling’s early career and the reasons why avant-garde architecture in post-war Britain became so widely influential outside the country. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction – The Formation of a (Post) Modernist Mark Crinson 2. The Black Notebook – Stirling’s Architectural Journal Kept Between 1953 and 1958 3. Notes for a Lecture 4. Influence of Corb on Me Now and When a Student 5. Eight Questions to Stirling and Gowan 6. Royaumont Talk 7. Urban Redevelopment 8. Architecte Anglais: Stirling and Le Corbusier’ Mark Crinson 2009: 234 x 156: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-55058-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55059-8: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550598

Architecture of Modern China A Historical Critique Jianfei Zhu A collection of essays on architecture of modern China, arranged chronologically covering a period from 1729 to 2008, focusing mainly on the twentieth century. The distinctive feature of this book is a blending of ‘critical’ and ‘historical’ research, taking a long-range perspective transcending the current scene and the Maoist period. This is a short, elegant book that condenses the wide subject matter into key topics. Selected Contents: 1. Modern Chinese Architecture 2. Perspective as Symbolic Form: Beijing, 1729-35 3. The Architect and a Nationalist Project: Nanjing, 1925-37 4. A Spatial Revolution: Beijing, 1949-59 5. The 1980s and 90s: Liberalization 6. Criticality in between China and the West, 1996-2004 7. A Global Site and a Different Criticality 8. Beijing, 2008: A History 9. Geometries of Life and Formlessness 10. Twenty Plateaus, 1910s-2010s

This set of essays brings together studies that challenge interpretations of the development of modernist architecture in Third World countries during the Cold War. The topics look at modernism’s part in the transnational development of building technologies and the construction of national and cultural identity. Architectural modernism is far more than another instance of Western expansionist aspirations; it has been developed in cross-cultural spaces and variously localized into nation-building programs and social welfare projects. The first volume to address countries right across the developing world, this book has a key place in the historiography of modern architecture, dealing with non-Western traditions. October 2010: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-56457-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56458-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84099-3

Architecture, Ethics and Globalization Edited by Graham Owen Bridging the gap between architectural theory and professional practice studies, this book offers critical inquiry into the shifting ground of ethical thought in the changing climate of the global economy. Looking at issues of contemporary significance to architectural critics, practitioners, educators, and students, the book also examines the role of the architectural academy in providing an education in ethical judgement. Including transcripts of responses and discussions among its contributors, a broad interdisciplinary set of perspectives are debated and often controversial points of view are put forward. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The First Rule of the Architect is... 2. Architecture, Globalization, and Ethics 3. Questioning Progress in the Post-Industrial Landscape 4. Architecture and Ethics: Sixteen Points 5. Building Dwelling Acting 6. Re-Making the Space for Professional ResponseAbility: Lessons from the Corporate-Linked University 7. We Three (My Echo, My Shadow and Me): Ethics and Identity Formation in Modernist Architectural Education 8. The Privilege of Ethical Codes 9. Ethics After the Avant-Garde: Criticism and Reflexivity 10. Architectural Ethics, Multiculturalism and Globalization. Index

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415323741

Since the mid 1990s government policy has promoted the idea of greater social participation in the production and management of the built environment but there has been limited direction to the practising architect. Reviewing international cases and past experiences to analyze what lessons have been learnt, this book argues for participation within other related disciplines, and makes a set of recommendations for architectural practices and other key actors. Selected Contents: Foreword Jeremy Till Preface. Summary Part 1: Background, Context and Analytical Framework 1. Concepts of Social Participation in Architecture 2. A Brief Historical Review of Community Technical Aid and Community Architecture 3. International Experience 4. Wider Scoping of Relevant Literature Part 2: Illustrative Case Studies 5. Case Studies of Social Participation in Different Building Types in the UK 6. Case Studies of Organisations with Community-Based Practices in the UK 7. Case Studies of Architectural Educational Institutions 8. Case Studies on the Use of Participatory Computer-Based Techniques Part 3: Findings and Recommendations 9. Analysis of Findings 10. Current Challenges and Recommendations for the UK Part 4: Appendices 2009: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-54723-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54724-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86949-9

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415564588

2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32373-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32374-1: £34.99

Architecture, Participation and Society

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415547246

Beyond Archigram The Structure of Circulation Hadas A. Steiner Beyond Archigram is the first study of the prehistory of digital representation to focus on the magazine Archigram, the magazine published in London irregularly between 1961 and 1970 and the name of the group that created it. Archigram is among the most significant phenomena to emerge in post-war architectural culture. The wired environments first advertised on its pages formulated an architectural vocabulary of metamorphosis and obsolescence that cross-pollinated industrial and digital technology at the same time as complex systems were becoming commercially available. Through archival, theoretical and visual analysis, Hadas Steiner explores the process through which this model was envisaged and disseminated within an international network of practitioners and shows how the assimilation of Archigram imagery set the course for the visual output of what are now commonplace tools in architectural practice. This book will provide a foundation for further inquiry into the integration of digital technology at every level of design. Selected Contents: Preface Part 1: The Archigram Network 1. The Image of Change 2. Modern Architecture in England 3. City Synthesis Part 2: Bathrooms, Bubbles and Systems 4. Bathrooms 5. Bubbles 6. Systems 7. The Technological Picturesque 2008: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-39476-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39477-2: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415394772

2008: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-45780-4: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457804

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e hi s tory and th e o ry

Quality Out of Control Standards for Measuring Architecture Edited by Allison Dutoit, Cardiff University, UK, Juliet Odgers, Cardiff University, UK and Adam Sharr, Newcastle University, UK

Formerly grounded in values of craftsmanship, in the skilled making of products, ‘quality’ is now associated with the management of administrative or technical processes. Its appreciation, once based in the exercise of individual judgement and taste, is now often founded on supposedly objective systems of evaluation.

Practitioners of design are under pressure to quantify ‘quality’, but it is questionable whether it is possible or even desirable to do so. This book considers this important issue, looking at how quality is: • defined • appreciated • evaluated • managed • produced With contributions from eminent architects and architectural critics, this book is for architects, academics, students and anyone interested in what architectural quality is, and how it may be achieved. Selected Contents: Foreword Richard Weston Introduction Part 1: Appreciation 1. Landscapes of Experience 2. Even Pavements in Verona are Marble: John Ruskin, Adrian Stokes and the Stones of Verona 3. Taste Part 2: Production 4. Designing in Quality 5. Assessing Design Quality in Architectural Education 6. Leslie Martin and the Science of Architectural Form 7. Ugly Little Angels Revisited 8. Passion and Control: Lewerentz and a Mortar Joint Part 3: Belief 9. Necessary Qualifications: Design Before, During, and After Construction 10. Simplicity and Belief 11. Stirlingís Worth: The Quality of the Florey Building Part 4: Measure 12. Water and the Historicity of Perception: The New Royal Baths at Bath 13. The Qualia of Architectural Experience: On Sullivan, Szarowski, Autobiographies and Ideas 14. The Architectís Signature as a Sign of Quality 15. Quality beyond Measure: Architecture in the Lacanian Account of Culture. Afterword January 2010: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-55365-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55366-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86184-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553667

Architext Stadium Worlds Football, Space and the Built Environment

For guidance on how to structure your proposal please visit:

www.routledge.com/info/authors

Katerina Rüedi Ray, Bowling Green State University, Ohio, USA Series: Architext

Series: Architext Analyzing football as a cultural practice, this book investigates the connection between the sport and its built environment. Four thematic sections bring together an international multi-disciplinary range of perspectives with particular focus on the stadium. Examples from architectural design, media studies and archaeology are used while studying advertising, economics, migration, fandom, local identities, emotions, gender, and the sociology of space. Texts and case-studies build up this useful book for lecturers and researchers in sociology, cultural studies, geography, architecture, sport and environment. Selected Contents: Introduction: Football, Space and the Built Environment Part 1: The Politics of Representation and Design 1. The New European Stadium 2. ’Show Yourself to the People!’: Ancient Stadia, Politics and Society 3. Challenging the Stadium: Watching Sport Events in Public Part 2: Architecture and Media 4. The Stadium as a Cash Machine 5. The Mirror Stage in the Stadium: Media Spaces of Television and Architecture 6. Killing Sports Fields: The Amahora Stadium Complex in Kigali, Rwanda Part 3: When Global Flows Meet Local Cultures 7. Global Players and the Stadium: Migration and Borders in Professional Football 8. Going to the Match: The Transformation of the Match-day Routine at Manchester City FC 9. ’Come Home’: The Stadium, Locality and the Community at FC United of Manchester Part 4: Gender and Space 10. Sport, Football and Masculine Identity: The Stadium as a Window onto Gender Construction 11. Producting Gender-normative Spaces in U.S. Women’s Professional Soccer 12. Football Under Cover in Tehran’s Ararat Stadium Part 5: Emotions and the Body 13. Emotions in Sports Stadia 14. Heroes, Myths and Magic Moments: Religious Elements on the Sacred Ground 15. ‘Beckhamania’: Promoting Post-modern Celebrities Beyond the Stadium 16. Conclusion: The Stadium – Lense and Refuge June 2010: 246 x 174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-54903-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54904-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84856-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415549042

How Global Mobility Transforms Architecture and Urban Form

If you have an idea for a new book in the area please contact us using the details found at the front of the catalog.

Modernity and Globalization

Edited by Sybille Frank, Darmstadt University of Technology, Germany and Silke Steets, Darmstadt University of Technology, Germany

Re-shaping Cities

Proposals

Bauhaus Dream-house

Edited by Michael Guggenheim, University of Zurich, Switzerland and Ola Söderström, University of Neuchatel, Switzerland Series: Architext How are building types such as skyscrapers, mosques or living history museums imported, adapted and contested in different societies? Our urban landscapes are reshaped by the global circulation of models drawn from elsewhere. This original collection examines how architectural ideas, social models and building forms circulate round the world and become adapted to local conditions. 2009: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-49290-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49291-1: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492911

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

A highly original and innovative study that brings critical social theory to bear on the ideas of architectural and design education at the Bauhaus – tracing the spread and influence of these ideas worldwide.

Developed in post WW1 Germany, the principles of Bauhaus architecture and design were transferred by some of its leading figures to architecture schools at Harvard, Chicago and the IIT. Yet in the postwar era, they also became increasingly influential in architecture schools in Western and Central Europe, Japan, South America, Africa and the Middle East. This book provides a critical examination of the profound social, cultural and spatial consequences of these developments and the erasure of class, race, gender and culture which the ‘modernization’ of design embodied. Written to appeal to an extensive readership, not only in the fields of architectural and design education, but in architectural history and in critical pedagogy more generally, it is also for teachers and students in German art and cultural history and the many architects worldwide who continue to be fascinated by the ideas of the Bauhaus. Selected Contents: Introduction. Prologue 1. Tracing-house 2. Dream-house Part 1: Weimar Republic, 1919–1933 3. Charnel-house 4. Ware-house Part 2: Europe and Beyond, 1919–1968 5. Club-house 6. School-house. Conclusion: House-of-the-Father April 2010: 246 x 174: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-47581-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47582-2: £27.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475822

Visualizing the City Edited by Alan Marcus and Dietrich Neumann Series: Architext This anthology presents a range of interdisciplinary explorations into the urban environment, through film, photography, digital imagery, maps and signage. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Reflecting on the City 1. Haptic Space: Film and the Geography of Modernity Giuliana Bruno 2. Early Film and the Reproduction of Rio Maite Conde 3. Visualizing the Urban Masses: Modern Architecture and Architectural Photography in Weimar Berlin Sabine Hake Part 2: Remembering and Reinventing the City 4. Beautiful Dachau’s Contested Urban Identity Alan Marcus 5. The Contested City: Beirut in Lebanese War Cinema Lina Khatib 6. Tribute in Light: Iconography of a Memorial Dietrich Neumann Part 3: Reframing and Reshaping the City 7. Out on a Limb? Urban Traumas on the West Pacific Rim Stephanie Hemelryk Donald 8. The City Being Itself: the Case of Paris in La Haine François Penz 9. Composing London Visually Robert Tavernor Part 4: Revisualizing the City 10. The VJ of the Everyday: Remixing the Urban Visual Scott Burnham 11. Employee Entrances and Emergency Exits: Exposing the Invisible Imagery of Consumption David Michalski 12. Rain in the City Jill Stoner 2008: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-41970-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41971-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415419710

69


a rchit ect ure history and theory

70

Moderns Abroad

Colonial Modernities

Mediating Modernism

Architecture, Cities and Italian Imperialism

Architectural Cultures in Britain

Mia Fuller

Building, Dwelling and Architecture in British India and Ceylon

Series: Architext

Edited by Peter Scriver and Vikramaditya Prakash

Series: Architext

In this well illustrated volume, Andrew Higgott demonstrates how architectural books and journals have created twentieth century architectural culture in Britain.

This volume studies the architecture and urbanism of modern-era Italian colonialism (1869-1943) as it sought to build colonies in North and East Africa and the eastern Mediterranean. Mia Fuller follows, not only the design of the physical architecture, but also the development of colonial design theory, based on the assumptions made about the colonized, and also the application of modernist theory to both Italian architecture and that of its colonies. Moderns Abroad is the first book to present an overview of Italian colonial architecture and city planning. In chronicling Italian architects’ attempts to define a distinctly Italian colonial architecture that would set Italy apart from Britain and France, it provides a uniquely comparative study of Italian colonialism and architecture that will be of interest to specialists in modern architecture, colonial studies, and Italian studies alike. Selected Contents: Part 1: Contexts 1. History: 1869 – 1943 2. Geographies 3. The Colonial Built Environment Untheorized, 1880s – 1920s Part 2: Theories 4. Modern Italian Architecture, 1910s – 1930s 5. Colonial Modern, 1920s – 1940s 6. Imperial Urbanism, 1936 – 1937 Part 3: Practices 7. The Italian Colonial City: Tripoli 8. Islands of Ethnicity: Planned Agricultural Settlements 9. The Imperial City: Addis Ababa. Epilogue 2006: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-19463-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96886-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415194631

International experts present an illustrated collection of essays exploring the societal impact of colonial architecture and engineering on the colonized and the colonizers.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Frames of Discourse 1. Between Materiality and Representation: Framing an Architectural Critique of Colonial South Asia 2. Stones and Texts: The Architectural Historiography of Colonial India and its Colonial-Modern Contexts 3. The Stone Books of Orientalism Part 2: Institutional Frameworks 4. Empire-Building and Thinking in the Public Works Department of British India 5. ’Strangers within the Gate’: Artisanry as Supplement of Labour in the Crafting of Colonial India 6. Between Copying and Creation: The Jeypore Portfolio of Architectural Details 7. Institutional Audiences and Architectural Style: The Napier Museum Part 3: Domestic Frames of Practice 8. A Tomb of One’s Own: The Governor’s House, Lahore 9. The Other Face of Primitive Accumulation: The Garden House in British Colonial Bengal 10. The Trouser Under the Cloth: Personal Space in De-Colonization, Ceylon 1815-1948 11. Negotiated Modernities: Symbolic Terrains of Housing in Delhi 2007: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-39908-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39909-8: £34.99

Framing Places Mediating Power in Built Form Kim Dovey Series: Architext Explored through a range of theories and case studies, this account shows how our lives are ’framed’ within the clusters of rooms, buildings, streets, and cities we inhabit.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Frames of Theorization 1. Power 2. Program 3. Text 4. Place Part 2: Centres of Power 5. Take Your Breath Away: Berlin 6. Hidden Power: Beijing 7. Paths to Democracy: Bangkok Part 3: Global Types 8. Tall Storeys: The Corporate Tower 9. Inverted City: The Shopping Mall 10. Domestic Desires: House and Enclave Part 4: Localities 11. A Sign for the Twenty-First Century: Euralille 12. Rust and Irony: Rottnest Island 13. Afterword: Liberty and Complicity 2008: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-41634-4: £79.99 Pb: 978-0-415-41635-1: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415416351

Complimentary Exam Copy

2006: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40178-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40177-7: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96898-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401777

Re-forming Britain Narratives of Modernity before Reconstruction Elizabeth Darling The emergence of British modernism has gone largely unconsidered, so whilst historians have examined Britain’s engagement with modernity in terms of art, politics and planning, this study addresses and fills that gap. 2006: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-33407-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33408-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41462-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415334082

Form Follows Fun Modernism and Modernity in British Pleasure Architecture 1925–1940

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415399098

Bruce Peter

Indigenous Modernities Negotiating Architecture and Urbanism

2nd Edition

Andrew Higgott

Jyoti Hosagrahar

2007: 246 x 189: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-42818-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42819-4: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415428194

Series: Architext ’[An] intelligent, well-organized, and well-illustrated investigation.’ – The Architectural Review ’I was immediately captivated ... a beautifully written book ... and some fine illustrations.’ – Urban Design 2005: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32375-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32376-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02273-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415323765

Desire Lines Space, Memory and Identity in the Post-Apartheid City Edited by No’leen Murray, Nick Shepherd and Martin Hall Series: Architext 2007: 246 x 174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-70130-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70131-0: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415701310

e-Inspection

www.facebook.com/pages/Taylor-FrancisBuilt-Environment-Books/8081119955

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e hi s tory and th e o ry

Designing Liners

Boutiques and Other Retail Spaces

Crisis of the Object

A History of Interior Design Afloat Anne Wealleans

The Architecture of Seduction

Gevork Hartoonian

Combining design history, architecture history, material and visual cultures, Designing Liners is a richly multidisciplinary work for those studying or researching this application of interior design.

Edited by David Vernet and Leontine de Wit

This excellent contribution to current architectural theory/history debates provides a critical analysis of three contemporary architects, which combines with a vigorously held theoretical position to question the state of contemporary architecture.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Decorating Modernity 2. Luxury Interiors and Arts and Crafts Architects 3. Beaux Arts Comfort on Board 4. Floating Art Deco Showcases 5. Modern Designer Liners 6. Transatlantic Modernism and the Interior Designer Appendix 1: Interior Designers and Their Ships Appendix 2: Designing Liners: Notable Ship

Series: Interior Architecture 2007: 246 x 189: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-36321-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36322-8: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01359-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363228

2006: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-37466-8: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37468-2: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09917-9

On Altering Architecture

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415374682

Fred Scott

The Emergence of the Interior Architecture, Modernity, Domesticity Charles Rice Taking a radical position counter to many previous histories and theories of the interior, domesticity and the home, The Emergence of the Interior considers how the concept and experience of the domestic interior have been formed from the beginning of the nineteenth century. 2006: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-38467-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38468-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08657-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384681

The Modern Period Room The Construction of the Exhibited Interior 1870–1950 Edited by Penny Sparke, Brenda Martin and Trevor Keeble In this volume leading scholars from a broad range of disciplines present illustrated essays towards a new take on the presentation of twentieth century show interiors. 2006: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-37469-9: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37470-5: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09961-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415374705

Cafes and Bars The Architecture of Public Display Edited by Christoph Grafe and Franziska Bollerey Series: Interior Architecture 2007: 246 x 189: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36327-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36328-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01363-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363280

Bringing together interior design and architectural theory, this exciting text looks at the common practices of building alteration, reconsidering established ideas and methods, to initiate the creation of a theory of the interior or interventional design.

Fred Scott examines in-depth case studies of interventional design from architectural history across the world – examples discussed are taken from the States, Europe and Japan. Scott expands and builds on the ideas of Viollet-le-Duc, structuralism and other thoughts to layout criteria for an art of intervention and change. The book draws on the philosophy of conservation, preservation and restoration, as well as exploring related social and political issues. For those in professions of architecture and interiors, town planners, and students in architecture and art schools, On Altering Architecture forms a body of thought that can be aligned and compared with architectural theory. Selected Contents: 1. Unchanging Architecture and the Case for Alteration 2. The Literate and the Vernacular 3. Restoration, Preservation and Alteration 4. Parody and Other Views 5. Parallels to Alteration 6. Degrees of Alteration 7. Stripping Back 8. The Process of Intervention 9. Prohibitions and Difficulties 10. Some Resolutions 11. The Wider Context 12. Unfinished

The Architecture of Theatricality

Selected Contents: Introduction: The Crisis of the Object 1. Theatricality: The Structure of Tectonic 2. Peter Eisenman: In Search of Degree Zero Architecture 3. Bernard Tschumi: Return of the Object 4. Frank Gehry: Roofing, Wrapping, Wrapping the Roof 5. Surface: A-Tectonic of Roofing and Wrapping 2006: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-38546-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38547-3: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96899-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415385473

Embracing Complexity in Design Edited by Katerina Alexiou, Jeffrey Johnson and Theodore Zamenopoulos

Outlining state-of-the-art developments in the area of complexity and design, this book collates them into a unique and authoritative resource for both the design and complex systems communities. The book is based on research which focuses on a variety of different themes and domains, including architecture, engineering, environmental design, art, fashion and management.

A ground-breaking publication marking a new era of appreciation of the import of complexity on design, this book is essential reading for those studying complexity or design.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415317528

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Generating Cities Using Complexity Theory 2. Embracing Complexity in Building Design 3. Complexity in Engineering Design 4. Using Complexity Science Framework and Multi-Agent Technology in Design 5. Complexity and Coordination in Collaborative Design 6. The Mathematical Conditions of Design Ability 7. The Art of Complex Systems Science 8. Performance, Complexity and Emergent Objects 9. Developments in Service Design Thinking and Practice 10. Metamorphosis of the Artificial 11. Embracing Design in Complexity

Modern Hospice Design

2009: 246 x 174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-49700-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87139-3

2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-31751-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31752-8: £26.99 eBook: 978-0-203-59059-1

The Architecture of Palliative Care Ken Worpole The hospice has become an iconic building for today’s culture. This book is about what lessons the hospice movement has for new ideas about buildings for healthcare across the world

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415497008

Altering Practices Feminist Politics and Poetics of Space

Selected Contents: 1. The House at the End of Life 2. Be Kind Quickly 3. The Brief is Everything 4. Public Faces and Private Places 5. Everything Gathered in One Room 6. In a Hospice Garden 7. The Evening Land. List of Hospices and Hospitals Visited

Edited by Doina Petrescu

2009: 234 x 156: 152pp Hb: 978-0-415-45179-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45180-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87810-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415357869

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451802

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

2007: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-35785-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35786-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00393-0

71


72

a rchit ect ure history and theory

Architecture, Animal, Human

The Possibility of (an) Architecture

The Asymmetrical Condition

Collected Essays by Mark Goulthorpe, dECOi Architects

Catherine T. Ingraham Considering the historical links between architecture and the development of life sciences, this text focuses on particular times of great change in these disciplines and the complex relationships between life and the environments that life creates. 2006: 234 x 156: 376pp Hb: 978-0-415-70106-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70107-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79960-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415701075

Architecture and the ’Special Relationship’ The American Influence on Post-War British Architecture Murray Fraser and Joe Kerr 2007: 276 x 219: 608pp Hb: 978-0-419-20910-2: £55.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419209102

The Evolution of Designs Biological Analogy in Architecture and the Applied Arts Philip Steadman The Evolution of Designs tells the history of the many analogies that have been made, since the end of the eighteenth century, between the evolution of organisms and the human production of artefacts – especially buildings. Selected Contents: Introduction. The Organic Analogy. The Classificatory Analogy: Building Types and Natural Species. The Anatomical Analogy: Engineering Structure and the Animal Skeleton. The Darwinian Analogy: Trial and Error in the Evolution of Organisms and Artefacts. The Evolution of Decoration. Tools as Organs or as Extensions of the Physical Body. How to Speed up Craft Evolution. Design as Process of Growth. Biotechnics: Plants and Animals as Inventors. Hierarchical Strcuture and the Adaptive Process. The Consequences of the Biological Fallacy: Functional Determinism. What Remains of the Analogy? Afterword 2008: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-44752-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44753-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93427-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447539

Biographies & Space Placing the Subject in Art and Architecture Edited by Dana Arnold and Joanna Sofaer Derevenski

Mark Goulthorpe

Articulating a radical agenda for the rethinking of the basic precepts of the construction industry in light of digital technologies, this book explores the profound shift that is underway in all aspects of architectural process. Essays and lectures from the last fifteen years discuss these changes in relation to dECOi Architects, created in 1991 as a forward-looking architectural practice. This excellent collection is relevant to architectural professionals, academics and students and also to practitioners in many related creative fields who are similarly engaged in trying to comprehend the significance of the import of digital media. Selected Contents: Foreword John McMorrough Introduction 1. Devotio Moderna 2. Hystera Protera 3. Le Bloc Fracture 4. The Inscrutable House 5. The Active Insert: Notes on Technic Praxis 6. Cut Idea: William Forsythe and an Architecture of Disappearance 7. Post Card to Parent 8. Misericord to a Grotesque Reification 9. Technological Latency 10. Gaudi’s Hanging Presence 11. From Autoplastic to Alloplastic Tendency 12. Notes on Digital Nesting 13. The Digital Surrational 14. Praxis Interview: Precise Indeterminancy 15. Rabbit K(not) Borroro 16. Sinthome: Plastik Conditional 17. Epilogue 2008: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-77494-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77495-6: £25.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774956

Theatre, Language and the Sensuous Space of Architecture Louise Pelletier What if the house you are about to enter was built with the confessed purpose of seducing you, of creating various sensations destined to touch your soul and make you reflect on who you are? Could architecture have such power? This was the assumption of generations of architects at the beginning of modernity. Exploring the role of theatre and fiction in defining character in architecture, Louise Pelletier examines how architecture developed to express political and social intent. Applying this to the modern day, Pelletier considers how architects can learn from these eighteenth century attitudes in order to restore architecture’s communicative dimension. Through an in-depth and interdisciplinary analysis of the beginning of modernity, Louise Pelletier encourages today’s architects to consider the political and linguistic implications of their tools. Combining theory, historical studies and research, Architecture in Words will provoke thought and enrich the work of any architect. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Character and Expression: Staging Architecture 1. Architecture as an Expressive Language 2. Character Theory at the Theatre 3. Rules of Expression and the Paradox of Acting Part 2: Playacting and the Culture of Entertainment: Architecture as Theatre 4. Theatre as the Locus of Public and Social Expression 5. Theatre Architecture and the Role of the Proscenium Part 3: Language and Personal Imagination: An Architecture for the Senses 6. Taste, Talent and Genius in Eighteenth-Century Aesthetics 7. Newtonian Empirical Sciences and the Order of Nature 8. Empirical Philosophy and the Nature of Sensations Part 4: Plotting an Architectural Program: The Space of Desire 9. Staging an Architecture in Words 10. The Narrative Space of Desire Conclusion: The Temporality of Human Experience Selected Bibliography

New

2006: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-39470-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39471-0: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96688-4

Architecture and Field/Work

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415394710

Edited by Suzanne Ewing, Jeremie Michael McGowan, Chris Speed and Victoria Clare Bernie, all at Edinburgh University, UK

Agency

Identifying and critically discussing the key terms, techniques, methodologies and habits that comprise our understanding of fieldwork in architectural education, research and practice, this book collates contributions by established and emerging international scholars. It will be of interest to critical practitioners, researchers, scholars and students of architecture. A selection of critical historiographies, theoretical strategies and reflective design practices challenge us to think seriously about our knowledge, experience and application of fieldwork in architecture.

2007: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-36551-2: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01738-8

October 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-59539-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59540-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83944-7

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415365512

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415595407

Complimentary Exam Copy

Architecture in Words

e-Inspection

Working With Uncertain Architectures Edited by Florian Kossak, Doina Petrescu, Tatjana Schneider, Renata Tyszczuk and Stephen Walker, all at University of Sheffield, UK Presenting current thinking from practitioners and scholars from around the world, this book asks for a more active relationship between the humanities, the architectural profession, and society. Considering issues of agency, in particular the role of architectural research as an agency of transformation, the chapters here explore how humanities research can better contribute towards understanding current architectural needs, possibilities and capacities for action. 2009: 246 x 174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-56601-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56602-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86029-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415566025

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e hi s tory and th e o ry

From Models to Drawings Imagination and Representation in Architecture Edited by Marco Frascari, Jonathan Hale and Bradley Starkey This edited collection addresses the vital role of the imagination in the critical interpretation of architectural representations. By challenging the contemporary tendency for computer-aided drawings to become mere ‘models’ for imitation in the construction of buildings, the articles explore the broader range of methods and meanings at stake in the creation and interpretation of architectural drawings, models, images and artefacts. These critical – and often practice-led – investigations are placed alongside a range of historical studies considering the development of representational techniques such as perspective, orthography and diagramming. By also addressing the use of visual representation in a number of related disciplines such as visual arts, film, performance and literature, the book opens up debates in architecture to important developments in other fields. This book is key reading for all students of architecture and architectural theory. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Historical Perspectives Introduction 1. Questions of Representation: The Poetic Origin of Architecture 2. On Paper: The Materiality of Architectural Drawings 3. Imagination and Architectural Representation 4. Drawing Adam’s Navel: The Problem of Disegno as Creative Tension Between the Visible and Knowledgeable 5. Drawn to Scale: The Imaginative Inhabitation of Architectural Drawings 6. The Cultural Context of Design and the Corporeal Dynamism of Drawing as the Foundations for the Imagination of Construction 7. Architecture’s Twinned Body: Building and Drawing 8. Translucent and Fluid: Piranesi’s Impossible Plan 9. Contemplating the Unfinished 10. Le Corbusier’s Spirals Part 2: Emergent Realities Introduction 11. Forms in the Dark: Nature, Waste and Digital Imitation 12. Concealment, Delay, and Topology in the Creation of Wondrous Drawing 13. A Digital Renaissance: Reconnecting Architectural Representation and Cinematic Visual Effects 14. Drawing Air: The Visual Culture of Bio-political Imaging 15. ’Higher’ Being and ’Higher’ Drawing: Claude Bragdon’s ’Fourth Dimension’ and the Use of Computer Technology in Design Part 3: Critical Dimensions Introduction 16. Seeing Time/ Writing Place 17. Marks in Space: Thinking About Drawing 18. Drawing Lines of Confrontation 19. Weather Architecture, Weather Drawing 20. Drawing on Light 21. Post Secular Architecture: Material, Intellectual, Spiritual Models 22. Specifying Materials: Language, Matter and the Conspiracy of Mutenes 23. Architecture as Image-Space-Text 24. Acts of Imagination and Reflection in Architectural Design 25. In the Corner of Perception – Spatial Experience in Distraction 2007: 246 x 174: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-43113-2: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48798-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415431132

The Politics of Making Edited by Mark Swenarton, Igea Troiani and Helena Webster

Curating Architecture and the City

Heterotopia and the City

Edited by Sarah Chaplin and Alexandra Stara

Edited by Michiel Dehaene and Lieven De Cauter

Addressing the collection, representation and exhibition of architecture and the built environment, this book explores current practices, historical precedents, theoretical issues and future possibilities arising from the meeting of a curatorial ‘subject’ and an architectural ‘object’.

Striking a balance between theoretical investigations and case studies, the chapters cover a broad methodological as well as thematic range. Examining the influential role of architectural exhibitions, the contributors also look at curatorship as an emerging attitude towards the investigation and interpretation of the city. International in scope, this collection investigates curation, architecture and the city across the world, opening up new possibilities for exploring the urban fabric. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: City Tours and Urban Reveries 1. Remembering Dublin in Ulysses 2. Choose (What) to Learn from Las Vegas, LA, London, Rome, Lagos ? 3. Curated Desires: Film, Photography and the Visual Transformation of Urban Space in Surrealism 4. Moving City: Curating Architecture on Site 5. Awaiting the Voice-Over: The Oresund Film Commission Location Database and the Mediatization of Architectural Landscape 6. Curating Contemporary Architecture: Touring the Bilbao Guggenheim and Seattle Central Library Part 2: Rethinking Curatorship, Rethinking Architecture 7. Cura 8. Caring for Dead Architecture 9. Exhibiting Architecture: The Installation as Laboratory for Emerging Architecture 10. From Flash Art to Flash Mob: Art in the Age of Spectacularisation 11. Reading into the Mysteries of Artemis Ephesia Part 3: Re-interpreting Public Space and Cultural Heritage 12. Curating the Social, Curating the Architectural 13. Expanding the Public Realm Through Curated Collaborative Action: The Echigo Tsumari Abandoned House Project 14. Curating the Nation: Turkish Pavilions in World Expositions 15. After Branding – A Lively Downtown? 16. The Necessity of Distance: Setting the Position for Critical Spatial Practice 17. Urban Fictions with the Office for Subversive Architecture. Afterword 2009: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-48982-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48983-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87638-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415489836

Critical Architecture Edited by Jane Rendell, Jonathan Hill, Mark Dorrian and Murray Fraser 2007: 246 x 174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-41537-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41538-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94566-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415385

2007: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-43101-9: £55.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48800-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415488006

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Public Space in a Postcivil Society Heterotopia, literally meaning ‘other place’, is a rich concept in urban design that describes a space that is on the margins of ordered or civil society, and one that possesses multiple, fragmented or even incompatible meanings. The term has had an impact on architectural and urban theory since it was coined by Foucault in the late 1960s but it has remained a source of confusion and debate since. Heterotopia and the City seeks to clarify this concept and investigates the heterotopias which exist throughout our contemporary world: in museums, theme parks, malls, holiday resorts, gated communities, wellness hotels and festival markets. With theoretical contributions on the concept of heterotopia, including a new translation of Foucault’s influential 1967 text, Of Other Space and essays by well-known scholars, the book comprises a series of critical case studies, from Beaubourg to Bilbao, which probe a range of (post)urban transformations and which redirect the debate on the privatization of public space. Wastelands and terrains vagues are studied in detail in a section on urban activism and transgression and the reader gets a glimpse of the extremes of our dualized, postcivil condition through case studies on Jakarta, Dubai, and Kinshasa. Heterotopia and the City provides a collective effort to reposition heterotopia as a crucial concept for contemporary urban theory. The book will be of interest to all those wishing to understand the city in the emerging postcivil society and post-historical era. Planners, architects, cultural theorists, urbanists and academics will find this a valuable contribution to current critical argument. Selected Contents: Part 1: Heterotopology: ‘A Science in the Making’ Part 2: Heterotopia Revisited Part 3: The Mall as Agora: The Agora as Mall Part 4: Dwelling in a Postcivil Society Part 5: Terrains Vagues: Transgression and Urban Activism Part 6: Heterotopia in the Splintering Metropolis Part 7: Heterotopia After the Polis 2008: 234 x 156: 360pp Hb: 978-0-415-42288-8: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08941-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415422888

Immaterial Architecture Jonathan Hill Hill explores new methods of creativity in architecture by focussing on and emphasizing the importance and significance of the immaterial, the created spaces, broadening the minds of architects and students thereof. 2006: 246 x 174: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-36323-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36324-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01361-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363242

73


a rchit ect ure history and theory

74

Material Matters

Architecture and Narrative

The Universe of Design

Architecture and Material Practice Edited by Katie Lloyd Thomas

The Formation of Space and Cultural Meaning

Horst Rittel’s Theories of Design and Planning

Sophia Psarra

Jean-Pierre Protzen, University of California, Berkeley, USA and David J. Harris

This book examines the use of materials in architecture, considering their meaning, implications, influences and practical use, going beyond a simple technical view to discover the forces that shape ’the stuff of building’.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Architecture and Material Practice. Plans to Matter: Towards a History of Material Possibility. A Royal Gittern at the British Museum. Plenums: Re-Thinking Matter, Geometry and Subjectivity. Gordon Matta-Clark: Matter, Materiality, Entropy, Alchemy. Marx Matters or Aesthetics, Technology, and the Spirit of Matter. The Thinking Hand. Material Imprecision. Pumping Up: Digital Steroids and the Design Studio. A Philosophy of Engagement: Material, Process and Collective Action. Material Matters Workshop: A Photographic Essay. Surface Structures in the Digital Age: Studies in Ferrocement. Out of Control: Architecture’s Media, Cybernetics and Design. The Methodology of Construction: The Gentleman’s Tailor and the Home Sewer. Re-Fabrications. Between Birds’ Nests and Manor Houses: Edwardian Cape Town and the Political Nature of Building Materials. Concrete as Conduit of Experience at the Brunswick, London. Unpleasant Matters. Material Responsibility and the Work of Rural Studio. Life Matters Making Place. The New and the Renewed 2007: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-36325-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36326-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01362-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415363266

Interpretation in Architecture Design as Way of Thinking Adrian Snodgrass and Richard Coyne

Drawing on cultural theory, phenomenology and concepts from Asian art and philosophy, this book reflects on the role of interpretation in the act of architectural creation, bringing an intellectual and scholarly dimension to real-world architectural design practice. For practising architects as well as academic researchers, these essays consider interpretation from three theoretical standpoints or themes: play, edification and otherness. Focusing on these, the book draws together strands of thought informed by the diverse reflections of hermeneutical scholarship, the uses of digital media and studio teaching and practice.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Architecture and Coherence Section 1: Play Architectural Hermeneutics. Playing by the Rules. Creativity as Commonplace Section 2: Edification The Disintegrated Curriculum. Ethics and Practice. Design Assessment. Design Amnesia Section 3: Otherness The Fusion of Horizons. A World of Difference. Myth, Mandala and Metaphor. Translating Tradition. Thinking Through the Gap. Random Thoughts on the Way 2005: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-38448-3: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38449-0: £44.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384490

Complimentary Exam Copy

Architecture is often seen as the art of a thinking mind that arranges, organizes and establishes relationships between the parts and the whole. It is also seen as the art of designing spaces, which we experience through movement and use. Conceptual ordering, spatial and social narrative are fundamental to the ways in which buildings are shaped, used and perceived. Examining and exploring the ways in which these three dimensions interact in the design and life of buildings, this intriguing book will be of use to anyone with an interest in the theory of architecture and architecture’s relationship to the cultural human environment.

Selected Contents: Part 1 Introduction 1. The Parthenon and the Erechtheion – The Spatial Formation of Place, Politics and Myth 2. Invisible Surface – Reflections in Mies van der Rohe’s Barcelona Pavilion Part 2 3. ‘The Book and the Labyrinth Were One and the Same’ – Narrative and Architecture in Borges’ Fictions 4. (Th) Reading the Library – Spatial and Mathematical Journeys in Borges’ Library of Babel Part 3 5. Soane Through the Looking Glass – The House-Museum of Sir John Soane 6. Victorian Knowledge – The Natural History Museum, London and the Art Gallery and Museum, Kelvingrove, Glasgow 7. Contemporary Experience – The Museum of Scotland, Edinburgh and the Burrell Collection, Glasgow 8. Tracing the Modern – Space, Display and Exploration in the Museum of Modern Art, New York (MoMA) Part 4 9. A Comparative Synthesis 10. The Formation of Space and Meaning 2009: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-34375-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34376-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-63967-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415343763

Making Leisure Work Architecture and the Experience Economy Brian Lonsway, Syracuse University, NY, USA Exploring architecture’s role in the spatial construction of themed experience design, this book provides a new theoretical framework for reading contemporary architecture and encourages alternative inquiries into the contemporary social politics of spatial production. 2009: 246 x 174: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-39801-5: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415398015

The Environmental Imagination Technics and Poetics of the Architectural Environment Dean Hawkes 2007: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-36086-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36087-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79941-3

This book examines the theoretical foundations of the processes of planning and design.

When people-alone or in groups-want to solve problems or improve their situation, they make plans. Horst Rittel studied this process of making plans and he developed theoriesincluding his notion of ’wicked problems’-that are used in many fields today. From product design, architecture and planning-where Rittel’s work was originally developed-to governmental agencies, business schools and software design, Rittel’s ideas are being used. This book collects previously unavailable work of Rittel’s within the framework of a discussion of Rittel’s theories and philosophical influences. April 2010: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-77988-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77989-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85158-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779890

Utopias and Architecture Nathaniel Coleman

Utopian thought, though commonly characterized as projecting a future without a past, depends on golden models for re-invention of what is. Through a detailed and innovative re-assessment of the work of three architects who sought to represent a utopian content in their work, and a consideration of the thoughts of a range of leading writers, Coleman offers the reader a unique perspective of idealism in architectural design. With unparalleled depth and focus of vision on the work of Le Corbusier, Louis I Kahn and Aldo van Eyck, this book persuasively challenges predominant assumptions in current architectural discourse, forging a new approach to the invention of welcoming built environments and transcending the limitations of both the postmodern and hyper-modern stance and orthodox modernist architecture. Selected Contents: Introduction: Utopias & Architectures? Part 1: Conceptualizing Utopias Architecture & Orientation. Situating Utopians. Real Fictions. Varieties of Architectural Utopias. Post War Possibilities. Part 2: Optimistic Architectures Le Corbusier’s Monastic Ideal. The Life Within. Fairy Tales & Golden Dust. Kahn & Salk’s Challenge to Dualistic Thinking. Aldo van Eyck’s Utopian Discipline. Story of Another Idea. The Unthinkability of Utopia. Into the Present. 2005: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-70084-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70085-6: £37.99 eBook: 978-0-203-53687-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700856

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415360876

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


arc h i te ctur e hi s tory and th e o ry

The Phenomenon of Life: The Nature of Order, Book 1

4 Volume Set

An Essay of the Art of Building and the Nature of the Universe

Christopher Alexander

Christopher Alexander Christopher Alexander’s masterwork, the result of 27 years of research, considers three vital perspectives: a scientific perspective; a perspective based on beauty and grace; a commonsense perspective based on our intuitions and everyday life. 2004: 278 x 191: 746pp Hb: 978-0-9726529-1-9: £42.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780972652919

The Process of Creating Life: The Nature of Order, Book 2 An Essay of the Art of Building and the Nature of the Universe Christopher Alexander Christopher Alexander’s masterwork, the result of 27 years of research, considers three vital perspectives: a scientific perspective; a perspective based on beauty and grace; a commonsense perspective based on our intuitions and everyday life. 2004: 278 x 191: 636pp Hb: 978-0-9726529-2-6: £42.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780972652926

A Vision of a Living World: The Nature of Order, Book 3 An Essay of the Art of Building and the Nature of the Universe Christopher Alexander Christopher Alexander’s masterwork, the result of 27 years of research, considers three vital perspectives: a scientific perspective; a perspective based on beauty and grace; a commonsense perspective based on our intuitions and everyday life.

The Nature of Order Christopher Alexander’s masterwork, the result of 27 years of research, considers three vital perspectives: a scientific perspective; a perspective based on beauty and grace; a commonsense perspective based on our intuitions and everyday life.

Edited by Sean Lally and Jessica Young

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780972652902

New

Paradigm Islands: Manhattan and Venice Discourses on Architecture and the City Teresa Stoppani, University of Greenwich, London, UK

Concerning architecture and the city, built, imagined and narrated, this book focuses on Manhattan and Venice, but considers architecture as an intellectual and spatial process rather than a product.

A critical look at the making of Manhattan and Venice provides a background to addressing the dynamic redefinition and making of space today. The gradual processes of adjustment, the making of a constantly changing dense space, the emphasis on forming rather than on figure, the incorporation of new forms and languages through their adaptation and transformation, make both Manhattan and Venice, in different ways, the ideal places to contextualize and address the issue of an architecture of the dynamic. October 2010: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-56185-3: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561853

Topophilia and Topophobia

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780972652933

Reflections on Twentieth-Century Human Habitat

An Essay of the Art of Building and the Nature of the Universe

From a Representation of Form to a Simulation of Space

2005 Hb: 978-0-9726529-0-2: £150.00

2005: 278 x 191: 690pp Hb: 978-0-9726529-3-3: £42.50

The Luminous Ground: The Nature of Order, Book 4

Softspace

Edited by Xing Ruan and Paul Hogben 2007: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-40323-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40324-5: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415403245

Christopher Alexander Christopher Alexander’s masterwork, the result of 27 years of research, considers three vital perspectives: a scientific perspective; a perspective based on beauty and grace; a commonsense perspective based on our intuitions and everyday life. 2004: 278 x 191: 356pp Hb: 978-0-9726529-4-0: £42.50 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780972652940

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

This well-illustrated book unites essayists and emerging architectural practices to examine how digital tools are increasingly being used in architectural design, not only to show form, structure and geometries but also to visualize and simulate energies and material qualities such as air, gas, sound, scent and electricity.

Softspace takes stock of current advancements in design and research, while drawing on historical and ideological trajectories rooted in the past fifty years. The varied contributors examine the capabilities of such ’energy matters’ to act as catalysts for design innovation today. This well-presented and impressively authored title will provoke architects of all levels to consider the potential for creative and innovative design through the use of digital design tools. Selected Contents: Featuring: Gnu Form. Helene Furjan. The Weather Group. Tornado -NCSA. Ocean North Open Source Architects. Marceyln Gow. MAO Works. Chris Hight. dECOi. Biot(h)ing 2006: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-40201-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40202-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96713-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415402026

Abstract Space Beneath the Media Surface Therese Tierney

This visually stunning, conceptually rich and imaginative book investigates the cultural connection between new media and architectural imaging. Through a range of material, from theoretical texts to experimental design projects, Tierney explores notions of what the architectural image means today. Within the book’s visually imaginative design framework, Abstract Space engages discourses from architecture, visual and cultural studies to computer science and communications technology to present an in-depth multi-media case study. Tracing a provisional history of the topic, the book also lends a provocative and multivalent understanding to the complex relations affecting the architectural image today.

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Architecture and Abstraction: Topologies of New Media 2. Architectural Modes of Seeing: Visual Theory and Cognition 3. Formulating Abstraction: Conceptual Art and the Architectural Object 4. Mapping Absence: Architectural Contingencies 5. Generative Systems: Evolving Computational Strategies 6. Formal Matters: The Virtual as a Generative Concept 7. The Status of the Architectural Image 2007: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-41510-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41509-5: £37.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96582-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415095

75


a rchit ect ure history and theory

76

Architectural Principles in the Age of Cybernetics

Elements of Parametric Design

Christopher Hight

Robert Woodbury, Simon Fraser University, Canada

A theoretical history of anthropomorphism and proportion in modern architecture, this volume brings into focus the discourse around proportion with current problems of post-humanism in architecture alongside the new possibilities made available through digital technologies.

The book examines how the body and its ordering has served as a central site of architectural discourse in recent decades, especially in attempts to reformulate architecture’s relationship to humanism, modernism and technology. Challenging some concepts and categories of architectural history and situates current debates within a broader cultural and technological context, Hight makes complex ideas easily accessible. Extensively illustrated and written without academic jargon for an informed but non-specialized architectural audience, this book elucidates the often obscure debates of avant-garde architectural discourse and design, while demonstrating how these debates have affected everyday places and concepts of architecture. As a result, it will appeal to professional architects, academics and students, combining as it does an insightful introduction to the fundamental issues of architectural history and theory over the past fifty years with entirely new formulations of what that history is and means. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Phenomenal Origin of Architecture 3. The Structural Continuities of Classicism 4. Modulor Residues of History 5. A Mid-Century Renaissance 6. The Schema and the Diagram 7. The Symbolic Strikes Back 8. Measured Response 9. Reflections of the Modulor 10. Measuring Vortices. Appendix 1: Notes on Terminology. Appendix 2: Program of the ’Primo Convegno Internazionale Sulle Proporzioni nelle Arti’ 2007: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-38481-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38482-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08656-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384827

Driven by new computer and digital fabrication tools, the architectural designs that are being built are pushing boundaries of form, customization and construction. Pushed by practices wanting and needing to produce novelty, computer-aided design systems are increasingly parametric - that is, they represent designs that change with their input data. Such systems give more control and capability to designers, but require much more comprehensive understanding if they are to be used effectively. Mastering these ideas requires skill as designer, mathematician and computer scientist. This book teaches what new knowledge and skills designers need to master the parametric and how they can learn and use it. It demonstrates clearly how using patterns to think about and work with parametric modeling helps designers master the new complexity of the design systems.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. What is Parametric Modeling? 3. How Designers Work 4. Programming 5. The New Elephant House, Copenhagen 6. Geometry 7. Onur Gun 8. Patterns for Parametric Design 9. Hysterical Space

SUSTAINABLE BUILT ENVIRONMENT Bestseller

Housing Design Handbook A Guide to Good Practice David Levitt, Levitt Bernstein Associates, UK

How well have architects succeeded in building housing and what lessons can be learned from their triumphs and failures?

The Housing Design Handbook will give you a complete understanding of what makes successful housing design. Through the analysis of work by Levitt Bernstein and a wide range of other UK practices, it illustrates good design principles and accumulates a wealth of knowledge in a readily accessible format for the first time. Written by a recognised authority in the field, the book provides:

June 2010: 246 x 189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-77986-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77987-6: £29.99

• a range of cases to illustrate the way that different issues in the design of housing have been approached and with what degree of success

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779876

Digitalia Architecture and the Digital, the Environmental and the Avant-Garde Susannah Hagan In this volume Susannah Hagan boldly discusses the fraught relationship between key dominating areas of architectural discourse – digital design, environmental design, and avant-garde design. 2007: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-39545-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39546-5: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415395465

View Inside

• a discussion of how flexibility might be achieved in order to accommodate future changes in housing need, if wholesale demolition and replacement is to be avoided • more recent examples which explore why certain social groupings are more resistant to design innovation than others and why there has been such an architectural breakthrough in market led, higher density urban living The Housing Design Handbook is an essential reference for professionals and students practicing and studying the design and commissioning of housing. Selected Contents: Part 1: Built Form 1. Places That Get Better Over Time 2. Mixing Housing with other Uses 3. Terrace Housing and Layout 4. Flats: Their Configuration in Blocks, and How to Make a Flat the Home of Choice for Family Living 5. Internal Space: Guidance, Standards and Regulation 6. Private Open Space 7. Shared Amenities, Indoor Facilities and Outdoor Spaces 8. Security without Fortification 9. Privacy 10. Dealing with Cars Part 2: Social Issues 11. Mixing Tenures and Flexible Tenures 12. Tenure and Style 13. Designing in Flexibility Part 3: Technical Issues 14. Environmentally Sustainable Planning and Built Form 15. Sustainable Structures 16. Considering ’Cost in Use’ at the Design Stage 17. Design for Sustainability. Glossary. Sources of Further Information. Index

Routledge Books

2009: 276 x 219: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-49150-1: £34.99

Did you know that many of our books now have “View Inside” functionality that allows you to browse online content before making any purchasing decisions?

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415491501

For more information visit www.routledge.com.

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


s us tai n a bl e built e n v iron m e n t

New

New

The ZEDbook

Sustainable Buildings in Practice

Innovations in Hospital Architecture

Solutions for a Shrinking World

What the Users Think

Stephen Verderber, Clemson University, USA

Bill Dunster, Bill Dunster Architects, UK, Craig Simmons, Best Foot Forward, UK and Bobby Gilbert, Bobby Gilbert Associates, UK

George Baird, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand

Current assessment methods of sustainable buildings do not adequately account for the users’ needs. Given that over the life of a building, total salary costs far outweigh both operating costs and combined capital and rental costs, the occupants’ needs are not something which should be sensibly ignored.

This book presents an unbiased evaluation of thirty of the most cutting-edge, sustainable buildings in the world, in terms of the users’ perceived comfort, health and productivity. The author has visited the buildings, interviewed the design teams and examined the findings of a sixty-question standardised user questionnaire. The book provides: • thirty case studies covering mixed-mode, passive and environmentally sustainable commercial and institutional buildings • detailed insights into the principles underlying the design of sustainable buildings worldwide, over several climatic zones and eleven countries, together with clear explanations and illustrations of innovative design practice • a discussion of common issues and the lessons that may be learnt from a study of the performance of sustainable buildings in practice, from the point of view of the people who use them. This important book will be of great benefit to architects and engineers, facility managers of commercial and institutional buildings, as well as developers and researchers, academics and students in these fields. January 2010: 276 x 219: 352pp Pb: 978-0-415-39932-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86545-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415399326

The Environmental Brief Pathways for Green Design Richard Hyde, University of Queensland, Australia, Steve Watson, TVS Partnership, Australia, Wendy Cheshire, Hamilton Hayes Henderson Architects and Mark Thomson, TVS Partnership, Australia

’This thoughtful investigation into how to achieve integrated design has a good balance of strategic how-to guidance and detailed information.’ – Technical & Practice

This indispensable reference book captures key recent developments in the rapidly evolving field of sustainable hospital architecture. Today’s architects must provide hospitals which enable high quality care for diverse patient populations in carbon neutral care settings, and this book succinctly considers what needs to be done in order to meet that challenge. The contemporary hospital is viewed in the context of global climate change, the planet’s diminishing natural resources and the spiralling cost of operating healthcare facilities. Verderber considers the future of the hospital, and supplies a compendium of 100 planning and design considerations for the building type. The book includes twenty-eight case studies of built and unbuilt hospitals from around the world. These are grouped into five types – autonomous community based hospitals, children’s hospitals, rehabilitation and elderly care centres and hospitals, regional medical centre campuses, and visionary (unbuilt) projects. Beautifully and extensively illustrated with many photographs, diagrams and floor plans, this is essential reading for all architects, planners, engineers, product manufacturers, clients, healthcare providers and government agencies involved in the present and future of sustainable healthcare environments. Selected Contents: Part 1: Background 1. Introduction 2. Architecture for Health – A Brief History of Sustainability 3. The Evolving Role of Site, Landscape, and Nature 4. The Evolving Patient Room and PCU 5. The Evolving Role of Memory, Place, and Sustainability 6. Prognostications Part 2: Design 7. Designing for Hospital–Based Care Part 3: Case Studies March 2010: 276 x 219: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-77795-7: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85575-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415777957

The Environments of Architecture

Winner RIBA Pre of siden Award fo ts r Research 2008

Explains the principles behind Zero (fossil) Energy Development, and includes methods and case studies to illustrate the application of ZED standards in construction.

2007: 276 x 219: 276pp Pb: 978-0-415-39199-3: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415391993

Green Building Handbook A Guide to Building Products and their Impact on the Environment Paul Harrison, Rob Harrison, Sam Kimmins and Tom Woolley

Volume 1 1997: 297 x 210: 224pp Pb: 978-0-419-22690-1: £55.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419226901

Volume 2 2000: 297 x 210: 192pp Pb: 978-0-419-25380-8: £55.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419253808

Volumes 1 and 2 Set 2000 Pb: 978-0-419-26150-6: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419261506

Environmental Design in Context Randall Thomas, Consultant, Max Fordham LLP, London, UK and Trevor Garnham, Kingston University, UK

This well-illustrated ’think piece’ provides a much needed and topical philosophical introduction to the place of environmental design in architecture. Written by highly respected authors, this is an excellent guide for practitioners, students and academics.

2007: 276 x 219: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-29044-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-29045-6: £44.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96681-5

2007: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-36088-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36089-0: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-79940-6

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415290456

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415360890

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Want more information on a book? Visit the direct URL found at the bottom of the title description.

77


su stainab le built en viron me n t

78

Visions of Sustainability

New

New

Cities and Regions

Implementing Sustainability

Hildebrand Frey, University of Strathclyde, UK and Paul Yaneske, previously of University of Strathclyde, UK

Experiences from New Zealand

New Directions in Sustainable Design

Series: RTPI Library Series

Edited by Michael Zaretsky and Adrian Parr, both at University of Cincinnati, USA

Presenting a framework to guide and direct research in the measures needed to achieve and maintain sustainability, the book will be of considerable help to local authorities and political and government bodies responsible for establishing guidelines for the planning and monitoring of sustainable urban development.

2007: 234 x 156: 144pp Hb: 978-0-415-42647-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42648-0: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426480

Environment, Technology and Sustainability Hocine Bougdah, University College for the Creative Arts at Canterbury, Kent, UK and Stephen Sharples, University of Sheffield, UK Series: Technologies of Architecture

The second volume in this series looks particularly at sustainable building. A holistic view is taken, so that the influence of any one set of choices on other areas – such as the trade-off of daylighting against thermal insulation, or the balance needed between heating and ventilation – are not overlooked. The authors discuss available technologies for establishing a suitable microclimate within buildings, for managing the transmission of sound and for minimizing the exploitation of scarce energy and of other resources. Using the perspective of a designer who needs a sound scientific basis for arriving at the optimum outcome, this valuably informative volume is ideal for architectural technology students, as well as first and second year architecture students. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Buildings and Climate Design Part 2: Buildings and Low Energy Design Part 3: Energy Systems and Services in Buildings Part 4: Buildings and Lighting Design Part 5: Acoustic Design and the Aural Environment Part 6: Sustainable Building Design Part 7: Case Studies

Caroline Miller At the time of its implementation in 1991 New Zealand’s Resource Management Act (RMA) was hailed as a radical new approach to planning that would achieve both better environmental outcomes and benefit developers by working more rapidly and more efficiently. While the system has not delivered all of its early promises, the RMA did transform New Zealand’s planning system by creating a central environmental mandate that swept away a raft of single purpose legislation. Now that the RMA has been in force in New Zealand for nearly two decades there is enough evidence to analyse the impact of this groundbreaking legislation, and examine the lessons that can be learned by planning practitioners across the world. For all its flaws this legislation was the first to attempt to put environmental concerns ahead of social and economic issues, and has been a testing ground for similar approaches to spatial planning being contemplated elsewhere. Caroline Miller is one of New Zealand’s leading planners, with years of academic and professional experience. Implementing Sustainability offers a practitioner’s insight into the RMA, those strategies and techniques that have proved successful in delivering its aims, and spells out the lessons that can be applied to the planning systems of other countries. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Opportunities & Challenges 3. The Practice of Planning Under the RMA 1991-2007 4. The Trials of Implementation 5. New Directions 6. Meeting the Challenge 7. Conclusion October 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49550-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49551-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495516

Urban Sustainability Through Environmental Design Approaches to Time-People-Place Responsive Urban Spaces Edited by Kevin Thwaites, University of Sheffield, UK, Sergio Porta, Politecnico di Milano, Italy, Ombretta Romice, University of Strathclyde, UK and Mark Greaves, Glasgow City Council, UK

2009: 246 x 189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-40378-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40379-5: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415403795

Recently there has been a plethora of work published on the topic of sustainability, much of which entails a case-by-case analysis of various projects in architecture, urbanism, and product design. More often than not the theoretical backbone of these books, fail to introduce students to the larger problem of what thinking sustainably might entail.... New Directions in Sustainable Design brings together new and emerging perspectives on sustainability. It combines a series of well-known authors in contemporary philosophy with established practitioners of sustainable design and develops a coherent theoretical framework for how a philosophy of sustainability might engage with the growing practice of sustainable design. In the context of design practice thinking sustainably involves a rigorous combination of philosophical questioning and a common sense solution approach to the problems such questioning produces. The book presents a collection of different, jargon-free perspectives on how the practices and theories of sustainability create subjectivity. Divided into two sections, the book articulates the specificity of both theory and practice, whilst recognizing the manner in which philosophical thinking and design thinking are different, yet related to each other. By producing a pragmatic materialism, whereby theory is broached as a practical discourse, the authors argue that theory has material effects and describe a new way to approach sustainable design for the next generation of designers. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Theorizing Sustainability 1. Sustainability Politics Adrian Parr 2. Cultural Symbolizations of a Sustainable Future Ronald Faber 3. Undoing the Subject: Deleuze and the Makings of a Sustainable Life Jeffrey Bell 4. Hannah Arendt, Sustainability and the Political Rachel Sotos 5. Ecologies, Assemblages, and the Patchwork City Graham Livesey 6. The Southeast Asian Smog: The Politics of Forest-Burning and Sustainability Kenneth Surin Part 2: Sustainability in Practice 7. Sustainable Design: The Broad Spectrum Michael Zaretsky 8. Building Recombinant Ecologies: Triangulating Policy, Models, and Design Stephen Luoni 9. Back to the Garden: An Ecological History of the Atlantic Yards Marshall Brown 10. Beyond the Property Line Teddy Cruz 11. Thermally Active Surfaces and Sustainability Kiel Moe. Conclusion August 2010: 246 x 189: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-78036-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-78037-7: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415780377

2007: 246 x 189: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39547-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38480-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384803

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


s us tai n a bl e built e n v iron m e n t

New

Sustainable Urban Development Series

Pragmatic Sustainability Theoretical and Practical Tools Edited by Steven A. Moore, University of Texas at Austin, USA

Though many disciplines have been advocating the need to create a world which is sustainable, too often the theories and ideas are discipline specific and too narrow for comprehensive adoption. The authors of this book – all leading thinkers in their fields – instead propose a more general way of thinking, a pragmatic and pluralistic approach. Rather than suggesting a single solution to the problem of how to live sustainably, this collection instead discusses broader approaches to social and environmental change. The ideas here contribute to important cross-disciplinary discourses which emphasise the need to think beyond the present and consider the consequences of our actions. Utilising knowledge from architecture, business, economics, engineering, history, philosophy, planning, science and technological studies this book supports a constantly changing approach to the issues we currently are, and will shortly be, facing in our planet’s future. Aimed primarily at students, this text appeals to undergraduates and postgraduates in almost any discipline, especially those interested in how to secure a future in which we can live productively but not destructively with those other humans and non-humans which inhabit the Earth.

Selected Contents: Introduction: Pragmatic Sustainability Steven A. Moore Part 1: The Struggle to Define Terms 1. Sustainability: What It Is and What It Is Not Paul Thompson 2. Equity: The Forgotten E in Sustainable Development Michael Oden 3. Sustainable Development: Complexity and the Problem of Balance Reuben R. McDaniel Jr. and Holly Jordan Lanham 4. In Search of Green Knowledge: A Cognitive Approach to Sustainable Development Andrew Jamison Part 2: Technological Cultures 5. Resistance and Renewal in the Hudson River Valley Langdon Winner 6. Engineering Sustainable Technologies David Allen, Cynthia Murphy, Brad Allenby, and Cliff Davidson 7. Beyond Japonisme: Critical Pragmatism and Japanese Urbanism Simon Guy Part 3: Sustainability and Place 8. The Moral Journey of Environmentalism from Wilderness to Place Andrew Light 9. Regionalism, Place, Specificity, and Sustainable Design Vincent Canizaro 10. Natural Allies: Historic Preservation and Sustainable Design Jeffrey M. Chusid Part 4: Sustainability and Cities 11. Planning for Sustainability Frederick Steiner 12. Full Circle? Public Responsibility versus Privatization of Water Supplies in the United States Martin Melosi Part 5: Civil Society, Industry, and Regulation 13. A Political Economy of Sustainability: Alternative Pathways and Industrial Innovation David J. Hess 14. Bringing Corporate Stakeholders to the Table in Collaborative Ecosystem Management Sean B. Cash and Samuel D. Brody 15. Incommensurable Paradigms: Values and the Environment Andrew Feenberg January 2010: 246 x 189: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-77937-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77938-8: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779388

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 1

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 2

The Framework and Protocols for Environmental Assessment

The Environmental Assessment Methods

Edited by Stephen Curwell, Mark Deakin and Martin Symes

2007: 234 x 156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-32216-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32217-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41703-4

2005: 234 x 156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-32215-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-29991-3

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322157

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 3 The Toolkit for Assessment Edited by Ron Vreeker, Free University, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Mark Deakin, Napier University, Edinburgh, UK and Stephen Curwell, University of Salford, UK

The third volume in this series outlines the BEQUEST toolkit that provides the means by which to link the protocols with the assessment methods currently available to evaluate the sustainability of urban development.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Toolkit 2. The Toolkit for Assessment Part 2: Assessment 3. Scenario Analysis in Spatial Impact Assessment 4. Multi-Criteria Evaluation and Planning Support: Choosing Among Alternative Scenarios 5. Mixed and Compact Land Use Assessments 6. SMARTNET: A System for Multi-Criteria Appraisal of Road Transport Networks 7. The NAR Model of Land Use and Buildings 8. The Building Passport Assessment 9. The European HQExxxxR Sustainable Neighbourhood Assessment 10. The REGEN Assessment of the Porta Nuova District’s Central Railway Station 11. Assessment Methods Underlying the Planning and Development of Modena City’s CSR Part 3: Evaluating the Sustainability of Urban Development 12. The Search for Sustainable Communities: Ecological Integrity, Equity and the Question of Participation 13. Governing the Sustainable of Urban Development 14. Conclusions 2008: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-32218-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32219-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88678-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322195

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Edited by Mark Deakin, Gordon Mitchell, Peter Nijkamp and Ron Vreeker

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322171

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 4 Changing Professional Practice Edited by Ian Cooper, Eclipse Research Consultants, Cambridge, UK and Martin Symes, University of the West of England, UK Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series

This fourth volume explores how the professions responsible for enhancing the built environment’s sustainability seek to deliver this new agenda, offering multi-perspective case studies and discussion to argue for a rethinking of the role of the urban development professional.

Selected Contents: Foreword Colin Fudge. Preface: A European Perspective 1. Introduction Part 1: Changing Processes 2. Sustainable Construction and Policy Learning in Europe 3. Urban Sprawl: Challenges for European Policy Integration and City Governance 4. Decision-Making Processes in Urban Design 5. Sustainable Urban Development and the Professions in the UK 6. Sustainable Communities: Policy, Practice and Professional Development Part 2: Changing Institutions 7. Sustainable Construction and Urbanism in the Netherlands and the Czech Republic 8. Institutional Dynamics and Institutional Barriers to Sustainable Construction in France, Great Britain and the Netherlands 9. Expertise and Methodology in Building Design for Sustainable Development 10. New Professional Leadership in France 11. Sustainable Building in Italy 12. Building Operations and Use 13. Conclusions 2008: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-43821-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43822-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41703-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438223

79


su stainab le built en viron me n t

80

New

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Smartcities and Eco-Warriors

Around and About Stock Orchard Street

Development and Design of Heritage Sensitive Sites

Edited by Sarah Wigglesworth, Sarah Wigglesworth Architects, London, UK

Strategies for Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas

9/10 Stock Orchard Street has become synonymous with debate and controversy. Completed in 2000, the buildings have resisted categorization and this has continued to challenge critics and observers.

Kenneth Williamson, Hurd Rolland Partnership, UK

CJ Lim and Ed Liu both at Bartlett School of Planning, UCL, UK

Modern methods of agriculture have led to cities growing out of control and reducing the available agricultural land, threatening the sustainability of our food system. The previous mutually sustaining relationships of animals, humans and the land have been lost with the progress of industry.

The Smartcity – an ecological symbiosis between nature, society and the built form – is the innovative response to contemporary problems from one of the world’s leading urban design and architectural thinkers. Addressing the problems of unchecked city growth, the idea of the Smartcity questions whether we could begin to live once again from first principles, focusing in on the inhabitants of the city. The holistic construct of the Smartcity is developed through a series of international case studies, some commissioned by government organisations, others speculative and polemic. Reframing the way people think about urban green space and the evolution of cities, CJ Lim explores how the reintegration of agriculture in urban environments can cultivate new spatial practices and social cohesion in addition to food for our tables. Representing an emerging architectural voice in matters of environmental and social sustainability, Smartcities and Eco-warriors is a long overdue treatment of the subject from a designer’s perspective, and is essential reading for practitioners and students in the fields of architecture, urban planning, environmental engineering, landscape design, agriculture and sociology. An inspiration to government agencies and NGOs dealing with climate change, it also resonates with anyone concerned about cities, energy conservation and the future of food Selected Contents: Preface Urban Utopias and the Smartcity Six Manifestos for the Smartcity From Soil to Table The Perpetual Motion Machine The American Dream Redux Rise of the Eco-Warrior Scenic Positions Cultivating Community Excavating The Concrete Jungle: A Pictorial Essay 1. Urban Agriculture: Guangming Smartcity China A Lexicon Of The Smartcity Neology 2. Urban Agriculture: Daejeon Urban Renaissance Masterplan Korea 3. Urban Agriculture: Central Open Space: MAC Korea 4. Urban Agriculture: Nordhavnen Smartcity Denmark 5. Urban Agriculture: Tomato Exchange UK 6. Urban Agriculture: Dongyi Wan East Waterfront China 7. Urban Agriculture: Dusable Park USA 8. Eco-Sustainability: Guangming Energy Park China 9. Eco-Sustainability: Nanyui Urban Living Room China 10. Cultivating Communities: Redcar Seafront Development UK 11. Cultivating Communities: Nanyui Urban Living Room China 12. Cultivating Communities: Newark Gateway Project USA Sitopia – The Urban Future Carolyn Steel The Role of Cities in Climate Change David Satterthwaite Post-Sustainability Mark Jarzombek Index February 2010: 276 x 219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57122-7: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57124-1: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85032-9

This book responds to these discussions through contributions from well-known writers in the field that know the buildings and reflect both positively and negatively on what they represent and how they have performed. Far from seeking to eulogise the buildings, the essays get under the skin of the issues in design and practice that surrounded the build and how well it has stood the test of time, ten years on. Supported by a wealth of technical drawings and photographic material, the contributions discuss theory, practice, education, material culture, narrative, sustainability and construction, presenting conclusions relevant and insightful for today’s readers, both professional and academic.

The first book to provide readers with the skills to assess development potential from a holistic standpoint. Until now, architectural books on conservation matters have focused on preservation at a strategic level and restoration at a technical level. This book offers the architect, developer or planner the rules and tools needed to gauge development prospects in an objective and comprehensive manner. Written by an experienced expert in the field it provides the reader with: • the latest legislation relating to heritage in the UK • insight into local planning authorities and government advisory boards

April 2011: 276 x 219: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-57527-0: £95.00 $155.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57529-4: £29.99 $54.95

• basic strategies for approaching developments • an understanding of the options available for developing a heritage site

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415575294

• illustrative case studies to highlight strategy successes. This book is a one-stop-shop for any professional or student working in, or learning about, development in heritage environments.

New

Dictionary of Ecodesign An Illustrated Reference Edited by Ken Yeang, Llewelyn Davies Yeang, London, UK and Lillian Woo, Economist and Consultant, USA

The first guide to the terminology of sustainable design. Written by an internationally renowned expert in the field, this illustrated dictionary provides over 600 definitions and explanations of ecodesign terms.

Providing a unique resource for the practitioner and student, this book leaves the reader free to ’dip’ in and out of the book allowing for ’bite-sized’ learning at their own convenience. It is an essential reference for all architects, engineers, planners and environmentalists involved in designing and planning projects and schemes in the built environment. March 2010: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-45899-3: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-86440-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458993

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571241

Selected Contents: Part 1: Controlling Principles 1. Planning Hierarchy 2. Listed Buildings 3. Conservation Areas 4. Other Relevant Designations 5. Listed Buildings and Conservation Areas under the Planning Process 6. Listed Building Issues 7. Conservation Area Issues 8. Benefits of Development Part 2: Assessment 9. Historical Background 10. Identification of Heritage Assets 11. Special Interest of a Listed Building 12. Setting of a Listed Building 13. Character and Appearance of a Conservation Area 14. Impact of Development on Heritage Assets 15. Environmental Impact Assessment 16. Benefits of Development Part 3: Case for Consent 17. Heritage Statement 18. Cases for Consent 18. Design Part 4: Case Studies Caltongate, Edinburgh. Notre Dame Campus, Bearsden nr Glasgow. House of Fraser, Glasgow July 2010: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-48643-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48644-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84843-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486446

Shortlisted for the Sir Robert McAlpine RIBA International Book Awards for Construction 2007

Strategies for Sustainable Architecture Paola Sassi 2006: 276 x 219: 312pp Pb: 978-0-415-34142-4: £49.99 eBook: 978-0-203-48010-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415341424

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


s us tai n a bl e built e n v iron m e n t

BESTSELLER

Eco-Urbanity

2nd Edition

Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments

Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development

Sustainable Urban Design

Edited by Darko Radovic, University of Melbourne, Australia

Adrian Pitts, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Hanwen Liao, University of Greenwich, London, UK

An Environmental Approach Edited by Adam Ritchie and Randall Thomas, both at Max Fordham LLP, London, UK

By the end of the twenty-first century it is thought that three-quarters of the world’s population will be urban; our future is in cities. Making these cities healthy, vibrant and sustainable is an exceptional challenge which this book addresses. It sets out some of the basic principles of the design of our future cities and, through a series of carefully-selected case studies from leading designers’ experience, illustrates how these ideas can be put into practice. Building on the first edition’s original format of design guidance and case studies, this new edition updates the ideas and techniques resulting from further research and practice by the contributors. This book emphasises the enormous progress made towards exciting new designs that integrate good design with resource efficiency. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: The Toolkit 1. Urban Planning and Design 2. Transportation 3. Landscape and Nature in the City 4. Building Design 5. Energy and Information 6. Materials 7. Water 8. Waste and Resource. Summary Part 2: Case Studies 11. Coopers Road Estate Regeneration, Southwark, London 12. Parkmount: Streetscape and Solar Design 13. Coin Street Housing: The Architecture of Engagement 14. Sustainable Design in an Urban Context: 3 Case Studies 15. BEDzed: Beddington Zero-Fossil Energy Development 16. Bo01 and Flagghusen: Ecological City Districts in Malmo, Sweden 17. Stonebridge: Negotiating between Traditional and Modernist Models of City Housing 18. ’Made in Stockwell’ and Deptford Wharves 19. Millennium Water: Vancouver’s Olympic Village, Canada 2008: 276 x 219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44781-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44782-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447829

There is need for change in our currently unsustainable cities. Carefully outlining paths towards better, sustainable ways of urban living, this book proposes a radical change in the ways we conceive and live our urban environments.

Bringing together diverse cultural and disciplinary views on urban sustainability, eighteen leading academics and practitioners in sustainable architecture and urbanism explore global concerns of sustainability and urbanity. This broad range of issues are clearly articulated and linked to concrete places and projects, merging research and cutting-edge design investigations to promote environmentally and culturally sensitive urban futures. Selected Contents: Introduction: Towards a Theory of Eco-Urbanity Part 1: The Compact City, Strategies and Success Stories 1. Eco-Urbanity: The Framework of an Idea 2. The Barcelona Agenda: Reuse, Compactness and Green 3. From Industrial Cities to Eco-Urbanity – The Melbourne Case Study 4. The Sustainable City as a Fine-Grained City 5. From the Compact City to the Defragmented City: Another Route Towards Sustainable Urban Form? Part 2: Other Cultures, Approaches and Strategies 6. Designing for Shrinkage: Fibercity 2050, Tokyo 7. Excavating the Lost Commons: Creating Green Spaces and Water Corridors for Eco-Urban Infrastructure 8. Continuity and Departure: A Case Study of Singapore’s Nankin Street 9. The Cultural Challenge for Sustainable Cities: Coping with Sprawl in Bangkok and Melbourne 10. Geometries of Life and Formlessness: The Theoretical Legacies of Historical Beijing 11. Eco-City? Eco-Urbanity? Part 3: Other Scales and Sensibilities 12. Eco-Urbanism: An Israeli Perspective 13. Bringing Back Nature and Re-Invigorating the City Centre 14. Sustainable Design Towards a Positive Spiral 15. Creating a Cemetery: Architecture that Sustains Cultural Forms 16. Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments 2009: 246 x 174: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-47277-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47278-4: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472784

World Cities and Urban Form Fragmented, Polycentric, Sustainable? Edited by Mike Jenks and Daniel Kozak, both at Oxford Brookes University, UK and Pattaranan Takkanon, Kasetsart University, Bangkok, Thailand

This book presents new research and theory at the regional scale showing the forms metropolitan regions might take to achieve sustainability. At the city scale the book presents case studies based on the latest research and practice from Europe, Asia and North America, showing how both planning and flagship design can propel cities into world class status, and also improve sustainability. The contributors explore the tension between polycentric and potentially sustainable development, and urban fragmentation in a physical context, but also in a wider cultural, social and economic context. Selected Contents: Introduction: World Cities and Urban Form Part 1: Theoretical Approaches in a Global Context Part 2: Polycentric Regions and Cities: Perspectives from Europe, Asia and North America Part 3: Aspects of Urban Fragmentation

2008: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-45184-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45186-4: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451864

With appropriate planning and design, Olympic urban development has the potential to leave positive environmental legacies to the host city and contribute to environmental sustainability.

This book explains how a modern Olympic games can successfully develop a more sustainable design approach by learning from the lessons of the past and by taking account of the latest developments. It offers an assessment tool that can be tailored to individual circumstance – a tool which emerges from the analysis of previous summer games host cities and from techniques in environmental analysis and assessment. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Olympic Development Scenario Part 2: Olympic Design and Development: Past and Present Part 3: Evaluating Olympic Urban Development for Sustainability 2009: 246 x 189: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-46761-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46762-9: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467629

Britain’s New Towns Garden Cities to Sustainable Communities Anthony Alexander, Alan Baxter and Associates, London, UK

The New Towns Programme of 1946 to 1970 was one of the most substantial periods of urban development in Britain. The New Towns have often been described as a social experiment; so what has this experiment proved?

This book covers the story of how these towns came to be built, how they aged, and the challenges and opportunities they now face as they begin phases of renewal. The new approaches in design throughout their past development reflect changes in society throughout the latter half of the twentieth century. These changes are now at the heart of the challenge of sustainable development. The New Towns provide lessons for social, economic and environmental sustainability. These lessons are of great relevance for the regeneration of twentieth century urbanism and the creation of new urban developments today. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The New Towns in a New Light Part 1: Planning the New Towns 2. A Bit of a Bombshell 3. The Early New Towns 4. The Later New Towns 5. The Origin of the New Towns Concept Part 2: Building the New Towns 6. The Formulation of the New Towns Programme 7. Principles of New Town Design 8. A Leap into the Unknown Part 3: Living in the New Towns 9. Criticisms of the New Towns 10. How the New Towns Grew Old 11. New Towns in the Age of Sustainable Communities 2009: 276 x 219: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47512-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47513-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87565-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475136

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

81


su stainab le built en viron me n t

82

Regenerating London Governance, Sustainability and Community in a Global City Edited by Rob Imrie, Loretta Lees and Mike Raco, all at King’s College London, UK Regenerating London explores latest thinking on urban regeneration in one of the fastest changing world cities. Engaging with social, economic, and political structures of cities, it highlights paradoxes and contradictions in urban policy and offers an evaluation of the contemporary forms of urban redevelopment. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Dimensions of Urban Change in London Part 2: Prestige Projects and the Sustainable City Part 3: Sustainability, Inclusion and Social Mixing Part 4: Community Governance and Urban Change Part 5: Conclusions 2008: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-43366-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43367-9: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88671-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433679

Sustainable Architectures

Designing the Reclaimed Landscape

New

Alan Berger, Harvard University Graduate School of Design, USA

Life and Work of Landscape Architect Leberecht Migge

The first practical yet in-depth exploration of how to reclaim the post-industrial landscape, this volume includes excellent case studies by practitioners and policy makers from around the US, giving first rate practical examples.

Designing Sustainable Forest Landscapes Simon Bell, Edinburgh College of Art, UK and Dean Apostol, University of Oregon, USA 2007: 246 x 189: 368pp Hb: 978-0-419-25680-9: £55.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93627-6

Edited by Simon Guy, University of Manchester, UK and Steven Moore, Univeristy of Texas, Austin, USA

Earth Building Methods and Materials, Repair and Conservation Laurence Keefe 2005: 234 x 156: 208pp Pb: 978-0-415-32322-2: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-34233-6

Atlas of Vernacular Architecture of the World

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415323222

Marcel Vellinga and Paul Oliver, both at Oxford Brookes University, UK and Alexander Bridge, Cartographer, UK

The Green Braid

The first world atlas ever compiled on vernacular architecture, this comprehensive work illustrates the variety and ingenuity of the world’s vernacular building traditions from a multi-disciplinary, cross-cultural and comparative approach. Over sixty world and regional maps reveal the distribution, diversity and relationships of the world’s vernacular building traditions. Indicating geographical patterns, developments, lacunae and anomalies, it gives rise to new insights and understandings, stimulating new hypotheses, questions and research efforts.

Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Contexts 1. Nations 2. Topography 3. Water 4. Climate 5. Vegetation 6. Soils 7. Economy 8. Population 9. Language 10. Religion 11. Cultural Areas Part 2: Cultural and Material Aspects 12. Materials and Resources 13. Structural Systems and Technologies 14. Forms, Plans and Types 15. Services and Functions 16. Symbolism and Decoration 17. Development and Sustainability

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773034

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419256809

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700450

David H. Haney, Newcastle University, UK

2007: 246 x 174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-77303-4: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93573-6

Critical Explorations of Green Building Practice in Europe and North America

2004: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-70044-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70045-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41280-0

When Modern Was Green

Towards an Architecture of Ecology, Economy and Equity Edited by Kim Tanzer, University of Florida, USA and Rafael Longoria, University of Houston, Texas, USA Series: The ACSA Architectural Education Series Providing a primer on sustainability, this volume presents the discipline’s best thinking on sustainability in written, drawn, and built form, drawing on over fifteen years of peer-reviewed essays and national design awards published by the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture (ACSA). Selected Contents: Part 1: The Green Braid: Networked Ways of Knowing Part 2: Meta-Discourses in Pedagogy and Practice Part 3: Phenomena and Technology Part 4: Building Practices Part 5: Settlement Patterns Part 6: The Shared Realm 2007: 246 x 189: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-41499-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41500-2: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96488-0

Today, contemporary landscape design is increasingly drawing from ideas of sustainability and ecological stability. Not in fact new, the foundations of this approach stem from early twentieth century Germany, where architects and planners were already beginning to use the design concepts which are now referred to as ’green’.

This ecological school of thought was driven by modernist landscape architect Leberecht Migge (1881-1935). Working with significant modernist architects of the age – including Martin Elsaesser, Ernst May, Bruno Taut, and Martin Wagner – Migge was responsible for some of the most important housing and planning projects of the age; the mass housing settlements, or Gross Siedlungen, of Frankfurt Main and Berlin. Using ’biotechnic’ principles to integrally link dwelling and garden, Migge was able to recycle household waste to grow foodstuffs through the use of innovative infrastructure and open space planning. Also a skilled park and garden designer, he drew together green and architectural elements in his ’garden-architectonic’ approach. David H. Haney’s book is the first to fully document Leberecht Migge’s life and work. Using Migge as a starting point, Haney addresses conceptual and theoretical aspects of German ecological design, challenging conventional assumptions about modernism and ecological design history. With 200 illustrations and photographs, When Modern Was Green is ideal for students and academics interested in modernism, landscape history and higher level German studies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Architectonic Garden: c. 1900-1913 2. The Social Garden: c. 1913-1923 3. The Technological Garden: c. 1924-1929 4. The Biological Garden: c. 1930-1935. Conclusion March 2010: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-56138-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56139-6: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561396

2nd Edition

Landscape and Sustainability

Edited by John Benson and Maggie Roe, University of Newcastle upon Tyne, UK 2007: 246 x 189: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-40443-3: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96208-4

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415002 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404433

2008: 276 x 219: 160pp Hb: 978-0-415-41151-6: £49.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411516

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


s us tai n a bl e built e n v iron m e n t

To Scale

Cinematic Urbanism

One Hundred Urban Plans

A History of the Modern from Reel to Real

Eric Jenkins How big is Moscow’s Red Square in comparison to Tiananmen Square? Why are there fewer public squares in Japan than in Italy? What lessons might be found in the plan of Savannah, Georgia’s historic district? To Scale is a collection of plans of urban spaces drawn at the same scale to help answer these questions by providing a single and accurate resource of urban plans for architects, urban designers, planners and teachers, and students. The book contains one hundred figure-ground plans from seventy-eight cities around the world, describing an identical area (half a kilometer square) for each urban space. Accompanying each plan are photographs, diagrams and text that illustrate essential aspects of the plan or urban space for the designer. This compilation is an excellent resource helping to visualize, compare and reconceptualize urban design for students wanting to understand the lessons of existing cities and the making of urban spaces. Selected Contents: Introduction. Amsterdam. Arras. Athens. Baltimore. Barcelona. Bath. Beijing. Bergen. Berlin. Bern. Bologna. Bordeaux. Boston. Bras’lia. Bruges. Buenos Aires. Cairo. Ceske Budejovice. Chandigar. Chicago. Cincinnati. Cleveland. Copenhagen. Cuzco. Denver. Detroit. Dresden. Dublin. Dubrovnik. Edinburgh. Florence. Genoa. Indianapolis. Isfahan. Istanbul. Jerusalem. Krakow. Lisbon. London. Los Angeles. Lucca. Madrid. Mexico City. Milan. Montreal. Moscow. Nancy. New Haven. New Orleans. New York. Oslo. Paris. Philadelphia. Portland. Prague. Rome. Saint Petersburg. Salamanca. Salzburg. San Francisco. Santiago. Savannah. Seattle. Seville. Siena. Stockholm. Tallinn. Telc. Tokyo. Tokyo. Torino. Trieste. Tunis. Vancouver. Venezia. Verona. Vienna. Vigevana. Washington 2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95400-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95401-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954013

2nd Edition

Architecture, Power and National Identity Lawrence Vale Looking through the lenses of culture and politics, this updated second edition reveals the intersecting relationship between the design of international capitals and the prominent roles they play in the assertion of national identity. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Locus of Political Power 1. Capital and Capitol: An Introduction 2. National Identity and the Capitol Complex 3. Early Designed Capitals: For Union, for Imperialism, for Independence 4. Designed Capitals after World War Two: Chandigarh and Bras’lia 5. Designed Capitals Since 1960 Part 2: Four Postcolonial Capitol Complexes in Search of National Identity 6. Papua New Guinea’s Concrete Haus Tambaran 7. Sri Lanka’s Island Parliament 8. Precast Arabism for Kuwait 9. The Acropolis of Bangladesh 10. Designing Power and Identity

Nezar AlSayyad Exploring the relationship between cities and their cinematic portrayals in over a century of film, this book shows how notions of society inform and are influenced by the images we have come to know on screen. Selected Contents: Introduction: The Cinematic City and the Quest for the Modern 1. Industrial Modernity: The Flâneur and the Tramp in the Early Twentieth Century 2. Urbanizing Modernity: The Traditional Cinematic Small Town 3. Orwellian Modernity: Utopia/Dystopia and the City of the Future Past 4. Cynical Modernity, or the Modernity of Cynicism 5. From Postmodern Condition to Cinematic City 6. Voyeuristic Modernity: The Lens, the Screen and the City 7. The City through Different Eyes: The Modernity of the Sophisticate and the Misfit 8. An Alternative Modernity: Race, Ethnicity and the Urban Experience 9. Exurban Postmodernity: Utopia, Simulacra and Hyper-Reality 2006: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-70048-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-70049-8: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700498

Becoming Places Urbanism / Architecture / Identity / Power Kim Dovey, Melbourne University, Australia

About the practices and politics of place and identity formation – the slippery ways in which who we are becomes wrapped up with where we are – this book exposes the relations of place to power. It links everyday aspects of place experience to the social theories of Deleuze and Bourdieu in a very readable manner. This is a book that takes the social critique of built form another step through detailed fieldwork and analysis in particular case studies. Through a broad range of case studies from nationalist monuments and new urbanist suburbs to urban laneways and avant garde interiors, questions are explored such as: What is neighborhood character? How do squatter settlements work and does it matter what they look like? Can architecture liberate? How do monuments and public spaces shape or stabilize national identity? Selected Contents: Part 1: Ideas 1. Making Sense of Place 2. Place as Assemblage 3. Silent Complicities 4. Limits of Critical Architecture Part 2: Places 5. Slippery Characters: Defending and Creating Place Identities (with Ian Woodcock and Stephen Wood) 6. Becoming Prosperous: Informal Urbanism in Yogyakarta (with Wiryono Rhajo) 7. Urbanising Architecture: Koolhaas and Spatial Segmentarity 8. Open Court: Transparency and Legitimation in the Courthouse 9. Safety Becomes Danger: Drug-Use in Public Space (with John Fitzgerald) 10. New Orders: Monas and Merdeka Square (with Eka Permanasari) 11. Urban Slippage: Smooth and Striated Streetscapes in Bangkok (with Kasama Polakit)

2008: 246 x 174: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-95514-0: £89.99 Pb: 978-0-415-95515-7: £24.99

2009: 246 x 174: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-41636-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41637-5: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-87500-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415955157

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415416375

Making the Metropolitan Landscape Standing Firm on Middle Ground Edited by Jacqueline Tatom and Jennifer Stauber

The American landscape is an extremely complex terrain born from a history of collective and individual experiences. These created environments, which all may be called metropolitan landscapes, constantly challenge students and professionals in the fields of architecture, design and planning to consider new ways of making lively public places. This book brings together varied voices in urban design theory and practice to explore new ways of understanding place and our position in it. Selected Contents: Introduction Jacqueline Tatom. Photo Essay: Identity in the Middle Ground Part 1: Towards a Metropolitan Landscape: Interpreting American Cities 1. The Spatial Transformation and Restructuring of American Cities Peter Rowe 2. The Landscape of Comedy Jacqueline Tatom and Andrea Kahn 3. Landscape Urbanism and the American Agrarian Tradition Charles Waldheim 4. The Uses of History Eric Mumford 5. Urbanism by Numbers: A Quantitative Approach to Urban Form Anne Vernez Moudon Part 2: Towards a Metropolitan Urbanism – Democratic Aspirations, American Pragmatism and Design Practice 6. Pragmatism as Urban Design Gwendolyn Wright 7. Flexibility to Resilience: Directions for Contemporary Practice Hashim Sarkis 8. Multiplicity Ed Robbins 9. Citizenship and Architecture: The Order of the American City Alan Plattus Part 3: Making the Metropolitan Landscape: Action Through Practice 10. Integrating Urban Design and Educational Reform in the Post-Industrial American City Roy Strickland 11. Drawing, Persuasion, Politics: A Case Study in the California Delta Jane Wolff 12. Urban Decisions / Urban Design Charlie Cannon 13. Beijing Sketchbook James Wines Part 4: Programs for a Metropolitan Landscape 14. Elements for Metropolitan Design Jacqueline Tatom and Andrea Kahn 2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77410-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77411-6: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774116

2nd Edition

Renewable Energy Resources John Twidell, AMSET Centre, UK and Tony Weir, formerly at the University of South Pacific, Fiji 2005: 234 x 156: 624pp Hb: 978-0-419-25320-4: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-419-25330-3: £37.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419253303

Visualization in Landscape and Environmental Planning Technology and Applications Edited by Ian Bishop and Eckart Lange 2005: 246 x 189: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-30510-5: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415305105

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

83


su stainab le built en viron me n t

84

Climate and Architecture

BESTSELLER

Forthcoming in 2011

Edited by Torben Dahl

3rd Edition

Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment

Whole Life Costing

Drawing on contemporary and historic examples from around the world, this book explores the ways in which climate shapes architecture. Beautifully illustrated and deeply insightful, this critical overview presents new perspectives on the power of climate to shape human habitation.

Selected Contents: 1. The Architectural Potentials in Climate 2. Climate and Comfort 3. Adjustment and Control 4. Climate Themes 5. Physiological Architecture 6. Case Studies 7. Literature 2009: Special: 168pp Hb: 978-0-415-56308-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56309-3: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415563093

2nd Edition

Refurbishment and Upgrading of Buildings David Highfield and Christopher Gorse, both at Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

A detailed guide to the technical aspects of refurbishing and upgrading buildings, this book provides solutions to a range of problems, challenges and issues and is essential reading for all students studying building refurbishment at all levels. Includes: • existing floor and wall strengthening

• facade retention • introduction of new floors • timber decay problems • fire-resistance • prevention of moisture and damp • upgrading thermal and acoustic performance. This new edition has been fully updated to include new technological information, and covers new areas such as stonework restoration and repair, upgrading of c1960 framed buildings, refurbishment logistics and case-studies. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Why Refurbishment? 2. Upgrading the Fire-Resistance of Existing Elements 3. Upgrading Internal Surfaces 4. Upgrading the Thermal Performance of Existing Elements 5. Upgrading the Acoustic Performance of Existing Elements 6. Preventing Moisture and Dampness Within Buildings 7. Introduction of New Floors and Access Between Levels 8. Timber Decay and Remedial Treatments 9. Strengthening of Existing Timber Floors 10. Heavy-Lifting Systems 11. Underpinning Systems 12. Strengthening Existing Walls 13. Façade Retention. Index of Products and Systems 2009: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-44123-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44124-7: £35.00

Edited by Peter Morris and Riki Therivel both at Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

Environmental impact assessment (EIA) is now firmly established as an important and often obligatory part of proposing or launching any development project. Delivering a successful EIA needs not only an understanding of the theory but also a detailed knowledge of the methods for carrying out the processes required. Peter Morris and Riki Therivel bring together the latest advice on best practice from experienced practitioners to ensure an EIA is carried out correctly. This new edition: • explains how an EIA works and how it should be carried out • demonstrates the relationship of the EIA to socio-economic, environmental and ecological systems • includes completely updated legislative and policy contexts • has added explanations of shared and integrative methods including a new chapter on EIA and sustainability. Invaluable to undergraduate and MSc students of EIA in planning, ecology, geography and environment courses, this third edition of Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment is also of great use to planners, EIA practitioners and professionals seeking to update their skills. Selected Contents: Part 1: Methods for Environmental Components 1. Introduction Riki Therivel and Peter Morris 2. Socio-Economic Impacts 1: Overview and Economic Impacts John Glasson 3. Socio-Economic Impacts 2: Social Impacts Andrew Chadwick 4. Noise Riki Therivel 5. Transport Chris Fry and Riki Therivel 6. Landscape and Visual Rebecca Knight 7. Archaeological and Other Material and Cultural Assets Riki Therivel 8. Air Quality and Climate David Walker and Hannah Dalton 9. Soils, Geology and Geomorphology Chris Stapleton, Kevin Hawkins and Martin Hodson 10. Water Sally-Beth Kelday, Andrew Brookes and Peter Morris 11. Ecology Peter Morris and Roy Emberton 12. Coastal Ecology and Geomorphology Ricard Cottle and Sian John Part 2: Shared and Integrative Methods 13. Environmental Risk Assessment and Risk Management Andrew Brookes 14. Geographical Information Systems and EIA Agustin Rodriguez-Bachiller and Graham Wood 15. Quality of Life Capital Riki Therivel 16. Sustainable Development and Sustainability Appraisal Roy Emberton and Riki Therivel. Appendices

Peter Caplehorn, Scott Brownrigg, UK Whole life costing is now central to the procurement and construction of major projects – especially with PPP – and in particular PFI, where details of the project’s life need to be assessed and tied into funding and operation plans, and where a company takes on the running and maintaining of the building as well as its construction. With the need for sustainability and reduced environmental impact, whole life costing considers materials performance through to the end of their life. This books sets out the practical issues involved in the selection of materials and their performance. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Whole Life Costing a Practical Approach 2. Why is it Important? 3. What Factors Affect It? 4. Current Methods Thinking and Systems Part 2: Relevance to Today 5. The Sustainability Question and the Context of Whole Life Costing 6. What Needs to be Taken Account? 7. How the Following Explanations Data Have Been Approached 8. Who Needs this Information? 9. How to Use it Effectively Part 3: The Building Process 10. Contracts and Their Requirements 11. PFI and Procurement 12. Clients Contractors and Consultants 13. Building Elements Part 4: Building Elements 14. Fabric 15. Structure 16. Materials 17. Finishes 18. Occupation Part 5: The Future. References January 2011: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-43422-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43423-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88896-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434232

BESTSELLER 3rd Edition

Introduction To Environmental Impact Assessment Riki Therivel, John Glasson and Andrew Chadwick, all at Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

‘This book should join a limited number of publications that provide the essential first stages on a rapid EIA learning curve ... Well written and referenced and should provide an invaluable introduction to EIA for a wide range of people, including students, practitioners, developers and decision makers.‘ – Environmental Assessment

2009: 234 x 156: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-44174-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44175-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89290-9

An introduction to environmental impact assessment, this text is designed to be used by students of planning, environmental studies and geography.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441759

2005: 234 x 156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-33836-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33837-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02306-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415338370

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441247

Complimentary Exam Copy

A New Approach

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


s us tai n a bl e built e n v iron m e n t

Forthcoming

New

8th Edition

Responsible Corporate Strategy in Construction and Engineering

Spon’s Building Regulations Explained 2010 Revision

’Doing the Right Thing?’

London District Surveyors Association and John Stephenson

Martin Loosemore, University of New South Wales, Australia and Florence Phua

This fully revised, essential reference takes into account all important aspects of building control including new legislation up to the start of 2009, covering major revisions to Parts A, B, C, F, J, L1A, L1B, L2A, L2B and P and revisions to Part E. Each chapter explains in clear terms the appropriate regulation and any other relevant legislation, before explaining the approved document. Publication lists and relevant sources of information are also included, together with annexes devoted to legislation relevant to the construction industry, determinations made by the Secretary of State, and sample check lists. Highly illustrated and taking a practical approach to the subject, this book is ideal for the professional, with special appeal to architects, planners, surveyors, builders, designers, building control professionals including new non-NHBC approved inspectors, and students. Selected Contents: Forewords. List of Abbreviations. List of Statutes Mention in Text 1. The Development of Building Control 2. Control of Building Work 3. Application of Building Regulations to Inner London 4. Relaxation of Building Regulations 5. Exempt Buildings and Works 6. Notices and Plans 7. Approved Inspectors 8. Work Undertaken by Public Bodies 9. Materials and Workmanship (Approved Document to Support Regulation 7) 10. Structure (Approved document A) 11. Fire Safety (Approved document B) 12. Site Preparation and Resistance to Moisture (Approved document C) 13. Toxic Substances (Approved document D) 14. Resistance to Passage of Sound (Approved document E) 15. Ventilation and Condensation (Approved document F) 16. Hygiene (Approved document G) 17. Drainage and Waste Disposal (Approved document H) 18. Combustion Appliances and Fuel Storage Systems (Approved document J) 19. Protection from Falling, Collision and Impact (Approved document K) 20. Conservation of Fuel and Power (Approved documents L1 and L2) 21. Access to and Use of Buildings (Approved document M) 22. Glazing: Safety in Relation to Impact, Opening and Cleaning (Approved document N) 23. Other Approved Documents. Appendix A – Definitions. Appendix B – Sources of Information and Research. Appendix C – Relevant Legislation. Appendix D – Appeals and Determinations. Appendix E - Checklists. Index October 2010: 297 x 210: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-43067-8: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430678

Predictive and Optimised Life Cycle Management Buildings and Infrastructure Edited by Asko Sarja, VTT Building and Transport, Finland

The role that communities have to play in the evolution and implementation of an effective strategy is often overlooked, despite the fact that it is becoming increasingly important and complex. This book addresses how consulting and contracting firms in the construction and engineering industries integrate corporate social responsibility into business strategy and how this translates into better business performance. In the context of the current global drive towards sustainability, it seeks to untangle the rhetoric and reality of CSR, providing a guide to effective and meaningful engagement with the community in the boardroom. Ideas, concepts, theories and debates in the previously separate areas of corporate performance; corporate social responsibility; corporate strategy and; corporate governance are integrated for the first time in this book, promoting a more liberal and wider debate about CSR. The result is an important and timely examination of a new challenge which faces every firm in the engineering and construction industry, from the very largest transnational corporations, to consultants and to the many thousands of small and medium sized enterprises that employ the vast majority of people in the industry. Contemporary research is integrated with practice throughout this book in a clear and easy-to-follow style. The extensive use of real-life examples ensures that the content is of value to managers who have to deal with the reality of the industry on a day-to-day basis. The case studies of some of the world’s leading firms provide rich qualitative data to support the arguments and are an excellent source of learning and teaching material to the subject of CSR for students. Selected Contents: 1. Strategic Corporate Social Responsibility 2. Socially Responsible Corporate Governance 3. Strategic Business Ethics 4. Case Studies 5. Conclusions September 2010: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-45909-9: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45910-5: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459105

The Green City Sustainable Homes, Sustainable Suburbs Nicholas Low, Brendon Gleeson, Ray Green and Darko Radovic 2005: 234 x 156: 248pp Pb: 978-0-415-37231-2: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415372312

2006: 246 x 174: 688pp Hb: 978-0-415-35393-9: £127.50 eBook: 978-0-203-34898-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415353939

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Corporate Social Responsibility in the Construction Industry Edited by Michael Murray, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, UK and Andrew Dainty, Loughborough University, UK

Examining the impact of the construction industry on society, this book incorporates expert contributions on government intervention, human and employee rights, community involvement, corruption in the procurement process, and environmental damage.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Evolution of Corporate Social Responsibility in Construction 3. A Business Case for Developing a CSR Policy 4. The Role of Construction in Developing Countries 5. Community Interaction 6. Corruption in the UK 7. International Corruption 8. Cartels 9. Sustainable Development 10. The Eco-Building Movement 11. UK House-Building 12. Occupational Health and Safety 13. USA 14. South Africa 15. Hong Kong and Asia Pacific 16. Australia 2008: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-36207-8: £85.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36208-5: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01233-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415362085

Ethics for the Built Environment Peter Fewings, University of the West of England, Bristol, UK

This book looks at how people develop their personal values and tries to set up a model for making effective ethical decisions. It exposes areas of weakness that may inhibit better relationships in projects and partnerships and suggests decision making frameworks.

It provides a holistic view of the ethical framework and illustrates good practice by using case studies and questions for resolving dilemmas. It will be invaluable for professional institutions, students, young practitioners in all stages of the development cycle from planning, property management, design, project management and facilities management, contractors and clients. Selected Contents: Part 1: Principles and Issues Introduction 1. Development of an Ethical Framework 2. Dilemmas and Decision Making 3. Corporate Social Responsibility 4. Professional Codes 5. Human Resource Ethics 6. Health and Safety 7. Planning 8. Sustainability 9. Trust and Relationships 10. Bribery and Corruption 11. Good Faith Part 2: Industry Survey Case Studies 12. Corporate Social Responsibility 13. Partnering 14. Collusion 15. Project Agreements vs. False Employment 16. Health and Safety 17. Planning 18. Training 19. Quality 20. Sustainable Contracting 21. Trust and Relationships 22. Making it Work 2008: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-42982-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42983-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92690-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429832

85


su stainab le built en viron me n t

86

Hazards and the Built Environment

2nd Edition

New

Environmental Noise Barriers

2nd Edition

Attaining Built-in Resilience

A Guide To Their Acoustic and Visual Design

Edited by Lee Bosher, Loughborough University, UK

Benz Kotzen, Chartered Landscape Architect, UK and Colin English, Chartered Acoustical Engineer, UK

Environmental and Architectural Acoustics

As a specialist in disaster preparation, you have huge responsibilities: A failure to prepare for natural and human-induced disasters costs lives and money. When a natural or human-induced disaster hits a built-up area the amount of damage it does will depend largely on the extent to which the built assets in the area were developed to withstand it. To fail in this respect is therefore both ethically and financially negligent. What kinds of structural and non-structural alterations can be made to protect buildings from large-scale disasters? How can we reduce the threat of these disasters, as well as the damage they cause? Presenting seven guiding principles, drawn from a broad range of disciplines and approaches, this book tackles the difficult questions about what can be done to attain built-in resilience. With contributions from many renowned experts and upcoming researchers in the fields concerned, it comprehensively assesses the wide range of issues faced by practitioners. Whether you’re studying construction management, researching hazard resilience issues or working on construction projects in hazardous regions, this book is for you. Selected Contents: Built-In Resilience. Disaster Risk Management. Construction in Developing Nations. Case for Prevention. Structural Adaptation in India. Seismic Design and Retrofit. Residential Properties in England. The Lower Thames Designing in Resilience. Community-Based Construction for Risk Reduction. Informal Settlements and Hazard Vulnerability. Corruption, Construction and Catastrophe. Legal and Contractual Frameworks. Implications of the Civil Contingencies Act. Security Planning. Planning Ahead

Environmental Noise Barriers is a unique one-stop examining both the acoustical and landscaping issues affecting the design of barriers. Detailed consideration is given to materials, engineering, legal and environmental issues as well as the health and social impacts of noise barriers.

This extensively revised new edition is updated in line with UK and EU legislation and international provision of barriers. The use of new materials, designs and design thinking are discussed. It includes new methods for improving the acoustic performance of barriers and extended sections on road surfacing, tunnels and railways and aircraft/airport acoustic amelioration. The sections on vegetative barriers, the use of photovoltaics and integrated solutions have been expanded. Selected Contents: Introduction. Defining the Need for Barriers. Acoustic and Visual Impact Assessment – Environmental Impact Assessment Techniques and Mitigation. Acoustic Performance of Barriers. Barrier Morphology and Design. Types of Barrier and Barrier Materials. Planting and Bio-barriers. Noise Amelioration and Roads. Tunnels. Airports. Environmental Noise Barriers in Other Locations - Industrial Uses 2009: 246 x 189: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-43708-0: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93138-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415437080

Tropical Urban Heat Islands Climate, Buildings and Greenery

2008: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-42729-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42730-2: £41.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93872-0

Nyuk Hien Wong and Yu Chen, both at Department of Building, National University of Singapore

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415427302

Series: Spon Research

This book explores the complex relationships between climate, buildings and plants, especially in urban heat islands to form a reference for researchers and professionals.

on Follow us

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Tropical Climate 2. Tropical Buildings 3. Tropical Plants 4. Climate and Buildings 5. Buildings and Plants 6. Plants and Climate 7. Climate-Building-Plants System Part 2: Case Studies 8. Measurements in Singapore 2008: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-41104-2: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93129-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411042

Zyun-iti Maekawa, Environmental Acoustics Laboratory, Osaka, Japan, Peter Lord, retired Professor, UK and Jens H. Rindel, Technical University of Denmark

Adopting a multi-disciplinary approach to the practice of achieving a more acceptable acoustic environment, this book draws on the same basic principles to cover both the outdoors and indoor space. It starts with the fundamentals of sound waves and hearing and goes on to the measurement of noise and vibration, room acoustics, sound absorption, airborne sound insulation and noise and vibration control. This serves as a foundation reference for students of architecture and environmental engineering, including those new to the study of acoustics. Problem-solving exercises are provided at the end of each chapter. The authors focus on techniques, methods and standards and lead into further more specialized material which makes the book useful for more advanced students and professional engineers. Selected Contents: 1. Fundamentals of Sound Waves and Hearing 2. Noise and Vibration: Measurement and Rating 3. Room Acoustics 4. Sound Absorption: Materials and Construction 5. Airborne Sound Insulation 6. Isolation of Structure-Borne Noise and Vibration 7. Noise and Vibration Control in the Environment 8. Acoustic Design of Rooms 9. Electro-Acoustic Systems 10. Agenda. July 2010: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-44900-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93135-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415449007

Electromagnetic Environments and Health in Buildings Edited by Derek Clements-Croome 2003: 234 x 156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-31656-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-57469-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415316569

2nd Edition

Energy Management in Buildings Keith Moss 2005: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-35391-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35392-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-47734-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415353922

http://twitter.com/tandfbooks

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


ur ban d e s i gn

URBAN DESIGN Distributed Urbanism Cities After Google Earth Edited by Gretchen Wilkins, RMIT University, School of Architecture and Design, Australia

What form of housing will emerge in Dubai, where the majority of the population are non-citizens and average length of stay three days? How will depopulating cities reclaim vacant space, reorganize infrastructure and redefine their economic identity? What type of architecture results from the prevalence of airborne contaminants? What kind of urbanism does Google Earth produce? Exploring the increasingly decentralized systems through which cities are organized and produced, Distributed Urbanism highlights the architectural practices that are emerging in response. Unlike early models of urbanism, in which centralized models of production, communication and governance were sited within a central business district, contemporary urbanism is shaped by remote, distributed mechanisms such as information technologies, (i.e. SatNav, Google Earth, E-trade, Photosynth or RSS web feeds) cooperative economic models and environmental networks, many of which are physically remote from the cities they shape. Consisting of a collection of case studies on global cities including Rotterdam, Tokyo, Barcelona, Detroit, Hong Kong, Dubai, Beijing and Mumbai, Distributed Urbanism draws on these cities in relation to current events, urban schemes and demographic data. All the contributors, a combination of commentators on urbanism and architecture, as well as practitioners in the field, are admired for their work in the area of urban change.

Selected Contents: Foreword. Introduction 1. The City You Can’t See on Google Earth 2. Rural Urbanism: Thriving Under the Radar – Beijing’s Villages in the City 3. Rotterdam 1979-2007: From Ideology to Market Communism and Beyond 4. MegaHouse 5. Borderland/Borderama/Detroit 6. Rubble in the Sand 7. Density of Emptiness 8. Antisepsis 9. Beyond Urbanism: Mumbai and the Cultivation of an Eye 10. Resurrecting Cities: Instant Urban Planning 11. Productive Residue: The Casting of Alternative Public Space 12. Bubble Cities: Airports, Islands and Nomads May 2010: 246 x 174: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56231-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56232-4: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562324

Creating Child Friendly Cities Reinstating Kids in the City Edited by Brendan Gleeson and Neil Sipe Leading writers in planning and geography present a comprehensive assessment of how western cities accommodate and nourish the needs of children and youth and propose an agenda for action to provide cities with places for children to play.

The Exposed City

New

Mapping the Urban Invisibles

The Fundamentalist City?

Nadia Amoroso, University of Toronto, Canada

Religiosity and the Remaking of Urban Space

Edited by Nezar AlSayyad, University of California, Berkeley, USA and Mejgan Massoumi, University of California, Berkeley, USA

There is a vast amount of information about a city which is invisible to the human eye – crime levels, transportation patterns, cell phone use and air quality to name just a few. If a city was able to be defined by these characteristics, what form would it take? How could it be mapped?

Nadia Amoroso tackles these questions by taking statistical urban data and exploring how they could be transformed into innovative new maps. The ’unseen’ elements of the city are examined in groundbreaking images throughout the book, which are complemented by interviews with Winy Maas and James Corner, comments by Richard Saul Wurman, and sections by the SENSEable City Lab group and Mark Aubin, co-founder of Google Earth. Selected Contents: Foreword Richard Saul Wurman Part 1: Essays 1. Map or Drawing? The Visual Expressions of Hugh Ferriss 2. Graphic Integrity of the Urban Complexity – Lynch, Wurman and Tufte 3. The DATAscapes: The Works of MVRDV 4. The Map-Art: Creative Measures in Landscape Mapping, the Works of James Corner Part 2: Drawings: The Map-Landscape 5.1. The Creative Map 5.2. The Map-Landscapes Afterword April 2010: 246 x 189: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-55179-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55180-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551809

Britain’s New Towns Garden Cities to Sustainable Communities

The relationship between urbanism and fundamentalism is a very complex one. This book explores how the dynamics of different forms of religious fundamentalisms are produced, represented, and practiced in the city. It attempts to establish a relationship between two important phenomena: the historic transition of the majority of the world’s population from a rural to an urban existence; and the robust resurgence of religion as a major force in the shaping of contemporary life in many parts of the world. Employing a transnational interrogation anchored in specific geographic regions, the contributors to this volume explore the intellectual and practical challenges posed by fundamentalist groups, movements, and organizations. They focus on how certain ultra religious practices of Christianity, Hinduism, Islam, and Judaism have contributed to the remaking of global urban space. Their work suggests that it is a grave oversimplification to view religious orthodoxies or doctrines as the main cause of urban terrorism or violence. Instead they argue that such phenomena should be understood as a particular manifestation of modernity’s struggles. AlSayyad and Massoumi’s book provides fascinating reading for those interested in religion and the city, with thought provoking pieces from experts in anthropology, geography sociology, religious studies, and urban studies.

Anthony Alexander, Alan Baxter and Associates, London, UK

July 2010: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-77935-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77936-4: £29.99

The New Towns Programme of 1946 to 1970 was one of the most substantial periods of urban development in Britain. The New Towns have often been described as a social experiment; so what has this experiment proved?

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779364

This book covers the story of how these towns came to be built, how they aged, and the challenges and opportunities they now face as they begin phases of renewal. The new approaches in design throughout their past development reflect changes in society throughout the latter half of the twentieth century. These changes are now at the heart of the challenge of sustainable development. The New Towns provide lessons for social, economic and environmental sustainability. These lessons are of great relevance for the regeneration of twentieth century urbanism and the creation of new urban developments today. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The New Towns in a New Light Part 1: Planning the New Towns 2. A Bit of a Bombshell 3. The Early New Towns 4. The Later New Towns 5. The Origin of the New Towns Concept Part 2: Building the New Towns 6. The Formulation of the New Towns Programme 7. Principles of New Town Design 8. A Leap into the Unknown Part 3: Living in the New Towns 9. Criticisms of the New Towns 10. How the New Towns Grew Old 11. New Towns in the Age of Sustainable Communities

2006: 234 x 156: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-39160-3: £95.00

2009: 276 x 219: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-47512-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47513-6: £29.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415391603

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475136

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Designing the City of Reason Foundations and Frameworks Ali Madanipour With a practical approach to theory, Designing the City of Reason offers new perspectives on how differing belief systems and philosophical approaches impact on city design and development, exploring how this has changed before, during and after the impact of modernism in all its rationalism. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: Foundations 2. City of Temples 3. City of Mechanical Clocks 4. City of Machines 5. City of Sights and Sounds 6. City of People Part 2: Frameworks 7. Keeping Time 8. Measuring Space 9. Assigning Value 10. Providing Accounts 11. Connecting Actions 12. City of Reason 2007: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-42091-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42092-1: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420921

87


u rban design

88

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

The Good City

City Design

Sunburnt Cities

Reflections and Imaginations

Modernist, Traditional, Green and Systems Perspectives

The Great Recession, Depopulation and Urban Planning in the American Sunbelt

Jonathan Barnett, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Justin B. Hollander, Department of Urban and Environmental Policy and Planning, Tufts University, USA

Allan B Jacobs, Professor Emeritus at the Department of City and Regional Planning, University of California, Berkeley, USA

Cities, Jacobs contends, ought to be magnificent, beautiful places to live. They should be places where people can be fulfilled, where they can be what they can be, where there is freedom, love, ideas, excitement, quiet and joy. Cities ought to be the ultimate manifestation of society’s collective achievements.

Allan B. Jacobs is one of the world’s best known planners and urban design practitioners, with a long and distinguished international career. Drawing on his professional experience of almost 60 years, Jacobs guides the reader through the lessons he’s learnt as a planner and lover of cities. Starting from a childhood in Cleveland where he learnt to explore and enjoy the city, Jacobs takes us through the development of his fascination with the urban environment. Throughout his career, Jacobs has worked in India, Brazil, Italy, Japan and China as well as many of the US’s greatest cities, most notably as San Francisco’s Planning Director in the tumultuous 1960s and 1970s. Essays, fiction and case studies from these locations convey to the reader a wealth of knowledge which can only be gained through passionate experience. Featuring a wonderfully engaging, humorous tone and Jacobs’ own ink drawings, The Good City transfers lessons on city design, building and urban change to all those willing to help cities become the magnificent, beautiful places they should be - and encourages all inhabitants to learn to appreciate and explore their own cities. Selected Contents: Part 1: Experiencing Cities An Introduction Part 2: Learning From Calcutta Why India Part 3: Learning in Italy Walls and Gates Being Apart Gianicolo Busts Via Costa Masciarelli: A Question of Values Part 4: City People-Fragments Traffic Cop Excellent! Immigrants Practicing Part 5: Breaking and Making Community Cleveland and the Unmaking of City The Etcher of Caprano Liberty Bakery Stopping By Curitiba and the Making of Community Part 6: World Class Cities Memos on Pudong Part 7: City Certainties Traffic is Not a Problem Parking is Not a Problem Things Can Get Better or Worse What You Believe Counts Part 8: San Francisco Reflecting on San Francisco The Civil Service Giants Part 9: The Good City April 2011: 178 x 254: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59350-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59353-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83596-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593533

Order Yours Today! For simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com Or use the order form at the back of this catalog.

The world is urbanizing faster than current city design practices can sustain, climate change has introduced a new dynamism into what once appeared to be a stable environment, and – with effective city design more important than ever – there are controversies and uncertainties about the best way to manage unprecedented urban growth and change. City Design describes the history and current practice of the four most widely accepted approaches to city design: the Modernist city of towers and highways that, beginning in the 1920s, has come to dominate urban development worldwide but is criticized as mechanical and soul-less; the Traditional organization of cities as streets and public places, scorned by the modernists, but being revived today for its human scale; Green city design, whose history can be traced back thousands of years in Asia, but is becoming increasingly important everywhere as sustainability and the preservation of the planet are recognized as basic issues, and finally Systems city design, which includes infrastructure and development regulation but also includes computer aided techniques which give designers new tools for managing the complexity of cities. Jonathan Barnett is a well-known, widely-experienced city design practitioner who also teaches and writes about city design. He writes authoritatively but accessibly about complicated issues of theory and practice, and his approach is objective and inclusive. This is a comprehensive text on city design ideal for planners, landscape architects, urban designers and those who want to understand how to improve cities. Selected Contents: Introduction: Three City Design Challenges 1. Modernist City Design 2. Traditional City Design and the Modern City 3. Green City Design and Climate Change 4. Systems City Design Conclusion: The Fifth Way January 2011: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77540-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77541-0: £31.99

In recent years there has been a growing focus on urban and environmental studies and the skills and techniques to address the wider challenges of how to create sustainable communities. Central to that demand is the increasing urgency of addressing the issue of urban decline, and the response has almost always been to pursue growth policies to attempt to reverse that decline. The track record of growth policies has been mixed at best. Until the first decade of the twenty-first century decline was assumed to be an issue only for former industrial cities – the so-called Rust Belt. But the sudden reversal in growth in the major cities of the American Sunbelt has shown that urban decline can be a much wider issue. Justin Hollander’s research into urban decline in both the Sun and Rust Belts draws lessons planners and policy makers that can be applied universally. Hollander addresses the reasons and statistics behind these ’shrinking cities’ with a positive outlook, arguing that growth for growth’s sake is not beneficial for communities, suggesting instead that urban development could be achieved through shrinkage. Case studies on Phoenix, Flint, Orlando and Fresno support the argument, and Hollander delves into the numbers, literature and individual lives affected and how they have changed in response to the declining regions. Written to suit a wide range of courses focused on contemporary urban studies, this text forms a base for all study on shrinking cities for both professionals and students in urban design, planning, public administration and sociology. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Perspectives on Growth and Decline 3. When People Leave – The Ruins of Urban Neighborhoods 4. Lessons From a Declining City: Flint, Michigan after 40 Years of Population Loss 5. A New Model for Neighborhood Change in Shrinking Cities 6. Unfamiliar Patterns in the Sun – What Postal Workers Already Know 7. Facing Change in the Central Valley: A Declining Fresno 8. Endless Growth in the Desert? The Fall of Phoenix 9. Abandonment Outside the Magic Kingdom: What Went Wrong in Orlando 10. Conclusion January 2011: 246 x 174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59211-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59212-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83438-1

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775410

Cities Design and Evolution

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415592123

Stephen Marshall, University College London, UK Why does modern planning sometimes create urban environments that are less attractive and functional than the ‘organic urbanism’ of traditional cities? Cities Design and Evolution takes up the challenge of this question, investigating ‘how cities are put together’, both in the sense of how the parts are organized in relation to the whole, and how they are created or evolve over time. Cities Design and Evolution offers an engaging and original narrative that interprets planning philosophies from Modernism to New Urbanism, organic theories from Patrick Geddes to Le Corbusier, and evolutionary thinking from Charles Darwin to Richard Dawkins. The book develops a new evolutionary perspective that recognizes both the ‘designed’ and ‘organic’ nature of cities, and provides a rationale and impetus for fresh approaches to urban planning and design. In what is the first book to significantly apply modern evolutionary thinking to urbanism, Cities Design and Evolution promises to stimulate thought, debate and action concerning the nature of cities and future urban planning. The book should appeal to all who are interested in cities, in design and in evolution. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Cities, Planning and Modernism 3. Articulating Urban Order 4. The Social Logic of Urban Order 5. The Kind of Thing a City Is 6. Emergence and Evolution 7. Emergent Urban Order 8. Cities in Evolution 9. Planning, Design and Evolution 10. Conclusions 2008: 360pp Pb: 978-0-415-42329-8: £48.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423298

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


ur ban d e s i gn

Architecture of Modern China

Forthcoming in 2011

Urban Design Management

Patrick Geddes and Town Planning

A Guide to Good Practice

A Historical Critique Jianfei Zhu, University of Melbourne, Australia

A Critical View

A collection of essays on architecture of modern China, arranged chronologically covering a period from 1729 to 2008, focusing mainly on the twentieth century. The distinctive feature of this book is a blending of ‘critical’ and ‘historical’ research, taking a long-range perspective transcending the current scene and the Maoist period. This is a short, elegant book that condenses the wide subject matter into key topics.

Noah Hysler-Rubin, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and Bezalel Academy of Art and Design, Jerusalem, Isreal

Selected Contents: 1. Modern Chinese Architecture 2. Perspective as Symbolic Form: Beijing, 1729-35 3. The Architect and a Nationalist Project: Nanjing, 1925-37 4. A Spatial Revolution: Beijing, 1949-59 5. The 1980s and 90s: Liberalization 6. Criticality in between China and the West, 1996-2004 7. A Global Site and a Different Criticality 8. Beijing, 2008: A History 9. Geometries of Life and Formlessness 10. Twenty Plateaus, 1910s-2010s 2008: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-45780-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-1-4: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457804

Cross-Cultural Urban Design Global or Local Practice? Edited by Catherin Bull, Davisi Boontharm, Claire Parin, Darko Radovic and Guy Tapie Unprecedented in its scope, Cross-Cultural Urban Design explores how urban design has responded to recent trends towards global standardization. Following analysis of its practice in the local domain, the book looks at how urban planning and design should be repositioned for the future. Selected Contents: Introduction Cross-Cultural Practice: Why Experiment Now? Part 1: Re-Conceptualizing the City: New Ways to Read Difference 1.1. Finding the Identity of Place through Local Landscapes 1.2 Erasure, Layering, Transformation, Absorption 1.3 between ‘Asianization’ and ‘Cosmopolitanism’ Housing in 21st Century Singapore 1.4 Dissolved Identity and Disintegrated Globalization 1.5 The Communal Project and the Reinforcement of Values 1.6 Urban Development and Context: The Traditional Landscape and Globalization in Marrakech 1.7. The Urban Edge: Bangkok Soi as Mediators of the Global and Local 1.8. Eco-Planning for Development in Northern Thailand 1.9. Local Identity in Bangkok’s Business Districts Part 2: Experiments in Practice - The Dynamics of the Urban Design Project 2.1. Transparency in Sustainable Development: Nonghan Basin, Thailand 2.2. Restructuring the Medina in Tunis: El Hafsia 2.3. Garden Urbanism in China and New Zealand 2.4. Revitalizing the Montenegrin Village 2.5 Strategies to Support Urban Identity 2.6. Mediating Global and Local: The Montreal Experience 2.7. New Practices in Urban Development 2.8. Sustainable Tourism for Local Identity: The Hill-Tribe Villages of Northern Thailand 2.9. Making the City: The Bordeaux Experience Part 3: Learning Cross-Cultural Urban Design - Reflecting on Cross-Cultural Interactions 3.1 Casts, Roles and Scripts of Otherness 3.2 Analysis, Concept and the Value of Words 3.3 Work and/or Play? 3.4 Why Use English? 3.5. Sustainability Learnt from Difference 3.6. Experiencing Cross-Cultural Practice 3.7. Workshops as Culture. Conclusion Urban Design for a Cross-Cultural Future 2007: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-43279-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43280-1: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415432801

Patrick Geddes is considered a forefather of the modern urban planning movement. Patrick Geddes and Town Planning studies the various, and even opposing ways, in which Geddes has been interpreted up to this day, providing a new reading of his life, writing and plans. Relying on Geddes’ extensive writings, the book also provides scholars of planning and related subjects, for the first time, a much needed, long overdue model of his urban theory. Rebutting earlier appreciations of Geddes’ sensitive planning, the scheme is presented as a formative and a deterministic paradigm in which City and Society became the subjects of a mutual transformation towards predefined ‘ideal’ city and ‘civilized’ society. Current perspectives in Geography and Postcolonialism are used to examine the practice of this theory through Geddes’ greatly celebrated – yet hardly studied - work in India and in Palestine. Studying Geddes’ plans for such different cities as Edinburgh, Calcutta and Tel-Aviv, the book suggests a critical reading of Geddes’ colonial work, offering a valuable contribution towards the concretisation of the theoretical frameworks and to local historians as well. Geddes’ scrutiny is finally presented as a case study for Town Planning as a whole. Tying together for the first time key concepts in cultural geography and colonial urbanism, the book proposes a more vigorous historiography, exposing hidden narratives and past agendas still dominating the disciplinary discourse. Written by a cultural geographer and a town planner, this book offers a rounded, full-length analysis of Geddes’ vision and its material manifestation, functioning also as a much needed critical tool to evaluate Modern Town Planning as an academic and practical discipline. January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57866-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57867-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578677

Experiential Landscape An Approach to People, Place and Space Kevin Thwaites and Ian M. Simkins Incorporating a review of key philosophical and theoretical themes, and offering a socially responsive design vocabulary, Kevin Thwaites and Ian M. Simkins provide the reader with a greater understanding of the human-environment relationship. Selected Contents: The Concept of Experiential Landscape: Revealing Hidden Dimensions of Experience Introduction Part 1: Human-Environment Relations Introduction 1. A Prevailing World View 2. An Alternative World View 3. Landscape as Place Part 2: The Concept of Experiential Landscape Introduction 4. Experiential and Spatial Dimensions 5. The Vocabulary of Experiential Landscape 6. Reading the Experiential Landscape 7. Reflections on Geometry Part 3: The Application of Experiential Landscape Introduction 8. Reading the Experiential Landscape in Residential Settings 9. In Search of the Identity of Kirby Hill 10. Experiential Landscape Analysis and Design in Schools 11. Experiential Landscape in the Calls and Riverside, Leeds 2006: 276 x 219: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-34000-7: £47.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415340007

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Edited by Antti Ahlava, Helsinki University of Technology, Finland and Harry Edelman, Edelman Group Oy Ltd, Helsinki, Finland This is an introduction to the secrets of Urban Design Management (UDM). The book examines the roles of the players involved in land-use projects and describes good collaborative methods of practice in project-based urban design and planning, putting emphasis on the creative co-operative skills and the wide knowledge of the participants in a working group. The role of the architect is examined in relation to design, planning and project management with particular emphasis on collaboration and negotiation skills. Urban Design Management contains international examples and many diagrams and photographs, making it a useful and accessible guide for all built environment professionals working in the public realm and those studying architecture, urban design and planning at a graduate level. Selected Contents: Foreword Preface Introduction Part 1: The Perfect Match Part 2: Togetherness Part 3: Creating Attractiveness Part 4: Setting Things in their Context Part 5: Starting Slow in order to Go Fast Part 6:Project Tools Part 7: Fitting in a Player’s Strategy Part 8: Urban Design Management 2008: 246 x 189: 244pp Hb: 978-0-415-46921-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46922-7: £35.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469227

The Ludic City Exploring the Potential of Public Spaces Quentin Stevens Featuring extensive observation of behaviours in public spaces and detailed studies of Melbourne, London, Berlin, New York and Brisbane, this book represents a fresh and detailed depiction of play in the specific context of urban public space. This international and illustrated work challenges current writings focussing on the problems of urban public space to present a more nuanced and dialectical conception of urban life. Detailed and extensive international urban case studies show how urban open spaces are used for play, which is defined and discussed using Caillois’ four-part definition – competition, chance, simulation and vertigo. Stevens explores and analyzes these case studies according to locations where play has been observed: paths, intersections, thresholds, boundaries and props. Applicable to a wide-range of countries and city forms, The Ludic City is a fascinating and stimulating read for all who are involved or interested in the design of urban spaces. Selected Contents: Introduction: The ’Function’ of Urban Public Space 1. A Theorisation of Everyday Urban Social Life 2. Understanding Play in Public 3. The Spatiality of Social Interactions 4. How to Study Play in Cities 5. Paths 6. Intersections 7. Thresholds 8. Boundaries 9. Props 10. The Shape of Urban Play: 1960s Functionalism Revisited 11. The Dialectics of Urban Play: Fun Follows Form, Fun Follows ’Function’ 2007: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-40179-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40180-7: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415401807

89


u rban design

90

New

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning

Intimate Metropolis

Volume 1

Edited by Vittoria Di Palma, Columbia University, New York, USA, Diana Periton, Mackintosh School of Architecture, Glasgow School of Art, UK and Marina Lathouri, Architectural Association School of Architecture, London, UK

Urban Subjects in the Modern City

Volume 4

Edited by Bruce Stiftel and Vanessa Watson

Edited by Thomas L. Harper, University of Calgary, Canada, Michael Hibbard, University of Oregon, USA, Heloise Costa, Geography Department, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil and Anthony Yeh, University of Hong Kong, Hong Kong

2004: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-34693-1: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415346931

Intimate Metropolis explores connections between the modern city, its architecture, and its citizens, by questioning traditional conceptualizations of public and private.

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning

Rather than focusing purely on public spaces-such as streets, cafés, gardens, or department stores-or on the domestic sphere, the book investigates those spaces and practices that engage both the urban and the domestic, the public and the private. The legal, political and administrative frameworks of urban life are seen as constituting private individuals’ sense of self, in a wide range of European and world cities from Amsterdam and Barcelona to London and Chicago.

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning: Volume 4 is a selection of some of the best scholarship in urban and regional planning from around the world. The internationally recognized authors of these award-winning papers take up a range of salient issues from the theory and practice of planning.

The topics they address include planning and governance in Zimbabwe, rebuilding after Hurricane Katrina, safety issues in urban spaces, and an analysis of French transportation policies. The breadth of the topics covered in this book will appeal to all those with an interest in urban and regional planning, providing a springboard for further debate and research. The papers focus particularly on how planning institutions can meet contemporary environmental, demographic, economic, and socio-spatial challenges.

Volume 2 Edited by Bruce Stiftel, Vanessa Watson and Henri Acselrad Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning offers a selection of the best urban planning scholarship from each of the world’s planning scholarship communities. The papers presented illustrate the concerns and the discourse of planning scholarship. 2006: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-40285-9: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415402859

Dialogues in Urban and Regional Planning

The Dialogues books are published in association with the Global Planning Education Association Network (GPEAN) and its member planning schools associations. These associations represent 360 planning schools in nearly fifty countries around the globe. They have selected these papers based on regional competitions.

Volume 3

December 2010: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-59334-2: £90.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84202-7

2008: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-77623-3: £95.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593342

Edited by Thomas Harper, University of Calgary, Canada, Anthony Gar-On Yeh, University of Hong Kong and Heloisa Costa, Federal University of Minas Gerais, Brazil

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415776233

Providing authoritative new perspectives on individual citizenship as it relates to both public and private space, in-depth case studies of major European, American and other world cities and written by an international set of contributors, this volume is key reading for all students of architecture. Selected Contents: Introduction Vittoria Di Palma, Diana Periton, Marina Lathouri 1. Urban Life Diana Periton 2. Heads: Philip-Lorca diCorcia and the Paradox of Urban Portraiture Hugh Campbell 3. A Space for the Imagination: Depicting Women Readers in the Nineteenth-Century City Kathryn Brown 4. ‘So the Flâneur Goes For a Walk In His Room’: Interior, Arcade, Cinema, Metropolis Charles Rice 5. Exhibitionism: John Soane’s ‘Model House’ Helene Furján 6. Private House, Public House: Victor Horta’s Ubiquitous Domesticity Amy Kulper 7. Drawing and Dispute: The Strategies of the Berlin Block Katharina Borsi 8. ‘The Necessity of the Plan’: Visions of Individuality and Collective Intimacies Marina Lathouri 9. City is House and House is City: Aldo van Eyck, Piet Blom, and the Architecture of Homecoming Karin Jaschke 10. Urban Play: Intimate Space and Postwar Subjectivity Roy Kozlovsky 11. Pervasive Intimacy: The Unité d’Habitation and Golden Lane as Instruments of Postwar Domesticity Christopher Hight 12. Zoom: Google Earth and Global Intimacy Vittoria Di Palma 2008: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-41506-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41507-1: £31.99

Making the Metropolitan Landscape

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415071

Standing Firm on Middle Ground Edited by Jacqueline Tatom, Washington University, St. Louis, USA and Jennifer Stauber, Trivers Associates, St. Louis, USA The American landscape is an extremely complex terrain born from a history of collective and individual experiences. These created environments, which all may be called metropolitan landscapes, constantly challenge students and professionals in the fields of architecture, design and planning to consider new ways of making lively public places. This book brings together varied voices in urban design theory and practice to explore new ways of understanding place and our position in it. Selected Contents: Introduction Jacqueline Tatom. Photo Essay: Identity in the Middle Ground Part 1: Towards a Metropolitan Landscape: Interpreting American Cities 1. The Spatial Transformation and Restructuring of American Cities Peter Rowe 2. The Landscape of Comedy Jacqueline Tatom and Andrea Kahn 3. Landscape Urbanism and the American Agrarian Tradition Charles Waldheim 4. The Uses of History Eric Mumford 5. Urbanism by Numbers: A Quantitative Approach to Urban Form Anne Vernez Moudon Part 2: Towards a Metropolitan Urbanism – Democratic Aspirations, American Pragmatism and Design Practice 6. Pragmatism as Urban Design Gwendolyn Wright 7. Flexibility to Resilience: Directions for Contemporary Practice Hashim Sarkis 8. Multiplicity Ed Robbins 9. Citizenship and Architecture: The Order of the American City Alan Plattus Part 3: Making the Metropolitan Landscape: Action Through Practice 10. Integrating Urban Design and Educational Reform in the Post-Industrial American City Roy Strickland 11. Drawing, Persuasion, Politics: A Case Study in the California Delta Jane Wolff 12. Urban Decisions / Urban Design Charlie Cannon 13. Beijing Sketchbook James Wines Part 4: Programs for a Metropolitan Landscape 14. Elements for Metropolitan Design Jacqueline Tatom and Andrea Kahn 2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77410-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77411-6: £27.99

Whose Public Space? International Case Studies in Urban Design and Development Edited by Ali Madanipour, University of Newcastle, UK

Modern urban societies have become fragmented environments consisting of individuals. Here theoretical accounts and case studies address whether making public spaces more accessible can restore the social fabric of the city, highlighting key projects across the world.

2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-55385-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55386-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86094-6

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774116

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553865

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


ur ban d e s i gn

Open Space: People Space

Public Space

Insurgent Public Space

Edited by Catharine Ward Thompson and Penny Travlou

The Management Dimension

Guerrilla Urbanism and the Remaking of Contemporary Cities

Highly visual and containing contributions from leading names in landscape, architecture and design, this volume provides a rare insight into people’s engagement with the outdoor environment; looking at the ways in which the design of spaces and places meets people’s needs and desires in the twenty-first century. Selected Contents: Part 1: Policy Issues: What are the Current Challenges in Planning for Inclusive Access? 1. Public Spaces for a Changing Public Life 2. ’The Health of the People is the Highest Law’: Public Health, Public Policy and Green Space 3. Playful Nature: What Makes the Difference Between Some People Going Outside and Others Not? Part 2: The Nature of Exclusion: What is the Experience of Exclusion in Different Contexts? 4. Culture, Heritage and Access to Open Spaces 5. Landscape Perception as a Reflection of Quality of Life and Social Exclusion in Rural Areas: What Does it Mean in an Expanded Europe? 6. Mapping Youth Spaces in the Public Realm: Identity, Space and Social Exclusion Part 3: Design Issues: Where are the Design Challenges and What Does Inclusive Design Mean in Practice? 7. What Makes a Park Inclusive and Universally Designed?: A Multi-Method Approach 8. ’You Just Follow the Signs’: Understanding Visitor Wayfinding Problems in the Countryside 9. Developing Evidence-Based Design: Environmental Interventions for Healthy Development of Young Children in the Outdoors 10. Healing Gardens for People Living with Alzheimer’s: Challenges to Creating an Evidence Base for Treatment Outcomes Part 4: Research Issues: Where are the Research Challenges and Which Theories and Methods Offer Most Promise? 11. Measuring the Quality of the Outdoor Environment Relevant to Older People’s Lives 12. Three Steps to Understanding Restorative Environments as Health Resources 13. On Quality of life, Analysis and Evidence Based Belief 2007: 276 x 219: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-41533-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41534-7: £35.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415347

Sitte, Hegemann and the Metropolis Modern Civic Art and International Exchanges Edited by Charles Bohl, University of Miami, USA and Jean-François Lejeune, University of Miami, USA These essays, from leading names in the field, weave together the parallels and differences between the past and present of civic art. Offering prospects for the first decades of the twenty-first century, the authors open up a broad international dialogue on civic art, which relates historical practice to the contemporary meaning of civic art and its application to community building within today’s multi-cultural modern cities. The volume brings together the rich perspectives on the thought, practice and influence of leading figures from the great era of civic art that began in the nineteenth century and blossomed in the early twentieth century as documented in the works of Werner Hegemann and his contemporaries and considered fundamental to contemporary practice. Selected Contents: Introduction: Civic Art Then and Now Part 1: Camillo Sitte and the Picturesque: Precedents and Perspectives Part 2: International Exchanges Camillo Sitte Part 3: The Metropolitan Context 2008: 246 x 189: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-42406-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42407-3: £30.00

Edited by Matthew Carmona, The Bartlett School of Planning, University College London, Claudio de Magalhães, The Bartlett School of Planning, University College London and Leo Hammond In both the UK and the US there is a sense of dissatisfaction and pessimism about the state of urban environments, particularly with the quality of everyday public spaces. Explanations for this have emphasized the poor quality of design that characterizes many new public spaces; spaces that are dominated by parking, roads infrastructure, introspective buildings, a lack of enclosure and a poor sense of place, and which in different ways for different groups are too often exclusionary. Yet many well designed public spaces have also experienced decline and neglect, as the services and activities upon which the continuing quality of those spaces have been subject to the same constraints and pressures for change as public services in general. These issues touch upon the daily management of public space, that is, the coordination of the many different activities that constantly define and redefine the characteristics and quality of public space. This book draws on three empirical projects to examine the questions of public space management on an international stage. They are set within a context of theoretical debates about public space, its history, contemporary patterns of use and changing nature in western society, and about the new management approaches that are increasingly being adopted. Selected Contents: Part 1: Conceptualising Public Space and its Management 1. The Use and Nature of Public Space 2. Public Space through History 3. Contemporary Debates and Public Space 4. A Typology of Management Approaches Part 2: Investigating Public Space Management 5. Three Studies, Three Related Research Approaches 6. One Country, Multiple Endemic Problems 7. One Country, Twelve Innovative Authorities 8. Eleven Countries, Eleven Innovative Cities 9. Eleven Innovative Cities, Many Ways Forward 10. Two World Cities, Three Iconic Spaces 11. Three Iconic Spaces, Two In-Depth Analyses 12. Debates, Problems and Possible Solutions 2008: 276 x 219: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39108-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39649-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415396493

Edited by Jeffrey Hou, University of Washington, USA

In cities around the world, individuals and groups are reclaiming and creating urban sites, temporary spaces and informal gathering places. These ‘insurgent public spaces’ challenge conventional views of how urban areas are defined and used, and how they can transform the city environment. No longer confined to traditional public areas like neighbourhood parks and public plazas, these guerrilla spaces express the alternative social and spatial relationships in our changing cities. With nearly twenty illustrated case studies, this volume shows how instances of insurgent public space occur across the world. Examples range from community gardening in Seattle and Los Angeles, street dancing in Beijing, to the transformation of parking spaces into temporary parks in San Francisco. Drawing on the experiences and knowledge of individuals extensively engaged in the actual implementation of these spaces, Insurgent Public Space is a unique cross-disciplinary approach to the study of public space use, and how it is utilized in the contemporary, urban world. Appealing to professionals and students in both urban studies and more social courses, Hou has brought together valuable commentaries on an area of urbanism which has, up until now, been largely ignored. April 2010: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-77965-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77966-1: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09300-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415779661

Regenerating London Governance, Sustainability and Community in a Global City Edited by Rob Imrie, Kings College London, Loretta Lees, King’s College London, UK and Mike Raco, King’s College London, UK

Built Environment Newsletter Ensure that you’re kept up-to-date with news and information in your area of interest by signing up to our FREE Built Environment Newsletter. Signing up is quick and easy – simply email built_environment@routledge.com highlighting your areas of interest, and start receiving new title information and special offers direct to your inbox today!

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415424073

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Regenerating London explores latest thinking on urban regeneration in one of the fastest changing world cities. Engaging with social, economic, and political structures of cities, it highlights paradoxes and contradictions in urban policy and offers an evaluation of the contemporary forms of urban redevelopment.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Dimensions of Urban Change in London Part 2: Prestige Projects and the Sustainable City Part 3: Sustainability, Inclusion and Social Mixing Part 4: Community Governance and Urban Change Part 5: Conclusions 2008: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-43366-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43367-9: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433679

91


92

u rban design

2nd Edition

Sustainable Urban Design

To Scale

Forthcoming in 2011

One Hundred Urban Plans

An Environmental Approach

Urban Coding and Planning

Eric Jenkins

Edited by Adam Ritchie and Randall Thomas, both at Max Fordham LLP, London, UK

How big is Moscow’s Red Square in comparison to Tiananmen Square? Why are there fewer public squares in Japan than in Italy? What lessons might be found in the plan of Savannah, Georgia’s historic district?

Edited by Stephen Marshall, Bartlett School of Planning, University College London, UK

By the end of the twenty-first century it is thought that three-quarters of the world’s population will be urban; our future is in cities. Making these cities healthy, vibrant and sustainable is an exceptional challenge which this book addresses. It sets out some of the basic principles of the design of our future cities and, through a series of carefully-selected case studies from leading designers’ experience, illustrates how these ideas can be put into practice. Building on the first edition’s original format of design guidance and case studies, this new edition updates the ideas and techniques resulting from further research and practice by the contributors. This book emphasises the enormous progress made towards exciting new designs that integrate good design with resource efficiency. Selected Contents: Introduction (Adam Ritchie & Randall Thomas) Part 1: The Toolkit 1. Urban Planning and design (Patrick Clarke) 2. Transportation (Robert Thorne, William Filmer-Sankey & Anthony Alexander) 3. Landscape and nature in the city (Chritina von Borcke) 4. Building design (Randall Thomas & Adam Ritchie) 5. Energy and information (Randall Thomas & Adam Ritchie) 6. Materials (Sarah Royse) 7. Water (Randall Thomas & Adam Ritchie) 8. Waste and resource (Adam Ritchie) Summary (Adam Ritchie) Part 2: Case Studies 11. Coopers Road Estate Regeneraiton, Southwark, London (David Turrent) 12. Parkmount: Streetscape and solar design (Richard Partington) 13. Coin Street Housing: the architecture of engagement (Graham Haworth) 14. Sustainable design in an urban context: 3 case studies (Alan Short) 15. BEDzed: Beddington zero-fossil energy development (Bill Dunster) 16. Bo01 and Flagghusen: Ecological city districts in Malmo, Sweden (Eva Dalman & Cecilia von Sceele) 17. Stonebridge: Negotiating between traditional and modernist models of city housing (Chris Watson) 18. ’Made in Stockwell’ and Deptford Wharves (Katie Tonkinson & Adam Ritchie) 19. Millennium Water: Vancouver’s Olympic Village, Canada (Rachel Moscovich) 2008: 276 x 219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-44781-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44782-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447829

To Scale is a collection of plans of urban spaces drawn at the same scale to help answer these questions by providing a single and accurate resource of urban plans for architects, urban designers, planners and teachers, and students. The book contains one hundred figure-ground plans from seventy-eight cities around the world, describing an identical area (half a kilometer square) for each urban space. Accompanying each plan are photographs, diagrams and text that illustrate essential aspects of the plan or urban space for the designer. This compilation is an excellent resource helping to visualize, compare and reconceptualize urban design for students wanting to understand the lessons of existing cities and the making of urban spaces. Selected Contents: Introduction. Amsterdam. Arras. Athens. Baltimore. Barcelona. Bath. Beijing. Bergen. Berlin. Bern. Bologna. Bordeaux. Boston. Bras’lia. Bruges. Buenos Aires. Cairo. Ceske Budejovice. Chandigar. Chicago. Cincinnati. Cleveland. Copenhagen. Cuzco. Denver. Detroit. Dresden. Dublin. Dubrovnik. Edinburgh. Florence. Genoa. Indianapolis. Isfahan. Istanbul. Jerusalem. Krakow. Lisbon. London. Los Angeles. Lucca. Madrid. Mexico City. Milan. Montreal. Moscow. Nancy. New Haven. New Orleans. New York. Oslo. Paris. Philadelphia. Portland. Prague. Rome. Saint Petersburg. Salamanca. Salzburg. San Francisco. Santiago. Savannah. Seattle. Seville. Siena. Stockholm. Tallinn. Telc. Tokyo. Tokyo. Torino. Trieste. Tunis. Vancouver. Venezia. Verona. Vienna. Vigevana. Washington 2007: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-95400-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-95401-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415954013

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series Urban codes have a profound influence on urban form, affecting the design and placement of buildings, frontages, public spaces and street layouts. Historically, their use, in conjunction with master plans, has led to some of our best-loved urban environments, while recent advances in coding have been a centre of attention, particularly in Britain and North America. However, neither the role nor the potential of codes is wholly understood. In Urban Coding and Planning, Stephen Marshall and his contributors investigate the nature and scope of coding; its purposes; the kinds of environments it creates; and, perhaps most importantly, its relationship to planning. By examining historical and ongoing traditions of coding from around the world – with chapters describing examples from the United Kingdom, France, India, China, Japan, Australia, South Africa, the United States and Latin America – this book provides lessons for today’s theory and practice of place-making. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Stephen Marshall 2. A Chronicle of Urban Codes in Pre-Industrial London’s Streets and Squares Nick Green 3. The Controlling Urban Code of Enlightenment Scotland Charles K. McKean 4. Learning from the Laws of the Indies Jean-François Lejeune 5. Paradigms for Design: the Vastu Vidya Codes of India Vibhuti Sachdev 6. Prescribing the Ideal City: Building Codes and Planning Principles in Beijing Qinghua Guo 7. Machizukuri and Urban Codes in Historical and Contemporary Kyoto Yoshihiko Baba 8. Coding in the French Planning System: From Building Line to Morphological Zoning Karl Kropf 9. Adelaide’s Urban Design: Pendular Swings in Concepts and Codes Barrie Shelton 10. Coding as ‘Bottom-Up’ Planning: Developing a New African Urbanism Gerald Steyn 11. How Codes Shaped Development in the United States, and Why They Should be Changed Jonathan Barnett 12. Conclusion Stephen Marshall March 2011: 234 x 156: 272pp Pb: 978-0-415-44127-8: £29.99 Hb: 978-0-415-44126-1: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441278

Writing Urbanism A Design Reader

Urban Design Futures

Urban Sound Environment

Edited by Douglas Kelbaugh, University of Michigan, USA and Kit McCullough, University of Michigan, USA

Jian Kang

Series: The ACSA Architectural Education Series

’The value of this collection ... is that it does not limit itself to recount what is but to challenge established orthodoxies – including those of existing urban designers.’ – Urban Design

2006: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-35857-6: £80.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415358576

Urban Sustainability Through Environmental Design Approaches to Time-People-Place Responsive Urban Spaces Edited by Kevin Thwaites, Sergio Porta, Ombretta Romice and Mark Greaves 2007: 246 x 189: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39547-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38480-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384803

Complimentary Exam Copy

Urban design continues to grow as an increasingly important and expanding field of study, research and professional endeavour. Distinguished by its broad scope and comprehensiveness on the subject of urban design, this new collection combines selected essays from both practitioners and academia. Writing Urbanism is the ideal volume for both students, architects and urban designers. Selected Contents: Foreword. Preface Part 1: Urban Process 1. Introduction 2. Observations 3. Preservation, Re-Use and Sustainability 4. Community Part 2: Urban Form 5. Introduction 6. Everyday Urbanism, Landscape Urbanism, and Infrastructure 7. New Urbanism 8. Post Urbanism Part 3: Urban Society 10. Introduction 11. The Public Realm 12. Globalism and Local Identity 13. Technology 2008: 246 x 189: 424pp Pb: 978-0-415-77439-0: £26.99 Hb: 978-0-415-77438-3: £95.00

Edited by Malcolm Moor and Jon Rowland

2006: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-31877-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31878-5: £35.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415318785

Urban Ethic Design in the Contemporary City Eamonn Canniffe 2005: 246 x 174: 208pp Hb: 978-0-415-34864-5: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34865-2: £44.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415348652

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774390

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


ur ban d e s i gn

World Cities and Urban Form

Eco-Urbanity

Fragmented, Polycentric, Sustainable?

Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments

Edited by Mike Jenks, Oxford Brookes University, UK, Daniel Kozak, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Pattaranan Takkanon, Kasetsart University, Bangkok, Thailand

This book presents new research and theory at the regional scale showing the forms metropolitan regions might take to achieve sustainability. At the city scale the book presents case studies based on the latest research and practice from Europe, Asia and North America, showing how both planning and flagship design can propel cities into world class status, and also improve sustainability. The contributors explore the tension between polycentric and potentially sustainable development, and urban fragmentation in a physical context, but also in a wider cultural, social and economic context. Selected Contents: Introduction: World cities and urban form Part 1: Theoretical Approaches in a Global Context 1. What is a ‘World Class’ City? Comparing conceptual specifications of cities in the context of a global urban network 2. Globalisation and the Forms of Cities 3. The World City Hypothesis Revisited: Export and import of urbanity is a dangerous business 4. Sustainability and the ‘World Class’ City: What is being sustained and for who? 5. Polycentrism and ‘Defragmentation’: Towards a more sustainable urban form? Part 2: Polycentric Regions and Cities: perspectives from Europe, Asia and North America 6. Promoting Sustainable Urban Form: Implementing urban consolidation policies around the Helsinki Metropolitan Region 7. Spatial Disparities Based on Human and Social Capital 8. The Model Barcelona: 1979-2004 and beyond 9. Sustainable ‘World Class’ Cities and Glocal Sprawl in Southeast Asian Metropolitans 10. Quality of Life and Spatial Urban Forms of Mega-city Regions in Japan 11. Global Integration, Growth Patterns and Sustainable Development: A case study of the peri-urban area of Shanghai 12. Taichung the Waiting Metropolis and its Campaign towards a ‘World Class’ City: A case of glocollision, glocoalition or glocalisation? 13. ‘World Class’ Vancouver: A terminal city re-imagined 14. Planning a ‘World Class’ City without Zoning: The experience of Houston Part 3: Aspects of Urban Fragmentation 15. Assessing Urban Fragmentation: The emergence of new typologies in central Buenos Aires 16. Tracking Sustainable Urban Forms and Material Flows in Singapore 17. The Right to the City: Stakeholder perspectives of Greater Cairo Metropolitan communities 18. ‘World Class’ Living? 19. Bangkok’s Struggle to Achieve a Successful Transportation System 20. To be or not to be a ‘World Class’ City? Poverty and urban form in Paris and Bucharest 21. Inner Truth of the Slums in Mega Cities: A scenario from India Conclusion: The Form of Cities to Come? 2008: 246 x 174: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-45184-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45186-4: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415451864

3rd Edition

Edited by Darko Radovic, University of Melbourne, Australia

There is need for change in our currently unsustainable cities. Carefully outlining paths towards better, sustainable ways of urban living, this book proposes a radical change in the ways we conceive and live our urban environments.

Bringing together diverse cultural and disciplinary views on urban sustainability, eighteen leading academics and practitioners in sustainable architecture and urbanism explore global concerns of sustainability and urbanity. This broad range of issues are clearly articulated and linked to concrete places and projects, merging research and cutting-edge design investigations to promote environmentally and culturally sensitive urban futures. Selected Contents: Introduction: Towards a Theory of Eco-Urbanity Darko Radovic Part 1: The Compact City, Strategies and Success Stories 1. Eco-Urbanity: The Framework of an Idea Darko Radovic 2. The Barcelona Agenda: Reuse, Compactness and Green Oriol Clos 3. From Industrial Cities to Eco-Urbanity – The Melbourne Case Study Rob Adams 4. The Sustainable City as a Fine-Grained City David Sim 5. From the Compact City to the Defragmented City: Another Route Towards Sustainable Urban Form? Mike Jenks Part 2: Other Cultures, Approaches and Strategies 6. Designing for Shrinkage: Fibercity 2050, Tokyo Ohno Hidetoshi 7. Excavating the Lost Commons: Creating Green Spaces and Water Corridors for Eco-Urban Infrastructure Ishikawa Mikiko 8. Continuity and Departure: A Case Study of Singapore’s Nankin Street Heng Chye Kiang 9. The Cultural Challenge for Sustainable Cities: Coping with Sprawl in Bangkok and Melbourne Sidh Sintusingha 10. Geometries of Life and Formlessness: The Theoretical Legacies of Historical Beijing Zhu Jianfei 11. Eco-City? Eco-Urbanity? Arvind Krishan Part 3: Other Scales and Sensibilities 12. Eco-Urbanism: An Israeli Perspective Arie Rahamimoff 13. Bringing Back Nature and Re-Invigorating the City Centre Kengo Kuma 14. Sustainable Design Towards a Positive Spiral Kodama Yuichiro 15. Creating a Cemetery: Architecture that Sustains Cultural Forms Naito Hiroshi 16. Towards Well-Mannered Built Environments Darko Radovic 2009: 246 x 174: 264pp Pb: 978-0-415-47278-4: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472784

Sustainable Olympic Design and Urban Development Adrian Pitts, Sheffield Hallam University, UK and Hanwen Liao, University of Greenwich, London, UK This book explains how modern Olympic games can successfully develop a more sustainable design approach by learning from the lessons of the past and by taking account of the latest developments. 2009: 246 x 189: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-46761-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46762-9: £40.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467612

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Urban Planning and Real Estate Development John Ratcliffe, Dublin Institute, Ireland, Michael Stubbs, National Trust, UK and Miles Keeping, GVA Grimley, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

The twin processes of planning and property development are inextricably linked – it’s not possible to carry out a development strategy without an understanding of the planning process, and equally planners need to know how real estate developers do their job.

This third edition of Urban Planning and Real Estate Development guides students through the procedural and practical aspects of developing land from the point of view of both planner and developer. The planning system is explained, from the increasing emphasis on spatial planning at a regional level down to the detailed perspective of the development control process and the specialist requirements of historic buildings and conservation areas. At the same time the authors explain the entire development process from inception through appraisal, valuation and financing to completion and disposal. In recent years both planning and real estate development have had to become increasingly aware of their legal and moral obligations. Sustainability and corporate social responsibility and their impact on the planning and development processes are covered in detail. Written by a team of authors with many years of academic, professional and research experience, and illustrated throughout with practical case studies, Urban Planning and Real Estate Development is an invaluable textbook for real estate and planning students, and helps to meet the requirements of the RICS and RTPI Assessment of Professional Competence. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Urban Planning and Real Estate Development: The Context and Theory Part 2: Urban Planning Organization 2. Policy and Implementation of Urban Planning 3. Town Planning Law and Regulation 4. Planning Appeals 5. The Future for Dispute Resolution in Planning 6. Planning Gain, Planning Obligations and the Community Infrastructure Levy Part 3: Urban Planning Issues 7. Specialist Town Planning Controls 8. Sustainable Development and Climate Change 9. Urban Renaissance and Regeneration Part 4: The Real Estate Development Process 10. Sustainability and Property Development 11. The Property Development Process 12. Development Site Appraisal 13. Development Valuation 14. Property Development Finance 15. Marketing for Development Part 5: Real Estate Development Sectors 16. Retail Development 17. Office Development 18. Industrial Development 19. Residential Development 2009: 234 x 156: 696pp Hb: 978-0-415-45077-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45078-2: £35.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450782

93


94

u rban design

Planning the Night-time City

2nd Edition

Marion Roberts and Adam Eldridge both at University of Westminster, UK

For Local Health and Global Sustainability

The night-time economy represents a particular challenge for planners and town centre managers. In the context of liberalised licensing and a growing culture around the ’24-hour city’, the desire to foster economic growth and to achieve urban regeneration has been set on a collision course with the need to maintain social order. Roberts and Eldridge draw on extensive case study research, undertaken in the UK and internationally, to explain how changing approaches to evening and night-time activities have been conceptualised in planning practice. The first to synthesise recent debates on law, health, planning and policy, this research considers how these dialogues impact upon the design, management, development and the experience of the night-time city. This is incisive and highly topical reading for postgraduates, academics and reflective practitioners in Planning, Urban Design and Urban Regeneration. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Cities at Night 3. Visions of the Night-Time City 4. Party Cities 5. Binge Drinking Britain? 6. Regulating Consumption 7. Regulating Licensing 8. Planning and Managing the Night-Time City 9. Consumers 10. Night-Time Cities, Night-Time Futures 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Pb: 978-0-415-45780-4: £27.99 Hb: 978-0-415-43617-5: £95.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436175

Transport Policy and Planning in Great Britain Peter Headicar, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series Transport in the twenty-first century represents a significant challenge at the global and the local scale. Aided by over sixty clear illustrations, Peter Headicar disentangles this complex, modern issue in five parts, offering critical insights into: • the nature of transport • the evolution of policy and planning • policy instruments • planning procedures

Shaping Neighbourhoods Hugh Barton, Marcus Grant and Richard Guise, all at University of the West of England, UK With many new case studies and a wealth of new research, this new edition outlines the principles for planning healthy and sustainable neighbourhoods and towns, putting the topical issues of climate change and obesity at the centre of its concern. This substantially revised and important second edition responds to a changing agenda in government policy and planning practice, putting issues of climate change and obesity at the centre of its concern. This guide ensures you: • understand the underlying principles for planning healthy and sustainable neighbourhoods and towns • plan the collaborative and inclusive processes needed for multi-sectoral cooperation • develop know-how and skills in matching local need with urban form • discover new ways to integrate development with natural systems • design places with character and recognise good urban form • guide communities, and advise developers, in the creation of successful and sustainable places for living. Containing many new case studies and a wealth of new research, this indispensable guide bridges the gulf between theory and practice, between planning authorities, investors and communities, and between different professional perspectives. Whether you are a student faced with a local planning project; a planner, urban designer or developer involved in new development; a health authority concerned with promoting physical activity; or a community group wanting to improve your neighbourhood; this book is for you. Selected Contents: 1. Orientation and Principles 2. A Neighbourhood Planning Process 3. Providing for Local Need 4. Working with Natural Systems 5. Urban Design Synthesis 6. Neighbourhood Checklists January 2010: 276 x 219: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-49548-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49549-3: £35.00

• the contemporary agenda.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495493

Distinctive features include the links forged throughout between transport and spatial planning, which are often neglected.

New

Designed as an essential text for transport planning students and as a source of reference for planning practitioners, it also furthers understanding of related fields such as urban and regional planning, geography, environmental studies and public policy. Based on the postgraduate course the author developed at Oxford Brookes University, this indispensable text draws on a lifetime of professional experience in the field.

Regional Planning for Open Space Edited by Arnold van der Valk, Wageningen University, the Netherlands and Terry van Dijk, University of Groningen, the Netherlands Series: RTPI Library Reviewing the limitations of various planning options, this book addresses the debate on how to preserve open space in the context of a growing metropolis. The importance of open spaces for well-being in urban life is well-established. With case studies on internalization and valuation methods, this book critically examines the liberal discourse that urges the transfer of responsibility for open space from government to the market. European and American expert authors confront political rhetoric with grounded analysis and conclude that the market needs to be combined with governmental efforts. They scrutinize the connection between open space and the planning institutions designed to implement its policy. The book provides practical pieces of insight in how to structure an open space problem, information on what to expect from instruments, and new ideas on alternative approaches. Selected Contents: 1. Rethinking Open Space Planning in Metropolitan Areas 2. Planning and Development of the Fringe Landscapes: On the Outer Side of the Copenhagen ‘fingers’ 3. Threats to Metropolitan Open Space: The Netherlands Economic and Institutional Dimension 4. Development Constraints Reduce Urban Open Space: Actual Conditions and Future Requirements in England 5. Viability of Cross-Subsidy Strategies: A Netherlands Case Study 6. Does Proximity to Open Space Increase the Value of Dwellings? Evidence from Three Dutch Case Studies 7. Government or Market: Competing Ideals in American Metropolitan Regions 8. Maintaining the Working Landscape: The Portland Metro Urban Growth Boundary 9. The Impact of Open Space Preservation Policies: Evidence from the Netherlands and the US 10. Spaces of Engagement for Open Space Advocacy: A Grounded Theory on Local Opposition in the Netherlands 11. Formalisation of ‘Open Space’ as ‘Public Space’ in Zoning: The Belgian Experience 12. Aesthetic Approaches to Active Urban Landscape Planning: European Exemplars 13. Flächenhaushalt Reconsidered: Alternatives to the German Federal Thirty Hectares Goal 14. Planning Open Spaces: Balancing Markets, State and Communities 2009: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-48003-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415480031

The Making of Hong Kong From Vertical to Volumetric Barrie Shelton, University of Sydney, Australia, Justyna Karakiewicz, University of Melbourne, Australia and Thomas Kvan, University of Melbourne, Australia Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

This book investigates what the history of Hong Kong’s urban development has to teach other cities as they face environmental challenges, social and demographic change and the need for new models of dense urbanism.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of Transport Part 2: The Evolution of Transport Policy and Planning Part 3: Public Choices – Ends and Means Part 4: Planning Procedures Part 5: The Contemporary Policy Agenda

The authors describe how the high-rise intensity of Hong Kong came about; how the forest of towers are in fact vertical culs de sac; and how the city might become truly ‘volumetric’ with mixed activities through multiple levels and 3D movement networks incorporating ‘town cubes’ rather than town squares.

2009: 234 x 156: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-46986-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46987-6: £34.99

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. A State of IntenCity 2. Precedents 3. Long, Low and Intense: From Possession Point to World War II 4. Massing and Rising: The Post-War Decades 5. Vertical and Volumetric: Post 1980 6. Podium and Tower 7. Emerging Volumetric: Components 8. Conclusion: Vertical and Volumetric Postscript: Advancing the Volumetric on Old District and New Territory Sites

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469876

November 2010: 246 x 174: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-48701-6: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415487016

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

PLANNING

Housing Market Renewal and Social Class

New

Chris Allen, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Decent Homes for All

Affluence, Mobility and Second Home Ownership

Series: Housing, Planning and Design Series

Chris Paris, University of Ulster, UK

Planning’s Evolving Role in Housing Provision Nick Gallent and Mark Tewdwr-Jones Series: Housing, Planning and Design Series The first text available on the housing-planning interface, this book shows the relationship between planning and housing supply and addresses fundamental questions about the current housing crisis, through examining its history and evolution. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Co-Evolution of Housing and Planning 3. The (Re) Birth of Private Housing Provision 4. The Shifting Policy Landscape 5. Planning Intervention: Housing Design, Density and Affordability 6. Responding to Strategic and Local Housing Pressures 7. The New Market Agenda in Housing Supply 8. Delivering Housing in Sustainable Communities 9. Reframing Planning: Spatial Strategies and Community Development 10. Conclusions 2006: 234 x 156: 320pp Hb: 978-0-415-27446-3: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-27447-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64256-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415274470

Politics, Planning and Homes in a World City Duncan Bowie, London Metropolitan University, UK Series: Housing, Planning and Design Series

This is an insightful study of spatial planning and housing strategy in London, focusing on the period 2000 - 2008 and the Mayoralty of Ken Livingstone. Duncan Bowie presents a detailed analysis of the development of Livingstone’s policies and their consequences. Examining the theory and practice of spatial planning at a metropolitan level, Bowie examines the relationships between:

• planning, the residential development market and affordable housing • environmental, economic and equity objectives • national, regional and local planning agencies and their policies. It places Livingstone’s Mayoralty within its historical context and looks forward to the different challenges faced by Livingstone’s successors in a radically changed political and economic climate. Clear and engaging, this critical analysis provides a valuable resource for academics and their students as well as planning, housing and development professionals. It is essential reading for anyone interested in politics and social change in a leading ‘world city’ and provides a base for parallel studies of other major metropolitan regions. February 2010: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-48636-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48637-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85557-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486378

Housing market renewal is one of the most controversial urban policy programmes of recent years. Housing Market Renewal and Social Class critically examines the rationale for housing market renewal: to develop ’high value’ housing markets in place of the so-called ’failing markets’ of low-cost housing. Whose interests are served by such a programme and who loses out?

Drawing on empirical evidence from Liverpool, the author argues that housing market renewal plays to the interests of the middle classes in viewing the market for houses as a field of social and economic ’opportunities’, a stark contrast to a working class who are more concerned with the practicalities of ’dwelling’. Against this background of these differing attitudes to the housing market, Housing Market Renewal and Social Class explores the difficult question of whether institutions are now using the housing market renewal programme to make profits at the expense of ordinary working-class people. Reflecting on how this situation has come about, the book critically examines the purpose of current housing market renewal policies, and suggests directions for interested social scientists wishing to understand the implications of the programme. Housing Market Renewal and Social Class provides a unique phenomenological understanding of the relationship between social class and the market for houses, and will be compelling reading for anybody concerned with the situation of working class people living in UK cities. Selected Contents: Part 1: Invitation to Class Analysis 1. The Death and Resurrection of Class in Sociology 2. Theorizing Social Class Part 2: Social Class and the Market for Houses 3. Social Class and the Question of Being 4. Being in the Market for Houses 5. Being in a Depressed Market for Houses Part 3: The Class Politics of Housing Market Renewal 6. HMR and the ‘New’ Market Logic of Urban Renewal 7. Working Class Experiences of the Brave New Housing Market 8. HMR and the Politics of Middle Class Domination 9. The Rich Get Richer – Profiteering from Working Class Suffering 2008: 234 x 156: 248pp Hb: 978-0-415-41560-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41561-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93274-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415613

Housing Development Theory, Process and Practice Edited by Ron Blake and Andrew Golland Series: Housing, Planning and Design Series Brings together information on housing production, housing provision and the housing environment, highlighting the theoretical and policy contexts in which housing development takes place as an integrated process. 2003: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-415-23432-0: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-23433-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-63416-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415234337

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Series: Housing and Society Series

Despite the current recession, the frequency of second home ownership is still surprisingly high throughout the western world. While the UK and Ireland previously had lower occurrences of multiple dwellings compared to the rest of Europe, they are quickly catching up with a current surge in the ownership of second homes. The recent MP expenses scandal in the UK has also drawn attention to the prevalence of second homes (or more) within the middle classes, and the fact that the concept is becoming increasingly popular. Chris Paris uses this text to address the reasons behind why second homes are becoming more popular, both within the usual domicile of the individuals, and in international locations. The socioeconomic factors and historical contexts of homes in cultures across the world are fundamental to explaining the choices in transnational home ownership, and Paris’ case studies and comparisons between additional homes in Europe, Australia, America and Asia expand upon the motivation for people to own a second home. Affluence, Mobility and Second Home Ownership draws together debates on gentrification, globalisation, consumerism, environmental factors and investment to provide a balanced look at the pros, and cons, of second home ownership, and what implications it has for the future. An ideal text for students studying geography, urbanism and planning, this book is also of interest to individuals interested in the changing ways in which we make choices on our places of residence. September 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-54891-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54892-2: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548922

Housing Boom and Bust Owner Occupation, Government Regulation and the Credit Crunch Peter King, De Montfort University, UK Housing bubbles burst, creating economic misery for millions. Over the past thirty years, the culture of property ownership has become so ingrained that policy makers, bankers and households have taken for granted that housing is a good investment and forgotten about the bust. Explaining how the current crisis in housing markets has arisen, this topical and sharp analysis considers the causes of house price bubbles and the reason for the collapse in markets worldwide. Written for students, it explains the economic cycle of housing, ways in which future booms and busts can be mitigated and how the lessons of this latest housing bubble can finally be learned. February 2010: 216 x 138: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-55313-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55314-8: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86176-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553148

95


p lanning

96

New

Housing, Markets and Policy

Planning in the USA

Women and Housing

Edited by Peter Malpass, University of the West of England, UK and Rob Rowlands, CURS, University of Birmingham, UK

Policies, Issues and Processes

Series: Housing and Society Series

This extensively revised and expanded third edition of Planning in the USA continues to provide a comprehensive introduction to the policies, theory and practice of planning. Discussing land use, urban planning and environmental protection policies, this fully illustrated book explains the nature of the planning process and the way in which policy issues are identified, defined and approached.

An International Analysis Edited by Patricia Kennett, University of Bristol, UK and Kam-Wah Chan, The Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong Series: Housing and Society Series

In the context of contemporary economic, political, social and cultural transformations this book brings together contributions from developed and emerging societies in Europe, the USA and East Asia in order to highlight the nature, extent and impact of these changes on the housing opportunities of women.

The collection seeks to contribute to comparative housing debates by highlighting the gendered nature of housing processes, locating these processes within wider structured and institutionalised relations of power, and to show how these socially constructed relationships are culturally contingent, and manifest and transform over time and space. The international contributors draw on a wide range of empirical evidence relating to labour market participation, wealth distribution, family formation and education to demonstrate the complexity and gendered nature of the interlocking arenas of production, reproduction and consumption and the implications for the housing opportunities of women in different social contexts. Worldwide examples are drawn from Australia, China, Great Britain, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Sweden, Taiwan and the USA. December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-54895-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54897-7: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548977

Planning the Night-time City Marion Roberts, University of Westminster, UK and Adam Eldridge, University of Westminster, UK The night-time economy represents a particular challenge for planners and town centre managers. In the context of liberalised licensing and a growing culture around the ’24-hour city’, the desire to foster economic growth and to achieve urban regeneration has been set on a collision course with the need to maintain social order. Roberts and Eldridge draw on extensive case study research, undertaken in the UK and internationally, to explain how changing approaches to evening and night-time activities have been conceptualised in planning practice. The first to synthesise recent debates on law, health, planning and policy, this research considers how these dialogues impact upon the design, management, development and the experience of the night-time city. This is incisive and highly topical reading for postgraduates, academics and reflective practitioners in Planning, Urban Design and Urban Regeneration. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Cities at Night 3. Visions of the Night-Time City 4. Party Cities 5. Binge Drinking Britain? 6. Regulating Consumption 7. Regulating Licensing 8. Planning and Managing the Night-Time City 9. Consumers 10. Night-Time Cities, Night-Time Futures 2009: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-43617-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43618-2: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436182

Complimentary Exam Copy

This book of specially commissioned essays by distinguished housing scholars addresses the big issues in contemporary debates about housing and housing policy in the UK. Setting out a distinctive and coherent analysis, it steers a course between those accounts that rely on economic theory and analysis and those that emphasize policy. It is informed by the idea that the 1970s was a pivotal decade in the second half of the twentieth century, and that since that time there has been a profound transformation in the housing system and housing policy in the UK. The contributors describe, analyze and explain aspects of that transformation, as a basis for understanding the present and thinking about the future. The analysis of housing is set within an understanding of the wider changes affecting the economy and the welfare state since the crises of the mid 1970s. Selected Contents: Introduction 2. Housing Policy and the Housing System in the 1970s 3. A Privileged State? 4. The Right to Buy 5. The Evolution of Stock Transfer 6. The Rise (and Rise?) of Housing Associations 7. The Transformation of Private Renting 8. Home Ownership: Where Now? 9. Meeting the Demand for New Housing 10. Competitiveness and Social Exclusion 11. The Sustainable Communities 12. Rediscovering Housing Policy 13. Conclusions and Questions About the Future 2009: 234 x 156: 280pp Hb: 978-0-415-47778-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-47779-6: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477796

The Hidden Millions Homelessness in Developing Countries Graham Tipple, University of Newcastle-Upon-Tyne, UK and Suzanne Speak, University of Newcastle-Upon-Tyne, UK Series: Housing and Society Series This book explores the extent, causes and characteristics of homelessness in developing countries. Bringing together a major review of literature and empirical case studies, it is invaluable for those studying, researching or working in housing, homelessness, social policy or urban poverty. Drawing on local research in nine countries in the global south, this book offers an insight into the lives of homeless people, public perceptions of homelessness, and the policies and interventions which might variously increase or reduce homelessness. Exploring the human context as well as policy and planning, it will challenge preconceptions. Selected Contents: 1. Current Theory on Homelessness 2. Homelessness and International Housing Policy 3. The Continuing Urban Housing Shortfall and Affordability Crisis 4. Defining Homelessness in Developing Countries 5. Accommodation Conditions and Differentiating between Homeless People and those in Inadequate Housing 6. Estimating the Hidden Millions 7. Who are the Hidden Millions? 8. Economic, Social and Cultural Causes 9. Political and Legal Issues 10. Disaster and Conflict 11. Exclusion, Perceptions and Isolation 12. Children and Homelessness 13. Towards Strategic Interventions for Homeless People 2009: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-42671-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42672-5: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88334-1

J. Barry Cullingworth, University of Delaware, USA and Roger Caves, San Diego State University, USA

The text features numerous boxed case studies, illustrations, and photographs. This book offers a thoroughly detailed account of urbanization in the United States and reveals the problematic nature and limitations of the planning process, the fallibility of experts and the difficulties facing policy makers in their search for solutions. Planning in the USA is an essential book for students, planners and all who are concerned with the nature of contemporary urban and environmental problems. Both comprehensive and easily accessible this extensively revised third edition will be an invaluable resource for all students of planning and urban related research. Selected Contents: Introduction Part 1: Planning and Government 1. The Nature of Planning 2. Urbanization 3. Governing and Planning Urban Areas Part 2: Land Use Regulation 4. The Evolution of Planning and Zoning 5. The Institutional and Legal Framework of Planning and Zoning 6. The Techniques of Zoning and Subdivision Regulations 7. The Comprehensive Plan 8. Financing and Planning for Development Part 3: Growth Management 9. Growth Management and Local Government 10. Urban Growth Management and the States Part 4: Planning and Development Issues 11. Aesthetics 12. Heritage and Historic Preservation 13. Transportation 14. Housing 15. Community and Economic Development Part 5: Environmental Policy and Planning 16. Environmental Policy and Planning 17. The Limits of Environmental Policy Part 6: Technology in Planning 18. Technology and Planning Conclusion 19. Some Final Questions 2008: 246 x 189: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-77420-8: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77421-5: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89094-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774215

Planning, Law and Economics The Rules We Make for Using Land Barrie Needham Series: RTPI Library Series This book highlights the complex financial, personal, legal, ideological and societal aspects of land-use, and how it influences and is influenced by property rights. Selected Contents: 1. Land-use Planning and Property Rights: A Fraught Relationship 2. Two Ways in which Laws can Influence How Land is Used 3. The Legal Language: Rights in Land 4. The Economic Language: Making a Good Use of Scarce Resources 5. An Evaluation of Property Law: Rules under Public Law 6. An Evaluation of Property Law: Rules Under Private Law 7. Application: Achieving Neighbourhood Quality 8. Application: Regional Land-use Planning 9. Conclusions: The Rules we Make for Using Land 2006: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-34373-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34374-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-63965-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415343749

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415426725

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

Grotton Revisited

5th Edition

Planning in Crisis?

Public Transport

Steve Ankers, Planning Officer, South Downs Society, UK, David Kaiserman, Planning Consultant and Senior Associate TRA Ltd, UK and Chris Shepley

Its Planning, Management and Operation

Series: RTPI Library Series

’Loved it , I almost had to be resuscitated – Grotton Revisited will immediately become the standard text on Planning Practice in every planning school in the UK and far beyond. The fact that it will cause every planning student in the land to abandon their courses, for alternative vocations in investment banking or alternative therapies, is unfortunate’ – Professor Sir Peter Hall, Bartlett Professor of Planning and Regeneration, University College London, UK

Peter White, University of Westminster, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

Some thirty years ago the small Metropolitan County of Grotton found itself bathed in the bright glare of publicity as The Grotton Papers lifted the lid on the inner workings of the six planning departments of this hitherto little remarked corner of England. The intervening years have seen Grotton’s County Council aim at the admirable and mostly achievable target of becoming ’average with moderate prospects of remaining average’ in the Government rankings, and the struggles of the District Councils to come to terms with planning in the late twentieth – let alone twentyfirst – century are once again under the spotlight. The original authors of The Grotton Papers have come together once more to offer an experienced and surprisingly unjaundiced look at the way the British planning system works. Their comprehensive survey allows real lessons to be learnt from what Grotton has – and just as importantly hasn’t – done since they were last in town. Grotton Revisited is without doubt the finest (and indeed the only) satirical book on this vitally important subject. It is suitable for planners of all ages and abilities, and will be essential reading for anyone who has ever had contact with the planning system, or thinks they may know someone who has. First class entertainment and education for professionals and general readers alike. Published in association with the RTPI. Selected Contents: Message from the President of the Royal Town Planning Institute 1. Planning in Crisis 2. The County of Grotton and the Five Districts of Which it is Comprised of 3. The Development Plan in Crisis 4. Development Management in Crisis: A Case Study from Dunromin 5. Regeneration in Crisis 6. The Countryside in Crisis 7. Transport in Crisis 8. The Environment in Crisis, or What’s Posterity Ever Done for Me? 9. Management in Crisis The Grotton Advertiser: a Special Supplement to mark the 31<+>st<+> Anniversary of the 1979 ’Planning in Crisis’ Conference Appendices 1. Notes for delegates to the ’Planning in Crisis’ Conference 2010 2. An Invitation to the Secretary of State to address the Conference 3. An Important Decision relating to a Planning Appeal 4. An Extract from the Grotton Design Guide 5. An Appeal on behalf of the Patrick Abercrombie Home for Distressed Planners by Alexander Quibble CB Index June 2010: 276 x 219: 176pp Hb: 978-0-415-54646-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-54647-8: £19.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415546478

An Introduction to Community Development Edited by Rhonda Phillips, Arizona State University, USA and Robert H. Pittman, University of Central Arkansas, USA

Comprehensive and practical, this textbook enables students to connect academic study and professional know-how, and demonstrates how to best plan the rebuilding, revitalization and development of communities utilizing a wide variety of economic and strategic tools. Features include; chapter outlines, text boxes, key words and references.

Selected Contents: Editors’ Overview Part 1: Foundations Part 2: Preparation and Planning Part 3: Programming Techniques and Strategies Part 4: Issues Impacting Community Development 2008: 246 x 189: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-77384-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77385-0: £32.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88693-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415773850

Regenerating London Governance, Sustainability and Community in a Global City Edited by Rob Imrie, Kings College London, Loretta Lees, King’s College London, UK and Mike Raco, King’s College London, UK

Regenerating London explores latest thinking on urban regeneration in one of the fastest changing world cities. Engaging with social, economic, and political structures of cities, it highlights paradoxes and contradictions in urban policy and offers an evaluation of the contemporary forms of urban redevelopment.

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Dimensions of Urban Change in London Part 2: Prestige Projects and the Sustainable City Part 3: Sustainability, Inclusion and Social Mixing Part 4: Community Governance and Urban Change Part 5: Conclusions 2008: 246 x 174: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-43366-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43367-9: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88671-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433679

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Public Transport is a comprehensive textbook covering the planning of all public transport systems (bus, coach, rail, taxi and domestic air travel) in Britain and other countries with similar systems. The term ‘planning’ is used both in the context of local authority and central government roles and in the work done by transport operators for example, network structures, vehicle type selection.

In addition to the various types of transport, the differing needs of the urban, rural and long distance markets are examined. This restructured new edition gives greater emphasis to service quality and marketing issues as well as covering recent changes in legislation, statistics and research findings. Public Transport is of particular interest to transport planners in local authorities and consultancies, managers in transport operations, as well as undergraduates and MSc students of transport planning and those studying for the membership examinations of the Chartered Institute of Logistics and Transport. Selected Contents: 1. Organisation and Control of Transport in the British Isles 2. The Role of Public Transport 3. Service Quality and Marketing 4. The Technology of Bus and Coach Systems 5. Urban Railways and Rapid Transit Systems 6. Network Planning 7. Costing and Cost Allocation Methods 8. Pricing Theory and Practice 9. Rural Public Transport 10. Intercity Public Transport 11. Some Current Policy Issues 2008: 234 x 156: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-44531-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44530-6: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89228-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415445306

14th Edition

Town and Country Planning in the UK Barry Cullingworth and Vincent Nadin This revised fourteenth edition reinforces this title’s reputation as the bible of British planning. It provides a through explanation of planning processes including the institutions involved, tools, systems, policies and changes to land use. 2006: 246 x 189: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-35809-5: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-35810-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-00425-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415358101

97


p lanning

98

Transport Policy and Planning in Great Britain

New

New

Timber Bridges

Transport Matters

Christopher Mettem, Chief Research Engineer, TRADA Technology Ltd, UK

Integrated Approaches to Planning City-Regions

Peter Headicar, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Angela Hull, Heriot Watt University, UK

Transport in the twenty-first century represents a significant challenge at the global and the local scale. Aided by over sixty clear illustrations, Peter Headicar disentangles this complex, modern issue in five parts, offering critical insights into:

Bridges built in timber are enjoying a significant revival, both for pedestrian and light traffic and increasingly for heavier loadings and longer spans. Timber’s high strength-to-weight ratio, combined with the ease and speed of construction inherent in the off-site prefabrication methods used, make a timber bridge a suitable option in many different scenarios. This handbook gives technical guidance on forms, materials, structural design and construction techniques suitable for both small and large timber bridges. Eurocode 5 Part 2 (BS EN 1995-2) for the first time provides an international standard for the construction of timber bridges, removing a potential obstacle for engineers where timber construction for bridges has not - in recent centuries at least - been usual. Clearly illustrated throughout, this guide explains how to make use of this oldest construction material in a modern context to create sustainable, aesthetically pleasing, practical and durable bridges. Worldwide examples include Tourand Creek Bridge, Canada; Toijala, Finland; Punt la Resgia, Switzerland; Pont de Crest, France; Almorere Pylon Bridge, the Netherlands.

February 2011: 276 x 219: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57796-0: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415577960

The Geography of Transport Systems Jean-Paul Rodrigue, Hofstra University, USA, Claude Comtois, University of Montreal, Canada and Brian Slack, Concordia University, Canada Mobility is fundamental to economic and social activities, including commuting, manufacturing, or supplying energy. Each movement has an origin, a potential set of intermediate locations, a destination, and a nature which is linked with geographical attributes. Transport systems composed of infrastructures, modes and terminals are so embedded in the socio-economic life of individuals, institutions and corporations that they are often invisible to the consumer. This is paradoxical as the perceived invisibility of transportation is derived from its efficiency. Understanding how mobility is linked with geography is main the purpose of this textbook. The second edition of ’The Geography of transport systems’ maintains the overall structure of its predecessor, with chapters dealing with specific conceptual dimensions and methodologies, but the contents have been revised and updated. The second edition also offers new topics and approaches that have emerged as critical issues in contemporary transport systems, including security, energy, supply chain management and GIS-T. Relevant case studies have also been included in the second edition to underline real world issues related to transport geography. 2009: 246 x 174: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-48323-0: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48324-7: £27.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88415-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483247

Complimentary Exam Copy

Series: RTPI Library Series

Addressing the principles of sustainability, spatial planning, integration, governance and accessibility of transport, this book focuses on the problem of providing efficient and low energy transport systems which serve the needs of everybody.

It explores many of the new arguments, ideas and perceptions of mobility and accessibility in city-regions. Looking at evidence from Denmark, Sweden, The Netherlands, Germany and the UK, it considers the meaning of the key concepts of sustainable accessibility, the spatial planning model, and integrated territorial policies. August 2010: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-45422-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45818-4: £29.99

Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

• the nature of transport • the evolution of policy and planning • policy instruments • planning procedures • the contemporary agenda. Distinctive features include the links forged throughout between transport and spatial planning, which are often neglected. Designed as an essential text for transport planning students and as a source of reference for planning practitioners, it also furthers understanding of related fields such as urban and regional planning, geography, environmental studies and public policy. Based on the postgraduate course the author developed at Oxford Brookes University, this indispensable text draws on a lifetime of professional experience in the field. Selected Contents: Part 1: The Nature of Transport Part 2: The Evolution of Transport Policy and Planning Part 3: Public Choices – Ends and Means Part 4: Planning Procedures Part 5: The Contemporary Policy Agenda

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458184

Integrated Transport From Policy to Practice Edited by Moshe Givoni, University of Colorado, USA and David Banister, University of Colorado, USA

Travel is an essential part of everyday life and today most journeys are multimodal. It is the total travel experience that counts and integrated transport must reduce the inconvenience of transfers between modes. Most research and many publications on transport policy advocate sustainable transport, but the priority given to integration has been negligible. Yet integration is one of the most important means to advance sustainable transport and sustainability more generally. While integrated transport systems are seen to be an ideal, there is a failure to make the transition from policy to practice. The authors argue that the achievement of sustainable transport is still a dream, as an integrated transport policy is a prerequisite for a sustainable transport system. It is only when the two concepts of sustainability and integration operate in the same direction and in a positive way that real progress can be made. In this book, transportation experts from across the world have addressed the questions about what is integration, why is it so important and why is it so hard to achieve? The book provides an in-depth analysis of these issues and it aims to provide a better understanding of the subject, about what should be strived for, about what is realistic to expect, and about how to move forward toward to a more integrated provision of transport infrastructure, services and management.

2009: 234 x 156: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-46986-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46987-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89446-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469876

Textbook

Planning Law and Practice Edited by Cameron Blackhall The law relating to town and country planning has a major impact upon the physical environment and affects private citizens, landowners and developers alike. This new edition is a comprehensive text for students, practitioners and members of the general public on this difficult area of law. Following the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004, the third edition of Planning Law and Practice contains a complete revision of plan-making and the control of development as well as incorporating recent case law. Together this provides up-to-date details of the operation of the current English planning system. The successful format adopted in the first edition of this book, which was awarded the Gold Award for Best Reference Work by the Chartered Institute of Building in 1999, has been retained. Planning legislation is dealt with in the main chapters, while further chapters use relevant case law to amplify the sometimes complex statutory material. In addition, the book outlines other areas of land law such as European legislation, non-planning controls and public investment. 2005: 234 x 156: 512pp Pb: 978-1-85941-748-5: £37.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781859417485

June 2010: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-54893-9: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85088-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415548939

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

3rd Edition

Forthcoming in 2011

New

Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment

European Gardens

Asian Gardens

History, Philosophy and Design

History, Beliefs and Design

Edited by Peter Morris and Riki Therivel, Oxford Brookes University, UK

Tom Turner, Greenwich University, UK

Tom Turner, Greenwich University, UK

Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

Environmental impact assessment (EIA) is now firmly established as an important and often obligatory part of proposing or launching any development project. Delivering a successful EIA needs not only an understanding of the theory but also a detailed knowledge of the methods for carrying out the processes required. Peter Morris and Riki Therivel bring together the latest advice on best practice from experienced practitioners to ensure an EIA is carried out correctly. Invaluable to undergraduate and MSc students of EIA in planning, ecology, geography and environment courses, this third edition of Methods of Environmental Impact Assessment is also of great use to planners, EIA practitioners and professionals seeking to update their skills. Selected Contents: Part 1: Methods for Environmental Components 1. Introduction Riki Therivel and Peter Morris 2. Socio-Economic Impacts 1: Overview and Economic Impacts John Glasson 3. Socio-Economic Impacts 2: Social Impacts Andrew Chadwick 4. Noise Riki Therivel 5. Transport Chris Fry and Riki Therivel 6. Landscape and Visual Rebecca Knight 7. Archaeological and Other Material and Cultural Assets Riki Therivel 8. Air Quality and Climate David Walker and Hannah Dalton 9. Soils, Geology and Geomorphology Chris Stapleton, Kevin Hawkins and Martin Hodson 10. Water Sally-Beth Kelday, Andrew Brookes and Peter Morris 11. Ecology Peter Morris and Roy Emberton 12. Coastal Ecology and Geomorphology Ricard Cottle and Sian John Part 2: Shared and Integrative Methods 13. Environmental Risk Assessment and Risk Management Andrew Brookes 14. Geographical Information Systems and EIA Agustin Rodriguez-Bachiller and Graham Wood 15. Quality of Life Capital Riki Therivel 16. Sustainable Development and Sustainability Appraisal Roy Emberton and Riki Therivel. Appendices 2009: 234 x 156: 576pp Hb: 978-0-415-44174-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44175-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89290-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415441759

3rd Edition

Introduction To Environmental Impact Assessment Riki Therivel, Andrew Chadwick, John Glasson and Andrew Chadwick Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

Garden design and usage has been a feature of human civilisation as far back as Neolithic times, when the first gardens began to be used for residential, horticultural and sacred tasks. Tom Turner follows the entire history of the European garden from its prehistoric roots right up to the present day in this beautifully illustrated book. European Gardens is divided into ten periods of history and garden development, detailing the advancement of land usage for over 10,000 years. Some of the topics covered in this comprehensive book include the Egyptian gardens of the Pharaohs, the castle gardens of medieval times, eclectic gardens of the nineteenth century and abstract gardens of the last hundred years. The geographical scope of this book covers the whole of the European continent, and touches the garden designs of North Africa and the Middle East. Turner is a skilled landscape architect and garden historian, who supports his engaging writing with his own detailed plans and diagrams. European Gardens also features almost 1,000 colour photographs from across the continent allowing the reader to see for themselves how the design and structure of gardens has developed over time. A companion to the Asian Gardens book, published by Routledge in 2010, European Gardens is a development of the original Garden History book from 2004.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. Design Philosophy 2. Garden Origins 10,000-1,000 BCE 3. Egyptian Gardens 2,000 BCE- 1000 BCE 4. Classical Gardens 1400 BCE–500 AD 5. Medieval Gardens 600 AD–1500 AD 6. Renaissance Gardens 1350–1650 7. Baroque Gardens 1600–1750 8. Neoclassical and Romantic Gardens 1700–1810 9. Eclectic Gardens 1800–1900 10. Abstract and Post-Abstract Gardens 1900–2000. Notes. Picture Credits. Index March 2011: 512pp Hb: 978-0-415-49684-1: £35.00

The gardens made on the fringes of Central Asia in the past 5000 years form a great arc. From the Fertile Crescent, it runs west to Europe and east to China and Japan. Asia’s fringe was a zone of interchange: a vast landscape in which herders encountered farmers and the design of symbolic gardens began. It appears that as they became settlers, nomads retained a love of mobility, hunting and the wild places in which their ancestors had roamed. Central Asian and Indian ideas influenced the garden culture of China, Japan and South East Asia. In West Asia, Aryan settlers made hunting parks known as paradises. They were walled enclosures stocked with exotic plants and animals. In East Asia, great landscape parks were used for similar purposes and had a sacred role. Across Asia, gardens were influenced by religious and other beliefs: polytheist, Hindu, Buddhist, Muslim, Daoist, Shinto and Modernist. Early parks and gardens symbolized wild and civilized nature, sometimes conceived as the realms of the Sky God and the Earth Mother. Asian Gardens: History, Beliefs and Design explores the ways in which designs were guided by beliefs. Tom Turner has been researching and teaching the theory and history of garden design for some forty years. His visits, research, drawings and photographs are brought together in detailed studies of West Asia, South Asia and East Asia. The period covered extends from the earliest gardens to the present. Using maps, diagrams and photographs, the author explores how and why Asian gardens developed their characteristic forms and functions. Treating garden design as a ’word and image’ subject, the account is coherent, comparative and readable. Further details of all the gardens are available on the gardenvisit.com website, which the author edits.

August 2010: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-49687-2: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496872

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415496841

Landscape Planning And Environmental Impact Design Tom Turner Series: Natural and Built Environment Series 1998: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-1-85728-321-1: £110.00 Pb: 978-1-85728-322-8: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-21453-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781857283228

An introduction to environmental impact assessment, this text is designed to be used by students of planning, environmental studies and geography. 2005: 234 x 156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-33836-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33837-0: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02306-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415338370

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Built Environment Newsletter Ensure that you’re kept up-to-date with news and information in your area of interest by signing up to our FREE Built Environment Newsletter. Signing up is quick and easy – simply email built_environment@routledge.com highlighting your areas of interest, and start receiving new title information and special offers direct to your inbox today!

99


p lanning

100

When Modern Was Green Life and Work of Landscape Architect Leberecht Migge David H. Haney, School of Architecture, University of Kent, UK

Today, contemporary landscape design is increasingly drawing from ideas of sustainability and ecological stability. Not in fact new, the foundations of this approach stem from early twentieth century Germany, where architects and planners were already beginning to use the design concepts which are now referred to as ’green’.

This ecological school of thought was driven by modernist landscape architect Leberecht Migge (1881-1935). Working with significant modernist architects of the age – including Martin Elsaesser, Ernst May, Bruno Taut, and Martin Wagner – Migge was responsible for some of the most important housing and planning projects of the age; the mass housing settlements, or Großsiedlungen, of Frankfurt Main and Berlin. Using ’biotechnic’ principles to integrally link dwelling and garden, Migge was able to recycle household waste to grow foodstuffs through the use of innovative infrastructure and open space planning. Also a skilled park and garden designer, he drew together green and architectural elements in his ’garden-architectonic’ approach. David H. Haney’s book is the first to fully document Leberecht Migge’s life and work. Using Migge as a starting point, Haney addresses conceptual and theoretical aspects of German ecological design, challenging conventional assumptions about modernism and ecological design history. With 200 illustrations and photographs, When Modern Was Green is ideal for students and academics interested in modernism, landscape history and higher level German studies. March 2010: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-56138-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56139-6: £34.99

2nd Edition

Understanding Housing Finance Meeting Needs and Making Choices Peter King, De Montfort University, UK

One of the biggest challenges for students of housing is understanding the financial principles which underpin the place of housing in the wider economy. By taking a political economy approach, Peter King’s Understanding Housing Finance makes the basic principles of the subject accessible, without requiring detailed prior knowledge of economics or financial systems.

The book explains housing finance by exploring the way in which markets and governments react together. It takes a conceptual approach to consider the advantages and limits of housing markets and why governments intervene. The consequences of intervention are explored in detail using examples of housing subsidy systems and policy mechanisms such as rent control, housing allowances and subsidies to owner occupation. This is a key reference for students on housing and planning courses at both undergraduate and postgraduate level. The book’s approach means that its relevance is not confined to one particular housing system, but is useful for those studying housing finance in most developed and developing countries. Selected Contents: 1. Understanding Housing Finance 2. Need, Choice and Responsibility 3. The Importance of Markets 4. Government Action 5. Influencing Markets 6. Controlling Housing 7. Complexity and Choice 2009: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-43294-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43295-5: £25.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88271-9

Michael Blackledge, University of Portsmouth, UK This comprehensive introduction to the concepts and methods of valuing real estate provides information for students to progress successsfully from basic principles to a more sophisticated understanding of the subject. The book takes a practical rather than purely theoretical approach and demonstrates how the principles can be applied in professional practice with constant reference to the requirements of, and guidance provided by the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors. The traditional five methods of valuation are briefly explained but concentration is on the practical application of the two main approaches; the comparison and investment methods. The alternative method of valuation of discounted cash flow, an area which has been neglected in other texts, is also covered. Further reading is given, along with a full range of worked examples, clear chapter summaries and further questions. Website companion material is also available. Selected Contents: Part 1: Background 1. Economic Context 2. The Property Valuation Profession 3. Investment Part 2: Valuation Mathematics 4. Compounding and Discounting 5. Sinking Funds and Mortgages 6. Capitalisation 7. Alternative Valuation Tables and Formulae Part 3: Valuation Methods 8. Methods of Measurement 9. Rics Valuation Standards (The ‘Red Book’) 10. Comparison Method 11. Investment Method 12. Investment Method: Discounted Cash Flow Method 13. Residual Method 14. Profits Method 15. Cost Methods Part 4: Applied Valuations 16. Landlord and Tenant Valuations 2009: 246 x 189: 408pp Hb: 978-0-415-43476-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43477-5: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415434775

2nd Edition

Property Valuation

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415432955

The Five Methods Douglas Scarrett, Retired Director of Estate Management at De Montfort University, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561396

Completely revised to incorporate recent developments in practice, this second edition of Douglas Scarrett’s established text describes the process of valuation of real estate through its five principal methods: comparative, investment, residual, profits and contractor’s methods.

5th Edition

Property Development Sara Wilkinson, University of Melbourne, Australia and Richard Reed, Deakin University, Melbourne, Australia Foreword by David Cadman David Cadman’s Property Development has long been the standard textbook on the commercial property development process in the UK, and with this fifth edition the book is brought completely up to date for a new generation of readers. Accessible to students of all disciplines within the built environment, the book is geared directly towards students of property development at undergraduate or graduate levels. It provides a clear and practical overview of the property development process, together with critical analysis of the key issues faced by property professionals today. The fifth edition retains the established structure of previous editions, by focusing on land acquisition, development appraisal, finance, planning, construction, market research and promotion. Additionally, reflecting changes in practice, there is also new material on the environmental impacts of property development, with a chapter on Sustainable Property Development, and on the growth of international working in the property sector. Excellent case studies, which are enhanced by discussion questions, illustrate the process at work. This fully revised and updated edition of a classic text for all property development students will also be of interest to early career professionals and those pursuing a professional degree in the industry. Selected Contents: Foreword David Cadman 1. Introduction 2. Land for Development 3. Development Appraisal and Risk 4. Development Finance 5. Planning 6. Construction 7. Market Research 8. Promotion and Selling 9. Sustainable Development 10. International Practice 2008: 234 x 156: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-43062-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43063-0: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93342-8

Unlike most existing texts, the book is designed to allow students to read about the methods either chapter-by-chapter or as a whole, thus enabling a deeper understanding of each in its own right as well as how they fit together. Discussing changes in retail practice and the role of accountants in looking at viability of businesses, the book features new case studies, enhanced visual aids, diagrams and tables to help readers visualize the process. It is essential reading for those studying property valuation, in addition to practitioners who will find useful guidance to underpin their practice. Selected Contents: 1. Setting the Scene 2. The Overall Investment Market 3. The Property Market 4. Valuation Mathematics 5. The Determinant of Value 6. The Comparison Method 7. The Investment Method 8. The Residual Method – The Problem 9. The Residual Method – The Process 10. The Profits Principle 11. The Profits Principle – Trading Accounts and Definitions 12. The Contractor’s Test 13. The Contractor’s Test – Application. Appendix. Further Reading 2008: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-42325-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42326-7: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96181-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423267

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430630

Complimentary Exam Copy

Introducing Property Valuation

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

3rd Edition

Urban Planning and Real Estate Development John Ratcliffe, Dublin Institute, Ireland, Michael Stubbs, National Trust, UK and Miles Keeping, GVA Grimley, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

The twin processes of planning and property development are inextricably linked – it’s not possible to carry out a development strategy without an understanding of the planning process, and equally planners need to know how real estate developers do their job.

This third edition of Urban Planning and Real Estate Development guides students through the procedural and practical aspects of developing land from the point of view of both planner and developer. The planning system is explained, from the increasing emphasis on spatial planning at a regional level down to the detailed perspective of the development control process and the specialist requirements of historic buildings and conservation areas. At the same time the authors explain the entire development process from inception through appraisal, valuation and financing to completion and disposal. In recent years both planning and real estate development have had to become increasingly aware of their legal and moral obligations. Sustainability and corporate social responsibility and their impact on the planning and development processes are covered in detail. Written by a team of authors with many years of academic, professional and research experience, and illustrated throughout with practical case studies, Urban Planning and Real Estate Development is an invaluable textbook for real estate and planning students, and helps to meet the requirements of the RICS and RTPI Assessment of Professional Competence. Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction 1. Urban Planning and Real Estate Development: The Context and Theory Part 2: Urban Planning Organization 2. Policy and Implementation of Urban Planning 3. Town Planning Law and Regulation 4. Planning Appeals 5. The Future for Dispute Resolution in Planning 6. Planning Gain, Planning Obligations and the Community Infrastructure Levy Part 3: Urban Planning Issues 7. Specialist Town Planning Controls 8. Sustainable Development and Climate Change 9. Urban Renaissance and Regeneration Part 4: The Real Estate Development Process 10. Sustainability and Property Development 11. The Property Development Process 12. Development Site Appraisal 13. Development Valuation 14. Property Development Finance 15. Marketing for Development Part 5: Real Estate Development Sectors 16. Retail Development 17. Office Development 18. Industrial Development 19. Residential Development 2009: 234 x 156: 696pp Hb: 978-0-415-45077-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-45078-2: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93572-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415450782

Introduction to Rural Planning Nick Gallent, The Bartlett School of Planning, University College London, UK, Meri Juntti, University of East Anglia, UK, Sue Kidd, University of Liverpool, UK and Dave Shaw, University of Liverpool, UK

Crossing Borders International Exchange and Planning Practices Edited by Patsy Healey, Newcastle University, UK and Robert Upton, Infrastructure Planning Commission in England.

Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

Series: RTPI Library Series

Introduction to Rural Planning provides an overview of rural (spatial) planning for students on planning, geography and related programmes. It charts the major patterns and processes of rural change affecting the British countryside, its landscape, its communities and its economies in the twentieth century. The authors examine the role of ‘planning’ in shaping rural spaces, not only the statutory ‘comprehensive’ planning that emerged in the post-war period, but also planning and rural programme delivery undertaken by central, regional and local policy agencies. The book is designed to accompany a typical teaching programme in rural planning and considers: • the nature of rural areas and the emergence of statutory planning in England • the agents of rural policy delivery and the potential for current planning practice to become a ‘policy hub’ at the local level, co-ordinating the actions and programmes of different agents

The complex diffusion processes affecting the flow of planning ideas and practices across the globe are illustrated in this book. It raises questions about why and how some ideas and practices attract international attention, and about the invention processes which go on when external influences are woven together with local efforts to meet local specifics and requirements.

Initiated to celebrate the tenth anniversary of the journal Planning Theory and Practice in 2009, this book reflects the themes of the journal. Taking different intellectual perspectives, this collection takes a critical look at the international diffusion of planning ideas and practices, their impacts on planning practices in different contexts, on the challenge of ‘situating’ planning practices, and on the ethical and methodological issues of international exchange in the planning field.

• economic change in the countryside and the influence planning has in shaping rural economies

February 2010: 234 x 156: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-55846-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55847-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-85708-3

• social change, the nature of rural communities and recent debates on housing and rural service provision

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415558471

• environmental change, the changing fortunes of farming, landscape protection, and the idea of a multi-functional landscape made by forces that can be shaped by the planning process

New

• key areas of current concern in spatial rural planning, including debates surrounding city-regions, the rural

The New Zealand Experience

• the challenge of managing rural change in the twenty-first century through new planning and governance processes. Introduction to Rural Planning provides comprehensive coverage of the forces, processes and outcomes of rural change whilst keeping planning’s influence and role in clear view at all times. Selected Contents: Part 1: Ruruality, Planning and Governance 1. Introduction 2. Rural Governance and Spatial Planning Part 2: The Rural Economy 3. Economic Change 4. The Farming Economy 5. New Economies Part 3: The Needs of Rural Communities 6. Community Change 7. Rural Housing: Demand, Supply, Affordability and the Market 8. Living in the Countryside Part 4: Environmental Change and Planning 9. A Changing Environment 10. A Differentiated Environment Part 5: Governance, Coordination and Integration 11. (Re) Positioning Rural Areas 12. Conclusions: Integrating Agendas, Coordinating Responses 2008: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-42996-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42997-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93343-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415429979

Implementing Sustainability Caroline Miller, Massey University, New Zealand Series: RTPI Library Series

New Zealand’s Resource Management Act (RMA), implemented in 1991, was hailed as a radical new approach to planning that would both achieve better environmental outcomes and benefit developers by working rapidly and more efficiently.

Now that the RMA has been in force for two decades there is enough evidence to analyse the impact of this groundbreaking legislation, and examine the lessons that can be learned by planning practitioners across the world. For all its flaws this legislation was the first to attempt to put environmental concerns ahead of social and economic issues, and has been a testing ground for similar approaches to spatial planning being contemplated elsewhere. Implementing Sustainability offers a practitioner’s insight into the RMA, those strategies and techniques that have proved successful in delivering its aims, and spells out the lessons that can be applied to the planning systems of other countries. December 2010: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-49550-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49551-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495516

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

101


p lanning

102

New 2nd Edition

Land and Limits Interpreting Sustainability in the Planning Process Susan Owens, University of Cambridge, UK and Richard Cowell, Cardiff University, UK Series: RTPI Library Series ’...it is particularly rare to find a cohesive and coherent text on planning for sustainability...as a result Land and Limits will be a useful text for a wide audience – Anna R. Davies, Environmental Values. ’I would recommend that the book should be read widely and deeply by politicans, developers and academics alike...’ – Anna R. Davies, Environmental Values. The first edition of this seminal book was written at a time of rapidly growing interest in the potential for land use planning to deliver sustainable development, and explored the connections between the two and implications for public policy. In the decade since the book was first conceived, environmental imperatives have risen still further up the policial agenda and land use conflicts have intensified, lending even greater importance to the authors’ research. In a rigorous discussion of concepts, policy instruments and contemporary planning dilemmas, the authors challenge prevailing assumptions about planning for sustainability. After charting the remarkable growth in expectations of planning, they show how attempts to interpret sustainability must lead to fundamental moral and political choices. Selected Contents: Foreword John Forester Introduction 1. Old Conflicts and New Ideas 2. Rhetoric, Policy and Practice: Sustainable Development as a Planning Issue 3. Interpreting Sustainability 4. Defining and Defending: Approaches to Planning for Sustainability 5. Moving Targets: Planning for an Integrated Transport Policy 6. Planning for Biodiversity: Ethics, Policies and Practice 7. Distributing Development: Sustainability and Equity in Minerals Planning 8. Conclusions and Reflections December 2010: 234 x 156: 288pp Pb: 978-0-415-48571-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83222-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415485715

Regional Planning John Glasson and Tim Marshall Series: Natural and Built Environment Series This comprehensive introduction to the concepts and theory of regional planning in the UK. Drawing on examples from throughout the UK is the essential, up-to-date text for students interested in all aspects of this increasingly influential subject. 2007: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-41525-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41526-2: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93893-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415415262

European Spatial Planning and Territorial Cooperation Stefanie Dühr, Radboud University, the Netherlands, Claire Colomb, University College London, UK and Vincent Nadin, Delft Technical University, the Netherlands

There is a strong international dimension to spatial planning. European integration strengthens interconnections, development and decision-making across national and regional borders. EU policies in areas such as environment, transport, agriculture or regional policy have far-reaching effects on spatial development patterns and planning procedures. Planners in the EU are now routinely engaged in cooperation across national borders to share and devise effective ways of intervening in the way our cities, towns and rural areas develop. In short, the EU has become an important framework for planning practice, research and teaching. Spatial planning in Europe is being ‘Europeanised’, with corresponding changes for the role of planners. Written for students, academics, practitioners and researchers of spatial planning and related disciplines, this book is essential reading for everybody interested in engaging with the European dimension of spatial planning and territorial governance. It explores: • spatial development trends and their influence on planning • the nature, institutions and actors of the European Union from a planning perspective • the history of spatial planning at the transnational scale • the planning tools, perspectives, visions and programmes supporting European cooperation on spatial planning • the territorial impacts of the Community’s sector policies • the outcomes of European spatial planning in practice

Complimentary Exam Copy

Strategic Planning for Regional Development in the UK Edited by Harry T. Dimitriou and Robin Thompson Series: Natural and Built Environment Series Written by a team of renowned experts, this book assembles a collection of writings on strategic regional planning, looking at the crucial concepts involved and practical applications of theory.

e-Inspection

Andreas Faludi, Delft University of Technology, the Netherlands Series: RTPI Library Series

Since its foundation the European Union has gradually developed policies that are aimed at achieving increased economic and social cohesion. This book examines the most recent of these, the concept of territorial cohesion.

Territorial cohesion is the pursuit of balanced development, competitiveness, sustainable development, and good governance. These concerns are most readily addressed by the formulation of spatial strategies under the umbrella of spatial planning, that brings together a multitude of public and private actors in a process that requires cohesion, coherence and co-operation. This book traces the development of spatial planning at European level and argues that spatial planning can become a vehicle, not only for territorial cohesion, but for EU policy generally. October 2010: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-56265-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-56266-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-84232-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415562669

Conceptions of Space and Place in Strategic Spatial Planning Series: RTPI Library Series

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467742

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415349383

Cohesion, Coherence, Cooperation: European Spatial Planning Coming of Age?

Edited by Simin Davoudi, University of Newcastle, UK and Ian Strange, Leeds Metropolitan University, UK

February 2010: 246 x 174: 488pp Hb: 978-0-415-46773-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46774-2: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89529-0

2007: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-34937-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-34938-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-64162-0

New

Bringing together authors from academia and practice, this book examines spatial planning at different places throughout the British Isles. Six illustrative case studies of practice examine which conceptions of space and place have been articulated, presented and visualized through the production of spatial strategies. Ranging from a large conurbation (London) to regional (Yorkshire and Humber) and national levels, the case studies give a rounded and grounded view of the physical results and the theory behind them. While there is widespread support for re-orienting planning towards space and place, there has been little common understanding about what constitutes ‘spatial planning’, and what conceptions of space and place underpin it. This book addresses these questions and stimulates debate and critical thinking about space and place among academic and professional planners. 2008: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-43102-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48666-8: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88650-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486668

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

New

Spatial Planning and Climate Change Elizabeth Wilson, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Jake Piper, Oxford Brookes University, UK Series: Natural and Built Environment Series

Effective Practice in Spatial Planning Janice Morphet, Bartlett School of Architecture, UCL, UK Series: RTPI Library Series

Spatial planning has a vital role to play in the move to a low carbon energy future and in adapting to climate change. To do this, spatial planning must develop and implement new approaches.

Wilson and Piper explore a wide range of issues in this comprehensive book on the relationship between our changing climate and spatial planning, and suggest ways of addressing the challenges by taking a longer-sighted approach to our preparation for the future. This text includes: • an overview of what we know already about future climate change and its impacts, as we attempt both to adapt to these changes and to reduce the emissions which cause them • the role of spatial planning in relation to climate change, offering some theoretical and political explanations for the challenges that planning faces in the coming decades • a review of policy and legislation at international, EU and UK levels in regard to climate change, and the support this gives to the planning system • case studies detailing what responses the UK and the Netherlands have made so far in light of the evidence • ways to help new and existing urban developments to reduce energy use and to adapt to climate change, through strengthening the relationships between urban and rural areas to avoid water shortage, floods or loss of biodiversity. The authors take an evidence-based look at this hugely important topic, providing a well-illustrated text for spatial planning professionals, politicians and the interested public, as well as a useful reference for postgraduate planning, geography, urban studies, urban design and environmental studies students. August 2010: 234 x 156: 480pp Hb: 978-0-415-49590-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49591-2: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415495912

Planning for Sustainability Creating Livable, Equitable and Ecological Communities Stephen M. Wheeler This book presents a straightforward, systematic analysis of how more sustainable cities and towns can be brought about, considering each scale of planning: international, national, regional, municipal, neighbourhood, site and building. 2004: 246 x 174: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-32285-0: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32286-7: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-30056-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322867

After years of being regarded as regulatory tool, spatial planning is now a key agent in delivering better places for the future. Dealing with the role of spatial planning in major change such as urban extensions or redevelopment, this book asks how it can deliver at the local level.

Setting out the new local governance within which spatial planning now operates and identifying the requirements of successful delivery, this book also provides an introduction to project management approaches to spatial planning. It details what the rules are for spatial planning, the role of evidence and public involvement in delivering the local vision and how this works as part of coherent and consistent sub-regional approach. The conclusion is a forward look at what is likely to follow the effective creation of inspiring and successful places using spatial planning as a key tool.

The New Spatial Planning Territorial Management with Soft Spaces and Fuzzy Boundaries Graham Haughton, University of Hull, UK, Philip Allmendinger, University of Cambridge, UK, David Counsell, University College Cork, Ireland and Geoff Vigar, Newcastle University, UK Spatial planning, strongly advocated by government and the profession, is intended to be more holistic, more strategic, more inclusive, more integrative and more attuned to sustainable development than previous approaches. In what the authors refer to as the New Spatial Planning, there is a fairly rapidly evolving maturity and sophistication in how strategies are developed and produced. Crucially, the authors argue that the reworked boundaries of spatial planning means that to understand it we need to look as much outside the formal system of practices of ‘planning’ as within it. Using a rich empirical resource base, this book takes a critical look at recent practices to see whether the new spatial planning is having the kinds of impacts its advocates would wish. Contributing to theoretical debates in planning, state restructuring and governance, it also outlines and critiques the contemporary practice of spatial planning. This book will have a place on the shelves of researchers and students interested in urban/ regional studies, politics and planning studies.

Selected Contents: Preface 1. What is Spatial Planning? 2. The Local Governance Context of English Spatial Planning 3. The English Spatial Planning System 4. The Evidence Base of Spatial Planning 5. Community Involvement in Spatial Planning 6. Making Places – Delivery Through Spatial Planning 7. Taking an Integrated Approach to Local Spatial Delivery 8. Managing Spatial Planning 9. Regional and Sub-regional Spatial Planning 10. Spatial Planning in Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland 11. Spatial Planning in Europe, North America and Australia 12. Effective Spatial Planning

Selected Contents: Preface 1. The New Spatial Planning: Territorial Management and Devolution 2. Rethinking Planning: State Restructuring, Devolution and Spatial Strategies 3. Irish Spatial Planning and the Cork Experience 4. Spatial Planning in Northern Ireland and the Emergent North West Region of Ireland 5. Spatial Planning in a Devolved Scotland 6. The Wales Spatial Plan and Improving Policy Integration 7. English Spatial Planning and Dealing with Growth in the Leeds City Region 8. Congested Governance and the London Thames Gateway 9. A New Spatial Planning?

June 2010: 234 x 156: 312pp Hb: 978-0-415-49281-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-49282-9: £29.99

2009: 234 x 156: 288pp Hb: 978-0-415-48335-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48336-0: £29.99

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415492829

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415483360

2nd Edition

Sustainable Urban Development Reader Edited by Stephen M. Wheeler, University of California, Davis, USA and Timothy Beatley, University of Virginia, USA Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series Building on the success of its first edition, the second edition of the Sustainable Urban Development Reader expands its selection of classic material on sustainable community development. As in the previous edition, it begins by tracing the roots of the sustainable development concept in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, before presenting classic readings on a number of dimensions of the sustainability concept. Topics covered include land use and urban design, transportation, ecological planning and restoration, energy and materials use, economic development, social and environmental justice, and green architecture and building. All sections have a concise editorial introduction that places the selection in context and suggests further reading. Additional sections cover tools for sustainable development, sustainable development internationally, visions of sustainable community and case studies from around the world. The book also includes educational exercises for individuals, university classes, or community groups, and an extensive list of recommended readings. The Sustainable Development Reader presents an authoritative overview of the field using original sources in a highly readable format for university classes in urban studies, environmental studies, the social sciences, and related fields. It also makes a wide range of sustainable urban planning-related material available to the public in a clear and accessible way, forming an indispensable resource for anyone interested in the future of urban environments. Selected Contents: Part 1: Origins of the Sustainability Concept Part 2: Dimensions of Sustainable Urban Development Part 3: Tools for Sustainability Planning Part 4: Sustainable Urban Development Internationally Part 5: Visions of Sustainable Community Part 6: Case Studies of Urban Sustainability Part 7: Sustainability Planning Exercises 2008: 246 x 189: 512pp | Hb: 978-0-415-45381-3: £100.00 | Pb: 978-0-415-45382-0: £32.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415453820

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

103


104

p lanning

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 1

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 3

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 4

The Framework and Protocols for Environmental Assessment

The Toolkit for Assessment

Changing Professional Practice

Edited by Ron Vreeker, Free University, Amsterdam, the Netherlands, Mark Deakin, Napier University, Edinburgh, UK and Stephen Curwell, University of Salford, UK

Edited by Ian Cooper, Eclipse Research Consultants, Cambridge, UK and Martin Symes, University of the West of England, UK

Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series

Edited by Stephen Curwell, Mark Deakin and Martin Symes Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series This book examines the models of sustainable development and sets out a framework for analysing urban development and the sustainability issues which can arise. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Framework 2. The BEQUEST Framework: The Vision and Methodology Part 2: The Protocols 3. Urban Planning 4. Urban Property Development 5. Urban Design 6. Construction of the Urban Environment 7. The Sustainable Operation and Use of Buildings Part 3: Environmental Assessment Methods 8. The Directory of Environmental Assessment Methods 9. Evaluating the Sustainability of Urban Development Part 4: The Assessment Community 10. Sustainable Urban Development: Networked Communities, Virtual Organisations and the Production of Knowledge 11. Conclusions 2005: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-32214-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32215-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-29991-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322157

Sustainable Urban Development Volume 2 The Environmental Assessment Methods Edited by Mark Deakin, Gordon Mitchell, Peter Nijkamp and Ron Vreeker Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series 2007: 234 x 156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-32216-4: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32217-1: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41703-4

Series: Sustainable Urban Development Series

This book outlines the BEQUEST toolkit that provides the means by which to link the protocols with the assessment methods currently available to evaluate the sustainability of urban development.

This fourth volume explores how the professions responsible for enhancing the built environment’s sustainability seek to deliver this new agenda, offering multi-perspective case studies and discussion to argue for a rethinking of the role of the urban development professional.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Toolkit 2. The Toolkit for Assessment Part 2: Assessment 3. Scenario Analysis in Spatial Impact Assessment 4. Multi-Criteria Evaluation and Planning Support: Choosing Among Alternative Scenarios 5. Mixed and Compact Land Use Assessments 6. SMARTNET: A System for Multi-Criteria Appraisal of Road Transport Networks 7. The NAR Model of Land Use and Buildings 8. The Building Passport Assessment 9. The European HQE?R Sustainable Neighbourhood Assessment 10. The REGEN Assessment of the Porta Nuova District’s Central Railway Station 11. Assessment Methods Underlying the Planning and Development of Modena City’s CSR Part 3: Evaluating the Sustainability of Urban Development 12. The Search for Sustainable Communities: Ecological Integrity, Equity and the Question of Participation 13. Governing the Sustainable of Urban Development 14. Conclusions

Selected Contents: Foreword Colin Fudge. Preface: A European Perspective 1. Introduction Part 1: Changing Processes 2. Sustainable Construction and Policy Learning in Europe 3. Urban Sprawl: Challenges for European Policy Integration and City Governance 4. Decision-Making Processes in Urban Design 5. Sustainable Urban Development and the Professions in the UK 6. Sustainable Communities: Policy, Practice and Professional Development Part 2: Changing Institutions 7. Sustainable Construction and Urbanism in the Netherlands and the Czech Republic 8. Institutional Dynamics and Institutional Barriers to Sustainable Construction in France, Great Britain and the Netherlands 9. Expertise and Methodology in Building Design for Sustainable Development 10. New Professional Leadership in France 11. Sustainable Building in Italy 12. Building Operations and Use 13. Conclusions

2008: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-32218-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-32219-5: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-88678-6

2008: 234 x 156: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-43821-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43822-3: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89218-3

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322195

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415438223

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415322171

Urban Sustainability Through Environmental Design

Britain’s New Towns

Approaches to Time-People-Place Responsive Urban Spaces

Garden Cities to Sustainable Communities Anthony Alexander, Alan Baxter and Associates, London, UK The New Towns Programme of 1946 to 1970 was one of the most substantial periods of urban development in Britain. The New Towns have often been described as a social experiment; so what has this experiment proved?

Edited by Kevin Thwaites, Sergio Porta, Ombretta Romice and Mark Greaves 2007: 246 x 189: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-39547-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38480-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93447-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415384803

This book covers the story of how these towns came to be built, how they aged, and the challenges and opportunities they now face as they begin phases of renewal. The new approaches in design throughout their past development reflect changes in society throughout the latter half of the twentieth century. These changes are now at the heart of the challenge of sustainable development. The New Towns provide lessons for social, economic and environmental sustainability. These lessons are of great relevance for the regeneration of twentieth century urbanism and the creation of new urban developments today. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The New Towns in a New Light Part 1: Planning the New Towns 2. A Bit of a Bombshell 3. The Early New Towns 4. The Later New Towns 5. The Origin of the New Towns Concept Part 2: Building the New Towns 6. The Formulation of the New Towns Programme 7. Principles of New Town Design 8. A Leap into the Unknown Part 3: Living in the New Towns 9. Criticisms of the New Towns 10. How the New Towns Grew Old 11. New Towns in the Age of Sustainable Communities 2009: 276 x 219: 208pp | Hb: 978-0-415-47512-9: £95.00 | Pb: 978-0-415-47513-6: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475136

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

Best Tall Buildings 2010

Sunburnt Cities

The Good City

CTBUH International Award Winning Projects

The Great Recession, Depopulation and Urban Planning in the American Sunbelt

Reflections and Imaginations

Edited by Antony Wood, Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, USA

The Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat (CTBUH) is the world’s foremost authority on tall buildings. This book is the culmination of the annual awards process in which the CTBUH recognizes outstanding tall buildings from the past year. One winner is chosen from each of four geographical regions (Americas, Asia & Australasia, Europe, and Middle East & Africa) and a further award presents the title of ’Best Tall Building Overall’ to one of the four regional winners. Additionally the CTBUH awards two annual lifetime achievement awards to individuals who have made a significant contribution to the design or technical advancement of tall buildings. The book provides an overview of the winning, finalist and nominee projects (and careers of the Lifetime Achievement winners). Winning and finalist projects are fully profiled with stunning images, as well as detailed drawings and plans, which accompany an in depth account of the buildings’ architectural design, structural design, and any innovations in fields such as program or sustainability. The book also features the official current list of the ’100 Tallest Buildings in the World’ as the CTBUH is the internationally recognized official arbiter of tall building height. Highlighting the best tall building construction from 2010, Best Tall Buildings seeks to represent those projects with the most innovative design and those which strive to advance the profile of the tall building as an integrated sustainable element in cities across the world. This is fascinating and inspiring reading for all those interested in the planning, design and construction of tall buildings.

Justin B. Hollander, Department of Urban and Environmental Policy and Planning, Tufts University, USA In recent years there has been a growing focus on urban and environmental studies and the skills and techniques to address the wider challenges of how to create sustainable communities. Central to that demand is the increasing urgency of addressing the issue of urban decline, and the response has almost always been to pursue growth policies to attempt to reverse that decline. The track record of growth policies has been mixed at best. Until the first decade of the 21st Century decline was assumed to be an issue only for former industrial cities – the so-called Rust Belt. But the sudden reversal in growth in the major cities of the American Sunbelt has shown that urban decline can be a much wider issue. Justin Hollander’s research into urban decline in both the Sun and Rust Belts draws lessons planners and policy makers that can be applied universally. Hollander addresses the reasons and statistics behind these ’shrinking cities’ with a positive outlook, arguing that growth for growth’s sake is not beneficial for communities, suggesting instead that urban development could be achieved through shrinkage. Case studies on Phoenix, Flint, Orlando and Fresno support the argument, and Hollander delves into the numbers, literature and individual lives affected and how they have changed in response to the declining regions. Written to suit a wide range of courses focused on contemporary urban studies, this text forms a base for all study on shrinking cities for both professionals and students in urban design, planning, public administration and sociology.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415594042

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Perspectives on Growth and Decline 3. When People Leave – The Ruins of Urban Neighborhoods 4. Lessons From a Declining City: Flint, Michigan after 40 Years of Population Loss 5. A New Model for Neighborhood Change in Shrinking Cities 6. Unfamiliar Patterns in the Sun – What Postal Workers Already Know 7. Facing Change in the Central Valley: A Declining Fresno 8. Endless Growth in the Desert? The Fall of Phoenix 9. Abandonment Outside the Magic Kingdom: What Went Wrong in Orlando 10. Conclusion

Conservation in the Age of Consensus

January 2011: 246 x 174: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59211-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59212-3: £24.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83438-1

John Pendlebury

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415592123

October 2010: 254 x 203: 200pp Hb: 978-0-415-59404-2: £29.99

This new text on the subject of conservation in the built environment provides a unique holistic view on the understanding of the practice of conservation connecting it with wider societal and political forces. UK practice is used as a means, along with international examples, for bringing together a real understanding of practice with a social science analysis of the issues. The author introduces ideas about the meanings and values attached to historic environments and how that translates into public policies of conservation. Selected Contents: 1. Conservation, Culture and Planning 2. Modern Conservation 3. Policies and Plans 4. The 1970s 5. Conservation, Conservatives and Consensus 6. The Commodification of Heritage 7. Conservation and the Community 8. World Heritage 9. Postmodern Conservation 10. Conservation Reformed 11. Conservation and the Challenge of Consensus 2008: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-24983-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-24984-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89234-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415249843

Allan B Jacobs, Professor Emeritus at the Department of City and Regional Planning, University of California, Berkeley, USA Cities, Jacobs contends, ought to be magnificent, beautiful places to live. They should be places where people can be fulfilled, where they can be what they can be, where there is freedom, love, ideas, excitement, quiet and joy. Cities ought to be the ultimate manifestation of society’s collective achievements. Allan B. Jacobs is one of the world’s best known planners and urban design practitioners, with a long and distinguished international career. Drawing on his professional experience of almost 60 years, Jacobs guides the reader through the lessons he’s learnt as a planner and lover of cities. Starting from a childhood in Cleveland where he learnt to explore and enjoy the city, Jacobs takes us through the development of his fascination with the urban environment. Throughout his career, Jacobs has worked in India, Brazil, Italy, Japan and China as well as many of the US’s greatest cities, most notably as San Francisco’s Planning Director in the tumultuous 1960s and 1970s. Essays, fiction and case studies from these locations convey to the reader a wealth of knowledge which can only be gained through passionate experience. Featuring a wonderfully engaging, humorous tone and Jacobs’ own ink drawings, The Good City transfers lessons on city design, building and urban change to all those willing to help cities become the magnificent, beautiful places they should be – and encourages all inhabitants to learn to appreciate and explore their own cities. Selected Contents: Part 1: Experiencing Cities An Introduction Part 2: Learning From Calcutta Why India? Part 3: Learning in Italy Walls and Gates. Being Apart. Gianicolo Busts. Via Costa Masciarelli: A Question of Values Part 4: City People-Fragments Traffic Cop Excellent! Immigrants Practicing Part 5: Breaking and Making Community Cleveland and the Unmaking of City. The Etcher of Caprano. Liberty Bakery Stopping By Curitiba and the Making of Community Part 6: World Class Cities Memos on Pudong Part 7: City Certainties Traffic is Not a Problem Parking is Not a Problem. Things Can Get Better or Worse. What You Believe Counts Part 8: San Francisco Reflecting on San Francisco. The Civil Service Giants Part 9: The Good City April 2011: 178 x 254: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-59350-2: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-59353-3: £19.99 eBook: 978-0-203-83596-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415593533

Cities Design and Evolution Stephen Marshall, University College London, UK Why does modern planning sometimes create urban environments that are less attractive and functional than the ‘organic urbanism’ of traditional cities? Cities Design and Evolution takes up the challenge of this question, investigating ‘how cities are put together’, both in the sense of how the parts are organized in relation to the whole, and how they are created or evolve over time. Cities Design and Evolution offers an engaging and original narrative that interprets planning philosophies from Modernism to New Urbanism, organic theories from Patrick Geddes to Le Corbusier, and evolutionary thinking from Charles Darwin to Richard Dawkins. The book develops a new evolutionary perspective that recognizes both the ‘designed’ and ‘organic’ nature of cities, and provides a rationale and impetus for fresh approaches to urban planning and design. In what is the first book to significantly apply modern evolutionary thinking to urbanism, Cities Design and Evolution promises to stimulate thought, debate and action concerning the nature of cities and future urban planning. The book should appeal to all who are interested in cities, in design and in evolution. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Cities, Planning and Modernism 3. Articulating Urban Order 4. The Social Logic of Urban Order 5. The Kind of Thing a City Is 6. Emergence and Evolution 7. Emergent Urban Order 8. Cities in Evolution 9. Planning, Design and Evolution 10. Conclusions 2008: 360pp | Pb: 978-0-415-42329-8: £48.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423298

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

105


106

p lanning

Forthcoming in 2011

City Design Modernist, Traditional, Green and Systems Perspectives Jonathan Barnett, University of Pennsylvania, USA The world is urbanizing faster than current city design practices can sustain, climate change has introduced a new dynamism into what once appeared to be a stable environment, and – with effective city design more important than ever – there are controversies and uncertainties about the best way to manage unprecedented urban growth and change. City Design describes the history and current practice of the four most widely accepted approaches to city design: the Modernist city of towers and highways that, beginning in the 1920s, has come to dominate urban development worldwide but is criticized as mechanical and soul-less; the Traditional organization of cities as streets and public places, scorned by the modernists, but being revived today for its human scale; Green city design, whose history can be traced back thousands of years in Asia, but is becoming increasingly important everywhere as sustainability and the preservation of the planet are recognized as basic issues, and finally Systems city design, which includes infrastructure and development regulation but also includes computer aided techniques which give designers new tools for managing the complexity of cities. Jonathan Barnett is a well-known, widely-experienced city design practitioner who also teaches and writes about city design. He writes authoritatively but accessibly about complicated issues of theory and practice, and his approach is objective and inclusive. This is a comprehensive text on city design ideal for planners, landscape architects, urban designers and those who want to understand how to improve cities. Selected Contents: Introduction: Three City Design Challenges 1. Modernist City Design 2. Traditional City Design and the Modern City 3. Green City Design and Climate Change 4. Systems City Design Conclusion: The Fifth Way January 2011: 246 x 189: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-77540-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77541-0: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415775410

Making the Metropolitan Landscape

Public Space

Standing Firm on Middle Ground

Edited by Matthew Carmona, The Bartlett School of Planning, University College London, Claudio de Magalhães, The Bartlett School of Planning, University College London and Leo Hammond

Edited by Jacqueline Tatom, Washington University, St. Louis, USA and Jennifer Stauber, Trivers Associates, St. Louis, USA

The American landscape is an extremely complex terrain born from a history of collective and individual experiences. These created environments, which all may be called metropolitan landscapes, constantly challenge students and professionals in the fields of architecture, design and planning to consider new ways of making lively public places. This book brings together varied voices in urban design theory and practice to explore new ways of understanding place and our position in it. Selected Contents: Introduction Jacqueline Tatom. Photo Essay: Identity in the Middle Ground Part 1: Towards a Metropolitan Landscape: Interpreting American Cities 1. The Spatial Transformation and Restructuring of American Cities Peter Rowe 2. The Landscape of Comedy Jacqueline Tatom and Andrea Kahn 3. Landscape Urbanism and the American Agrarian Tradition Charles Waldheim 4. The Uses of History Eric Mumford 5. Urbanism by Numbers: A Quantitative Approach to Urban Form Anne Vernez Moudon Part 2: Towards a Metropolitan Urbanism – Democratic Aspirations, American Pragmatism and Design Practice 6. Pragmatism as Urban Design Gwendolyn Wright 7. Flexibility to Resilience: Directions for Contemporary Practice Hashim Sarkis 8. Multiplicity Ed Robbins 9. Citizenship and Architecture: The Order of the American City Alan Plattus Part 3: Making the Metropolitan Landscape: Action Through Practice 10. Integrating Urban Design and Educational Reform in the Post-Industrial American City Roy Strickland 11. Drawing, Persuasion, Politics: A Case Study in the California Delta Jane Wolff 12. Urban Decisions / Urban Design Charlie Cannon 13. Beijing Sketchbook James Wines Part 4: Programs for a Metropolitan Landscape 14. Elements for Metropolitan Design Jacqueline Tatom and Andrea Kahn 2009: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-77410-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77411-6: £27.99

Edited by Iain Borden, Tim Hall and Malcolm Miles Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series Cities are products of culture and sites where culture is made. By presenting the best of classic and contemporary writing on the culture of cities, this reader provides an overview of the diverse material on the interface between cities and culture.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774116

Crime Prevention and the Built Environment Ted Kitchen and Richard H. Schneider 2007: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-37324-1: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37325-8: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09881-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415373258

Want more information on a book?

e-Inspection

This book draws on three empirical projects to examine the questions of public space management on an international stage. They are set within a context of theoretical debates about public space, its history, contemporary patterns of use and changing nature in western society, and about the new management approaches that are increasingly being adopted. Selected Contents: Part 1: Conceptualising Public Space and its Management 1. The Use and Nature of Public Space 2. Public Space through History 3. Contemporary Debates and Public Space 4. A Typology of Management Approaches Part 2: Investigating Public Space Management 5. Three Studies, Three Related Research Approaches 6. One Country, Multiple Endemic Problems 7. One Country, Twelve Innovative Authorities 8. Eleven Countries, Eleven Innovative Cities 9. Eleven Innovative Cities, Many Ways Forward 10. Two World Cities, Three Iconic Spaces 11. Three Iconic Spaces, Two In-Depth Analyses 12. Debates, Problems and Possible Solutions

The City Reader Edited by Richard LeGates and Frederic Stout Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series This fourth edition of the highly successful The City Reader is newly updated and clearly structured to aid student understanding. It brings together the very best of publications on the city by renowned authors both classic and contemporary.

Visit the direct URL found at the bottom of the title description.

Complimentary Exam Copy

Yet many well designed public spaces have also experienced decline and neglect, as the services and activities upon which the continuing quality of those spaces have been subject to the same constraints and pressures for change as public services in general. These issues touch upon the daily management of public space, that is, the coordination of the many different activities that constantly define and redefine the characteristics and quality of public space.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415396493

2003: 246 x 189: 552pp Hb: 978-0-415-30244-9: £115.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30245-6: £35.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415302456

In both the UK and the US there is a sense of dissatisfaction and pessimism about the state of urban environments, particularly with the quality of everyday public spaces. Explanations for this have emphasized the poor quality of design that characterizes many new public spaces; spaces that are dominated by parking, roads infrastructure, introspective buildings, a lack of enclosure and a poor sense of place, and which in different ways for different groups are too often exclusionary.

2008: 276 x 219: 240pp Hb: 978-0-415-39108-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39649-3: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92722-9

2nd Edition

The City Cultures Reader

The Management Dimension

Selected Contents: Part 1: The Evolution of Cities Part 2: Urban Culture and Society Part 3: Urban Space Part 4: Urban Politics, Governance, and Economics Part 5: Urban Planning History and Visions Part 6: Urban Planning Theory and Practice Part 7: Perspectives on Urban Design Part 8: The Future of the City 2007: 246 x 189: 632pp Hb: 978-0-415-77083-5: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77084-2: £31.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415770842

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

The Urban Design Reader Edited by Michael Larice and Elizabeth Macdonald Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series

This Reader draws together the best classic and contemporary writings to illuminate the theory and practice of urban design. The selections include contributions from Howard, Le Corbusier, Hall and Jacobs through to Davis, Hayden and Gilham.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Historical Precedents for The Urban Design Field Part 2: Normative Theories of Good City Part 3: Place Theories in Urban Design Part 4: Dimensions of Place-Making Part 5: Typology and Morphology in Urban Design Part 6: Contemporary Challenges and Responses Part 7: Elements of the Public Realm Part 8: Practice and Process 2006: 246 x 189: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-33386-3: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-33387-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41445-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415333870

Urban Complexity and Spatial Strategies Towards a Relational Planning for Our Times Patsy Healey Series: RTPI Library Series Well-illustrated, Urban Complexity and Spatial Strategies develops important new relational and institutionalist approaches to policy analysis and planning, of relevance to all those with an interest in cities and urban areas. 2006: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-38034-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38035-5: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-09941-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415380355

Urban Design Futures Edited by Malcolm Moor and Jon Rowland ’The urban design primer of the year ... This is a book covering the richness of the urban design debate with ideas ranging from the inspiring to the absolutely barmy – It is a vital introductory read for students of urban design and a valuable pot pourri of the current urban design debate.’ – Green Places 2006: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-31877-8: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31878-5: £35.99 eBook: 978-0-203-60172-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415318785

The Urban and Regional Planning Reader

Urban Design and the British Urban Renaissance

Edited by Eugénie Birch, University of Pennsylvania, USA

Edited by John Punter, Cardiff University, UK

Series: Routledge Urban Reader Series The Urban and Regional Planning Reader draws together the very best of classic and contemporary writings to illuminate the planning of cities and metropolitan areas. Forty-seven generous selections include contributions from Lewis Mumford, Jane Jacobs, Ian McHarg, Paul Davidoff, Charles Harr, Susan Fainstein and Charles J. Hoch through to Timothy Beatley; Jonathan Barnett, Alex Garvin, Tom Daniels, Andres Duany and Barbara Faga. The variety and wide selection of readings offers one of the most innovative amalgamations of planning research and practice. The Reader lays out the context, range of concerns, history, methods and key topics for twenty-first century urban and regional planning. Sections on the world of planning, history and theory, classic readings, practice and current issues include writings with a focus on the distribution of space and place, essays on housing, transportation design, environment, community development, the effects of cultural diversity and information technology on land use and other topics. It displays the techniques used to direct and control growth, including zoning, master planning, public budgeting and citizen participation. It explores different types of plans distinguished by their scale and reference type. It references analytical and presentation techniques and outlines ethical issues confronting planners. This Urban and Regional Planning Reader provides an essential resource, for students of planning, drawing together important but widely dispersed writings and the associated bibliography is a resource which enables deeper investigations. The synthesis is also valuable for lecturers and researches in the area and the pertinent editorial commentaries preceding each entry not only demonstrate its significance, but also outline the issue surrounding the topic. 2008: 246 x 189: 496pp Hb: 978-0-415-31997-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31998-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-62640-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415319980

Are Britain’s cities attractive places in which to live, work and play? Asking that question, this is a critical review of how the design dimension of the Urban Renaissance strategy was developed and applied, based on expert academic assessments of progress in Britain’s 13 largest cities. The case studies are preceded by a dissection of New Labour’s renaissance agenda, and concluded by a synthesis of achievements and failings. Exploring the implications of this strategy for the future of urban planning and design, this is a must-read for students, practitioners of these subjects and for all those who wish to improve the quality of the British urban environment. Selected Contents: 1. An Introduction to the British Urban Renaissance Part 1: The English ‘The Core Cities’: An Introduction 2. Birmingham: Translating Ambition into Quality 3. Manchester: Making it Happen 4. Leeds: Shaping Change and Guiding Success 5. Sheffield: A ‘Miserable Disappointment’ No More? 6. Liverpool: A Decade of Development and Urban Design 7. Bristol: A Limited Urban Renaissance 8. Newcastle: In Search of a Post-industrial Direction 9. Nottingham: A Consistent and Integrated Approach to Urban Design Part 2: London and Thames Gateway: An Introduction 10. Central London: Intensity, Excess and Success in the Context of a World City 11. Kings Cross: Renaissance for Whom? 12. The Isle of Dogs: 35 Years of Regeneration, but What Renaissance? 13. Thames Gateway: The Story So Far Part 3: The Celtic Capitals: An Introduction 14. Edinburgh: Catching Up with the Contemporary 15. Glasgow: Renaissance on the Clyde? Part 4: Wales: An Introduction 16. Cardiff: ‘A Reputation for Imaginative Architecture and Iconic Urban Design’? Part 5: Northern Ireland: An Introduction 17. Belfast: Re-branding the Renaissance City: from ‘the Troubles’ to the Titanic Quarter® 18. Conclusions: Reflecting on Urban Design Achievements in a Decade of Urban Renaissance 2009: 246 x 189: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-44304-3: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-44303-6: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-86920-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415443036

Dubai: Behind an Urban Spectacle

Orienting Istanbul

Yasser Elsheshtawy, UAE University, United Arab Emirates

Cultural Capital of Europe?

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

Edited by Deniz Göktürk, University of California, Berkeley, USA, Levent Soysal and ?pek Türeli, Brown University, Providence, USA Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

Looking at the globalization, urban regeneration, arts events and cultural spectacles, this book considers a city not until now included in the global city debate.

Divided into five parts, each preceded by an editorial introduction, this book is an interdisciplinary study of an iconic city, a city facing conflicting social, political and cultural pressures in its search for a place in Europe and on the world stage in the twenty-first century. June 2010: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-58010-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-58011-3: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415580113

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

This book explores Dubai’s history from its beginnings as a small fishing village to its place on the world stage today, using historical narratives, travel descriptions, novels and fictional accounts by local writers to bring color to the history of the city’s urban development. With case studies and surveys the author explores the economic and political forces driving Dubai’s urban growth, its changing urbanity and its place within the global city network. Selected Contents: Preface 1. The Emerging Urbanity of Dubai 2. Arab Cities and Globalization 3. The Other Dubai: A Photo Essay 4. The Illusive History of Dubai 5. The Transformation of Dubai or Towards the Age of Megastructures 6. Spectacular Architecture and Urbanism 7. The Spectacular and the Everyday: Dubai’s Retail Landscape 8. Transient City: Dubai’s Forgotten Urban Spaces 9. Global Dubai or Dubaization 2009: 246 x 174: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-44461-3: £65.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415444613

107


p lanning

108

The Evolving Arab City

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Tradition, Modernity and Urban Development

2nd Edition

2nd Edition

Edited by Yasser Elsheshtawy, UAE University, United Arab Emirates

Olympic Cities

Learning from the Japanese City

City Agendas, Planning, and the World’s Games, 1896–2016

Looking East in Urban Design

Edited by John R. Gold, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Margaret M. Gold, London Metropolitan University, UK

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series Today cities of the Arab world are subject to many of the same problems as other world cities, yet too often they are ignored in studies of urbanisation. This collection reveals the contrasts and similarities between older, traditional Arab cities and the newer oil-stimulated cities of the Gulf in their search for development and a place in the world order. The eight cities which form the core of the book – Rabat, Amman, Beirut, Kuwait, Manama, Doha, Abu Dhabi and Riyadh – provide a unique insight into today’s Middle Eastern city. Winner of The International Planning History Society (IPHS) Book Prize. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: The Great Divide: Struggling and Emerging Cities of the Arab World 2. Prologue: The New Arab Metropolis Part 1: The Struggling Arab City 3. Amman: Disguised Genealogy, Recent Urban Restructuring and Neo-Liberal Threats 4. From Regional Node to Backwater and Back to Uncertainty: The Refashioning of Beirut, 1943–2006 5. Rabat: From Capital to Global Metropolis Part 2: The Emerging Arab City 6. Riyadh: A City of ‘Institutional’ Architecture 7. Kuwait: Learning from a Globalized City 8. Manama: The Metamorphosis of a Gulf City 9. Rediscovering the Island: Doha’s Urbanity from Pearls to Spectacle 10. Cities of Sand and Fog: Abu Dhabi’s Arrival on the Global Scene 2008: 246 x 174: 328pp Hb: 978-0-415-41156-1: £75.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415411561

Lessons in Post-War Reconstruction Case Studies from Lebanon in the Aftermath of the 2006 War Edited by Howayda Al-Harithy, American University of Beirut, Lebanon Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

After the ceasefire, a group of architects and planners from the American University of Beirut formed the Reconstruction Unit to help in the recovery process and in rebuilding the lives of those affected by the 2006 war in Lebanon .

Here, a series of case studies documenting the work of the Unit discusses the lessons to be learned from the experiences of Lebanon after the July War, and suggests how those lessons might be applied elsewhere. The cases are diverse in terms of scale, type of intervention, methods, and approaches to the situation on the ground. Critical issues such as community participation, heritage protection, damage assessment and compensation policies, the role of the state, and capacity building are explored and the success and failures assessed.

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series The first edition of Olympic Cities provided the first full overview of the changing relationship between cities and the Olympic events since 1896. This substantially revised and enlarged edition builds on the success of its predecessor. Three years on, its coverage takes account of important new scholarship as well as adding reflections on the experience of staging Beijing 2008 and Vancouver 2010, the state of preparations for London 2012, and the plans for the Games scheduled for Sochi in 2014 and Rio de Janeiro 2016.

The first of the book’s three parts provides overviews of the urban legacy of the four component Olympic festivals: the Summer Games; Winter Games; Cultural Olympiads; and the Paralympics. The second part comprises systematic surveys of five key aspects of activity involved in staging the Olympics: finance; place promotion; security; urban regeneration; and tourism. The final part consists of ten chronologically arranged portraits of host cities, from 1936 to 2016, with particular emphasis on the first four Summer Olympic games of the twenty-first century. An Afterword stresses the role and strengthening of the Olympic brand. As controversy over the growing size and expense of the Olympics continues unabated, this book’s incisive and timely assessment of the Games’ development and the complex agendas that host cities attach to the event will be essential reading not only for urban and sports historians, urban geographers, planners and all concerned with understanding the relationship between cities and culture, but for anyone with an interest in the staging of mega-events. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction Part 1: The Olympic Festivals 2. From A to B: The Summer Olympics, 1896–2008 3. The Winter Olympics: Driving Urban Change, 1924–2014 4. The Cultural Olympiads: Reviving the Panegyris 5. The Paralympics Part 2: Planning and Management 6. Financing the Games 7. Promoting the Olympic City 8. Olympic Security 9. Urban Regeneration and Renewal 10. Olympic Tourism Part 3: City Portraits 11. Berlin 1936 12. Mexico City 1968 13. Montreal 1976 14. Barcelona 1992 15. Sydney 2000 16. Athens 2004 17. Beijing 2008 18. London 2012 19. Rio de Janeiro 2016 20. Afterword

To the first-time Western visitor the Japanese city often appears chaotic and baffling – even intimidating. In this new edition, Barrie Shelton develops his earlier interpretation of why Japanese cities look the way they do, contrasting Japanese and Western ways of thinking about space. Placing less emphasis on the correlation, or ‘meeting’, between Japanese urban form and recent Western-generated urban design theory, he looks more on Japanese urban design models as worthy of ‘translation’. New illustrations and updated text add much to this highly readable book, while a major case study of Nagoya – a city in which the various components and characteristics highlighted in the book come together – gives an entirely new dimension. April 2011: 246 x 174: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-55439-8: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55440-4: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554404

Capital Cities in the Aftermath of Empires Planning in Central and Southeastern Europe Edited by Emily Gunzburger Makas, University of North Carolina at Charlotte, USA and Tanja Damljanovic Conley, University of Texas at Arlington, USA Series: Planning, History and Environment Series Exploring the urban and planning history of cities across Central and South-eastern Europe against a background of rising nationalism, this book contains fourteen studies of individual cities. Introductory chapters in the book outline the political history of the area and how the developments in the different countries were interconnected. 2009: 246 x 174: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-45943-3: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85983-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415459433

Planning Europe’s Capital Cities Aspects of Nineteenth-century Urban Development

September 2010: 246 x 174: 464pp Hb: 978-0-415-48657-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-48658-3: £29.99

Thomas Hall, Stockholm University, Sweden

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486583

A wide-ranging study of planning in 15 major European cities, this book includes case studies of development schemes for each city, and general discussion of capital together with city planning. Well illustrated throughout with plans and drawings, it offers useful comparisons between the familiar and less familiar case studies selected. An impressive source book for both historians and practitioners in the fields of planning and architecture.

Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

2009: 246 x 189: 408pp Pb: 978-0-415-55249-3: £24.99

February 2010: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-57105-0: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85152-4

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415552493

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415571050

Complimentary Exam Copy

Barrie Shelton, University of Sydney, Australia

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


plan ni n g

Planning Twentieth Century Capital Cities

Forthcoming in 2011

Forthcoming in 2011

Patrick Geddes and Town Planning

New Labour and Planning

Edited by David Gordon Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

A Critical View

Philip Allmendinger, University of Cambridge, UK

This book examines the plans for sixteen important capital cities around the world, each with its own fully illustrated chapter written by an expert on the urban development of that city

Noah Hysler-Rubin, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and Bezalel Academy of Art and Design, Jerusalem, Isreal

Following the Thatcher and Major administrations there was an apparent renaissance of planning under New Labour. After a slow start in which Labour’s view of planning owed more to a neo-liberal, rolled back state model reminiscent of the New Right the Government began to appreciate that many of its wider objectives including economic development, climate change, democratic renewal, social justice and housing affordability intersected with and were critically dependent upon the planning system. In England a new system of development plans was created along with the notion of ‘spatial planning’ as a way of bringing together the fragmented landscape of governance towards a range of broad objectives including sustainable development, urban renaissance and tackling climate change.

Selected Contents: 1. Capital Cities in the Twentieth Century 2. Seven Types of Capital City 3. The Urban Design of Twentieth Century Capitals 4. Paris: From the Legacy of Haussmann to the Pursuit of Cultural Supremacy 5. Moscow and St Petersburg: A Tale of Two Capitals 6. Helsinki: From Provincial to National Centre 7. London: The Contradictory Capital 8. Tokyo: Forged by Market Forces and Not the Power of Planning 9. Washington: The DC’s History of Unresolved Planning Conflicts 10. Canberra: Where Landscape is Pre-Eminent 11. Ottawa-Hull: Lumber Town to National Capital 12. Bras’lia: A Capital in the Hinterland 13. New Delhi: Imperial Capital to Capital of the World’s Largest Democracy 14. Berlin: Capital under Changing Political Regimes 15. Rome: Where Great Events not Regular Planning Bring Development 16. Chandigarh: India’s Modernist Experiment 17. Brussels: Capital of Belgium and ’Capital of Europe’ 18. New York City: Super-Capital – Not by Government Alone 19. What is the Future of Capital Cities? 2006: 246 x 189: 400pp Hb: 978-0-415-28061-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55734-4: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415557344

Planning Latin America’s Capital Cities 1850-1950 Edited by Arturo Almandoz, Universidad Simón Bol’var, Venezuela Series: Planning, History and Environment Series In this first comprehensive work in English to describe the building of Latin America’s capital cities in the postcolonial period, Arturo Almandoz and his contributors demonstrate how Europe and France in particular shaped their culture, architecture and planning until the United States began to play a part in the 1930s. 2009: 246 x 189: 296pp Pb: 978-0-415-55308-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553087

Planning Middle Eastern Cities An Urban Kaleidoscope Edited by Yasser Elsheshtawy, UAE University, United Arab Emirates Series: Planning, History and Environment Series

From New Right to New Left

Patrick Geddes is considered a forefather of the modern urban planning movement. Patrick Geddes and Planning - a Critical View studies the various, and even opposing ways, in which Geddes has been interpreted up to this day, providing a new reading of his life, writing and plans. Relying on Geddes’ extensive writings, the book also provides scholars of planning and related subjects, for the first time, a much needed, long overdue model of his urban theory. Rebutting earlier appreciations of Geddes’ sensitive planning, the scheme is presented as a formative and a deterministic paradigm in which City and Society became the subjects of a mutual transformation towards predefined ‘ideal’ city and ‘civilized’ society. Current perspectives in Geography and Postcolonialism are used to examine the practice of this theory through Geddes’ greatly celebrated – yet hardly studied - work in India and in Palestine. Studying Geddes’ plans for such different cities as Edinburgh, Calcutta and Tel-Aviv, the book suggests a critical reading of Geddes’ colonial work, offering a valuable contribution towards the concretisation of the theoretical frameworks and to local historians as well. Geddes’ scrutiny is finally presented as a case study for Town Planning as a whole. Tying together for the first time key concepts in cultural geography and colonial urbanism, the book proposes a more vigorous historiography, exposing hidden narratives and past agendas still dominating the disciplinary discourse. Written by a cultural geographer and a town planner, this book offers a rounded, full-length analysis of Geddes’ vision and its material manifestation, functioning also as a much needed critical tool to evaluate Modern Town Planning as an academic and practical discipline. January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-57866-0: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-57867-7: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415578677

To-Morrow A Peaceful Path to Real Reform

A wide range of initiatives, management processes, governance vehicles and policy documents emanated from Government. Planning, like other areas of the public sector, was to be reformed and modernised as well as given a prime role in tackling national, high profile priorities such as increasing housing supply and improving economic competitiveness. The result was a hyperactive period of activity and change that had a variety of intended and unintended impacts as well as longer term implications for the way in which we think about planning and the role of the state. But the experiences of Labour tell us more than how national governments succeed or not in policy change. The Labour era also calls to attention the nature of planning itself and how sources of stability and change in the wider governance landscape react to and interpret change. Drawing upon an institutionalist framework the book will also seek to understand how and in what circumstances change is emerges, either in an evolutionary or punctuated way. It will, for the first time, chart and explore the changing nature of development and planning over the Labour era whilst also stepping back and reflecting upon what such changes mean for planning generally and the likely future trajectories of reform and spatial governance. January 2011: 234 x 156: 216pp Hb: 978-0-415-59748-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-55249-3: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415597487

E. Howard, Sir Peter Hall, University Collage London, UK, Dennis Hardy and Colin Ward Foreword by David Lock, Town and Country Planning Association, UK 2009: 276 x 219: 232pp Pb: 978-0-415-56193-8: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415561938

Cities in the Arab world are too diverse and hybrid to be lumped together as a single, arbitrary group. Rather they make up the ’urban kaleidoscope’ of the title, and the diversity of the six case-study cities here supports that contention. The authors, Arab scholars and architects local to the cities they describe, provide an authentic voice with an understanding no outsider could achieve. 2009: 246 x 189: 224pp Pb: 978-0-415-55309-4: £24.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415553094

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

FREE P&P Online! Simple and secure online ordering, please visit www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com and receive FREE postage & packaging* for online orders over £20. *UK customers only

109


stru ctu ral en gin eeri n g: Structural Analysis

110

Structural engineering Structural Analysis

Structural Analysis A Unified Classical and Matrix Approach Amin Ghali, University of Calgary, Canada, Adam Neville, Consultant Civil Engineer, UK and Tom G. Brown, University of Calgary, Canada

This comprehensive textbook, now in its sixth edition, combines classical and matrix-based methods of structural analysis and develops them concurrently. New solved examples and problems have been added, giving over 140 worked examples and more than 400 problems with answers.

New

Structural Optimization Dynamic and Seismic Applications Franklin Y. Cheng and Kevin Z. Truman both at University of Missouri, USA Series: Structural Engineering: Mechanics and Design

Today’s biggest structural engineering challenge is to design better structures, and a key issue is the need to take an integrated approach which balances control of costs with the requirement for handling earthquakes and other dynamic forces. Structural optimization is based on rigorous mathematical formulation and requires computation algorithms for sizing structural elements and synthesizing systems. Now that the right software and enough computing power are readily available, professionals can now develop a suite of alternative designs and a select suitable one. A thoroughly-written and practical book on structural optimization is long overdue. This solid book comprehensively presents current optimization strategies, illustrated with sufficient examples of the design of elements and systems and presenting descriptions of the process and results. Emphasis is given to dynamic loading, in particular to seismic forces. Researchers and practising engineers will find this book an excellent reference, and advanced undergraduates or graduate students can use it as a resource for structural optimization design. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Structural Optimization 2. Fundamentals of Linear Programming 3. Linear Programming Optimization of Elastic Structural Systems 4. Introduction to Nonlinear Programming 5. Optimization of Rigid Frames 6. Gradient Based Search Techniques 7. Energy Distribution for Optimality Criterion 8. Generalized Optimality Criteria Approach 9. Generalized Optimality Criteria Applied to Statically and Dynamically Loaded Structural Systems 10. Generalized Optimality Criteria Techniques 11. Nondeterministic Structural Optimization and Parametric Assessments 12. Multiobjective Optimization with Genetic Algorithm, Fuzzy Logic and Game Theory. Appendices June 2010: 234 x 156: 728pp: 277 line drawings: 79 tables Hb: 978-0-415-42370-0: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08965-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423700

Engineering Modelling and Analysis

6th Edition

Translated into six languages, this textbook is of considerable international renown, and is widely recommended by many civil and structural engineering lecturers to their students because of its clear and thorough style and content. Selected Contents: 1. Structural Analysis Modelling 2. Statically Determinate Structures 3. Introduction to the Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Structures 4. Force Method of Analysis 5. Displacement Method of Analysis 6. Use of Force and Displacement Methods 7. Strain Energy and Virtual Work 8. Determination of Displacements by Virtual Work 9. Important Energy Theorems 10. Displacement of Elastic Structures by Special Methods 11. Application of Force and Fisplacement Methods 12. Influence Lines for Beams, Frames Grids, Arches, and Trusses 13. Effects of Axial Forces on Flexural Stiffness 14. Analysis of Shear-Wall Structures 15. Method of Finite Differences 16. Finite-Element Method 17. Further Development of Finite-Element Method 18. Plastic Analysis of Continuous Beams and Frames 19. Yield-Line and Strip Methods for Slabs 20. Structural Dynamics and Seismic Analysis 21. Computer Analysis of Framed Structures 22. Implementation of Computer Analysis 23. Nonlinear Analysis 24. Structural Reliability Analysis

David Walker, Michael Leonard, Andrew Metcalfe and Martin Lambert, all at University of Adelaide, Australia

Introducing engineering students to numerical analysis and computing, this book covers a range of topics suitable for the first three years of a four year undergraduate engineering degree. The teaching of computing to engineers is hampered by the lack of suitable problems for the students to tackle, so much effort has gone into making the problems in this book realistic and relevant, while at the same time solvable for undergraduates. Taking a balanced approach to teaching computing and computer methods at the same time, this book satisfies the need to be able to use computers (using both formal languages such as Fortran and other applications such as Matlab and Microsoft Excel), and the need to be able to solve realistic engineering problems.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction Part 2: Roots of Equations Part 3: Numerical Integration Part 4: Numerical Interpolation Part 5: Systems of Equations Part 6: Ordinary Differential Equations Part 7: Finite Difference Modelling Part 8: Probability and Statistics Part 9: Probability Distributions Part 10: Monte Carlo Method Part 11: Stochastic Modelling Part 12: Optimisation Part 13: Linear Systems and Resonance Part 14: Spectral Analysis 2008: 234 x 156: 440pp 263 line drawings: 73 tables: 38 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46961-6: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46962-3: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89454-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469623

2009: 246 x 189: 864pp: 150 line drawings: 29 tables Hb: 978-0-415-77432-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77433-8: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774338

Structural and Stress Analysis Theories, Tutorials and Examples Jianqiao Ye, University of Leeds, UK

Summarizing major concepts and key points, this book tests students’ knowledge of the principal theories in structural and stress analysis. Its main feature is helping students to understand the subject by asking and answering conceptual questions. Each chapter begins with a summary of key issues and relevant formulas. A ‘key points’ review identifies important concepts which are essential for students’ understanding of the chapter. Numerical examples are used to illustrate these concepts and demonstrate the application of the formulas. A short discussion of the problem is provided, before the solution is revealed, to ensure that students know not only how but also why a formula should be used.

Structural and Stress Analysis is particularly useful for students preparing for exams. Working through these conceptual questions, and reviewing the key points summarized in this book, provides a structured approach to assess whether or not the subject has been understood and to identify the area where further revision is needed. It is also a useful reference for those who are taking an advanced structural and stress analysis course. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Axial Tension and Compression 3. Torsion 4. Shear and Bending Moment 5. Bending Stresses in Symmetric Beams 6. Deflection of Beams Under Bending 7. Complex Stresses 8. Complex Strains and Strain Gauges 9. Theories of Elastic Failure 10. Buckling of Columns 11. Energy Method 2008: 246 x 174: 232pp: 190 line drawings: 32 tables: 227 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-36865-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36879-7: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-02900-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415368797

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


s truct ural e n g i n e e rin g : Structural Design

Structural Design

Forthcoming in 2011

Tianjian Ji and Adrian Bell both at University of Manchester, UK

New

Deployable Structural Assemblies of Mechanisms

4th Edition

Seeing and Touching Structural Concepts The pioneering website www.structuralconcepts.org, by Tianjian Ji and Adrian Bell, goes back to basics and explains in detail the basic principles of structural concepts and how they relate to the real world.

Following on from and expanding upon the website, comes this book. Essential for the civil engineering student, it examines the concepts in closer detail with formulae and technical terminology, while remaining grounded in the website’s practical approach. With hundreds of photographs and diagrams, you are encouraged to visualize each concept in turn and to understand how it applies to every day life. Selected Contents: Preface. Part 1: Statics 1. Equilibrium 2. Centre of Mass 3. Effect of Different Cross Sections 4. Bending 5. Shear and Torsion 6. Stress Distribution 7. Span and Deflection 8. Direct Force Paths 9. Smaller Internal Forces 10. Buckling 11. Prestress 12. Horizontal Movements of Frame Structures Induced by Vertical Loads Part 2: Dynamics 13. Energy Exchange 14. Pendulum 15. Free Vibration 16. Resonance 17. Damping in Structures 18. Vibration Reduction 19. Human Body Models in Structural Vibration 2008: 246 x 174: 288pp 190 line drawings: 32 tables: 227 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-39773-5: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-39774-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96079-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415397742

Examples in Structural Analysis William M.C. McKenzie With broad scope and an easy-to-follow step-by-step approach, this key text provides students and professionals with a comprehensive and extensive collection of worked examples, setting out how to analyze different types of structure. 2006: 246 x 174: 720pp 300 line drawings: 100 tables: 10 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-37053-0: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-37054-7: £41.99 eBook: 978-0-203-03037-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370547

Predictive and Optimised Life Cycle Management

Construction Materials

Motion Structures Zhong You, University of Oxford, UK and Yan Chen, Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

Edited by Peter Domone, University College London, UK and John Illston, Retired Engineer, UK

Motion structures are simply assemblies of resistant bodies connected by movable joints. Unlike conventional structures, they allow large shape transformations to satisfy practical requirements and they can be used in:

• shelters, emergency structures and exhibition stands

Their Nature and Behaviour

So far in the twenty-first century, there have been many developments in our understanding of materials’ behaviour and in their technology and use. This new edition has been expanded to cover recent developments such as the use of glass as a structural material. It also now examines the contribution that material selection makes to sustainable construction practice, considering the availability of raw materials, production, recycling and reuse, which all contribute to the life cycle assessment of structures. As well as being brought up-to-date with current usage and performance standards, each section now also contains an extra chapter on recycling. Covers the following materials: • Metals • Concrete • Ceramics (including bricks and masonry) • Polymers

• aircraft morphing wings • satellite solar panels and space antennas • morphing core materials for composites • medical implants for minimum invasive surgery. Though traditionally the subject falls within structural engineering, motion structures are more closely related to other mechanisms, and they draw on the principles of kinematic and geometrical analysis in their design. Indeed their design and analysis can be viewed as an extension of the theory of mechanisms, such as rigid origami, and can make effective use of a wealth of mathematical principles. This book outlines the relevant underlying theory and motion structural concepts, and uses a number of innovative but simple structures as examples. February 2011: 234 x 156: 360pp 100 line drawings: 10 tables: 20 halftones: 20 colour halftones Hb: 978-0-415-55489-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87022-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415554893

• Fibre Composites • Bituminous Materials

3rd Edition

• Timber

Design of Structural Elements

• Glass This edition maintains our familiar and accessible format, starting with fundamental principles and continuing with a section on each of the major groups of materials. It gives you a clear and comprehensive perspective on the whole range of materials used in modern construction. A must have for Civil and Structural engineering students, and for students of architecture, surveying or construction on courses which require an understanding of materials. Selected Contents: Part 1: Fundamentals Part 2: Metals and Alloys Part 3: Concrete Part 4: Bituminous Materials Part 5: Masonry: Brickwork and Blockwork Part 6: Glass Part 7: Polymers Part 8: Fibre Composites Part 9: Timber Part 10: Selection, Use and Sustainability Issues May 2010: 246 x 189: 584pp 345 line drawings: 68 tables: 68 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46515-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46516-8: £35.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92757-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465168

Buildings and Infrastructure Edited by Asko Sarja Predictive and Optimised Life-Cycle Management sets out methodologies to meet the demands of the current trend towards sustainable civil engineering and building. 2006: 246 x 174: 688pp 273 line drawings: 240 tables: 8 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-35393-9: £127.50 eBook: 978-0-203-34898-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415353939

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Concrete, Steelwork, Masonry and Timber Designs to British Standards and Eurocodes Chanakya Arya, University College London, UK

Now in its third edition this popular textbook provides a concise single volume introduction to the design of structural elements in concrete, steel, timber, masonry and composites. Up-to-date design principles and guidance are given in line with both British Standards and Eurocodes, current as of late 2007. An accompanying solutions manual is available online.

Selected Contents: Part One: Introduction to Structural Design 1. Philosophy of Design 2. Basic Structural Concepts and Material Properties Part Two: Structural Design to British Standards 3. Design in Reinforced Concrete to BS8110/BS8500 4. Design in Structural Steelwork to BS5950 5. Design in Unreinforced Masonry to BS5628, BS EN771, BS EN845 and BS EN998 6. Design in Timber to BS5268 Part Three: Structural Design to the Eurocodes 7. The Structural Eurocodes: An Introduction 8. Eurocode 2: Design of Concrete Structures 9. Eurocode 3: Design of Steel Structures 10. Eurocode 6: Masonry Design 11. Eurocode 5: Timber Design 2009: 246 x 189: 528pp 458 line drawings: 143 tables: 3 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46719-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46720-9: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92650-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467209

111


112

stru ctu ral en gin eeri n g: Structural Design

4th Edition

The Behaviour and Design of Steel Structures to EC3 N.S. Trahair, M.A. Bradford, D.A. Nethercot and L. Gardner This key text for senior undergraduate and graduate students is also an essential reference tool for practising structural engineers. 2007: 234 x 156: 512pp: 266 line drawings: 2 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-41865-2: £105.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41866-9: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93593-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415418669

2nd Edition

Planning and Design of Engineering Systems Graeme Dandy, David Walker, Trevor Daniell and Robert Warner Providing students with a commonsense approach to the solution of engineering problems and packed full with practical case studies, this book is a comprehensive introduction to the scope and nature of engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Engineers in Society 2. Engineering Systems Concepts 3. Engineering Planning and Design 4. Creativity and Creative Thinking 5. Project Planning Techniques 6. Management Processes and Skills 7. Communication 8. Economic Evaluation 9. Sustainability, Environmental and Social Considerations 10. Ethics and Law 11. Risk and Reliability 12. Engineering Decision-Making 13. Optimization 1 4. Epilogue 2007: 234 x 156: 416pp: 100 line drawings Hb: 978-0-415-40551-5: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-40552-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96080-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415405522

2nd Edition

Wind Loading of Structures John D. Holmes This book will assist the practising engineer in understanding the principles of wind engineering, and provide guidance on the successful design of structures to counteract wind loading problems. Selected Contents: Preface 1. The Nature of Windstorms and Wind-Induced Damage 2. Prediction of Design Wind Speeds and Structural Safety 3. Strong Wind Characteristics and Turbulence 4. Basic Bluff-Body Aerodynamics 5. Dynamic Response and Effective Static Load Distributions 6. Internal Pressures 7. Laboratory Simulation of Strong Winds and Wind Loads 8. Low-Rise Buildings 9. Tall Buildings 10. Large Roofs and Sports Stadiums 11. Towers, Chimneys and Masts 12. Bridges 13. Transmission Lines 14. Other Structures 15. Wind Loading Codes and Standards. Appendix A: Terminology. Appendix B: List of Symbols. Appendix C. Probability Distributions Relevant to Wind Loading. Appendix D: Extreme Wind Climates – A World Survey. Appendix E. Some Approximate Formulas for Natural Frequencies. Appendix F: Application of the Effective Static Load Method to a Simple Structure

Concrete and Structures New

Time-Dependent Behaviour of Concrete Structures Raymond Ian Gilbert, University of New South Wales, Australia and Gianluca Ranzi, University of Sydney, Australia

Serviceability failures of concrete structures involving excessive cracking or deflection are relatively common, even in structures that comply with code requirements. This is often as a result of a failure to adequately account for the time-dependent deformations of concrete in the design of the structure. The serviceability provisions embodied in codes of practice are relatively crude and, in some situations, unreliable and do not adequately model the in-service behaviour of structures. In particular, they fail to adequately account for the effects of creep and shrinkage of the concrete. Design for serviceability is complicated by the non-linear and inelastic behaviour of concrete at service loads. Providing detailed information, this book helps engineers to rationally predict the time-varying deformation of concrete structures under typical in-service conditions. It gives analytical methods to help anticipate time-dependent cracking, the gradual change in tension stiffening with time, creep induced deformations and the load independent strains caused by shrinkage and temperature changes. The calculation procedures are illustrated with many worked examples. A vital guide for practising engineers and advanced students of structural engineering on the design of concrete structures for serviceability and provides a penetrating insight into the time-dependent behaviour of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures. Selected Contents: 1. Time-Dependent Deformation 2. Material Properies 3. Design for Serviceability – Deflection and Crack Control 4. Uncracked Sections – Axial Loading 5. Uncracked Sections – Axial Force and Uniaxial Bending 6. Uncracked Sections – Axial Force and Biaxial Bending 7. Cracked Sections 8. Members and Structures 9. Stiffness Method and Finite Element Modelling. Appendix: Analytical Formulations – Euler-Bernoulli Beam Model September 2010: 246 x 174: 443pp 145 line drawings: 29 tables Hb: 978-0-415-49384-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87939-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493840

Forthcoming in 2011

FRP Reinforced Concrete Structures Theory, Design and Practice Antonio Nanni and Fabio Matta both at University of Miami, USA and Renato Parretti, University of Naples Federico II, Italy Concrete reinforcement made of fiber reinforced polymers is becoming affordable and is now a better option than steel for an increasing number of applications. Its corrosion resistance, light weight and specific mechanical properties give it a number of advantages. Yet there is little information at the intermediate level on the principles and practice of its use, and little useful guidance on design or reinforcement detailing. Focusing on the fundamentals of internal, non-prestressed FRP reinforcement, this book is not limited to one code of practice. It addresses the topical questions of test methods, durability and serviceability; and is well illustrated with twelve case studies on bridge decks (Lora Bridge, Italy), bridge railings (Drummond Road Bridge, Canada), retaining walls and foundations (Sanibel Island Seawall, Florida), and soft-eyes (Cenituurbaan Station, Netherlands). It should suit practitioners worldwide. Part 1: General 1. Introduction Part 2: Materials and Test Methods 2. Materials 3. Test Methods Part 3: Construction Requirements 4. Durability Requirements 5. Reinforcement Detailing Part 4: Analysis and Design 6. Flexure ñ Basic Concepts, Rectangular Cross-Sections 7. Shear ñ Basic Concepts 8. Serviceability 9. Development of Reinforcement 10. Design of T and Circular Sections 11. Design of One-Way Slabs 12. Continuity in Beams and Slabs 13. Axial Loads Part 5: Structural Elements and Systems 14. Two-Way Slabs 15. Walls 16. Footings and Mat Foundations Part 6: Special Considerations 17. Special Uses 18. Applications and Design Examples 19. Cited References 20. Appendix 1: Significant Literature July 2011: 234 x 156: 320pp 80 line drawings: 50 tables: 30 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-77882-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87429-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415778824

Structural Renovation in Concrete Zongjin Li, Christopher Leung and Yunping Xi, all at Hong Kong University of Science and Technology

The mechanisms by which buildings and infrastructures degrade are complex, as are the procedures and methods for inspection and rehabilitation. This book examines problems caused by non-uniform deformation changes, poor durability, and disasters such as earthquakes and fire. It caters for students and academics world-wide and is useful for engineering professionals.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Degradation of Buildings and Infrastructures 3. Inspection and Evaluation 4. Conventional Repair and Strengthening Techniques 5. Basic Knowledge of Fibrous Composite 6. Innovative Repair and Retrofitting with Fibrous Composites

2007: 234 x 156: 392pp 192 line drawings: 31 tables: 11 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-40946-9: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96428-6

2009: 234 x 156: 368pp 89 line drawings: 24 tables: 25 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-42371-7: £58.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93136-3

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409469

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423717

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


struct ural e n g i n e e rin g : Concrete and Structures

New

Forthcoming in 2011

Concrete-filled Tubular Members and Connections

Resistance of Concrete to Chloride Ingress

Xiao-Ling Zhao, Monash University, Australia, Lin-Hai Han, Tsinghua University, China and Hui Lu, Monash University, Australia

Testing and Modelling

Using steel and concrete together utilizes the beneficial material properties of both elements. Concrete filled steel tubes represent a good example of a concrete – steel composite structure, and are particularly useful as columns in high rise buildings and bridge piers. They can be used in a range of fields, from civil and industrial construction through to the mining industry.

Several aspects of concrete filled tubes have received little coverage in existing design standards, design guides or relevant books, but are addressed here: construction methods or quality and their effect on performance, confinement, creep effects, pre-load effects, size effects, seismic behaviour and post-fire behaviour, worked examples under practical conditions, numerical simulations, mechanics models, concrete-filled double skin tubes, SCC(self-consolidating concrete)-filled tubes, HPHSC (high performance high strength concrete)-filled tubes, high strength steel and thin-walled tubes filled with concrete, and fiber reinforced polymer strengthening of concrete filled tubes. This book not only summarizes the research performed to date on concrete-filled tubular members and connections but also compares the design rules in various standards (Eurocode 4, AISI-LRFD, ACI, AIJ and Chinese Standard), and provides design examples. An invaluable guide for professionals and a detailed source of information for graduate students and beyond. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Concrete-Filled Tubular Sections 3. Members Subjected to Static Loading at Ambient Temperatures 4. Members Subjected to Fire 5. Members Subjected to Seismic Loading 6. Connections to Concrete-Filled Tubular Columns 7. Recent Developments. Appendix A: Summary of Design Rules. Appendix B: Practical Design Examples

Luping Tang, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden, Lars-Olof Nilsson, Lund Institute of Technology, Sweden and P.A. Muhammed Basheer, Queen’s University Belfast, UK Chloride ingress in reinforced concrete induces corrosion and consequent spalling and structural weakness, yet it occurs world-wide and imposes an enormous cost. It can be resisted by using test methods and relevant models for service life prediction. Resistance of Concrete to Chloride Ingress sets out current understanding of chloride transport mechanisms, test methods and prediction models. It describes basic mechanisms and theories, and classifies the commonly used parameters and their units which expressing chloride and its transport properties in concrete. Laboratory test methods and in-field applicable test methods, including precision results from inter-laboratory comparison tests, are then outlined. Some of the fundamentals of models are explained, and the different types of models are then analyzed theoretically and critically. Analytical and probabilistic approaches are used to analyze the sensitivity of various models and the results from a benchmarking evaluation of different models are presented and discussed. Guidelines for the practical use of test methods and models are given, including tests for in-situ applications, and test methods validated by the precision results are detailed. The book draws to a large extent on the Chlortest project, which involved seventeen partners from ten European countries, and serves as an authoritative guide. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Chloride Transport in Concrete 3. Test Methods and Precision Results 4. Modelling of Chloride Ingress 5. Evaluation of Models 6. Guidelines for Practical Use of Test Methods. Appendix: Proposed Test Methods April 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp 90 line drawings: 55 tables: 10 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-48614-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88241-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486149

July 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-43500-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84834-0

FRP Composites for Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Structures A Guide to Fundamentals and Design for Repair and Retrofit Perumalsamy Balaguru, Rutgers University, USA, Antonio Nanni and James Giancaspro both at University of Miami, USA Series: Structural Engineering: Mechanics and Design

High strength fibre composites (FRPs) have been used with civil structures since the 1980s, mostly in the repair, strengthening and retrofitting of concrete structures. This has attracted considerable research, and the industry has expanded exponentially in the last decade. Design guidelines have been developed by professional organizations in a number of countries including USA, Japan, Europe and China, but until now designers have had no publication which provides practical guidance or accessible coverage of the fundamentals. This book fills the void. It provides practical guidance and accessible coverage of FRP composites including step-by step guidelines. It’s principle theme is the repair and retrofit of concrete structures with carbon, glass and fibre-composite reinforcement. FRP Composites for Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Structures will be useful to graduates, advanced undergraduates and researchers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Constituent Materials 3. Fabrication Techniques 4. Common Repair Systems 5. Flexure: Reinforced Concrete 6. Flexure: Prestressed Concrete 7. Shear in Beams 8. Columns 9. Load Testing 2008: 234 x 156: 336pp 107 line drawings: 33 tables: 40 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-44854-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92688-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415448543

Management of Deteriorating Concrete Structures

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415435000

George Somerville, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, UK, and Chairman, UKCARES, UK

Durability Design of Concrete Structures in Severe Environments

This authoritative new book draws together deterioration and repair/remediation with practical asset management, giving solid practical guidance on assessment and outlining when and how to act.

Odd E. Gjørv, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

By designing in corrosion prevention and through preventive maintenance, the overall service cost of a concrete structure can be substantially reduced. This book takes a probabilistic approach to the engineering design issues for controlling durability and service life of concrete structures in severe environments. Many durability problems are caused by poor quality control as well as special problems during concrete construction. The issue of construction quality and variability need to be grasped before durability can be successfully controlled. Internationally relevant with a practical focus, this is the essential guide for consulting and construction engineers involved in the design and execution of new concrete structures. Selected Contents: 1. Historical Review 2. Field Performance 3. Corrosion of Embedded Steel 4. Other Deteriorating Processes 5. Codes and Practices 6. Probability of Steel Corrosion 7. Additional Protective Strategies and Measures 8. Concrete Quality Control 9. Achieved Construction Quality 10. Condition Assessment and Preventive Maintenance 11. Practical Applications 12. Life Cycle Costs 13. Life Cycle Assessment 14. Recommended Job Specifications

2009: 234 x 156: 232pp: 84 line drawings: 25 tables: 75 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-41408-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93141-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415414081

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Feedback and Perspective on Deterioration 3. Management and Maintenance Systems 4. Defects, Deterioration Mechanisms and Diagnosis 5. Structural Assessment 6. Repair and Remedial Options 7. Implications for Service Life Design of New Construction 8. Future Developments 2008: 234 x 156: 344pp: 81 line drawings: 81 tables Hb: 978-0-415-43545-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93928-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415435451

113


stru ctu ral en gin eeri n g: Concrete and Structures

114

Multi-Scale Modeling of Structural Concrete

Concrete Bridges

High-Strength Concrete

Paul Mondorf

A Practical Guide

Koichi Maekawa, Tetsuya Ishida and Toshiharu Kishi all at University of Tokyo, Japan

Increases in computer power have now enabled engineers to combine materials science with structural mechanics in the design and the assessment of concrete structures. The techniques developed have become especially useful for the performance assessment of such structures under coupled mechanistic and environmental actions. This allows effective management of infrastructure over a much longer life cycle, thus satisfying the requirements for durability and sustainability.

This highly illustrated handbook provides a comprehensive reference for students and practitioners involved in the design, construction, maintenance and repair of concrete bridges, from an internationally experienced expert.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Multi-Phase, Multi-Chemo-Physical Modelling of Structural Concrete 2. Hydration of Cement in Concrete 3. Micro Pore-Structure and Moisture 4. Transport of Carbon Dioxide and Carbonation 5. Calcium Ion Transport and Leaching 6. Chloride Ion Transport and Corrosion 7. Time-Dependent Mechanics of Cement Hydrates 8. Time-Dependent Mechanics of Structural Concrete 9. Structural Mechanics of Damaged Concrete Structures 10. Fatigue Life of Structural Concrete 2008: 234 x 156: 672pp 497 line drawings: 64 tables: 56 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46554-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92720-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465540

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Slab and Girder Bridges in General 3. Statically Determinate Slab and Girder Bridges 4. Multispan Slab and Girder Bridges, Continuity in the Bridge Deck 5. Continuous Slab and Girder Bridges with Very Short Spans 6. Continuous Slab and Girder Bridges with Short Spans, in Particular Motorway Bridges 7. Continuous Slab and Girder Bridges with Medium Range Spans 8. Continuous, Long Span Girder Bridges, in Particular Cantilever Bridges 9. Frame Bridges 10. Arch Bridges 11. Stay Bridges 12. Bridge Bearings 13. Expansion Dams 14. Bridge Foundations – A Survey of the Structural Possibilities 15. Bridge Maintenance 16. Bridge Aesthetics – Some Main Features 2006: 246 x 174: 1008pp 643 line drawings: 10 tables: 304 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-39362-1: £150.00

Selected Contents: Part 1: General Information Part 2: Loads, Materials and Structures Part 3: Design to British Codes Part 4: Design to European Codes 2007: 297 x 210: 416pp: 270 line drawings: 210 tables Hb: 978-0-419-25820-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-419-25830-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08775-6

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404327

4th Edition

Testing of Concrete in Structures

The Design of Prestressed Concrete Bridges

Selected Contents: 1. Planning and Interpretation of In-Situ Testing 2. Surface Hardness Methods 3. Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Methods 4. Partially Destructive Strength Test 5. Cores 6. Load Testing and Monitoring 7. Durability Test 8. Performance and Integrity Tests 9. Chemical Testing and Allied Techniques. Appendix A: Typical Cases of Test Planning and Interpretation of Results. Appendix B: Examples of Pulse Velocity Corrections for Reinforcement. Appendix C: Example of Evaluation of Core Results

Concepts and Principles Aiding designers of concrete bridges in developing an intuitive understanding of structural action, this book includes analysis of the necessary calculations and methods to encourage innovation and the development of engineering architecture.

Charles E. Reynolds, James C. Steedman and Anthony J. Threlfall

Written for structural engineers, contractors, consulting engineers, local and health authorities, and utilities, this is also excellent for civil and architecture departments in universities and FE colleges.

2008: 234 x 156: 272pp: 25 line drawings: 32 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-40432-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96249-7

This classic reference has been thoroughly updated and is ideal for the non-specialist civil engineer involved in the assessment, repair or maintenance of concrete structures.

Highly illustrated with numerous line diagrams, tables and worked examples, Reynolds’s Reinforced Concrete Designer’s Handbook is a unique resource providing comprehensive guidance that enables the engineer to analyze and design reinforced concrete buildings, bridges, retaining walls, and containment structures.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Constituent Materials 3. Mixture Development and Evaluation 4. Properties 5. Specifications 6. Production and Delivery 7. Placement Consolidation and Finishing 8. Curing 9. Quality Control and Testing 10. Problem Solving 11. Summary

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415393621

Reynolds’s Reinforced Concrete Designer’s Handbook

Illustrated with real life examples, this practical book from a highly experience author presents clearly the means and methods for designing, producing and using high-strength concrete.

John H. Bungey, S.G. Millard and Michael G. Grantham

Robert Benaim

11st Edition

Michael A. Caldarone, CTL Group, USA

Selected Contents: Introduction 1. The Nature of Design 2. Basic Concepts 3. Reinforced Concrete 4. Prestressed Concrete 5. Prestressing for Statically Determinate Beams 6. Prestressing for Continuous Beams 7. Articulation of Bridges and the Design of Substructures 8. The General Principles of Concrete Deck Design 9. The Design of Bridge Deck Components 10. Precast Beams 11. Solid Slabs, Voided Slabs and Multi-Cell Box Girders 12. Ribbed Slabs 13. Box Girders 14. Counter-Cast Technology for Box Section Decks 15. The Construction of Girder Bridges 16. The Effect of Scale on the Method of Construction 17. The Design and Construction of Arches 18. Cable Supported Decks. Appendix. Index 2007: 246 x 174: 608pp 576 line drawings: 14 tables: 134 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-23599-0: £99.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96205-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415235990

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419258308

2006: 234 x 156: 352pp 97 line drawings: 20 tables: 71 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-26301-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96514-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415263016

2nd Edition

Precast Concrete Materials, Manufacture, Properties and Usage Maurice Levitt This general treatise on precast concrete reflects Maurice Levitt’s extensive experience in the construction industry and as a researcher and consultant. It gives detailed coverage of the subject from the material’s properties through its manufacture and quality control, and on to specialist topics such as accelerated curing and use in hot and cold climates. Selected Contents: Introduction 1. Ingredients 2. Reinforcement, Prestressing, Hardware 3. Moulds 4. Production Control 5. Labour-Intensive Processes 6. Machine-Intensive Processes 7. Accelerated Curing 8. Hot and Cold Climates 9. Properties and Performance 10. Standards, Testing and Quality 11. Finishing, Repairing and Jointing. References 2007: 234 x 156: 224pp: 73 line drawings: 23 tables Hb: 978-0-415-26846-2: £89.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93435-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415268462

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


s truct ural e n g i n e e rin g : Ground Engineering

Ground Engineering

Cut-and-Cover Metro Structures

New

Geo-Structural Design: An Integrated Approach

New

Krishan Kaul, Retired Civil Engineer

Earthquake Engineering for Structural Design

Introduction to Tunnel Construction

David Chapman, Nicole Metje both at University of Birmingham, UK and Alfred Stärk, Beton- und Monierbau GmbH, Austria

Tunnelling provides a robust solution to a variety of engineering challenges. It is a complex process, which requires a firm understanding of the ground conditions as well as structural issues. This book covers the whole range of areas which you need to know in order to embark upon a career in tunnelling. It also includes a number of case studies of real tunnel projects, to demonstrate how the theory applies in practice. The coverage includes: • both hard rock and soft ground conditions • site investigation, parameter selection and design considerations • methods of improving the stability of the ground and lining techniques • descriptions of the various tunnelling techniques • health and safety considerations • monitoring of tunnels during construction. Clear, concise and heavily illustrated, this is a vital text for final year undergraduate and MSc students and an invaluable starting point for young professionals. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Tunnelling 2. Site Investigation and Laboratory and Field Testing 3. Tunnelling Techniques 4. Tunnelling Design Issues 5. Modelling 6. Monitoring 7. Case Studies 8. Summary of Key Aspects. Bibliography May 2010: 246 x 174: 416pp 167 line drawings: 31 tables: 154 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46841-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46842-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89515-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468428

Response Control and Seismic Isolation of Buildings Masahiko Higashino and Shin Okamoto This state of the art report from an internationally-based task group (TG44) of CIB presents a highly authoritative guide to the application of innovative technologies on response control and seismic isolation of buildings to practice worldwide. 2006: 234 x 156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-36623-6: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01886-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415366236

Because of their complexity and scale, metro structures capture all the essential aspects of a cut-and-cover structure, and so are given primary focus in this book. The design of a metro construction is outlined coherently and in detail; and the reader is shown how to apply this design process equally well to other, relatively simple, cut-and-cover structures.

Geotechnical and structural engineering principles are combined with both design and construction practice to make this book a unique guide for engineers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. General Planning 3. Structural Form 4. Construction Overview 5. Ground and Wall Support 6. Groundwater Control 7. Interaction – I 8. Interaction – II 9. Interaction – III 10. Conceptual Design 11. Engineering Properties of Soils 12. Identification of Loads 13. Assessment of Earth Pressures 14. Assessment of Surcharge Loads, 15. Assessment of Seismic Loads, 16. Slurry Trench Stability – I 17. Slurry Trench Stability – II 18. Groundwater Flow 19. Phenomenon of Heave 20. Prediction of Heave 21. Containment of Heave 22. Flotation 23. Design Parameters 24. Load Factors & Combinations 25. Modelling & Boundary Conditions 26. Structural Analysis – I 27. Structural Analysis – II. Appendices: A. Typical Loadings & Parameters. B. Design of Derailment Barrier. C. Identification of Soil Types. D. Stability of Simple Slopes. E. Diffusion of Stress Relief April 2010: 246 x 174: 704pp 332 line drawings: 55 tables: 6 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46907-4: £120.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89483-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469074

Seismic Design of Buildings to Eurocode 8 Edited by Ahmed Y. Elghazouli, Imperial College London, UK Practical information and training has become urgently needed for the new Eurocode 8 on the Design of Structures for Earthquake Resistance, especially in relation to the underlying principles of seismic behaviour and the design of building structures. This book covers seismic design in a clear but brief manner and links the principles to the code, illustrated with design examples. Written by senior academics with significant consulting experience and by leading practitioners, it has a strong industry emphasis. It suits a wide range of practising civil and structural engineers, academics preparing courses and needing worked examples, and advanced undergraduate and Masters students in Earthquake, Structural or Geotechnical Engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Seismic Design and Eurocode 8 2. Seismic Hazard and Earthquake Actions 3. Structural Analysis 4. Basic Seismic Design Principles for Buildings 5. Design of Concrete Structures 6. Design of Steel Structures 7. Design of Composite Steel/Concrete Structures 8. Shallow Foundations 9. Deep Foundations 2009: 234 x 156: 336pp 122 line drawings: 85 tables: 11 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-44762-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88894-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447621

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Victor Gioncu, Technical University, Timisoara, Romania and Federico Mazzolani, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

Developments in Earthquake Engineering have focussed on the capacity and response of structures. They often overlook the importance of seismological knowledge to earthquakeproofing of design. It is not enough only to understand the anatomy of the structure, you must also appreciate the nature of the likely earthquake.

Seismic design, as detailed in this book, is the bringing together of Earthquake Engineering and Engineering Seismology. It focuses on the seismological aspects of design – analyzing various types of earthquake and how they affect structures differently. Understanding the distinction between these earthquake types and their different impacts on buildings can make the difference between whether a building stands or falls, or at least to how much it costs to repair. Covering the basis and basics of the major international codes, this is the essential guide for professionals working on structures in earthquake zones around the world. Selected Contents: 1. Living with Earthquakes 2. Learning from Earthquakes 3. Engineering Seismology and Earthquake Engineering 4. Advances in Conception About Earthquakes 5. Tectonic Plates and Faults 6. Faults and Earthquakes 7. Earthquakes and Structures 8. New Design Philosophies 9. Progress and Challenges in Codifications July 2010: 234 x 156: 576pp: 450 line drawings: 50 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46533-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84889-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465335

Forthcoming in 2011

Practical Engineering Geology Steve Hencher, University of Leeds, UK Series: Applied Geotechnics Emphasizing the link between engineering geology and geotechnical engineering, Steve Hencher takes a broad and fresh view of the tasks faced by engineering geologists. He outlines the fundamental role of engineering geology in civil engineering projects and assesses the various tools which an engineering geologist brings to such a project. Illustrated with a number of case studies and providing reference tables of parameters and properties. This reference is ideal for practising engineering geologists and MSc level students of engineering geology. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Engineering Geology and Geotechnical Engineering 3. Models 4. Site Investigation 5. Geotechnical Parameters 6. Design 7. Acceptable Hazards and Risks 8. Case Studies 9. Unexpected Ground Conditions and How to Avoid Them 10. Conclusions 11. References and Bibliography April 2011: 246 x 189: 400pp 350 line drawings: 30 tables: 50 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46908-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46909-8: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89482-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469098

115


structural engineering: Hydraulic Structures

116

Hydraulic Structures

Concrete

New

Concrete-Filled Tubular Members and Connections

New 24th Edition

4th Edition P. Novak, A.I.B. Moffat, C. Nalluri and R. Narayanan

Spon’s Civil Engineering and Highway Works Price Book 2011

Davis Langdon, Construction Consultants, UK

Hydraulic Structures The fully revised and updated fourth edition of this volume presents design principles and practical guidance for key hydraulic structures.

2006: 234 x 156: 736pp Hb: 978-0-415-38625-8: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-38626-5: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96463-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415386265

4th Edition

Hydraulics in Civil and Environmental Engineering Andrew Chadwick, John Morfett and Martin Borthwick 2004: 234 x 156: 680pp Hb: 978-0-415-30608-9: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30609-6: £36.99 eBook: 978-0-203-14013-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415306096

Very Large Floating Structures Edited by C.M. Wang, E. Watanabe and T. Utsunomiya Series: Spon Research Groundbreaking and comprizing articles by expert contributors, this volume provides a comprehensive treatment of VLFSs and their relationship with the sea, marine habitats, the pollution of costal waters and tidal and natural current flow. Well-illustrated with photographs, drawings, equations for mathematical modelling and analysis and extensively referenced, Very Large Floating Structures is ideal for professionals, academics and students of civil and structural engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Colonization of the Ocean and VLFS Technology 2. Wave Phenomenon and Properties 3. Hydroelastic Analysis of VLFS 4. Structural Analysis and Design of VLFS 5. Analysis and Design of Station Keeping Systems 6. Analysis and Design of Breakwaters 7. Model Experiments for VLFS 8. Maintenance and Anti-Corrosion Systems 9. Research and Developments of VLFS 2007: 234 x 156: 256pp 115 line drawings: 34 tables: 50 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-41953-6: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93460-9

Spon’s Civil Engineering and Highway Works Price Book 2011 provides a comprehensive work manual for the industry. It gives costs for both general and civil engineering works and highway works, and shows a full breakdown of labour, plant and material elements, with labour rates updated in line with the latest CIJC wage agreement.

In this twenty-fourth edition, assumptions on overheads and profits and on preliminaries have been kept low, labour rates have been adjusted, manufactured goods prices are rising faster than previously predicted, steel products, structural sections and reinforcement show steady rises in price, bridge bearing prices have risen significantly. Structured to comply with CESMM3 and MMHW, the book includes prices and rates covering the key items that make a general civil or highway construction project – from compressors to contracts and damp proofing to dams. In a time when it is essential to gain ’competitive advantage’ in an increasingly congested market, this price book provides instant-access cost information and is a one-stop reference containing tables, formulae, technical information and professional advice. Buyers of this 2011 edition can make a free internet download of Spon’s Civil Engineering and Highway Works price data, which will run to the end of 2011 and: • produce estimate and tender documents • generate priced or unpriced schedules • adjust rates and data and enter rogue items • export schedules into Excel • carry out an index search. This year, for the first time, the resources include a versatile and powerful ebook. September 2010: 246 x 174: 800pp Hb: 978-0-415-58847-8: £155.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84611-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415588478

2nd Edition

Corrosion of Steel in Concrete Understanding, Investigation and Repair John P. Broomfield 2006: 234 x 156: 296pp Hb: 978-0-415-33404-4: £89.99 eBook: 978-0-203-41460-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415334044

Using steel and concrete together utilizes the beneficial material properties of both elements. Concrete filled steel tubes represent a good example of a concrete – steel composite structure, and are particularly useful as columns in high rise buildings and bridge piers. They can be used in a range of fields, from civil and industrial construction through to the mining industry.

This book not only summarizes the research performed to date on concrete-filled tubular members and connections but also compares the design rules in various standards (Eurocode 4, AISI-LRFD, ACI, AIJ and Chinese Standard), and provides design examples. An invaluable guide for professionals and a detailed source of information for graduate students and beyond. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Concrete-Filled Tubular Sections 3. Members Subjected to Static Loading at Ambient Temperatures 4. Members Subjected to Fire 5. Members Subjected to Seismic Loading 6. Connections to Concrete-Filled Tubular Columns 7. Recent Developments. Appendix A: Summary of Design Rules. Appendix B: Practical Design Examples July 2010: 234 x 156: 304pp Hb: 978-0-415-43500-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84834-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415435000

New

Time-Dependent Behaviour of Concrete Structures Raymond Ian Gilbert, University of New South Wales, Australia and Gianluca Ranzi, University of Sydney, Australia This book helps engineers to rationally predict the time-varying deformation of concrete structures under typical in-service conditions. It gives analytical methods to help anticipate time-dependent cracking, the gradual change in tension stiffening with time, creep induced deformations and the load independent strains caused by shrinkage and temperature changes. The calculation procedures are illustrated with many worked examples. A vital guide for practising engineers and advanced students of structural engineering on the design of concrete structures for serviceability and provides a penetrating insight into the time-dependent behaviour of reinforced and prestressed concrete structures. Selected Contents: 1. Time-Dependent Deformation 2. Material Properies 3. Design for Serviceability – Deflection and Crack Control 4. Uncracked Sections – Axial Loading 5. Uncracked Sections – Axial Force and Uniaxial Bending 6. Uncracked Sections – Axial Force and Biaxial Bending 7. Cracked Sections 8. Members and Structures 9. Stiffness Method and Finite Element Modelling. Appendix: Analytical Formulations – Euler-Bernoulli Beam Model August 2010: 246 x 174: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-49384-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87939-9

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415419536

Complimentary Exam Copy

Xiao-Ling Zhao, Monash University, Australia, Lin-Hai Han, Tsinghua University, China and Hui Lu, Monash University, Australia

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415493840

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


c on c r e t e

Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings

New Edition of bestseller 4th Edition

Construction Materials

Bungale S. Taranath, DeSimone Consulting Engineers PLLC, California, USA

Their Nature and Behaviour Edited by Peter Domone, University College London, UK and J.M. Illston, Retired Engineer, UK

Considerable developments have occurred in the twenty first century in the understanding of materials’ behaviour and in their technology and use. The main classes of construction materials – metals, concrete, other ceramics (including bricks and masonry), polymers, fibre composite, bituminous materials and timber – remain, but performance standards have risen and use has been extended. The book now includes new sections and chapters on further developments such as the use of glass as a structural material; and in the contribution of the selection of materials to sustainable construction practice, with considerations including the availability of raw materials, production, recycling and reuse, which all contribute to the life-cycle assessment of structures. Additionally, each section contains an extra chapter on recycling

This new edition keeps the same successful format of the previous three editions, with a ’fundamentals’ section followed by a section on each of the major groups of materials. It offers one of the best tutorials to the field for civil and structural engineering students and also for those in building engineering and related disciplines. Selected Contents: Part 1: Fundamentals Part 2: Metals and Alloys Part 3: Concrete Part 4: Bituminous Materials Part 5: Masonry: Brickwork and Blockwork Part 6: Glass Part 7: Polymers Part 8: Fibre Composites Part 9: Timber Part 10: Selection, Use and Sustainability Issues May 2010: 246 x 189: 592pp Hb: 978-0-415-46515-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46516-8: £35.00

Concepts and Principles Robert Benaim 2007: 246 x 174: 608pp Hb: 978-0-415-23599-0: £99.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96205-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415235990

Concrete Bridges Paul Mondorf 2006: 246 x 174: 1008pp Hb: 978-0-415-39362-1: £150.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415393621

Management of Deteriorating Concrete Structures George Somerville, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, UK, and Chairman, UKCARES, UK This authoritative new book draws together deterioration and repair/remediation with practical asset management, giving solid practical guidance on assessment and outlining when and how to act. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Feedback and Perspective on Deterioration 3. Management and Maintenance Systems 4. Defects, Deterioration Mechanisms and Diagnosis 5. Structural Assessment 6. Repair and Remedial Options 7. Implications for Service Life Design of New Construction 8. Future Developments 2008: 234 x 156: 344pp Hb: 978-0-415-43545-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93928-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415435451

An exploration of the world of concrete as it applies to the construction of buildings, Reinforced Concrete Design of Tall Buildings provides a practical perspective on all aspects of reinforced concrete used in the design of structures, with particular focus on tall and ultra-tall buildings. Dozens of cases studies of tall buildings throughout the world, many designed by Dr. Taranath, provide in-depth insight on why and how specific structural system choices are made. The book bridges the gap between two approaches: one based on intuitive skills and experience and the other based on computer skills and analytical techniques. Examining the results when experiential intuition marries unfathomable precision, this book discusses: • The latest building codes, including ASCE/SEI 7-05, IBC-06/09, ACI 318-05/08, and ASCE/SEI 41-06

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465168

The Design of Prestressed Concrete Bridges

• Recent developments in studies of seismic vulnerability and retrofit design

Durability Design of Concrete Structures in Severe Environments

• Earthquake hazard mitigation technology, including seismic base isolation, passive energy dissipation, and damping systems • Lateral bracing concepts and gravity-resisting systems • Performance based design trends

Odd E. Gjørv, Norwegian University of Science and Technology, Norway

• Dynamic response spectrum and equivalent lateral load procedures.

Using realistic examples throughout, Dr. Taranath shows how to create sound, cost-efficient high rise structures. The book is packed with broad-ranging material from fundamental principles to the state-of-the-art technologies and includes techniques thoroughly developed to be highly adaptable. Offering complete guidance, instructive examples, and color illustrations, the author develops several approaches for designing tall buildings. He demonstrates the benefits of blending imaginative problem solving and rational analysis for creating better structural systems.

By designing in corrosion prevention and through preventive maintenance, the overall service cost of a concrete structure can be substantially reduced. This book takes a probabilistic approach to the engineering design issues for controlling durability and service life of concrete structures in severe environments. Many durability problems are caused by poor quality control as well as special problems during concrete construction. This book helps by giving: • reviews of field performance, deteriorating processes and current codes and practice • methods for calculation of corrosion probability; performance-based concrete quality control; corrosion prevention and preventive maintenance

Selected Contents: Design Concept. Gravity Systems. Lateral Load Resisting System. Wind Loads. Seismic Design. Seismic Design Examples and Details. Seismic Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings. Tall Buildings. Special Topics. 2009: 254 x 178: 989pp Hb: 978-1-4398-0480-3: £99.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-0481-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9781439804803

• calculation of life cycle costs and life cycle assessment • recommended job specifications.

Bestseller

Selected Contents: 1. Historical Review 2. Field Performance 3. Corrosion of Embedded Steel 4. Other Deteriorating Processes 5. Codes and Practices 6. Probability of Steel Corrosion 7. Additional Protective Strategies and Measures 8. Concrete Quality Control 9. Achieved Construction Quality 10. Condition Assessment and Preventive Maintenance 11. Practical Applications 12. Life Cycle Costs 13. Life Cycle Assessment 14. Recommended Job Specifications

11th Edition

Reynolds’s Reinforced Concrete Designer’s Handbook Anthony J. Threlfall, James C. Steedman and Charles E. Reynolds

2009: 234 x 156: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-41408-1: £75.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93141-7

2007: 297 x 210: 416pp Hb: 978-0-419-25820-9: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-419-25830-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-08775-6

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415414081

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419258308

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

117


co ncret e

118

Multi-Scale Modeling of Structural Concrete

Sprayed Concrete Lined Tunnels

Koichi Maekawa, Tetsuya Ishida and Toshiharu Kishi, all at University of Tokyo, Japan

An excellent introduction to the design and construction of sprayed concrete lined (SCL) tunnels, covering all aspects of SCL tunnelling – from the constituents of sprayed concrete to detailed design and management during construction.

Materials, Mechanical Properties and Performance

Selected Contents: 1. What is an SCL Tunnel? 2. Sprayed Concrete 3. Construction Methods 4. Design Approaches 5. Design Tools 6. Construction Management 7. Case Studies

Increases in computer power have now enabled engineers to combine materials science with structural mechanics in the design and the assessment of concrete structures. The techniques developed have become especially useful for the performance assessment of such structures under coupled mechanistic and environmental actions. This allows effective management of infrastructure over a much longer life cycle, thus satisfying the requirements for durability and sustainability.

Alun Thomas, Mott MacDonald, UK

2008: 234 x 156: 264pp Hb: 978-0-415-36864-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02899-5

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Multi-Phase, Multi-Chemo-Physical Modelling of Structural Concrete 2. Hydration of Cement in Concrete 3. Micro Pore-Structure and Moisture 4. Transport of Carbon Dioxide and Carbonation 5. Calcium Ion Transport and Leaching 6. Chloride Ion Transport and Corrosion 7. Time-Dependent Mechanics of Cement Hydrates 8. Time-Dependent Mechanics of Structural Concrete 9. Structural Mechanics of Damaged Concrete Structures 10. Fatigue Life of Structural Concrete

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415368643

2008: 234 x 156: 672pp Hb: 978-0-415-46554-0: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92720-5

Luping Tang, Chalmers University of Technology, Sweden, Lars-Olof Nilsson, Lund Institute of Technology, Sweden and P A Muhammed Basheer, Queen’s University Belfast, UK

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465540

FRP Composites for Reinforced and Prestressed Concrete Structures A Guide to Fundamentals and Design for Repair and Retrofit Perumalsamy Balaguru, Rutgers University, USA, Antonio Nanni and James Giancaspro, both at University of Miami, USA Series: Structural Engineering: Mechanics and Design

Design guidelines for FRPís have been developed by professional organizations in a number of countries including USA, Japan, Europe and China, but until now designers have had no publication which provides practical guidance or accessible coverage of the fundamentals.

This book fills this void. It deals with the fundamentals of composites, and basic design principles, and provides step-by-step guidelines for design. Its main theme is the repair and retrofit of un-reinforced, reinforced and prestressed concrete structures using carbon, glass and other high strength fibre composites. Methods for evaluating the strengthened structures are presented, including flow charts, for the various structural components, and design examples and practice problems are used to illustrate. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Constituent Materials 3. Fabrication Techniques 4. Common Repair Systems 5. Flexure: Reinforced Concrete 6. Flexure: Prestressed Concrete 7. Shear in Beams 8. Columns 9. Load Testing 2008: 234 x 156: 336pp Hb: 978-0-415-44854-3: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92688-8

Forthcoming in 2011

Resistance of Concrete to Chloride Ingress Testing and Modelling

Resistance of Concrete to Chloride Ingress sets out current understanding of chloride transport mechanisms, test methods and prediction models. It describes basic mechanisms and theories, and classifies the commonly used parameters and their units which expressing chloride and its transport properties in concrete. Laboratory test methods and in-field applicable test methods, including precision results from inter-laboratory comparison tests, are then outlined. Some of the fundamentals of models are explained, and the different types of models are then analyzed theoretically and critically. Analytical and probabilistic approaches are used to analyze the sensitivity of various models and the results from a benchmarking evaluation of different models are presented and discussed. Guidelines for the practical use of test methods and models are given, including tests for in-situ applications, and test methods validated by the precision results are detailed.

Cement-Based Composites Andrzej M. Brandt, Institute of Fundamental Technological Research, Poland Cement-Based Composites takes a different approach from most other books in the field by viewing concrete as an advanced composite material, and by considering the properties and behaviour of cement-based materials from this stance. It deals particularly, but not exclusively, with newer forms of cement-based materials. This new edition takes a critical approach to the subject as well as presenting up-to-date knowledge. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Composites and Multiphase Materials 3. Concrete-Like Composites 4. Components of Cement Based Composites 5. Reinforcement of Cement-Based Composites 6. Structure of Cement Composites 7. Interfaces 8. Strength and Deformability Under Short-Term Static Load 9. Cracking in Cement Matrices and Propagation of Cracks 10. Fracture and Failure of Material Structures 11. Behaviour of Cement Matrix Composites in Various Service Conditions 12. Design and Optimization of Cement Based Composites 13.High-Strength Concrete and High Performance Concretes 14. Application and Development of Cement-Based Composites 2009: 234 x 156: 544pp Hb: 978-0-415-40909-4: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88903-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409094

2nd Edition

Structure and Performance of Cements P. Barnes and J. Bensted

The book draws to a large extent on the Chlortest project, which involved seventeen partners from ten European countries, and serves as an authoritative guide.

2001: 246 x 189: 584pp Hb: 978-0-419-23330-5: £155.00 eBook: 978-0-203-47778-6

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Chloride Transport in Concrete 3. Test Methods and Precision Results 4. Modelling of Chloride Ingress 5. Evaluation of Models 6. Guidelines for Practical. Use of Test Methods. Appendix: Proposed Test Methods

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419233305

Michael A. Caldarone, CTL Group, USA

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415486149

Testing of Concrete in Structures John H. Bungey, S.G. Millard and Michael G. Grantham 2006: 234 x 156: 352pp Hb: 978-0-415-26301-6: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96514-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415263016

e-Inspection

High-Strength Concrete A Practical Guide

January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-48614-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88241-2

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415448543

Complimentary Exam Copy

2nd Edition

Illustrated with real life examples, this practical book from a highly experience author presents clearly the means and methods for designing, producing and using high-strength concrete. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Constituent Materials 3. Mixture Development and Evaluation 4. Properties 5. Specifications 6. Production and Delivery 7. Placement Consolidation and Finishing 8. Curing 9.Quality Control and Testing 10. Problem Solving 11. Summary 2008: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-40432-7: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96249-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415404327

New in Paperback Companion Website


c on c r e t e

3rd Edition

4th Edition

Design of Structural Elements

Handbook of Road Technology

Concrete, Steelwork, Masonry and Timber Designs to British Standards and Eurocodes

M.G. Lay, Consulting Engineer, Australia

Chanakya Arya, University College, London, UK

Now in its third edition this popular textbook provides a concise single volume introduction to the design of structural elements in concrete, steel, timber, masonry and composites. Up to date design principles and guidance are given in line with both British Standards and Eurocodes, current as of late 2007. An accompanying solutions manual is available online.

Selected Contents: Part 1: Introduction to Structural Design 1. Philosophy of Design 2. Basic Structural Concepts and Material Properties Part 2: Structural Design to British Standards 3. Design in Reinforced Concrete to BS8110/BS8500 4. Design in Structural Steelwork to BS5950 5. Design in Unreinforced Masonry to BS5628, BS EN771, BS EN845 and BS EN998 6. Design in Timber to BS5268 Part 3: Structural Design to the Eurocodes 7. The Structural Eurocodes: An Introduction 8. Eurocode 2: Design of Concrete Structures 9. Eurocode 3: Design of Steel Structures 10. Eurocode 6: Masonry Design 11. Eurocode 5: Timber Design

This fully revised fourth edition of Max Lay’s well-established reference work covers all aspects of the technology of roads and road transport, and urban and rural road technology. It forms a comprehensive but accessible reference for all professionals and students interested in roads, road transport and the wide range of disciplines involved with roads.

International in scope, it begins with the preliminary construction procedures; from road planning policies and design considerations to the selection of materials and the building of roads and bridges. It then explores road operating environments that include driver behaviour, traffic flow, lighting and maintenance, and assesses the cost, economics, transport implications and environmental impact of road use. It draws on Max Lay’s unparalleled consulting and operational experience in the financing, planning, design, construction, operation and management of roads in various countries. It forms an indispensable resource for transport planning, engineering, operations and economics.

Edited by David A. Nethercot

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Definitions 3. History of Roads 4. The Management of Roads 5. Road Needs 6. Road Location 7. Residential Streets 8. Pavement Materials 9. Water in Pavements 10. Stabilisation 11. Pavement Design 12. Bituminous Pavements 13. Drainage 14. Pavement Performance 15. Bridges 16. Driver Behaviour 17. Traffic Flow and Capacity 18. Speeds 19. Road Geometry 20. Intersections 21. Traffic Signs 22. Pavement Markings 23. Traffic Signals 24. Lighting 25. Construction 26. Maintenance 27. Road Vehicles 28. Safety 29. Road User Costs and Charges 30. Road Transport 31. Transport Planning 32. Environmental Factors 33. Peripheral Technologies

2003: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-24662-0: £85.00

2009: 246 x 174: 944pp Hb: 978-0-415-47265-4: £150.00

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415246620

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472654

Structural Renovation in Concrete

Multifunctional Cement-Based Materials

Zongjin Li, Christopher Leung and Yunping Xi, all at Hong Kong University of Science and Technology

Deborah D. L. Chung

2009: 246 x 189: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-46719-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46720-9: £29.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467209

Composite Construction

The mechanisms by which buildings and infrastructures degrade are complex, as are the procedures and methods for inspection and rehabilitation. This book examines problems caused by non-uniform deformation changes, poor durability, and disasters such as earthquakes and fire. It caters for students and academics world-wide and is useful for engineering professionals.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Degradation of Buildings and Infrastructures 3. Inspection and Evaluation 4. Conventional Repair and Strengthening Techniques 5. Basic Knowledge of Fibrous Composite 6. Innovative Repair and Retrofitting with Fibrous Composites 2009: 234 x 156: 368pp Hb: 978-0-415-42371-7: £58.00

Series: Civil and Environmental Engineering 2003: 279 x 216: 320pp Hb: 978-0-8247-4610-0: £66.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780824746100

2nd Edition

Wind Loading of Structures John D. Holmes This book will assist the practising engineer in understanding the principles of wind engineering, and provide guidance on the successful design of structures to counteract wind loading problems. 2007: 234 x 156: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-40946-9: £105.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409469

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423717

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Structural Analysis A Unified Classical and Matrix Approach Amin Ghali, Adam Neville and Tom G. Brown, all at University of Calgary, Canada

This comprehensive textbook, now in its sixth edition, combines classical and matrix-based methods of structural analysis and develops them concurrently. New solved examples and problems have been added, giving over 140 worked examples and more than 400 problems with answers.

Its introductory chapter on structural analysis modelling gives a good grounding to the beginner, showing how structures can be modelled as beams, plane or space frames and trusses, plane grids or assemblages of finite element. Idealization of loads, anticipated deformations, deflected shapes and bending moment diagrams are presented. Readers are also shown how to idealize real three-dimensional structures into simplified models that can be analyzed with little or no calculation, or by more involved calculations using computers. Dynamic analysis, essential for structures subject to seismic ground motion, is further developed in this edition and in a code-neutral manner. The topic of structural reliability analysis is discussed in a new chapter. Translated into six languages, this textbook is of considerable international renown, and is widely recommended by many civil and structural engineering lecturers to their students because of its clear and thorough style and content. Selected Contents: 1. Structural Analysis Modelling 2. Statically Determinate Structures 3. Introduction to the Analysis of Statically Indeterminate Structures 4. Force Method of Analysis 5. Displacement Method of Analysis 6. Use of Force and Displacement Methods 7. Strain Energy and Virtual Work 8. Determination of Displacements by Virtual Work 9. Important Energy Theorems 10. Displacement of Elastic Structures by Special Methods 11. Application of Force and Fisplacement Methods 12. Influence Lines for Beams, Frames Grids, Arches, and Trusses 13. Effects of Axial Forces on Flexural Stiffness 14. Analysis of Shear-Wall Structures 15. Method of Finite Differences 16. Finite-Element Method 17. Further Development of Finite-Element Method 18. Plastic Analysis of Continuous Beams and Frames 19. Yield-Line and Strip Methods for Slabs 20. Structural Dynamics and Seismic Analysis 21. Computer Analysis of Framed Structures 22. Implementation of Computer Analysis 23. Nonlinear Analysis 24. Structural Reliability Analysis 2009: 246 x 189: 864pp Hb: 978-0-415-77432-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-77433-8: £39.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415774338

119


co ncret e

120

Structural and Stress Analysis

New

3rd Edition

Theories, Tutorials and Examples

Structural Optimization Dynamic and Seismic Applications

Concrete Mix Design, Quality Control and Specification

Jianqiao Ye, University of Leeds, UK

Summarizing major concepts and key points, this book tests students’ knowledge of the principal theories in structural and stress analysis. Its main feature is helping students to understand the subject by asking and answering conceptual questions. Each chapter begins with a summary of key issues and relevant formulas. A ‘key points’ review identifies important concepts which are essential for students’ understanding of the chapter. Numerical examples are used to illustrate these concepts and demonstrate the application of the formulas. A short discussion of the problem is provided, before the solution is revealed, to ensure that students know not only how but also why a formula should be used. Structural and Stress Analysis is particularly useful for students preparing for exams. Working through these conceptual questions, and reviewing the key points summarized in this book, provides a structured approach to assess whether or not the subject has been understood and to identify the area where further revision is needed. It is also a useful reference for those who are taking an advanced structural and stress analysis course.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Axial Tension and Compression 3. Torsion 4. Shear and Bending Moment 5. Bending Stresses in Symmetric Beams 6. Deflection of Beams Under Bending 7. Complex Stresses 8. Complex Strains and Strain Gauges 9. Theories of Elastic Failure 10. Buckling of Columns 11. Energy Method 2008: 246 x 174: 232pp Hb: 978-0-415-36865-0: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36879-7: £34.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415368797

Franklin Y. Cheng, Civil, Architectural and Environmental Engineering, University of Missouri, Rolla, USA and Kevin Z Truman Series: Structural Engineering: Mechanics and Design

Today’s biggest structural engineering challenge is to design better structures, and a key issue is the need to take an integrated approach which balances control of costs with the requirement for handling earthquakes and other dynamic forces. Structural optimization is based on rigorous mathematical formulation and requires computation algorithms for sizing structural elements and synthesizing systems. Now that the right software and enough computing power are readily available, professionals can now develop a suite of alternative designs and a select suitable one. A thoroughly-written and practical book on structural optimization is long overdue. This solid book comprehensively presents current optimization strategies, illustrated with sufficient examples of the design of elements and systems and presenting descriptions of the process and results. Emphasis is given to dynamic loading, in particular to seismic forces. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Structural Optimization 2. Fundamentals of Linear Programming 3. Linear Programming Optimization of Elastic Structural Systems 4. Introduction to Nonlinear Programming 5. Optimization of Rigid Frames 6. Gradient Based Search Techniques 7. Energy Distribution for Optimality Criterion 8. Generalized Optimality Criteria Approach 9. Generalized Optimality Criteria Applied to Statically and Dynamically Loaded Structural Systems 10. Generalized Optimality Criteria Techniques 11. Nondeterministic Structural Optimization and Parametric Assessments 12. Multiobjective Optimization with Genetic Algorithm, Fuzzy Logic and Game Theory. Appendices June 2010: 234 x 156: 640pp Hb: 978-0-415-42370-0: £95.00

Precast Concrete Materials, Manufacture, Properties and Usage

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415268462

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415393133

Alkali-Activated Cements and Concretes Caijun Shi, Della Roy and Pavel Krivenko 2005: 234 x 156: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-70004-7: £125.00 eBook: 978-0-203-39067-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415700047

Non-Linear Mechanics of Reinforced Concrete K. Maekawa, H. Okamura and A. Pimanmas 2003: 234 x 156: 768pp Hb: 978-0-415-27126-4: £140.00 eBook: 978-0-203-30288-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415271264

3rd Edition

Reinforced Concrete Design Theory and Examples Prab Bhatt, T.J. MacGinley and Ban Seng Choo 2005: 234 x 156: 720pp Hb: 978-0-415-30795-6: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-30796-3: £38.99 eBook: 978-0-203-40438-6

Concrete Pavement Design, Construction, and Performance

2nd Edition

2007: 234 x 156: 224pp Hb: 978-0-415-26846-2: £89.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93435-7

2006: 234 x 156: 384pp Hb: 978-0-415-39313-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96787-4

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415307963

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415423700

Maurice Levitt

Ken W. Day

Norbert Delatte 2007: 234 x 156: 392pp Hb: 978-0-415-40970-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96108-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409704

Concrete Pavement Design Guidance Notes Geoffrey Griffiths and Nick Thom 2007: 234 x 156: 192pp Hb: 978-0-415-25451-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96206-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415254519

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


geotechnical engineering: General Geotechnics

geotechnical engineering

Modern Concrete Technology Arnon Benturand and Sydney Mindless Forthcoming in 2011

Aggregates in Concrete

Workability and Rheology of Flowable and Self-Consolidating Concrete

Mark Alexander and Sidney Mindess

Kamal H. Khayat, University of Sherbrooke, Canada and Olafur Wallevik, Icelandic Building Research Institute, Iceland

Series: Modern Concrete Technology 2005: 234 x 156: 448pp Hb: 978-0-415-25839-5: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96369-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415258395

Series: Modern Concrete Technology Covering both the fundamental and practical aspects of the rheology of cement-based materials, this book is a valuable guide for using SCC. It particularly emphasizes testing protocols and methods, directed for assessing the rheology and workability of highly flowable concrete and SCC. It also explains the effects of material characteristics, mixing conditions, and mix design parameters. Also covered are factors influencing the packing characteristics of aggregate, admixture demand, workability loss, robustness in production, surface quality, thixotropy and form pressure. Case studies highlight the techniques discussed, while relating the properties of fresh and hardened concrete to basic rheological parameters, such as the influence of combined yield stress and viscosity on the flow of SCC in a restricted area (filling capacity). A key reference for professionals, which also offers graduate students a good grounding in the use of SCC. January 2011: 234 x 156: 256pp Hb: 978-0-415-47550-1: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89093-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415475501

Binders for Durable and Sustainable Concrete Pierre-Claude Aïtcin Series: Modern Concrete Technology 2007: 234 x 156: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-38588-6: £99.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94048-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415385886

Fibre Reinforced Cementitious Composites

Diffusion of Chloride in Concrete Theory and Application L. Mejlbro and E. Poulsen Series: Modern Concrete Technology 2005: 234 x 156: 480pp Hb: 978-0-419-25300-6: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96371-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419253006

Fundamentals of Durable Reinforced Concrete Mark G. Richardson Series: Modern Concrete Technology 2002: 234 x 156: 272pp Hb: 978-0-419-23780-8: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-22319-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419237808

Pore Structure of Cement-Based Materials Testing, Interpretation and Requirements Kalliopi K. Aligizaki Series: Modern Concrete Technology 2005: 234 x 156: 432pp Hb: 978-0-419-22800-4: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-30212-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419228004

Arnon Bentur and Sidney Mindess Series: Modern Concrete Technology This book covers the fundamental scientific principles on modified fibres and describes the properties of specified systems with different types of fibres. It includes an up to date reference list and extensive sets of tables. 2006: 234 x 156: 624pp Hb: 978-0-415-25048-1: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-08872-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415250481

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

General Geotechnics Decoding Eurocode 7 Andrew Bond, Geocentrix Ltd, UK and Andrew Harris, Tony Gee and Partners, UK

’Well presented, clear and unambiguous ...I have no hesitation in recommending Decoding Eurocode 7 to both students and practitioners as an authoritative, practical text, representing excellent value for money.’ – Tony Bracegirdle, Engineering Structures ’A beautifully written and presented book.’ – Yul Tammo, Cornwall County Council, UK

Decoding Eurocode 7 provides a detailed examination of Eurocode 7 Parts 1 and 2 and an overview of the associated European and International standards. The detail of the code is set out in summary tables and diagrams, with extensive. Fully annotated worked examples demonstrate how to apply it to real designs. Flow diagrams explain how reliability is introduced into design and mind maps gather related information into a coherent framework. Written by authors who specialize in lecturing on the subject, Decoding Eurocode 7 explains the key principles and application rules of Eurocode 7 in a logical and simple manner. Invaluable for practitioners, as well as for high-level students and researchers working in geotechnical fields. Selected Contents: Prologue 1. The Structural Eurocodes 2. Basis of Structural Design 3. General Rules for Geotechnical Design 4. Ground Investigation and Testing 5. Ground Characterization 6. Verification of Strength 7. Verification of Stability 8. Verification of Serviceability 9. Design of Slopes and Embankments 10. Design of Footings 11. Design of Gravity Walls 12. Design of Embedded Walls 13. Design of Piles 14. Design of Anchorages 15. Execution of Geotechnical Works 16. Geotechnical Reports Epilogue Appendix 1. Slope Stability Design Charts Appendix 2. Earth Pressure Coefficients Appendix 3. Notes on the Worked Examples Spon Press 2008: 234 x 156: 616pp: 229 line drawings: 20 tables Hb: 978-0-415-40948-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93772-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409483

121


geotechnical en gin eeri n g: General Geotechnics

122

In Situ Testing in Geomechanics

Reliability-Based Design in Geotechnical Engineering

The Main Tests

Computations and Applications

Fernando Schnaid, Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil

Edited by Kok-Kwang Phoon, National University of Singapore

• Standard Penetration Tests

This book encourages geotechnical engineers to apply reliability-based design in a realistic context that recognizes the complex variabilities in geomaterials. It provides geotechnical examples illustrating reliability analyses and design.

• Cone Penetration Tests • Vane Test • Pressuremeter Tests • Dilatometer Tests If you use or need to know how to use any or all of these tests, then this is the book for you. Fernando Schnaid takes each test in turn, showing how and when to use them. The tests are illustrated with nearly 200 figures and photographs, as well as real examples from companies including A.P. van den Berg and Fugro Ltd. Ideal for practising engineers in the fields of Geomechanics and Environmental Engineering, this book solves numerous common problems in site characterization. Also a helpful guide for students coming to the end of their engineering courses and looking to work in this sector.

Spon Press 2008: 234 x 156: 544pp 179 line drawings: 74 tables: 2 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-39630-1: £89.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93424-1 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415396301

3rd Edition

Advanced Soil Mechanics Braja M. Das, California State University, Sacramento, USA

This revised and updated third edition presents a step-by-step guide to all aspects of the subject and addresses a wide range of topics in a logical and extensively illustrated approach, along with examples, problems and extensive equations.

Spon Press 2008: 234 x 156: 352pp 153 line drawings: 45 tables: 41 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-43385-3: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-43386-0: £29.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93133-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415433860

2nd Edition

Geotechnical Engineering Renato Lancellotta, Politecnico di Torino, Italy

Established as a standard textbook for students of geotechnical engineering, this second edition of Geotechnical Engineering provides a solid grounding in the mechanics of soils and soil-structure interaction.

Renato Lancellotta gives a clear presentation of the fundamental principles of soil mechanics and demonstrates how these principles are applied in practice to engineering problems and geotechnical design. This is supported by numerous examples with worked solutions, clear summaries and extensive further reading lists throughout the book. Thorough coverage is given to all classic soil mechanics topics such as boundary value problems and serviceability of structures and to topics which are often missed out of other books or covered more briefly including the principles of continuum mechanics, Critical State Theory and innovative techniques such as seismic methods. Selected Contents: 1. Nature and Composition of Soils 2. Principles of Continuum Mechanics 3. Constitutive Models 4. The Porous Medium 5. Mechanical Behaviour of Soils 6. Flow in Porous Media 7. In Situ Investigations 8. The Collapse of Soil Structures 9. Performance and Serviceability of Structures

Selected Contents: 1. Soil Aggregate, Plasticity, and Classification 2. Stresses and Strains – Elastic Equilibrium 3. Stresses and Displacements in a Soil Mass 4. Pore Water Pressure Due to Undrained Loading 5. Permeability and Seepage 6. Consolidation 7. Shear Strength of Soils 8. Settlement of Shallow Foundations Spon Press 2008: 234 x 156: 600pp: 362 line drawings: 62 tables Hb: 978-0-415-42026-6: £55.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93584-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420266

Advanced Unsaturated Soil Mechanics and Engineering Charles W. W. Ng and Bruce Menzies Analytical and comprehensive, this state-of-the-art book examines the mechanics and engineering of unsaturated soils, as well as explaining the laboratory and field testing and research that are the logical basis of this modern approach to safe construction in these hazardous geomaterials; putting them into a logical framework for civil engineering and design. Spon Press 2007: 234 x 156: 712pp 335 line drawings: 65 tables: 18 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-43679-3: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93972-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436793

2nd Edition

The Mechanics of Soils and Foundations John Atkinson

An update of the hugely useful first edition, this textbook explains the theoretical basis of geomechanics for civil engineers and its practical applications.

Selected Contents: Simple Experiments 1. Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering 2. Basic Mechanics 3. Material Behaviour 4. Structure of the Earth 5. Classification 6. Pore Pressure, Effective Stress, Drainage 7. Laboratory Testing 8. Compression and Swelling 9. Critical State Strength 10. Peak States 11. Behaviour before Failure 12. Cam Clay 13. Stiffness 14. Steady State Seepage 15. Consolidation 16. Natural Soils 17. Ground Investigations 18. Soil Parameters for Design 19. Ultimate Stability of Soil Structures Using Bound Methods 20. Limit Equilibrium Method 21. Slope Stability 22. Bearing Capacity and Settlement of Shallow Foundations 23. Piled Foundations 24. Earth Pressure and Stability of Retaining Walls 25. Tunnelling in Soft Ground 26. Behaviour of Unsaturated Soils 27. Centrifuge Modeling 28. Concluding Remarks Spon Press 2007: 246 x 174: 480pp: 32 tables Hb: 978-0-415-36255-9: £80.00 Pb: 978-0-415-36256-6: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-01288-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415362566

Handbook of Geotechnical Investigation and Design Tables Burt G. Look This practical handbook of properties for soils and rock contains, in a concise tabular format, the key issues relevant to geotechnical investigations, assessments and designs in common practice. In addition, there are brief notes on the application of the tables. These data tables are compiled for experienced geotechnical professionals who require a reference document to access key information. There is an extensive database of correlations for different applications. The book should provide a useful bridge between soil and rock mechanics theory and its application to practical engineering solutions. Selected Contents: 1. Site Investigation 2. Soil Classification 3. Rock Classification 4. Field Sampling and Testing 5. Soil Strength Parameters from Testing 6. Rock Strength Parameters from Testing 7. Soil Properties and the state of the Soil 8. Permeability and its influence 9. Rock Properties 10. Material and Testing Variability 11. Deformation Parameters 12. Earthworks 13. Subgrades and Pavements 14. Slopes 15. Terrain Assessment, Drainage and Erosion 16. Geosynthetics 17. File Specifications 18. Rock Mass Classification Systems 19. Earth Pressures 20. Retaining Walls 21. Soil Foundations 22. Rock Foundations 23. Movements 24. Appendix – Loading 25. References Taylor & Francis 2007: 246 x 174: 346pp Pb: 978-0-415-43038-8: £64.99 eBook: 978-0-203-94660-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415430388

Spon Press 2008: 246 x 174: 520pp: 299 line drawings: 16 tables Hb: 978-0-415-42003-7: £95.00 Pb: 978-0-415-42004-4: £34.99 eBook: 978-0-203-92783-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420044

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


geot e c h n i cal e n g i n e e rin g : Foundations and Piling

Introductory Geotechnical Engineering

Problem Solving in Soil Mechanics

An Environmental Perspective

A. Aysen

Hsai-Yang Fang and John L. Daniels Integrating and blending traditional theory with particle-energy-field theory, this book provides a framework for the analysis of soil behaviour under varied environmental conditions. Spon Press 2006: 246 x 174: 576pp 223 line drawings: 72 tables: 2 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-30401-6: £127.50 Pb: 978-0-415-30402-3: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-40352-5

Taylor & Francis 2004: 246 x 174: 195pp Pb: 978-0-415-38392-9: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415383929

2nd Edition

Soil Mechanics Concepts and Applications

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415304023

William Powrie

2nd Edition

Spon Press 2004: 246 x 174: 704pp: 22 line drawings Hb: 978-0-415-31155-7: £125.00 Pb: 978-0-415-31156-4: £35.00

Planning and Design of Engineering Systems Graeme Dandy, David Walker, Trevor Daniell and Robert Warner Providing students with a commonsense approach to the solution of engineering problems and packed full with practical case studies, this book is a comprehensive introduction to the scope and nature of engineering.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415311564

Geotechnical Modelling David Muir Wood Series: Applied Geotechnics

Spon Press 2007: 234 x 156: 416pp: 100 line drawings Pb: 978-0-415-40552-2: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96080-6

Spon Press 2004: 234 x 156: 504pp Hb: 978-0-415-34304-6: £110.00 Pb: 978-0-419-23730-3: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-47797-7

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415405522

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419237303

New

Offshore Geotechnical Engineering Mark Randolph and Susan Gourvenec, both at University of Western Australia, Perth, Australia

Design practice in offshore geotechnical engineering has grown out of onshore practice, but the two application areas have tended to diverge over the last 30 years, driven partly by the scale of the foundation and anchoring elements used offshore, and partly by fundamental differences in construction and installation techniques. As a consequence offshore geotechnical engineering has grown as a speciality. The structure of Offshore Geotechnical Engineering follows a pattern that mimics the flow of a typical offshore project. In the early chapters it provides a brief overview of the marine environment, offshore site investigation techniques and interpretation of soil behaviour. It proceeds to cover geotechnical design of piled foundations, shallow foundations and anchoring systems. Three topics are then covered which require a more multi-disciplinary approach: the design of mobile drilling rigs, pipelines and geohazards. This book serves as a framework for undergraduate and postgraduate courses, and will appeal to professional engineers specializing in the offshore industry. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. The Offshore Environment 3. Offshore Site Investigation 4. Soil Behaviour 5. Piled Foundations 6. Shallow Foundations 7. Anchoring Systems 8. Mobile Drilling Rigs 9. Pipeline and Riser Geotechnics 10. Geohazards

Soil Mechanics Basic Concepts and Engineering Applications A. Aysen

Spon Press November 2010: 246 x 174: 576pp 400 line drawings: 33 tables: 103 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-47744-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88909-1

Written with students and professors in mind and packed full of pedagogical features, this book provides integrated and comprehensive coverage of introductory and advanced topics in soil mechanics. It includes worked examples that elucidate the technical content and facilitate self-learning. The text’s convenient structure enables it to be used throughout two, three, and four year undergraduate courses.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415477444

Pile Design and Construction Practice

Taylor & Francis 2006: 246 x 174: 468pp: 306 illustrations Pb: 978-0-415-38393-6: £48.99

Michael J. Tomlinson and John Woodward

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415383936

An essential handbook for engineers responsible for undertaking the design and construction of piled foundations for building and civil engineering projects and students seeking comprehensive information on the subject. This updated fifth edition includes the latest revision of Eurocode 7, the BS Code of Practice for Maritime Structures and recently introduced piling equipment and methods.

An Introduction to Geotechnical Processes John Woodward Spon Press 2005: 297 x 210: 136pp 30 illustrations: 113 line drawings: 11 tables Hb: 978-0-415-28645-9: £61.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28646-6: £25.99 eBook: 978-0-203-50488-8

Foundations and Piling

www.facebook.com/pages/Taylor-FrancisBuilt-Environment-Books/8081119955

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415286466

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Spon Press 2007: 246 x 174: 568pp 265 line drawings: 83 tables: 42 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-38582-4: £105.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96429-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415385824

123


124

geotechnical en gin eeri n g: Foundations and Piling

Forthcoming in 2011 2nd Edition

Single Piles and Pile Groups Under Lateral Loading Lymon C. Reese, University of Austin, Texas, USA and Willem van Impe, Ghent University, Belgium This second edition of Reese and Van Impe’s book has been extensively revised to be compatible in the classroom setting. New features include homework problems with solution aides presented by the student version of the software as well as new case studies and updated existing case studies that agree with modern methods of characterizing soil properties. Selected Contents: 1. Techniques for Design 2. Derivation of Equations and Methods of Solution 3. Models for Response of Soil and Weak Rock 4. Structural Characteristics of Piles 5. Analysis of Groups of Piles Subjected to Inclined and Eccentric Loading 6. Analysis of Single Piles and Groups of Piles Subjected to Active and Passive Loading 7. Case Sudies 8. Testing of Full-sized Piles 9. Implementation of Factors of Safety 10. Suggestions for Design. References. Author Index. Subject Index CRC Press January 2011: 246 x 174: 500pp Hb: 978-0-415-46988-3: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-46989-0: £49.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469890

3rd Edition

Piling Engineering Ken Fleming, Late Consulting Engineer, Austin Weltman, Tony Gee & Partners, UK, Mark Randolph, University of Western Australia, Perth and Keith Elson, Consulting Engineer, UK This third edition of the well established book has been comprehensively updated. It provides an accessible and well-illustrated account of design techniques, methods of testing and analysis of piles, with a marked emphasis on practice but with design methods that incorporate the most recent advances in piling theory. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Site Investigation for Piling 3. Basic Piling methods 4. Design of Single Piles 5. Design of Pile Groups 6. Retaining Walls 7. Problems in Pile Construction 8. Integrity Testing 9. Pile Testing 10. Choice of Piling Method and Economics of Design Spon Press 2008: 246 x 174: 408pp 200 line drawings: 5 tables: 66 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-26646-8: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93764-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415266468

Advances in Deep Foundations International Workshop on Recent Advances of Deep Foundations (IWDPF07) 1–2 February 2007, Port and Airport Research Institute, Yokosuka, Japan Edited by Yoshiaki Kikuchi, Jun Otani, Makoto Kimura and Yoshiyuki Morikawa Taylor & Francis 2007: 246 x 174: 437pp Hb: 978-0-415-43629-8: £120.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93841-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415436298

Linear and Non-linear Numerical Analysis of Foundations Edited by John W. Bull, University of Newcastle, UK Correctly understanding, designing and analyzing the foundations that support structures is fundamental to their safety. This book by a range of academic, design and contracting world experts provides a review of the state-of-the-art techniques for modelling foundations using both linear and non linear numerical analysis. It applies to a range of infrastructure, civil engineering and structural engineering projects and allows designers, engineers, architects, researchers and clients to understand some of the advanced numerical techniques used in the analysis and design of foundations.

Tunnelling and Underground

Selected Contents: 1. Dams 2. Deep Excavations 3. Deformations 4. Foundations 5. Liquefaction 6. Offshore 7. Piles 8. Site Investigations 9. Vibrations Spon Press 2009: 234 x 156: 464pp 297 line drawings: 100 tables: 18 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-42050-1: £100.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88777-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420501

Introduction to Tunnel Construction David Chapman and Nicole Metje both at University of Birmingham, UK and Alfred Stärk, Beton- und Monierbau GmbH, Austria Series: Applied Geotechnics Series

Tunnelling provides a robust solution to a variety of engineering challenges. It is a complex process, which requires a firm understanding of the ground conditions as well as structural issues. This book covers the whole range of areas which you need to know in order to embark upon a career in tunnelling. It also includes a number of case studies of real tunnel projects, to demonstrate how the theory applies in practice. The coverage includes: • both hard rock and soft ground conditions

Slope Stability Analysis and Stabilization New Methods and Insight

• site investigation, parameter selection and design considerations • methods of improving the stability of the ground and lining techniques • descriptions of the various tunnelling techniques

Y.M. Cheng, Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong and C.K. Lau, James Lau & Associates, Hong Kong

New

A critical review of methods for the analysis and design of slopes offering several new approaches for overcoming numerical convergence and the location of critical failure surfaces. It gives practical advice and design resources for the engineer.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Slope Stability Analysis Method 3. Location of Critical Failure Surface, Convergence and Other Problems 4 .Discussion on Limit Equilibrium and Finite Element Methods for Slope Stability Analysis 5. Three-dimensional Slope Stability Analysis 6. Implementation. Appendix Spon Press 2008: 234 x 156: 264pp 15 line drawings: 41 talbes: 11 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-42172-0: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-92795-3

• health and safety considerations • monitoring of tunnels during construction. Clear, concise and heavily illustrated, this is a vital text for final year undergraduate and MSc students and an invaluable starting point for young professionals. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction to Tunnelling 2. Site Investigation and Laboratory and Field Testing 3. Tunnelling Techniques 4. Tunnelling Design Issues 5. Modelling 6. Monitoring 7. Case Studies 8. Summary of Key Aspects 9. Bibliography Spon Press May 2010: 246 x 174: 416pp 167 line drawings: 31 tables: 154 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46841-1: £90.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46842-8: £39.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89515-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468428

Surface and Underground Excavations Methods, Techniques and Equipment

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415421720

Ratan Raj Tatiya Taylor & Francis 2005: 246 x 174: 576pp Hb: 978-90-5809-627-2: £140.00 eBook: 978-1-4398-3422-0

Deep Excavation Theory and Practice

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9789058096272

Chang-Yu Ou Taylor & Francis 2006: 246 x 174: 532pp 422 illustrations: 403 line drawings: 55 tables: 19 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-40330-6: £133.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96834-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415403306

Complimentary Exam Copy

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


geote ch n i cal e n g i n e e rin g : Tunnelling and Underground

Sprayed Concrete Lined Tunnels

Cut-and-Cover Metro Structures

Technology Innovation in Underground Construction

Geo-Structural Design: An Integrated Approach

Edited by Gernot Beer, Institute for Structural Analysis, Graz University of Technology, Austria

Series:Applied Geotechnics Series

New

Krishan Kaul, Retired Civil Engineer

Because of their complexity and scale, metro structures capture all the essential aspects of a cut-and-cover structure, and so are given primary focus in this book. The design of a metro construction is outlined coherently and in detail; and the reader is shown how to apply this design process equally well to other, relatively simple, cut-and-cover structures.

Geotechnical and structural engineering principles are combined with both design and construction practice to make this book a unique guide for engineers. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. General Planning 3. Structural Form 4. Construction Overview 5. Ground and Wall Support 6. Groundwater Control 7. Interaction – I 8. Interaction – II 9. Interaction – III 10. Conceptual Design 11. Engineering Properties of Soils 12. Identification of Loads 13. Assessment of Earth Pressures 14. Assessment of Surcharge Loads, 15. Assessment of Seismic Loads, 16. Slurry Trench Stability – I 17. Slurry Trench Stability – II 18. Groundwater Flow, 19. Phenomenon of Heave 20. Prediction of Heave 21. Containment of Heave 22. Flotation 23. Design Parameters 24. Load Factors & Combinations 25. Modelling & Boundary Conditions 26. Structural Analysis – I 27. Structural Analysis – II. Appendices: A. Typical Loadings & Parameters B. Design of Derailment Barrier C. Identification of Soil Types D. Stability of Simple Slopes E. Diffusion of Stress Relief Spon Press April 2010: 246 x 174: 704pp 332 line drawings: 55 tables: 6 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46907-4: £120.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89483-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469074

Mechanized Tunnelling in Urban Areas

Richly-illustrated reference guide presenting innovative techniques focused on reducing time, cost and risk in the construction and maintenance of underground facilities Intended for professionals and advanced students in underground engineering.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. UCIS – Underground Construction Information System 3. Computer-support for the Design of Underground Structures 4. A Virtual Reality Visualization System for Underground Construction 5. From Laboratory, Geological and TBM Data to Input Parameters for Simulation Models 6. Process-oriented Numerical Simulation of Mechanized Tunneling 7. Computer Simulation of Conventional Construction 8. Optical Fibre Sensing Cable for Underground Settlement Monitoring During Tunneling 9. Tunnel Seismic Exploration and Its Validation Based on Data From TBM Control and Observed Geology 10. Advances in the Steering of Tunnel Boring Machines 11. Real-time Geological Mapping of the Front Face 12. Reducing the Environmental Impact of Tunnel Boring (OSCAR) 13. Safety Assessment During Construction of Shotcrete Tunnel Shells Using Micromechanical Material Models 14. Observed Segment Behaviour During Tunnel Advances 15. Optimizing Rock Cutting Through Computer Simulation 16. Innovative Roadheader Technology for Safe and Economic Tunnelling 17. Tube-à-manchette Installation Using Horizontal Directional Drilling for Soil Grouting 18. TBM Technology for Large to Very Large Tunnel Profiles 19. Real-time Monitoring of the Shotcreting Process 20. Environmentally Friendly, Customised Sprayed Concrete 21. Innovations in Shotcrete Mixes 22. High Performance and Ultra High Performance Concrete Segments – Development and Testing 23. Robotic Tunnel Inspection and Repair 24. An Innovative Geotechnical Characterization Method for Deep Exploration. CRC Press 2009: 246 x 174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-55105-2: £89.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85962-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415551052

Edited by Vittorio Guglielmetti, Piergiorgio Grasso, Ashraf Mahtab and Shulin Xu

This experts’ account of mechanized tunnelling in urban areas covers identification, evaluation and management of the risks involved in construction in urban areas.

Selected Contents: 1. The Modern Tunnel Boring Machine 2. Geological, Hydrological and Geotechnical Contexts 3. Tunnel Design 4. Tunnel Excavation Control 5. Health and Safety Aspects 6. Contract & Construction Aspects 7. Case Histories Taylor & Francis 2007: 246 x 174: 528pp Hb: 978-0-415-42010-5: £104.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93851-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415420105

Alun Thomas, Mott MacDonald, UK

An excellent introduction to the design and construction of sprayed concrete lined (SCL) tunnels, covering all aspects of SCL tunnelling – from the constituents of sprayed concrete to detailed design and management during construction.

Selected Contents: 1. What is an SCL Tunnel? 2. Sprayed Concrete 3. Construction Methods 4. Design Approaches 5. Design Tools 6. Construction Management 7. Case Studies Spon Press 2008: 234 x 156: 264pp 81 line drawings: 50 tables: 35 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-36864-3: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02899-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415368643

Drilled Shafts in Rock Analysis and Design Lianyang Zhang Taylor & Francis 2004: 246 x 174: 394pp Hb: 978-90-5809-650-0: £127.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02442-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9789058096500

Support of Underground Excavations in Hard Rock E. Hoek, P.K. Kaiser and W.F. Bawden Taylor & Francis 2000: 276 x 219: 300pp Hb: 978-90-5410-186-4: £69.99 Pb: 978-90-5410-187-1: £27.99 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9789054101871

View Inside Routledge Books

Did you know that many of our books now have “View Inside” functionality that allows you to browse online content before making any purchasing decisions? For more information visit www.routledge.com.

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

125


geotechnical en gin eeri n g: Pavement Engineering

126

Pavement Engineering

Rock Mechanics, Geology and Mining

Handbook of Road Technology

Concrete Pavement Design, Construction, and Performance

M.G. Lay, Consulting Engineer, Australia

Norbert Delatte

4th Edition

This fully revised fourth edition of Max Lay’s well-established reference work covers all aspects of the technology of roads and road transport, and urban and rural road technology. It forms a comprehensive but accessible reference for all professionals and students interested in roads, road transport and the wide range of disciplines involved with roads.

International in scope, it begins with the preliminary construction procedures; from road planning policies and design considerations to the selection of materials and the building of roads and bridges. It then explores road operating environments that include driver behaviour, traffic flow, lighting and maintenance, and assesses the cost, economics, transport implications and environmental impact of road use. It draws on Max Lay’s unparalleled consulting and operational experience in the financing, planning, design, construction, operation and management of roads in various countries. It forms an indispensable resource for transport planning, engineering, operations and economics. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Definitions 3. History of Roads 4. The Management of Roads 5. Road Needs 6. Road Location 7. Residential Streets 8. Pavement Materials 9. Water in Pavements 10. Stabilisation 11. Pavement Design 12. Bituminous Pavements 13. Drainage 14. Pavement Performance 15. Bridges 16. Driver Behaviour 17. Traffic Flow and Capacity 18. Speeds 19. Road Geometry 20. Intersections 21. Traffic Signs 22. Pavement Markings 23. Traffic Signals 24. Lighting 25. Construction 26. Maintenance 27. Road Vehicles 28. Safety 29. Road User Costs and Charges 30. Road Transport 31. Transport Planning 32. Environmental Factors 33. Peripheral Technologies Spon Press 2009: 246 x 174: 944pp: 200 line drawings Hb: 978-0-415-47265-4: £150.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89253-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415472654

Built Environment Newsletter

Addressing the interactions between the different design and construction variables and techniques this book illustrates best practices for constructing economical, long life concrete pavements. Use is made of modeling and performance tools such as HIPERPAV and LTPP to illustrate behavior and performance, along with some case studies.

Spon Press 2007: 234 x 156: 392pp 25 line drawings: 32 tables: 81 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-40970-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96108-7 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415409704

Concrete Pavement Design Guidance Notes Geoffrey Griffiths and Nick Thom

This practical design guide guides the reader through the principles of concrete pavement design, especially highway and infrastructure projects, illustrating practice and theory with worked examples to UK, European and US standards and codes, with calculations and with case studies relevant across Europe and the USA.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Surface Slab Systems 3. Concrete Bases and Sub-Bases 4. Testing and Specification 5. Concrete Slab Analysis Methods 6. Design Inputs and Assumptions 7. Concrete Pavement Design Methods 8. Composite Pavement Design 9. Joints 10. Detailing Spon Press 2007: 234 x 156: 192pp: 50 line drawings: 33 tables Hb: 978-0-415-25451-9: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-96206-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415254519

Foundations of Engineering Geology Tony Waltham, Retired from Nottingham Trent University, UK

Now in full colour, the third edition of this well established book provides a readable and highly illustrated overview of the aspects of geology that are most significant to civil engineers.

Each topic is presented as a double page spread with a careful mix of text and diagrams, with tabulated reference material on parameters such as bearing strength of soils and rocks. This new edition has been comprehensively updated and covers the entire spectrum of topics of interest for both students and practitioners in the field of civil engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Geology 2. Igneous Rocks 3. Surface Processes 4. Sedimentary Rocks 5. Metamorphic Rocks 6. Geological Structures 7. Geological Maps 8. Map Interpretation 9. Tectonics 10. Boundary Hazards 11. Rocks of Britain 12. Rocks of the US 13. Weathering and Soils 14. Floodplains and Alluvium 15. Glacial Deposits 16. Climatic Variants 17. Coastal Processes 18. Groundwater 19. Ground Investigation 20. Desk Study 21. Ground Investigation Boreholes 22. Geophysical Surveys 23. Assessment of Difficult Ground 24. Rock Strength 25. Rock Mass Strength 26. Soil Strength 27. Ground Subsidence 28. Subsidence on Clays 29. Subsidence on Limestone 30. Subsidence Over Old Mines 31. Mining Subsidence 32. Slope Failure and Landslides 33. Water in Landslides 34. Soil Failures and Flowslides 35. Landslide Hazards 36. Slope Stabilization 37. Ground Conditions 38. Rock Excavation 39. Tunnels in Rock 40. Stone and Aggregate. Appendices. Rock Mass Quality Q System. Abbreviations and Notation. Further Reading. Index Spon Press 2009: 297 x 210: 104pp 180 colour line drawings: 75 tables: 25 colour halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46959-3: £75.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46960-9: £17.99 eBook: 978-0-203-89453-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/978041546960

Guidelines for Open Pit Slope Design John Read, CSIRO, Exploration & Mining, Australia and Peter Stacey, Stacey Mining Geotechnical Ltd, Vancouver, Canada This book will assist open pit mine slope design practitioners, including engineering geologists, geotechnical engineers, mining engineers and civil engineers and mine managers, in meeting stakeholder requirements for pit slopes that are stable, in regards to safety, ore recovery and financial return, for the required life of the mine.

Ensure that you’re kept up-to-date with news and information in your area of interest by signing up to our FREE Built Environment Newsletter.

CRC Press 2009: 279 x 216: 510pp Hb: 978-0-415-87441-0: £89.00

Signing up is quick and easy – simply email built_environment@routledge.com highlighting your areas of interest, and start receiving new title information and special offers direct to your inbox today!

Complimentary Exam Copy

3rd Edition

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415874410

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


geote chn ical e n g i n e e rin g : Rock Mechanics, Geology and Mining

Forthcoming in 2011

Practical Engineering Geology Steve Hencher, University of Leeds, UK Series: Applied Geotechnics Series Emphasizing the link between engineering geology and geotechnical engineering, Steve Hencher takes a broad and fresh view of the tasks faced by engineering geologists. He outlines the fundamental role of engineering geology in civil engineering projects and assesses the various tools which an engineering geologist brings to such a project. Illustrated with a number of case studies and providing reference tables of parameters and properties. This reference is ideal for practising engineering geologists and MSc level students of engineering geology. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Engineering geology and geotechnical engineering 3. Models 4. Site investigation 5. Geotechnical parameters 6. Design 7. Acceptable hazards and risks 8. Case studies 9. Unexpected ground conditions and how to avoid them 10. Conclusions 11. References and bibliography Spon Press April 2011: 246 x 189: 400pp 350 line drawings: 30 tables: 50 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46908-1: £100.00 Pb: 978-0-415-46909-8: £40.00 eBook: 978-0-203-89482-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415469098

Geology Basics for Engineers Aurele Parriaux, Federal Institute of Technology (EPFL), Lausanne, Switzerland

Geology – Basics for Engineers presents the physical and chemical characteristics of the Earth, the nature and the properties of rocks and unconsolidated deposits/ sediments, the action of water, how the earth is transformed by various phenomena at different scales of time and space. The book shows the engineer how to take geological conditions into account in their projects, and how to exploit a wide range of natural resources in an intelligent way, reduce geological hazards, and manage subsurface pollution. Through a problem-based-learning approach, this instructional text imparts knowledge and practical experience to engineering students (undergraduate and graduate level), as well as to experts in the fields of civil engineering, environmental engineering, earth sciences, architecture, land and urban planning. The DVD that supplements the book contains solutions to the problems and animations that show additional facets of the living Earth. Selected Contents: 1. Geology - Engineering Partnership 2. Earth in Space 3. Earth in Time 4. Physics of the Earth 5. Rock-Forming Minerals 6. Magmatism and Magmatic Rocks 7. Water Cycle 8. Continental Sedimentary Processes 9. Oceanic Sedimentary Processes 10. Diagenesis and Properties of Sedimentary Rocks 11. Metamorphism 12. Tectonics 13. Weathering, 14. Geology’s Role in Society’s Big Issues

Design Analysis in Rock Mechanics

New

William G. Pariseau

Earthquake Engineering for Structural Design

Supplying numerous example problems illustrating design analysis techniques, this text approaches important design issues in rock mechanics from a mechanics of materials foundation.

Victor Gioncu, Technical University, Timisoara, Romania and Federico Mazzolani, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

Taylor & Francis 2006: 246 x 174: 573pp Hb: 978-0-415-40357-3: £133.00 Pb: 978-0-415-41381-7: £52.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96825-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415413817

Solutions Manual to Design Analysis in Rock Mechanics William G. Pariseau, University of Utah, USA This book contains all, fully worked solutions to the exercises in the corresponding textbook, including many drawings. Taylor & Francis 2008: 246 x 174: 368pp Pb: 978-0-415-45725-5: £28.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93250-6 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457255

Mining and its Impact on the Environment Fred G. Bell and Laurance J. Donnelly A valuable field reference highlighting mining effects and demonstrating how problems can be dealt with before, after and as they occur. Spon Press 2006: 234 x 156: 560pp Hb: 978-0-415-28644-2: £99.99 eBook: 978-0-203-96951-9 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415286442

4th Edition

Rock Slope Engineering Duncan C. Wyllie and Chris Mah Deals with the investigation, design and operation of rock slopes, covering the theoretical basis for various physical behaviours as well as providing worked examples, an outline of latest developments, and practical methods. Selected Contents: 1. Principles of Rock Slope Design 2. Structural Geology and Data Interpretation 3. Site Investigation and Geological Data Collection 4. Rock Strength Properties and Their Measurement 5. Groundwater 6. Plane Failure 7. Wedge Failure 8. Circular Failure 9. Toppling Failure 10. Numerical Analysis 11. Blasting 12. Stabilization of Rock Slopes 13. Movement Monitoring 14. Civil Engineering Applications 15. Mining Applications. Appendices: I. Stereonets for Hand Plotting of Structural Geological Data II. Quantitative Description of Discontinuities in Rock Mass III. Comprehensive Solution Wedge Stability IV. Conversion Factors

Taylor & Francis 2009: 246 x 174: 590pp Pb: 978-0-415-46165-8: £66.99

Spon Press 2004: 246 x 189: 456pp Hb: 978-0-415-28000-6: £140.00 Pb: 978-0-415-28001-3: £47.99 eBook: 978-0-203-49908-5

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415461658

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415280013

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Developments in Earthquake Engineering have focussed on the capacity and response of structures. They often overlook the importance of seismological knowledge to earthquakeproofing of design. It is not enough only to understand the anatomy of the structure, you must also appreciate the nature of the likely earthquake.

Seismic design, as detailed in this book, is the bringing together of Earthquake Engineering and Engineering Seismology. It focuses on the seismological aspects of design – analyzing various types of earthquake and how they affect structures differently. Understanding the distinction between these earthquake types and their different impacts on buildings can make the difference between whether a building stands or falls, or at least to how much it costs to repair. Covering the basis and basics of the major international codes, this is the essential guide for professionals working on structures in earthquake zones around the world. Selected Contents: 1. Living with Earthquakes 2. Learning from Earthquakes 3. Engineering Seismology and Earthquake Engineering 4. Advances in Conception About Earthquakes 5. Tectonic Plates and Faults 6. Faults and Earthquakes 7. Earthquakes and Structures 8. New Design Philosophies 9. Progress and Challenges in Codifications Spon Press July 2010: 234 x 156: 624pp: 450 line drawings: 50 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46533-5: £85.00 eBook: 978-0-203-84889-0 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415465335

Performance-Based Design in Earthquake Geotechnical Engineering From Case History to Practice Edited by Takaji Kokusho, Chuo University, Japan, Yoshimichi Tsukamoto, Tokyo University of Science, Japan and Mitsutoshi Yoshimine, Tokyo Metropolitan University, Japan

This book contains the state-of-the-art in PBD in earthquake geotechnical engineering, including various case histories, numerical methods, soil investigations and engineering practice.

CRC Press 2009: 246 x 174: 388pp Hb: 978-0-415-55614-9: £241.00 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415556149

127


geotechnical en gin eeri n g: Rock Mechanics, Geology and Mining

128

Seismic Design of Buildings to Eurocode 8 Edited by Ahmed Y Elghazouli, Imperial College, London

Practical information and training has become urgently needed for the new Eurocode 8 on the Design of Structures for Earthquake Resistance, especially in relation to the underlying principles of seismic behaviour and the design of building structures.

This book covers seismic design in a clear but brief manner and links the principles to the code, illustrated with design examples. Concrete and steel buildings, and their foundations, are given special emphasis but the book is widely applicable. It stems from practical short courses on seismic design, run jointly by the Society for Earthquake and Civil Engineering Dynamics and Imperial College London. Written by senior academics with significant consulting experience and by leading practitioners, it has a strong industry emphasis. It suits a wide range of practising civil and structural engineers, academics preparing courses and needing worked examples, and advanced undergraduate and Masters students in Earthquake, Structural or Geotechnical Engineering. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction: Seismic Design and Eurocode 8 Philippe Bisch 2. Seismic Hazard and Earthquake Actions Julian Bommer and Peter Stafford 3. Structural Analysis Martin Williams 4. Basic Seismic Design Principles for Buildings Edmund Booth and Zygmunt Lubkowski 5. Design of Concrete Structures Andy Campbell and Mario Lopes 6. Design of Steel Structures Ahmed Elghazouli and Miguel Castro 7. Design of Composite Steel/Concrete Structures Ahmed Elghazouli and Miguel Castro 8. Shallow Foundations Gopal Madabhushi, Indrasenan Thusyanthan, Zygmunt Lubkowski and Alain Pecker 9. Deep Foundations Gopal Madabhushi and Robert May

Earthquake Geotechnical Case Histories for Performance-Based Design ISSMGE TC4 2005-2009 Term Volume Edited by Takaji Kokusho, Chuo University, Japan

Includes the latest research on dynamic ground response during strong earthquakes, post earthquake residual deformations or flow type failures of slopes/earth-structures and soil-foundation interactions in dynamic response or in lateral spreading of ground.

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415804844

Response Control and Seismic Isolation of Buildings Masahiko Higashino and Shin Okamoto This state of the art report from an internationally-based task group (TG44) of CIB presents a highly authoritative guide to the application of innovative technologies on response control and seismic isolation of buildings to practice worldwide.

Edited by Geoffrey B. Card Series: Applied Geotechnics Series Environmental pressures have forced a major rethink on the management and use of landfill. The engineering questions are considerable, and have not been discussed much in the literature to date. This new work provides an up to date handbook on the engineering of landfill materials from design and construction of new facilities to the re-use and development on closed landfill sites.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Landfill Characterisation 3. Chemistry of Waste Materials 4. Engineering Properties of Waste Materials 5. Design of New Landfills 6. Maintenance and Re-use of Existing Landfills 7. Development on Landfills Spon Press April 2011: 216 x 138: 272pp Hb: 978-0-415-37006-6: £60.00 eBook: 978-0-203-03003-5 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415370066

Geoffrey Blight, University of the Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415366236

Soil Liquefaction

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415447621

This book brings together a large body of information on the topic, and presents it within a unified and simple framework.

A Critical State Approach Mike Jefferies and Ken Been

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780419161707

Landfill Engineering

Geotechnical Engineering for Mine Waste Storage Facilities

Spon Press 2006: 234 x 156: 416pp Hb: 978-0-415-36623-6: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-01886-6

Spon Press 2006: 246 x 174: 512pp Hb: 978-0-419-16170-7: £99.99 eBook: 978-0-203-30196-8

Forthcoming in 2011

This book provides a reference to landfill characteristics, measurement, analysis and modelling landfill behaviour, recycling materials and engineering design. It presents the background science and engineering methods to solve these issues.

CRC Press 2009: 246 x 174: 452pp Hb: 978-0-415-80484-4: £109.00

Spon Press 2009: 234 x 156: 336pp 122 line drawings: 85 tables: 11 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-44762-1: £65.00 eBook: 978-0-203-88894-0

on Follow us

Environmental Engineering

The book is a comprehensive treatment of the application of geotechnical engineering to site selection, site exploration, design, operation and closure of mine waste storage facilities. The level and content are suitable as a technical source and reference for practising engineers engaged both in the design and operational management of mine waste storage facilities and for senior undergraduate and postgraduate students. The thirteen chapters follow the sequence of the life cycle of a waste storage facility and also consider the use of mine waste as a construction material. The text is liberally illustrated by both line drawings and photographs, and the theoretical passages are supported by typical test results, worked examples and carefully analysed case histories. Selected Contents: 1. Waste Engineering 2. Site Selection 3. Geotechnical Exploration 4. Environmental and Engineering Characteristics 5. In Situ Shear Strength Testing 6. Coefficient of Permeability, Seepage Flow Nets, Drains and Linings, Geosynthetics, Geomembranes and GCL’s 7. Compaction 8. Impounding Dykes 9. Water Control and Functional and Safety Monitoring 10. Water Balances 11. Failures 12. Surface Stability 13. The Use of Mine Waste for Backfilling of Mining Voids and as a Construction Material CRC Press January 2010: 246 x 174: 652pp 150 line drawings: 20 tables: 20 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46828-2: £127.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85940-7

http://twitter.com/tandfbooks

Complimentary Exam Copy

For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415468282

e-Inspection

New in Paperback Companion Website


geote c h n i cal e n g i n e e rin g : Environmental Engineering

New

Ground Improvement by Deep Vibratory Methods Klaus Kirsch, Keller Group, Germany and Fabian Kirsch, GuD Consult GmbH, Germany

Vibro compaction and vibro stone columns are the two dynamic methods of soil improvement most commonly used worldwide. These methods have been developed over seventy years and are now in a position of unrivalled importance amongst modern foundation measures. The first works on granular soil by densification, and the second is used to displace and reinforce fine grained and cohesive soils by introducing inert material. This practical guide for professional geotechnical engineers outlines the development of vibratory deep compaction, describes the equipment used, sets out the methods and techniques and provides state of the art design principles and quality control procedures. It also identifies the practical limitations of the methods. Case studies from South East Asia and the Middle East are used to illustrate the methods and to demonstrate how they apply in real world conditions. The book concludes with some variations of the basic methods, evaluates the economic and environmental benefits of the methods and gives contractual guidance.

Selected Contents: 1. Ground Improvement Methods 2. History of Vibratory Deep Compaction 3. Deep Soil Improvement by Vibratory Methods 4. Compaction of Granular Soils 5. Improvement of Fine Grained and Cohesive Soils by Vibro Replacement Stone Columns 6. Method Variations and Related Processes 7. Environmental Considerations 8. Contractual Implications Spon Press June 2010: 234 x 156: 208pp 84 line drawings: 29 tables: 15 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-55015-4: £80.00 eBook: 978-0-203-87428-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415550154

Microstructure of Smectite Clays and Engineering Performance

Geosynthetic Clay Liners for Waste Containment Facilities Abdelmalek Bouazza, Monash University, Melbourne, Australia and John J. Bowders, Jr., University of Missouri, Columbia, USA This book gives a comprehensive and authoritative review of the current state of practice on geosynthetic clay liners in waste containments. It provides an insight into individual materials (bentonite and the associated geosynthetics) and the manufacturing processes. This is followed by the coverage of important topics such as hydraulic conductivity, chemical compatibility, contaminant transport, gas migration, shear strength and slope stability, and field performance. Selected Contents: 1. Background and Overview of Geosynthetic Clay Liners 2. Durability and Lifetime of the Geotextile Fibres of Geosynthetic Clay Liners 3. Mineralogy and Engineering Properties of Bentonite 4. Hydraulic Conductivity of Geosynthetic Clay Liners 5. Contaminant Transport Through GCL-based Liner Systems 6. Chemico-osmosis and Solute Transport Through Geosynthetic Clay Liners 7. Gas Permeability of Geosynthetic Clay Liners 8. Internal and Interface Shear Strength of Geosynthetic Clay Liners 9. Slope Stability with Geosynthetic Clay Liners 10. Hydrologic Performance of Final Covers Containing 11. Oxygen Diffusion Through Geosynthetic Clay Liners 12. Field Observations of GCL Behaviour CRC Press January 2010: 246 x 174: 254pp: 166 illustrations: 49 tables Hb: 978-0-415-46733-9: £95.00 eBook: 978-0-203-85523-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415467339

Environmental Modelling An Uncertain Future? Keith Beven, Lancaster University, UK

Environmental Modelling: An Uncertain Future? introduces students, scientists and decision makers to: • the different concepts and techniques of uncertainty estimation in environmental prediction • the philosophical background to different concepts of uncertainty

Roland Pusch and Raymond N. Yong

• the constraint of uncertainties by the collection of observations and data assimilation in real-time forecasting

Series: Spon Research

• techniques for decision making under uncertainty.

This authoritative book explains the detailed function of clay-based engineered barriers, gives a number of examples of the design and construction of successful sites, and sets out conceptual and theoretical models for the prediction of their performance.

This book will be relevant to environmental modellers, practitioners and decision makers in hydrology, hydraulics, ecology, meteorology and oceanography, geomorphology, geochemistry, soil science, pollutant transport and climate change.

Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Smectite Clays 3. Microstructure of Natural Smectite Clay 4. Microstructure of Artificial Clay-Based Engineered Barriers 5. Clay Properties and Microstructural Constitution 6. Microstructural Function of Smectite Clay in Waste Isolation 7. Long-term Function of Smectite Clay for Waste Isolation 8. Theoretical Modelling of the Performance of Smectite Clay Microstructure

A companion website for the book can be found at www.uncertain-future.org.uk

Spon Press 2005: 234 x 156: 352pp 112 line drawings: 25 tables: 44 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-36863-6: £110.00 eBook: 978-0-203-02898-8 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415368636

Selected Contents: 1. How to Make Predictions 2. A Philosophical Diversion 3. Simulation with No Historical Data Available 4. Simulation with Historical Data Available 5. Forecasting the Near Future 6. Decision Making When Faced with Uncertainty 7. An Uncertain Future? Spon Press 2008: 246 x 174: 328pp: 69 line drawings: 1 table: 6 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-46302-7: £99.99 Pb: 978-0-415-45759-0: £31.99 eBook: 978-0-203-93248-3 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415457590

Browse and order online: www.tandfbuiltenvironment.com

Containment of High-Level Radioactive and Hazardous Solid Wastes with Clay Barriers Raymond N. Yong, Emeritus Professor, McGill University, Canada, Roland Pusch, Sweco Infrastructure AB, Sweden and Masashi Nakano, Emeritus Professor of the University of Tokyo, Japan Series: Spon Research

One of the principal objections to our problems with the use of nuclear fuel is that a proven method for safe disposal of spent nuclear fuel has yet to be established. The central focus of most schemes underway to dispose of these high-level radioactive wastes relies on clay-based buffers and barriers to isolate spent fuel canisters in boreholes deep underground in specially constructed tunnels and caverns. Current thought on the principal methods of containment of high-level radioactive wastes is presented in this book. The authors proceed to discuss the processes and mechanisms involved in the development of long term properties and performance of clay-based buffers and backfills. The procedures and methodologies used to undertake predictions and performance assessments of these materials are also examined. This is an invaluable reference for professionals, researchers, academics and regulators engaged in the development of radioactive waste sites. Selected Contents: 1. Introduction 2. Radioactive and Hazardous Solid Waste Isolation 3. Nature of Clays 4. Clay-water Reactions and Partly-saturated Water Transport 5. Contaminant-clay Interactions and Impacts 6. Thermal, Hydraulic, Mechanical, Chemical and Biological Processes 7. Clay Evolution and Long Term Buffer/Barrier Performance 8. Field and Mockup Experiments 9. Modelling for Prediction and Performance Assessment 10. Safety Assessment and Performance Determination Spon Press 2009: 234 x 156: 480pp 182 colour line drawings: 25 tables: 8 halftones Hb: 978-0-415-45820-7: £120.00 eBook: 978-0-203-93203-2 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415458207

2nd Edition

Geochemistry, Groundwater and Pollution C.A.J. Appelo and Dieke Postma Building on the success of its 1993 predecessor, this second edition of Geochemistry, Groundwater and Pollution has been thoroughly re-written, updated and extended to provide a complete and authoritative account of modern hydrogeochemistry. Taylor & Francis 2005: 246 x 174: 683pp Hb: 978-0-415-36421-8: £69.50 Pb: 978-0-415-36428-7: £27.95 eBook: 978-1-4398-3354-4 For more information, visit: www.routledge.com/9780415364287

129


geotechnical en gin eeri n g: Hydraulic Engineering

130

Hydraulic Engineering

3rd E